Assistance to States for the Education of Children With Disabilities; Preschool Grants for Children With Disabilities; and Service Obligations Under Special Education-Personnel Development To Improve Services and Results for Children With Disabilities, 35782-35892 [05-11804]
Download as PDF
35782
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
34 CFR Parts 300, 301 and 304
RIN 1820–AB57
Assistance to States for the Education
of Children With Disabilities;
Preschool Grants for Children With
Disabilities; and Service Obligations
Under Special Education—Personnel
Development To Improve Services and
Results for Children With Disabilities
Office of Special Education and
Rehabilitative Services, Department of
Education.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
(NPRM).
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: The Secretary proposes to
amend the regulations governing the
Assistance to States for Education of
Children with Disabilities Program, the
Preschool Grants for Children With
Disabilities Program, and Service
Obligations under Special Education
Personnel Development to Improve
Services and Results for Children with
Disabilities. These amendments are
needed to implement recently enacted
changes made to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act, as amended
by the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act of 2004.
DATES: To be considered, comments
must be received at one of the addresses
provided in the ADDRESSES section no
later than 5 p.m. Washington, DC Time
on September 6, 2005. Comments
received after this time will not be
considered.
We will hold public meetings about
this NPRM. The dates and times of the
meetings and the cities in which the
meetings will take place are in Public
Meetings under Invitation to Comment
elsewhere in this preamble.
ADDRESSES: Address all comments about
these proposed regulations to Troy R.
Justesen, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Avenue, SW., Potomac
Center Plaza, room 5126, Washington,
DC 20202–2641. If you prefer to send
your comments through the Internet,
you may address them to us at the U.S.
Government Web site:
www.regulations.gov or you may send
your Internet comments to us at the
following address:
IDEAComments@ed.gov.
You must include the term IDEA–Part
B in the subject line of your electronic
message. Please submit your comments
only one time, in order to ensure that
we do not receive duplicate copies.
If you want to comment on the
information collection requirements,
you must send your comments to the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Office of Management and Budget at the
address listed in the Paperwork
Reduction Act section of this preamble.
You may also send a copy of those
comments to the U.S. Department of
Education (Department) representative
named in this section.
All first-class and Priority mail sent to
the Department is put through an
irradiation process, which can result in
lengthy delays in mail delivery. Please
keep this in mind when sending your
comments and please consider using
commercial delivery services or e-mail
in order to ensure timely delivery of
your comments.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Troy
R. Justesen. Telephone: (202) 245–7468.
If you use a telecommunications
device for the deaf (TDD), you may call
the Federal Relay System (FRS) at 1–
800–877–8339.
Individuals with disabilities may
obtain this document in an alternative
format (e.g., Braille, large print,
audiotape, or computer diskette) on
request to the contact person listed
under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Invitation To Comment
We invite you to submit comments
regarding these proposed regulations.
To ensure that your comments have
maximum effect in developing the final
regulations, we urge you to identify
clearly the specific section or sections of
the proposed regulations that each of
your comments addresses and to arrange
your comments in the same order as the
proposed regulations.
We invite you to assist us in
complying with the specific
requirements of Executive Order 12866
and its overall requirement of reducing
regulatory burden that might result from
these proposed regulations. Please let us
know of any further opportunities we
should provide to reduce the potential
costs or increase potential benefits
while preserving the effective and
efficient administration of these
programs.
During and after the comment period,
you may inspect all public comments
about these proposed regulations in
room 5126, Potomac Center Plaza, 550
12th Street, SW., Washington, DC,
between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4
p.m., Eastern time, Monday through
Friday of each week except Federal
holidays.
Assistance to Individuals With
Disabilities in Reviewing the
Rulemaking Record
On request, we will supply an
appropriate aid, such as a reader, or
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
print magnifier, to an individual with a
disability who needs assistance to
review the comments or other
documents in the public rulemaking
record for these proposed regulations. If
you want to schedule an appointment
for this type of aid, please contact the
person listed under FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT.
Public Meetings
The dates and cities where the
meetings about this NPRM will take
place are listed below. Each meeting
will take place from 1 to 4 p.m. and
from 5 to 7 p.m.
Friday, June 17, 2005 in Nashville,
TN;
Wednesday, June 22, 2005 in
Sacramento, CA;
Friday, June 24, 2005 in Las Vegas,
NV;
Monday, June 27, 2005 in New York,
NY;
Wednesday, June 29, 2005 in Chicago,
IL;
Thursday, July 7, 2005 in San
Antonio, TX; and
Tuesday, July 12, 2005 in
Washington, DC.
We provided more specific
information on meeting locations in a
notice published in the Federal Register
(70 FR 30917).
Assistance to Individuals With
Disabilities at the Public Meetings
The meeting sites are accessible to
individuals with disabilities, and sign
language interpreters will be available.
If you need an auxiliary aid or service
other than a sign language interpreter
(e.g., interpreting service such as oral,
cued speech, or tactile interpreter,
assisted listening device, or materials in
an alternative format), notify the contact
person listed in this NPRM at least two
weeks before the scheduled meeting
date. Although we will attempt to meet
a request we receive after this date, we
may not be able to make available the
requested auxiliary aid or service
because of insufficient time to arrange
it.
Background
On December 3, 2004, the Individuals
with Disabilities Education
Improvement Act of 2004 was enacted
into law as Pub L. 108–446. The statute,
as passed by Congress and signed by the
President, reauthorizes and makes
significant changes to the Individuals
with Disabilities Education Act.
The Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act, as amended by the
Individuals with Disabilities Education
Improvement Act of 2004 (Act or IDEA),
is intended to help children with
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
disabilities achieve to high standards—
by promoting accountability for results,
enhancing parental involvement, and
using proven practices and materials;
and, also, by providing more flexibility
and reducing paperwork burdens for
teachers, States, and local school
districts. Enactment of the new law
provides an opportunity to consider
improvements in the current regulations
that would strengthen the Federal effort
to ensure every child with a disability
has available a free appropriate public
education that—(1) is of high quality,
and (2) is designed to achieve the high
standards reflected in the Elementary
and Secondary Education Act of 1965,
as amended by the No Child Left Behind
Act of 2001 (NCLB) and its
implementing regulations.
Changes to the current Part B
regulations (34 CFR parts 300 and 301)
and Part D regulations (34 CFR part 304)
are necessary in order for the
Department to appropriately and
effectively address the provisions of the
new law and to assist State and local
educational agencies in implementing
their responsibilities under the new law.
Changes to the current Part C
regulations (part 303) also are necessary
in order for the Department to
appropriately and effectively address
the provisions in Part C of the Act and
to assist States in completing their
responsibilities under the new law. The
NPRM for the Part C regulations will be
published soon.
On December 29, 2004, the Secretary
published a notice in the Federal
Register requesting advice and
recommendations from the public on
regulatory issues under the Act, and
announcing a series of seven public
meetings during January and February
of 2005 to seek further input and
suggestions from the public for
developing regulations based on the
new statute.
Over 6000 public comments were
received in response to the Federal
Register notice and at the seven public
meetings, including letters from parents
and public agency personnel, and
parent-advocate and professional
organizations. The comments addressed
each major provision of the new law
(such as discipline procedures,
provisions on personnel qualifications
and highly qualified teachers,
provisions related to evaluation of
children and individualized education
programs, participation of private
school children with disabilities, and
provisions on early intervening
services). These comments were
reviewed and considered in developing
this NPRM. The Secretary appreciates
the interest and thoughtful attention of
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
the commenters responding to the
December 29, 2004 notice and
participating in the seven public
meetings.
General Proposed Regulatory Plan and
Structure
In developing this NPRM, we have
elected to construct one comprehensive,
freestanding document that incorporates
virtually all requirements from the new
law along with the applicable
regulations, rather than publishing a
regulation that does not include
statutory provisions. The rationale for
doing this is to create a single reference
document for parents, State personnel,
school personnel, and others to use,
rather than being forced to shift between
one document for regulations and a
separate document for the statute. This
approach was used in developing the
current regulations. Although this
approach will result in a larger
document, it is our impression that
various groups strongly support
continuing this practice.
In addition, we have reorganized the
regulations by following the general
order and structure of provisions in the
statute, rather than using the
arrangement of the current regulations.
We believe this change in organization
will be helpful to parents, State and
local educational agency personnel, and
the public both in reading the
regulations, and in finding the direct
link between a given statutory
requirement and the regulation related
to that requirement. Thus, in general,
the requirements related to a given
statutory section (e.g., State eligibility in
section 612 of the Act) will be included
in one location (subpart B) and in the
same general order as in the statute,
rather than being spread throughout
four or more subparts, as the statutory
sections are in the current regulations.
As restructured in this NPRM, the
proposed regulations are divided into
eight major subparts, each of which is
directly linked to, and comports with,
the general order of provisions in a
specific section of the Act. For example,
we have revised subpart G of the
regulations to include all provisions
regarding the allotment and use of funds
from section 611 of the Act, rather than
having those provisions dispersed
among several different subparts, as
they are in the current regulations.
In addition, we have removed part
301 (Preschool Grants for Children with
Disabilities) from title 34 and placed the
Preschool Grants provisions from
section 619 of the Act into a new
subpart H under part 300. This
restructuring and consolidation of the
financial requirements from both the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35783
statute and regulations into a specific
location in the regulations should be
useful to State and local administrators
and others in finding the relevant
statutory and regulatory provisions
regarding both the Assistance to States
and Preschool Grants programs.
In reviewing the current regulations,
we considered their continued necessity
and relevance in light of a number of
factors: Whether statutory changes
required changes to existing regulations;
whether changes in other laws, or the
passage of time and changed conditions
rendered the regulations obsolete or
unnecessary; whether less burdensome
alternatives or greater flexibility was
appropriate; and whether the regulation
could be changed in light of section
607(b) of the Act (section 607(b) of the
Act provides that the Secretary may not
publish final regulations that would
procedurally or substantively lessen the
protections provided to children with
disabilities in the regulations that were
in effect on July 20, 1983, except to the
extent that such regulation reflects the
clear and unequivocal intent of the
Congress in legislation). In the following
discussion of proposed regulatory
changes, we identify the changes that
would be made to existing regulations
after consideration of these factors.
Proposed Regulatory Changes
Subpart A—General
Purposes and Applicability
Proposed § 300.1 would be revised
only to add, consistent with a change to
section 601(d)(1)(A) of the Act, the
words ‘‘further education’’ in paragraph
(a).
Except for the section heading,
proposed § 300.2 would be unchanged
from the existing provision.
Section 300.3 of the current
regulations would be removed as
unnecessary, because the regulations
listed in this section already apply, by
their own terms, to States and local
agencies under Part B of the Act.
Definitions Used in This Part
As in the current regulations,
proposed § 300.4 (Act) would refer to
the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act, as amended.
Proposed § 300.5 (Assistive
technology device) would retain the
current definition, and include the new
language from section 602(1) of the Act
that the term does not include a medical
device that is surgically implanted, or
the replacement of that device.
Proposed § 300.6 (Assistive
technology service) would be consistent
with the current regulatory definition of
that term.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35784
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Proposed § 300.7 (Charter school)
would define the term to have the
meaning given that term in section
5210(1) of the Elementary and
Secondary Education Act of 1965, as
amended, 20 U.S.C 6301 et seq. (ESEA).
Proposed § 300.8 (Child with a
disability) would make the following
changes to the current regulatory
definition in § 300.7: In paragraphs
(a)(1) and (a)(2) cross-references to
evaluation procedures would be
updated to reflect the placement of
those procedures in these proposed
regulations. The parenthetical following
‘‘serious emotional disturbance’’ in
paragraph (a)(1) would be revised to
read ‘‘referred to in this part as
emotional disturbance.’’ The crossreference regarding related services in
the definition of special education in
paragraph (a)(2)(ii) would be updated.
In paragraph (b), a parenthetical phrase
would be added following the reference
to children aged three through nine to
clarify that ‘‘developmental delay’’
could be used for any subset of that age
range, including children three through
five. This reflects a change in section
602(3)(B) of the Act. Paragraph (c)(8)
(Orthopedic impairment) would revise
current § 300.7(c)(8) by removing the
parenthetical listing of examples,
because these examples are outdated.
Finally, in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of
proposed § 300.8, which contains a
definition of the term specific learning
disability, the word ‘‘the’’ would be
substituted for ‘‘an’’ before the phrase
‘‘imperfect ability to listen, think,
* * *’’ reflecting the addition of ‘‘the’’
in section 602(30)(A) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.9 would incorporate
the regulatory definition of Consent that
appears in § 300.500(b)(1) of the current
regulations. The current provision in
§ 300.8 that cross-references the
§ 300.500 definition of consent, would
be removed.
Consistent with section 602(4) of the
Act, proposed § 300.10 would add the
new definition of Core academic
subjects as that term is defined in
section 9101 of the ESEA.
Proposed § 300.11 would revise the
definitions of Day; business day; school
day in current § 300.9 only by updating
the cross-reference to the regulatory
requirement in proposed § 300.148(c)
concerning a limitation on
reimbursement for private school
placements.
The regulatory definition of
Educational service agency currently in
§ 300.10 would be moved to proposed
§ 300.12 and revised by adding the word
‘‘schools’’ after ‘‘public elementary’’ in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section to
conform with the language in section
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
602(5) of the Act. In proposed paragraph
(c), the provision concerning entities
that meet the definition of intermediate
educational unit in section 602(23) of
the Act as in effect prior to June 4, 1997
would be retained. There are entities
still providing special education and
related services to preschool children
with disabilities that meet the definition
of intermediate educational unit, but
may not meet the definition of
educational service agency because they
are not responsible for the provision of
special education and related services
provided within public elementary
schools of the State.
Proposed § 300.13 would reflect the
definition of Elementary school in
section 602(6) of the Act, including the
new language specifying that the term
includes a public elementary charter
school.
Proposed § 300.14 would reflect the
current statutory definition of
Equipment and would be substantially
the same as § 300.11 of the current
regulations.
Proposed § 300.15 would incorporate
the regulatory definition of Evaluation
that appears in the current regulations
in § 300.500(b)(2), with the crossreference to the evaluation procedures
updated to reflect their placement in
these proposed regulations and to
include the additional procedures
regarding specific learning disability.
The current regulation, regarding
evaluation in § 300.12, which crossreferences the definition in current
§ 300.500, would be removed as
duplicative and unnecessary.
Proposed § 300.16 (Excess costs),
defined in the current regulations in
§ 300.184, would be revised consistent
with changes in section 602(8) of the
Act. This provision is substantially the
same as the current definition in
§ 300.184(b).
Proposed § 300.17 (free appropriate
public education or FAPE) would
incorporate the provisions of section
602(9) of the Act and be the same as the
definition in § 300.13 of the current
regulations, except that § 300.17(d)
would be updated to add a crossreference to the individualized
education program (IEP) requirements.
A new definition of highly qualified
special education teacher would be
added in proposed § 300.18, reflecting
the addition of a definition of this term
to the statute in section 602(10) of the
Act, with the following modifications:
Paragraph (a)(1) of this section would
specify that the term ‘‘highly qualified’’
applies only to public elementary
school and secondary school special
education teachers, consistent with the
definition of that term in section 9101
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of the ESEA, which is incorporated into
the Act and applied to special education
teachers in section 602(10) of the Act.
We do not believe that the ‘‘highly
qualified’’ requirements of the ESEA, or,
by statutory cross-reference, the Act,
were intended to apply to private school
teachers, even in situations where a
child with a disability is placed in, or
referred to, a private school by a public
agency in order to carry out the public
agency’s responsibilities under this part,
consistent with section 612(a)(10)(B) of
the Act and proposed § 300.146. This
issue also is addressed in proposed
§ 300.156.
Proposed § 300.18(b)(2) would specify
that a teacher participating in an
alternate route to certification program
would be considered to be fully certified
under certain circumstances. The
standard to be applied to an alternate
route to certification program would be
the same as for those programs under
the regulations implementing title I of
the ESEA in 34 CFR § 200.56(a)(2)(ii).
This would provide for consistency in
the interpretation and application of the
alternate route to certification
provisions across these programs.
In proposed § 300.18(b)(3), a
provision would be added to clarify that
a public elementary or secondary school
teacher who is not teaching a core
academic subject would be considered
highly qualified if the teacher meets the
requirements of proposed § 300.18(b)(1)
and (2). This provision would reflect
note 21 in U.S. House of Representatives
Conference Report No. 108–779, (Conf.
Rpt.) that special education teachers
who are only providing consultative
services to other teachers who are
highly qualified to teach particular
academic subjects, could be highly
qualified by meeting the special
education qualifications alone.
Proposed § 300.18(c)(2) would clarify
that all special education teachers who
are exclusively teaching students who
are assessed based on alternate
academic achievement standards, as
permitted under the regulations
implementing title I of the ESEA, at a
minimum, have subject matter
knowledge at the elementary level or
above, as determined by the State,
needed to effectively teach to those
standards. Note 21 in the Conf. Rpt.
calls for teachers exclusively teaching
students who are assessed based on
alternate academic achievement
standards above the elementary level to
have a high level of competency in each
of the core academic subjects taught.
The proposed regulation would not
specifically address the use of a separate
‘‘high objective uniform State standard
of evaluation’’ (HOUSSE) for special
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
education teachers. However, note 21 in
the Conf. Rpt. recognized that some
States have developed HOUSSE
standards for special education teachers,
and indicated that those separate
HOUSSE standards should be
permitted, including single HOUSSE
evaluations that cover multiple subjects,
as long as those adaptations of a State’s
HOUSSE for use with special education
teachers would not establish a lesser
standard for the content knowledge
requirements for special education
teachers. We request comment on
whether additional regulatory action is
needed on this point. Proposed
§ 300.18(g) would clarify that the
requirements in proposed § 300.18
regarding highly qualified special
education teachers do not apply with
respect to teachers hired by private
elementary and secondary schools.
Proposed § 300.19 would reflect the
definition of Homeless children added
to the statute in section 602(11) of the
Act.
The definition of include in proposed
§ 300.20 is substantively unchanged
from the current regulatory provision in
§ 300.14.
The proposed definitions of Indian
and Indian tribe in § 300.21 would
incorporate the definitions of those
terms currently in § 300.264 and reflect
the language in sections 602(12) and
602(13) of the Act. The Department of
Education seeks comment on the
definition of Indian tribe because the
current definition includes state tribes.
The Department of the Interior is only
authorized to provide services to
Federally Recognized tribes, therefore,
States should provide comments on
how they would provide these services
to State recognized tribes. Nothing in
this definition is intended to require the
BIA to provide services or funding to a
State Indian tribe for which BIA is not
responsible.
The definition of Individualized
education program or IEP in proposed
§ 300.22 would incorporate the
regulatory definition of that term
currently in § 300.340(a), and would
reflect the language in section 602(14) of
the Act. The current § 300.15 crossreferencing the § 300.340 definition
would be removed as duplicative and
unnecessary.
Proposed § 300.23 (Individualized
education program team) would be the
same as § 300.16 of the current
regulations. The definition in proposed
§ 300.24 of Individualized family service
plan would be the same as the current
regulatory definition in § 300.17, except
that proposed § 300.24 would
appropriately refer to the current
statutory definition of IFSP in section
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
636 of the Act and not to the regulatory
definition in 34 CFR 303.340(b).
Proposed § 300.25 (Infant or toddler
with a disability), § 300.26 (Institution of
higher education), and § 300.27 (Limited
English proficient) would reflect
statutory definitions of those terms in
sections 602(16), 602(17), and 602(18) of
the Act, respectively.
Proposed § 300.28 (Local educational
agency or LEA) is substantively
unchanged from the current regulatory
definition in § 300.18, and would reflect
the definition of that term in section
602(19) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.29 (Native language)
is substantively unchanged from the
current regulatory definition of that
term in § 300.19.
Proposed § 300.30 (Parent) would
revise the current regulatory definition
of that term in § 300.20 to better reflect
the revised statutory definition of Parent
in section 602(23) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.30(a)(2) would reflect the
provision regarding a State law
prohibition on when a foster parent can
be considered a parent, but would add
language to recognize that similar
restrictions may exist in State
regulations or in contractual agreements
between a State or local entity and the
foster parent, and should be accorded
similar deference. Proposed
§ 300.30(b)(1) would provide that the
natural or adoptive parent would be
presumed to be the parent for purposes
of the regulations if that person were
attempting to act as the parent under
proposed § 300.30 and more than one
person is qualified to act as a parent,
unless that person does not have legal
authority to make educational decisions
for the child, or there is a judicial order
or decree specifying some other person
to act as the parent under Part B of the
Act. Proposed § 300.30(b)(2) would
provide that if a person or persons is
specified in a judicial order or decree to
act as the parent for purposes of
§ 300.30, that person would be the
parent under Part B of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.30(b)(2) would, however, exclude
an agency involved in the education or
care of the child from serving as a
parent, consistent with the statutory
prohibition that applies to surrogate
parents in sections 615(b)(2) and
639(a)(5) of the Act. The provisions in
proposed § 300.30(b) should assist
schools and public agencies in
identifying the appropriate person to
serve as the parent under Part B of the
Act, especially in those difficult
situations in which more than one
individual wants to make educational
decisions.
Proposed § 300.31 would add a new
definition of Parent training and
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35785
information center reflecting section
602(25) of the Act. This term would be
used in proposed § 300.506.
Proposed §§ 300.32 (Personally
identifiable) and 300.33 (Public agency)
are substantively unchanged from
current regulatory definitions of these
terms in § 300.500(b)(3) and § 300.22,
respectively. We note that throughout
these proposed regulations, public
agency has been used to make clear
where the requirements do not apply
only to States and LEAs.
The current regulatory definition of
Qualified personnel in § 300.23 would
be removed, because personnel
qualifications would be adequately
addressed in proposed § 300.156.
Proposed § 300.34 (Related services),
reflecting changes in section 602(26) of
the Act, would amend the current
regulatory definition in § 300.24 in the
following ways: In proposed § 300.34(a)
‘‘interpreting services’’ and ‘‘school
nurse services designed to enable a
child with a disability to receive a free
appropriate public education as
described in the IEP of the child’’ would
be added. Proposed § 300.34(b) would
be added to address the statutory
limitation on surgically implanted
medical devices. Paragraph (b) also
would specify that related services
would not include the costs of
maximizing the functioning of a
surgically implanted device or the
maintenance of a surgically implanted
device. School districts should not be
required to bear these costs, which are
integral to the functioning of the
implanted device. Proposed paragraph
(c) would include new definitions of
Interpreting services and School nurse
services. The list is not intended to be
exhaustive and other therapies, as well
as other services not listed, may be
included in a child’s IEP if the IEP Team
determines that a particular service is
needed for a child to benefit from
special education. In all cases
concerning related services, the IEP
Team’s determination about appropriate
services must be reflected in the child’s
IEP and those listed services must be
provided in accordance with the IEP at
public expense and at no cost to the
parents. Nothing in the Act or in the
definition of related services requires
the provision of a related service to a
child unless the child’s IEP Team has
determined that the service is required
in order for the child to benefit from
special education and has included the
service on the child’s IEP.
Proposed § 300.35 (Secondary school)
would revise the current regulatory
definition of this term in § 300.25 to add
the new statutory language specifying
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35786
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
that the term includes a public
secondary charter school.
Proposed § 300.36 (Services plan)
would add a new definition that would
describe the content, development, and
implementation of plans for parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities who have been designated to
receive services. The definition would
cross-reference the specific
requirements for the provision of
services to parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities in
proposed §§ 300.132 and 300.137
through 300.139.
Proposed § 300.37 (Secretary) would
reflect the statutory definition of that
term in section 602(28) of the Act.
Proposed §§ 300.38 (Special
education), 300.39 (State), and 300.41
(Supplementary aids and services)
would be substantively unchanged from
current regulatory provisions in
§§ 300.26, 300.27 and 300.28,
respectively, except that State would be
revised to reference an exception when
the term is used in subparts G and H of
these regulations. Proposed
§ 300.38(b)(5) would revise the
definition of vocational education in
current § 300.26(b)(5) to include the
definition of vocational and technical
education and the definition of
vocational and technical education in
the Carl D. Perkins Vocational and
Applied Technology Act of 1988, as
amended, 20 U.S.C. 2301, 2302(29)
would be added in proposed
§ 300.38(b)(6).
Proposed § 300.42 (Transition
services) would revise the current
regulatory definition of the term in
§ 300.29, reflecting new statutory
language in section 602(34) of the Act.
New proposed definitions would be
added in §§ 300.43 and 300.44 reflecting
the statutory definitions of Universal
design and Ward of the State,
respectively. The definition of Ward of
the State underscores that the
determination of whether a child is a
ward of the State is limited to applicable
State law. Finally, the current list of
definitions found in the Education
Department General Administrative
Regulations (EDGAR) in § 300.30 would
be removed as unnecessary, as these
definitions already apply by their own
terms, except that the definition of
Secretary in proposed § 300.37 and
State educational agency in proposed
§ 300.40, which are included in the
current EDGAR list, would be included
in the proposed regulation because they
also are defined in section 602(28) and
(32) of the Act.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Subpart B—State Eligibility
General
Revised subpart B would incorporate
current provisions from other subparts
that, under the current regulations, are
cross-referenced in subpart B. These
changes would be consistent with the
statutory structure. Some of the
provisions that are consolidated in
proposed subpart B would include:
certain provisions related to FAPE,
currently in subpart C; provisions
regarding private school children with
disabilities, currently in subpart D; the
least restrictive environment (LRE)
provisions, currently in subpart E; and
the State complaint procedures,
currently in subpart F.
Proposed § 300.100 would revise
current § 300.110 to provide for the
submission of a plan that includes
assurances related to the conditions of
eligibility for assistance. The
requirement that States submit copies of
all State statutes, regulations, and other
documents would be removed from
current § 300.110, consistent with the
changes in Section 612(a) of the Act.
Consistent with this approach, these
proposed regulations would eliminate
from the current regulations throughout
subpart B all provisions requiring that
policies and procedures be on file with
the Secretary.
FAPE Requirements
Proposed § 300.101 would incorporate
the current general FAPE provision in
§ 300.121(a), and would include a
reference to the SEA’s obligation to
make FAPE available to children who
have been suspended or expelled from
school, consistent with proposed
§ 300.530(d). Consistent with changes to
the statute, the current provisions in
§ 300.121(b) regarding submission of
State documentation, such as statutes
and court orders, would be removed.
The current provisions in § 300.121(c),
regarding FAPE beginning at age three,
generally would be retained. The
current provisions in § 300.121(e),
regarding children advancing from
grade to grade, also would be retained.
These provisions provide useful
information on appropriate
implementation of public agency
responsibilities under Part B. Section
300.121(d) of the current regulations
would not be retained in these proposed
regulations. Instead, the obligation to
ensure the right to FAPE for children
who have been suspended or expelled
from school would be addressed in
proposed § 300.530(d) in subpart E.
Proposed § 300.102 would retain the
current exceptions to FAPE in
§ 300.122. For consistency with the
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
statute, references to ‘‘students’’ would
be changed to ‘‘children.’’ The proposed
regulation would contain a new
provision regarding children who are
eligible for services under section 619 of
the Act, but who are receiving early
intervention services under Part C,
consistent with the statutory language in
section 612(a)(1)(c) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.102(b) also would include a new
provision that would require that
information regarding exceptions to
FAPE be current and accurate. This
information is necessary for the
Department to allocate funds accurately
among the States.
Other FAPE Requirements
Proposed §§ 300.103, 300.104, and
300.105(b), regarding methods and
payments; residential placement; and
proper functioning of hearing aids
would retain the provisions from
§§ 300.301 through 300.303 of the
current regulations, respectively.
Proposed § 300.105(a), regarding
assistive technology, would retain the
provisions in current § 300.308.
Proposed §§ 300.106 through 300.108,
regarding extended school year services,
nonacademic services, and physical
education, would retain the current
provisions in § 300.309, § 300.306, and
§ 300.307, respectively. Proposed
§ 300.109, regarding a full educational
opportunity goal, generally would retain
the current provisions in §§ 300.123 and
300.124, but would combine them,
consistent with section 612(a)(2) of the
Act.
Proposed § 300.110, regarding
program options, would retain the
current provisions in § 300.305.
Proposed § 300.111, regarding child
find, generally would retain the current
provisions in § 300.125 and, consistent
with changes in section 612(a)(3) of the
Act, would specifically reference
children who are homeless or are wards
of the State. In addition, proposed
§ 300.111(b) would incorporate the
provisions related to developmental
delay currently in § 300.313(a). The
proposed regulation would remove the
current provisions in § 300.313(b)
regarding use of individual disability
categories and § 300.313(c) regarding a
common definition of developmental
delay as they are unnecessary. States
have the option of using developmental
delay and other eligibility categories for
children with disabilities aged three
through nine and subsets of that age
range and of using a common
developmental delay definition for Parts
B and C of the Act. The proposed
regulations generally would retain the
current provisions in § 300.125(a)(2) and
(d), regarding other children included in
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
child find and the construction of Part
B of the Act as not requiring that
children be classified by their disability,
as long as each child who needs special
education and related services is
regarded as having a disability under
the Act. Consistent with other changes
in these regulations to remove eligibility
documentation requirements, the
proposed regulation would remove the
provision in § 300.125(b) of the current
regulations that the State must have
policies and procedures on file with the
Secretary. The proposed regulation also
would remove the provision in
§ 300.125(c) of the current regulations,
regarding child find for children from
birth through age two when the SEA is
the lead agency for the Part C program,
because this is a clarification that does
not need to be in the regulations. The
child find requirement under these
regulations has traditionally been
interpreted to mean identifying and
evaluating children from birth. While
child find under Part C of the Act
overlaps, in part, with Part B of the Act,
the coordination of child find activities
under Part B and Part C is an
implementation matter that would be
best left to each State. Nothing in the
Act prohibits the Part C lead agency’s
participation, with the agreement of the
SEA, in the actual implementation of
child find activities for infants and
toddlers with disabilities.
Proposed § 300.112, regarding
individualized education programs
(IEPs), would revise the current
provisions in § 300.128 by adding an
exception that references the
requirement in proposed
§ 300.300(b)(3)(ii). That exception
would provide that if the parent of a
child with a disability refuses to consent
to the initial provision of special
education and related services, or the
parent fails to respond to a request to
provide consent for the initial provision
of special education and related
services, the public agency is not
required to convene an IEP meeting to
develop an IEP for the child for which
the public agency requests such
consent. Consistent with other changes
in these proposed regulations, the
proposed regulation would remove
§ 300.128(b), which requires the State to
have policies and procedures on file
with the Secretary.
Least Restrictive Environment
Proposed § 300.114, regarding LRE,
generally would retain the current
provisions in § 300.550(b). The
proposed regulation would remove the
documentation requirements of
§ 300.130(a) and § 300.550(a) and (b),
consistent with other changes in these
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
proposed regulations. The current
provision related to an assurance
regarding a State’s funding mechanism
in § 300.130(b)(2) would be retained in
proposed § 300.114(b)(1). This section
would provide that a State funding
mechanism must not result in
placements that violate the LRE
provisions and that the State must not
use a funding mechanism that
distributes funds on the basis of the type
of setting in which a child is served that
will result in the failure to provide a
child with a disability FAPE according
to the unique needs of the child, as
described in the child’s IEP. This
change is consistent with language in
section 612(a)(5)(B)(i) of the Act.
With regard to section 612(a)(5)(B)(i)
of the Act, note 89 in the Conf. Rpt.
states that some States continue to use
funding mechanisms that provide
financial incentives for, and
disincentives against, certain
placements and these new provisions in
the statute were added to prohibit States
from maintaining funding mechanisms
that violate appropriate placement
decisions, not to require States to
change funding mechanisms that
support appropriate placement
decisions. Note 89 of the Conf. Rpt.
indicates that it is the intent of the
changes to section 612(a)(5)(B) of the
Act to prevent State funding
mechanisms from affecting appropriate
placement decisions for children with
disabilities. As also set out in note 89,
the law requires that each public agency
ensure that a continuum of alternative
placements (instruction in regular
classes, special classes, special schools,
home instruction, and instruction in
hospitals and institutions) is available to
meet the needs of children with
disabilities for special education and
related services. The note further
explains that State funding mechanisms
must be in place to ensure funding is
available to support the requirements of
this provision, not to provide an
incentive or disincentive for placement
and that the LRE principle is intended
to ensure that a child with a disability
is served in a setting where the child
can be educated successfully in the least
restrictive setting. Proposed paragraph
(b)(2) would replace § 300.130(b)(2) and
require a State that does not have
policies and procedures to this effect to
provide an assurance as soon as feasible
to ensure that the mechanism does not
result in placements that violate the LRE
principle. The other provisions
regarding LRE would be retained with
appropriate updating of crossreferences, as described in the following
paragraphs.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35787
Proposed § 300.115, regarding
continuum of placements, would retain
the language currently in § 300.551.
Proposed § 300.116, regarding
placements, would retain the language
currently in § 300.552, except that
paragraph (b)(3) would be revised to
clarify that a child’s placement must be
as close as possible to the child’s home
unless the parent agrees otherwise.
Finally, § 300.116(c) would be revised to
require that each public agency ensure
that, unless the IEP of a child with a
disability requires some other
arrangement, the child is educated in
the school he or she would attend if not
disabled, unless the parent agrees
otherwise. This additional language,
‘‘unless the parent agrees otherwise,’’ in
paragraphs (b)(3) and (c) would clarify
that parents can choose to send their
child to a charter school, magnet school,
or other specialized school without
causing a violation of the LRE mandate.
Proposed § 300.117, regarding
nonacademic settings, would retain the
current provisions in § 300.553.
Proposed § 300.118, regarding children
in public or private institutions, would
retain the current provisions in
§ 300.554.
Proposed § 300.119, regarding
technical assistance and training, would
retain the current provisions in
§ 300.555.
Proposed § 300.120, regarding LRE
monitoring activities, would retain the
current provisions in § 300.556.
Additional Eligibility Requirements
Proposed § 300.121, regarding
procedural safeguards, would retain the
current provision in § 300.129(a), but
would remove the provision in
§ 300.129(b) regarding having the
safeguards on file with the Secretary,
consistent with statutory changes
eliminating requirements that States file
documentation with the Secretary.
Proposed § 300.122 would remove the
current requirement in § 300.126 that
evaluation policies and procedures be
on file with the Secretary, consistent
with statutory changes discussed
previously. Consistent with the
provision in section 612(a)(7) of the Act,
proposed § 300.122 would require that
children with disabilities be evaluated
consistent with the requirements in
subpart D of these proposed regulations.
The relevant requirements are addressed
elsewhere in this preamble in the
discussion of subpart D.
Proposed § 300.123 would remove the
current requirement in § 300.127 that
policies and procedures related to
confidentiality be on file with the
Secretary and the criteria the Secretary
uses to evaluate those policies and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35788
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
procedures, consistent with statutory
changes discussed previously. Instead,
the proposed regulation would require
that public agencies comply with
subpart F of these regulations relating to
the confidentiality of records and
information. The relevant requirements
are addressed elsewhere in this
preamble in the discussion of subpart F.
Proposed § 300.124, regarding the
transition of children from the Part C
program to preschool programs under
Part B, would remove the current
requirement in § 300.132 that policies
and procedures related to
confidentiality be on file with the
Secretary, as discussed previously. The
proposed regulation generally would
retain the other provisions of § 300.132.
Proposed § 300.124(c) would clarify that
only affected LEAs must participate in
transition planning conferences
arranged by the designated lead agency
under Part C of the Act.
Children in Private Schools
Proposed § 300.129, concerning State
responsibilities regarding children in
private schools, would revise the
current requirements in § 300.133, by
removing the requirement that a State
must have on file with the Secretary
policies and procedures that ensure that
the requirements of current §§ 300.400
through 300.403 and current §§ 300.460
through 300.462 are met. Proposed
§ 300.129 would make clear that the
State must have in effect policies and
procedures that ensure that LEAs and, if
appropriate, the SEA, meet the private
school requirements in proposed
§§ 300.130 through 300.148.
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by
Their Parents in Private Schools
Proposed § 300.130, regarding the
definition of parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities, would
incorporate the current provisions in
§ 300.450.
Proposed § 300.131, regarding child
find for parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities, generally
would retain the current requirements
in § 300.451, but would clarify,
consistent with the changes in proposed
§§ 300.132 and 300.133, that the
provisions governing parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities
apply to children who are enrolled in
private schools located in the school
district served by the LEA. The new
statutory requirements in section
612(a)(10)(A)(ii) of the Act should
ensure that parentally-placed private
school children will not be denied the
opportunity to receive services that
would otherwise be available to them
because of practical obstacles posed
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
when they attend a private school
located outside their district of
residence.
Proposed regulations in § 300.131(b)
through (e) also would include new
provisions that incorporate the new
requirements in section 612(a)(10)(A)(ii)
of the Act, designed to ensure that child
find for parentally-placed private school
children suspected of having disabilities
is comparable to child find for public
school children suspected of having
disabilities. Proposed § 300.131 would
require that the participation in child
find for parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities be equitable,
the counts be accurate, the activities
undertaken be similar to child find
activities for public school children
with disabilities, and the period for
completion of the child find process be
comparable to the period for completion
for public school children with
disabilities when a parent consents to
the evaluation. Similar to the current
provision in § 300.453(c), and consistent
with section 612(a)(10)(A)(ii)(IV) of the
Act, proposed § 300.131(d) would
provide that the costs of carrying out the
child find requirements for parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities, including individual
evaluations, may not be considered in
determining whether an LEA has met its
obligations under proposed § 300.133.
The proposed regulation would
remove current § 300.453(d), regarding
the permissibility of additional services,
as it merely provides clarification for
which a regulation is not necessary.
Nothing in the Act prohibits SEAs and
LEAs from providing other services to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities in addition to
the services that are required under Part
B of the Act.
Proposed § 300.132(a), regarding the
provision of services for parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities, would revise current
§ 300.452(a) in light of changes in
section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act, which
refers to children ‘‘enrolled in private
elementary schools and secondary
schools in the school district served by
a local educational agency.’’ Therefore,
proposed § 300.132(a) would clarify that
the provision of services under the
proposed regulations refers only to
children with disabilities enrolled by
their parents in private schools located
in the school district served by the LEA.
The proposed regulation also would add
a reference to the by-pass provisions in
proposed §§ 300.190 through 300.198.
Proposed § 300.132(b) generally would
retain current § 300.452(b), regarding a
services plan for each private school
child with a disability designated to
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
receive special education and related
services under Part B. Proposed
§ 300.132(c) would require each LEA to
maintain and provide to the SEA
records on the number of private school
children with disabilities evaluated, the
number determined to be children with
disabilities, and the number of private
school children with disabilities served,
consistent with section
612(a)(10)(A)(i)(V) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.133, regarding
expenditures for providing special
education and related services to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities, would revise
current § 300.453(a), regarding the
formula used in determining the
proportionate amount of expenditures,
in light of changes in section
612(a)(10)(A)(i)(II) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.133(a) would provide that the
calculation of the proportionate amount
of funds allocated for services for
parentally-placed private school
children be based on the count of
parentally-placed private school
children attending private schools
located in the LEA. The proposed
regulation would establish the formula
as the number of children with
disabilities, ages 3 through 21, who are
enrolled by their parents in private
schools located in the school district
served by the LEA, divided by the total
number of children with disabilities,
ages 3 through 21, in the LEA’s
jurisdiction. Proposed § 300.133(b)
would incorporate the provision in
section 612(a)(10)(A)(i)(II) of the Act
regarding a thorough and complete
child find process. Proposed
§ 300.133(c), regarding child count,
generally would retain the current
provision in § 300.453(b), but for clarity,
would use the term parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
The existing provision in § 300.453(c)
would be removed, as similar content
would be more fully addressed in
proposed § 300.131(d). Proposed
§ 300.133(d) would incorporate the
statutory provision regarding
supplementing not supplanting in
section 612(a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) of the Act.
Proposed §§ 300.134 and 300.135
would incorporate new provisions in
section 612(a)(10)(A)(iii) and (iv) of the
Act, regarding timely and meaningful
consultation with private school
representatives and representatives of
parents of parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities,
including a discussion of: How
parentally-placed children identified
through the child find process can
meaningfully participate; how, where,
and by whom special education and
related services will be provided; and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
how, if the LEA disagrees with the
views of the private school officials and
the services to be provided, the LEA
will provide a written explanation of
why the LEA chose not to provide
services directly or through a contract.
Proposed § 300.135 would require, in
accordance with section
612(a)(10)(A)(iv) of the Act, a written
affirmation signed by the
representatives of the participating
private schools that timely and
meaningful consultation has occurred.
The current provisions in
§ 300.454(b)(1) through (3), regarding
the consultation process, would be
removed because they were superceded
by new statutory requirements related to
consultation in section 612(a)(10)(A)(v)
of the Act.
Proposed § 300.136, regarding the
right of a private school official to
submit to the SEA a complaint related
to the LEA’s compliance with the timely
and meaningful consultation
requirements, would incorporate the
new provisions in section
612(a)(10)(A)(v) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.137(b) and (c),
regarding determination of services to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities, generally
would retain the current provisions in
§ 300.454(a), (b)(4), and (c). Proposed
§ 300.137(a) also would include
language from current § 300.455(a)(3),
providing that a parentally-placed
private school child with a disability
has no individual entitlement to receive
some or all of the special education and
related services that the child would
receive if enrolled in a public school.
This is an important clarification of the
different responsibilities that public
schools have for providing special
education and related services to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities. Under the
Act, LEAs have an obligation to provide
the group of parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities with
equitable participation in the services
funded with Federal IDEA funds.
Because Federal funding constitutes
only a portion of the excess costs of
providing special education and related
services to a child with disabilities,
LEAs, in consultation with
representatives of the private schools,
will have to make decisions about how
best to use the available Federal funds
to address the needs of the parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities as a group. In some LEAs,
geography, school location, and the
needs of the parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities may
make it possible for most, or even all of
those children to receive some services
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
under section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act.
In other cases, the Federal funds
available may not be sufficient to
provide all of these children with
special education and related services.
Decisions about how best to use the
available Federal funds to ensure
equitable participation of the group of
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities are left to LEA
personnel, in consultation with the
private school representatives, who
understand what is feasible and
appropriate in particular situations.
Proposed § 300.138, regarding
equitable services provided to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities, would retain
the current provisions in § 300.455(a)(1)
and (2), and (b), regarding standards for
personnel who provide services to
parentally-placed private school
children, different amounts of services
that may be provided to parentallyplaced private school children as
compared with those provided to
children in public schools, and the
provision of services for each
parentally-placed private school child
who has been designated to receive
services in accordance with a services
plan. The proposed regulation also
would include language from section
612(a)(10)(A)(vi) of the Act, which
provides that the special education and
related services be provided directly by
employees of the public agency or
through contract and that special
education and related services,
including materials and equipment, be
secular, neutral and nonideological.
Proposed § 300.139, regarding the
location of services and transportation,
generally would retain the current
provisions in § 300.456 that clarify that
LEAs may provide special education
and related services funded under Part
B of the Act on site at the private,
including religious, schools to the
extent consistent with law. It should be
noted that LEAs should provide such
services for parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities on site
at their school, unless there is a
compelling rationale for these services
to be provided off site.
Proposed § 300.140, regarding the
unavailability of due process
complaints, except for child find and
the availability of State complaints,
would retain the current provisions in
§ 300.457. Proposed § 300.140(b) would
clarify that the State complaint
procedures would be used to address
complaints about the implementation of
the consultation process in proposed
§ 300.134. Proposed § 300.141, regarding
the requirement that funds not benefit a
private school, would retain the current
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35789
provisions in § 300.459. Proposed
§ 300.142 would combine the
requirements of current §§ 300.460 and
300.461 regarding the use of public
school personnel and private school
personnel. Proposed § 300.143,
regarding the prohibition of separate
classes, would retain the requirements
in current § 300.458.
Proposed § 300.144 would incorporate
provisions in section 612(a)(10)(A)(vii)
of the Act regarding property,
equipment, and supplies for the benefit
of private school children with
disabilities and would replace the
current provisions in § 300.462(a). The
proposed regulation would retain the
current provisions in § 300.462(b)
through (e).
Children With Disabilities in Private
Schools Placed or Referred by Public
Agencies
Proposed §§ 300.145, 300.146, and
300.147, regarding children with
disabilities placed in or referred to
private schools by public agencies,
generally would retain the current
provisions in §§ 300.400, 300.401, and
300.402, which provide that children so
placed or referred receive special
education and related services in
conformity with an IEP at no cost to the
parents. This would be consistent with
the requirement in section
612(a)(10)(B)(ii) of the Act, which
provides that the SEA determine
whether such private schools meet the
standards that apply to the SEA and
LEAs and that children served have all
the rights the children would have if
served by these agencies. Proposed
§ 300.146(b) would continue to provide
that publicly-placed children with
disabilities be provided an education
that meets the standards that apply to
education provided by the SEA and
LEAs, including the requirements of
part 300, except for the requirements of
§§ 300.18 and 300.156(c). This provision
is intended to ensure that children with
disabilities who are publicly-placed in
or referred to a private school or facility
as a means of providing these children
with special education and related
services would continue to retain the
same right to FAPE that they would
have if served directly by a public
agency. However, because of statutory
language in the ESEA that the
requirements regarding highly qualified
teachers apply only to public school
teachers, as well as related language in
section 602(10) of the Act and proposed
§ 300.18, we do not read proposed
§ 300.146(b) as requiring teachers of
children with disabilities who are
placed in or referred to private schools
by a public agency to meet either the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35790
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
‘‘highly qualified teacher’’ standard in
the ESEA or the ‘‘highly qualified
special education teacher’’ standard in
the Act. Proposed § 300.147, regarding
implementation by the SEA, would
incorporate, without change, the
provisions in current § 300.402.
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by
Their Parents in Private Schools When
FAPE Is at Issue
Proposed § 300.148, relating to
placement of children with disabilities
in private schools when the provision of
FAPE is at issue, generally would retain
the current provisions in § 300.403(a),
(c), and (d). Proposed § 300.148 would
remove, as unnecessary, language
currently in § 300.403(b), which
provides that disagreements regarding
the availability of an appropriate
program for the child and the question
of financial responsibility are subject to
due process procedures. Disputes about
these matters would be subject to the
due process procedures even without
this provision, because the central issue
in such disputes is whether the public
agency has made FAPE available to the
child. Consistent with statutory
language, proposed § 300.148(b) would
include the term ‘‘school’’ after
‘‘elementary.’’ Proposed § 300.148(d)
would modify current § 300.403(e),
based on the specific provisions in
section 612(a)(10)(C)(IV) of the Act.
The current provision on
documentation of SEA responsibility for
general supervision in § 300.141(a) and
(b) would be removed consistent with
statutory changes regarding
documentation. Proposed § 300.149,
regarding SEA responsibility for general
supervision, would replace current
§ 300.600(a) and incorporate language in
section 612(a)(11) of the Act to include
a new provision referencing the
requirements of subtitle B of title VII of
the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 11431. We
also are adding a phrase to
§ 300.149(a)(2) to clarify that the SEA is
not responsible for exercising general
supervision for education programs for
children with disabilities in elementary
schools and secondary schools for
Indian children operated or funded by
the Secretary of the Interior. Current
§ 300.600(b) also would be removed as
a result of statutory changes regarding
submission of State information.
New language referencing the State
monitoring and enforcement
responsibilities in proposed §§ 300.602
and 300.606 through 300.608 would be
added in § 300.149(b) because State
monitoring and enforcement are central
to the SEA’s exercise of general
supervision. Proposed § 300.149(c) and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(d) respectively, would incorporate
current § 300.600(c), clarifying that Part
B does not limit the responsibility of
agencies other than educational
agencies to provide or pay for some or
all of the cost of FAPE and § 300.600(d),
regarding the ability of a Governor or
other individual to assign to a public
agency, other than the SEA,
responsibility for ensuring that the
requirements of Part B are met for
students with disabilities convicted as
adults and incarcerated in adult prisons.
As a general matter, for educational
purposes, students who had been
enrolled in a BIA funded school and are
subsequently convicted as an adult and
incarcerated in an adult prison are the
responsibility of the State where the
adult prison is located. The Secretary is
seeking comment on whether further
clarification on this issue is warranted.
Proposed § 300.150 would incorporate
language from current § 300.143
regarding SEA implementation of
procedural safeguards, with a revision.
Consistent with other changes to remove
State documentation requirements,
proposed § 300.150 would require States
to have policies in effect, rather than on
file with the Department. The crossreference also would be updated.
Current § 300.145, regarding recovery of
funds for misclassified children, would
be removed. Under section 611 of the
Act, funds are no longer distributed
based on a count of the children with
disabilities served in a given fiscal year.
State Complaint Procedures
In 1992, the Department moved these
procedures into part 300 from 34 CFR
76.780 through 76.782 based on a
decision to place the complaint
procedures into the specific program
regulations to which they relate.
Proposed § 300.151, regarding the
adoption of State complaint procedures,
would incorporate the current
provisions in § 300.660, with one
substantive change. Proposed
§ 300.151(b)(1) would remove the
reference to monetary reimbursement,
so as not to imply that reimbursement
would be appropriate in the majority of
State complaints. Proposed § 300.152,
regarding minimum State complaint
procedures, would retain the current
provisions in § 300.661, with several
changes. Proposed § 300.152(a)(3)
would be added in order to incorporate
into the State complaint procedures an
opportunity for a public agency to
respond to a complaint, including a
chance to make a proposal to resolve the
complaint, and, with the consent of the
parent, to engage the parent in
mediation or other alternative means of
dispute resolution. This change would
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
encourage meaningful informal
resolution of disputes between the
parties to the dispute. Proposed
§ 300.152(b)(1) would add a provision
that would allow extensions of the 60day time limit if the parties agree to
extend the timelines so that they can
engage in mediation or other alternative
means of dispute resolution. This
change is intended to support
cooperative dispute resolution efforts,
and not to result in uniform extensions.
Proposed § 300.152(c)(1) would revise
the language in current § 300.661(c)(1)
to provide a simplified process for
setting aside complaints that also are the
subject of a due process hearing, which
should aid State implementation of the
State complaint process. Finally, current
§ 300.661(c)(3) regarding a complaint
involving a public agency’s failure to
implement a due process decision
would be removed. The enforcement
and implementation of due process
hearing decisions are matters in the
province of State and Federal courts.
Proposed § 300.153, regarding the
filing of a complaint, would retain the
current provisions in § 300.662, with
some changes. Proposed § 300.153(b)(3)
and (4) would add new information
requirements for complaints, similar to
the basic notice requirement for filing a
due process complaint, in order to give
the public agency the information that
would allow it to attempt to resolve the
complaint at the earliest opportunity.
Proposed § 300.153(c) would revise the
language in current § 300.662(c) to
require that the complaint must allege a
violation that occurred not more than
one year prior to the date the complaint
is received, removing references to
longer periods for continuing violations
and for compensatory services claims, to
ensure expedited resolution for public
agencies and children with disabilities.
A one-year timeline is reasonable, and
will assist in smooth implementation of
the State complaint procedures. Finally,
proposed § 300.153(d) would add a new
requirement that the party filing a
complaint forward a copy to the public
agency involved at the same time as the
party files the complaint with the SEA.
This will ensure that the public agency
involved has knowledge of the issues
raised, and an opportunity to resolve
them directly with the complaining
party.
Methods of Ensuring Services
Proposed § 300.154, regarding
methods of ensuring services, generally
would retain the current provisions in
§ 300.142. Consistent with changes in
section 612(a)(11) of the Act, the
proposed regulation would clarify in
§ 300.154(b)(1)(i), that a public agency
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
may fulfill its obligation to ensure FAPE
either directly or through contracts or
other arrangements pursuant to
§ 300.154(a) or (c). Likewise, the
proposed regulation would clarify, in
§ 300.154(b)(2), that the LEA or State
agency is authorized to claim
reimbursement and, in § 300.154(c)(3),
that other appropriate written methods
also must be approved by the Secretary.
Consistent with statutory changes
regarding submission of State
information, the proposed regulation
would remove the current regulatory
language in § 300.142(d), that the State
have on file with the Secretary,
information to demonstrate that the
requirements of this regulation are met.
However, as reflected in proposed
§ 300.704(a)(3), section 611(e)(1)(C) of
the Act requires that States certify to the
Secretary that agreements to establish
responsibility for services are current
before the State may expend section 611
funds for State administration.
Proposed § 300.154(d)(2)(iv) would
include a new provision that to access
the parent’s public insurance proceeds,
the public agency must obtain parental
consent, in accordance with proposed
§ 300.622 the first time that access is
sought, and notify parents that refusal to
allow access to their public insurance
does not relieve the public agency of its
responsibility to ensure that all required
services are provided at no cost to the
parents. Under Part B of the Act, special
education and related services, as well
as supplementary aids and services and
supports that an IEP Team determines a
child with a disability needs in order to
receive FAPE, must be provided at no
cost to the parents or the child. Use of
a parent’s insurance often imposes costs
to the parent that are not, and often
cannot be known at the time the costs
are billed to the insurance provider.
Under the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 U.S.C.
1232g (FERPA), a child’s records cannot
be released without parental consent,
except for a few specified exceptions.
No FERPA exception permits public
agencies to release educational records
for insurance billing purposes without a
parent’s consent. We must ensure that a
parent consents to the release of a
child’s records for that purpose and that
the parents are informed that refusing to
give consent to the release of education
records for that purpose will not prevent
a child from receiving the services that
are in the child’s IEP.
Proposed § 300.154(e) would retain
the current requirements regarding
children with disabilities who are
covered by private insurance. Proposed
§ 300.154(f), (g), and (h), respectively,
regarding use of Part B funds, proceeds
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
from public and private insurance, and
construction are essentially the same as
paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of § 300.142
of the current regulations.
Additional Eligibility Requirements
Proposed § 300.155, regarding
hearings for LEA eligibility, would
remove the current requirements in
§ 300.144 that States have procedures on
file with the Secretary, but generally
would retain the requirement that States
have procedures to give an LEA notice
and an opportunity for a hearing prior
to a final determination that it is not
eligible for funds under Part B.
Current §§ 300.135 and 300.136,
regarding a comprehensive system of
personnel development and personnel
standards, would be removed consistent
with the statutory removal of these
provisions in the Act (see section
612(a)(14) and (15) of the Act in effect
before December 3, 2004) relating to the
comprehensive system of personnel
development and personnel standards.
Proposed § 300.156, regarding
personnel qualifications, would include
the statutory provisions related to
States’ establishment and maintenance
of personnel qualifications for special
education teachers that align Part B of
the Act with the highly qualified teacher
provisions in section 1119(a)(2) of the
ESEA; and also address personnel
qualifications for related services
providers and paraprofessionals. As
provided in note 21 of the Conf. Rpt.,
the incorporated provisions require that
special education teachers obtain full
State certification as special education
teachers, but it does not prevent regular
education and other teachers who are
highly qualified in particular subjects
from providing instruction in core
academic subjects to children with
disabilities in those subjects. For
example, a reading specialist who is
highly qualified in reading instruction,
but who is not certified as a special
education teacher, would not be
prohibited from providing reading
instruction to children with disabilities.
Proposed § 300.156(a) contains the
general requirement that a State’s
qualifications ensure that personnel
carrying out the purposes of part 300 are
appropriately and adequately prepared
and trained, including that those
personnel have the content knowledge
and skills to serve children with
disabilities.
Proposed § 300.156(b) would
incorporate the provisions in section
612(a)(14)(B) of the Act regarding
personnel qualifications for related
services providers and
paraprofessionals. This would include
the requirement that the State’s
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35791
standards must ensure that related
services personnel and
paraprofessionals meet qualifications
that are consistent with any Stateapproved or recognized certification,
licensing, registration or other
comparable requirements for their
professional discipline. These
procedures also must ensure that related
services personnel who deliver services
meet applicable qualification standards
and have not had certification or
licensure requirements waived on an
emergency, temporary, or provisional
basis. Proposed § 300.156(b) reflects the
comment in note 97 of the Conf. Rpt.
that the current regulations requiring
related services providers to meet the
highest State standard applicable to
their profession across all State agencies
have established an unreasonable
standard for SEAs to meet, and as a
result, have led to a shortage of the
availability of related services for
students with disabilities. Conferees
intended for SEAs to establish rigorous
qualifications for related services
providers to ensure that students with
disabilities receive the appropriate
quality and quantity of care. SEAs are
encouraged to consult with LEAs, other
State agencies, the disability
community, and professional
organizations to determine the
appropriate qualifications for related
services providers, including the use of
consultative, supervisory, and
collaborative models to ensure that
students with disabilities receive the
services described in their individual
IEPs. To that end, proposed
§ 300.156(b)(2)(iii), similar to the
current regulation in § 300.136(f),
generally would permit States to allow
paraprofessionals and assistants who are
appropriately trained and supervised to
assist in providing special education
and related services under Part B of the
Act to children with disabilities.
Proposed § 300.156(c) would
incorporate the new requirement in
section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Act that all
special education teachers be highly
qualified by the deadline established in
the ESEA (the end of the 2005–2006
school year). It would also specify that
this requirement applies only to public
school special education teachers, in
light of the statutory definition of
‘‘highly qualified’’ in section 602(10) of
the Act. Proposed § 300.156(d) would
include the statutory authorization for a
State to adopt a policy requiring LEAs
to take measurable steps to recruit, hire,
train, and retain highly qualified
personnel.
Proposed § 300.156(e) would
incorporate the language in section
612(a)(14)(E) of the Act, regarding the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35792
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
rule of construction that these
provisions do not create a right of action
on behalf of an individual student for
the failure of a particular SEA or LEA
staff person to be highly qualified or
prevent a parent from filing a State
complaint with the SEA about staff
qualifications under §§ 300.151 through
300.153 of the proposed regulations.
Proposed § 300.157, regarding
performance goals and indicators,
would revise the current § 300.137,
consistent with the revised provisions
in section 612(a)(15) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.157(a)(2) would include
a new provision that aligns the goals
and indicators with the State’s
definition of adequate yearly progress,
including progress by children with
disabilities, under section 1111(b)(2)(C)
of the ESEA. Proposed § 300.157(a)(3)
would retain the current provision in
§ 300.137(b), that public agencies must
address graduation and dropout rates. In
order to conform to the language in
section 612(a)(15) of the Act, the
proposed regulation would contain the
following changes: proposed
§ 300.157(a)(4) would remove from the
current provision in § 300.137(a)(2), the
term ‘‘maximum’’ before ‘‘extent
appropriate’’ and add the word ‘‘any’’
before ‘‘other goals and standards for all
children established by the State.’’
Likewise, proposed § 300.157(b) would
remove from the current provision in
§ 300.137(b), the words appearing after
the word, ‘‘achieving’’ and add, in their
place, the words, ‘‘the goals described in
paragraph (a) of this section, including
measurable annual objectives for
progress by children with disabilities
under section 1111(b)(2)(C)(v)(II)(cc) of
the ESEA; and’’. Proposed § 300.157(c)
would change the requirement for
reporting to the public and to the
Secretary in current § 300.137(c) from
every two years to annually and would
provide that elements of the report
under section 1111(h) of the ESEA may
be included in the annual report under
Part B of the Act.
Proposed § 300.160, regarding
participation in assessments, would
replace §§ 300.138 and 300.139 of the
current regulations and would
incorporate the changes in section
612(a)(16) of the Act. For reasons of
burden reduction described throughout
this preamble, the proposed regulation
would remove the current requirement
in § 300.138 that the State have
information on file with the Secretary.
Consistent with language in section
613(a)(16) of the Act, proposed
§ 300.160(a) would add to the current
provision in § 300.138(a) the word ‘‘all’’
before the word ‘‘children’’, and before
the phrase ‘‘general State and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
districtwide assessment programs’’ and
would clarify that this requirement
includes assessments described in
section 1111 of the ESEA. Proposed
§ 300.160(a) also would remove, from
the current provision in § 300.138(a),
‘‘modifications in administration’’ and
add, in its place, ‘‘alternate
assessments’’ and would add after the
word ‘‘necessary’’, the words, and ‘‘as
indicated in their respective IEPs.’’
Proposed § 300.160(b) would require
that States, (or, in the case of
districtwide assessments, LEAs) develop
guidelines for providing appropriate
accommodations in assessments.
Proposed § 300.160(c)(1) would address
guidelines for participation in alternate
assessments for those children who
cannot participate in regular
assessments as indicated in their IEPs.
Proposed § 300.160(c)(2) would include
a provision that, in the case of
assessments of student academic
progress, alternate assessments and
guidelines under proposed
§ 300.160(c)(1) are aligned with the
State’s challenging academic content
and challenging student academic
achievement standards or the alternate
achievement standards, if adopted
under the regulations implementing
section 1111(b)(1) of the ESEA.
Proposed § 300.160(c)(3) would require
that the State conduct the alternate
assessments described in section
1111(b)(1) of the ESEA.
Proposed § 300.160(d) would
incorporate the requirement in section
612(a)(16)(D) of the Act for the SEA, in
the case of a statewide assessment, and
the LEA, in the case of a districtwide
assessment, to report to the public on
the assessment of children with
disabilities with the same frequency and
in the same detail that it reports on the
assessment of nondisabled children, and
replace the current requirements in
§ 300.139.
Proposed § 300.160(e) would
incorporate the new requirement in
section 612(a)(16)(E) of the Act that the
SEA, in the case of statewide
assessments, and the LEA, in the case of
districtwide assessments, to the extent
possible, use universal design in
developing and implementing
assessments.
Consistent with section 612(a)(17) of
the Act, the current provisions in
§ 300.155, regarding use of funds;
§ 300.152, regarding non-commingling;
and § 300.153, regarding State-level
nonsupplanting, would be combined
into proposed § 300.162. The proposed
regulation generally would retain the
requirements that Part B funds be
expended in accordance with Part B of
the Act, that Part B and State funds not
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
be commingled, and that Part B funds be
used to supplement, and in no case to
supplant other Federal, State, and local
funds expended for special education
and related services. Consistent with
statutory changes discussed previously,
the proposed regulation would
eliminate the current provision in
§ 300.155, that States have policies and
procedures on file with the Secretary;
would replace the current provisions in
§ 300.152(a), that States provide the
Secretary an assurance; and would
replace the current provision in
§ 300.153(a)(2), that the State have
information on file with the Secretary
demonstrating compliance with the use
of Part B funds to supplement and not
supplant, with straightforward
statements of the statutory
requirements. These changes would be
consistent with changes in section
612(a) of the Act regarding State
submission of information. Proposed
§ 300.162(b)(2) would retain the current
provision in § 300.152(b) clarifying that
use of a separate accounting system
including an audit trail of expenditures
of Part B funds would satisfy the
prohibition on commingling.
Proposed § 300.162(c)(1) would retain
the current provision in § 300.153(a)(1),
regarding the basic non-supplanting
requirement. Proposed § 300.162(c)(2)
would retain the current provision in
§ 300.153(b), regarding the Secretary’s
ability to waive, in whole or in part, the
State-level nonsupplanting requirement
if the State provides clear and
convincing evidence regarding the
availability of FAPE to all children with
disabilities. This waiver would be
addressed further in proposed
§ 300.164.
Proposed § 300.163 generally would
retain the current provisions in
§ 300.154, regarding maintenance of
State financial support. However,
consistent with the language in section
612(a) of the Act, the proposed
regulation would eliminate the
provision regarding information that
States must have on file with the
Secretary demonstrating, on either a
total or per-capita basis, that the State
will not reduce the amount of State
financial support for special education
and related services for children with
disabilities.
Proposed § 300.164, regarding waiver
of the requirement regarding
supplementing and not supplanting Part
B funds, would retain the current
provisions in § 300.589, except that to
reduce regulatory burden, proposed
§ 300.164(c)(4) would reduce the
number of entities with which a State
must consult when determining that
FAPE is currently available to all
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
eligible children with disabilities in the
State, and eliminate the requirement for
a summary of the input of the entities
consulted.
Proposed § 300.165(a) would
incorporate the language in section
612(a)(19) of the Act regarding public
participation in the adoption of policies
and procedures to implement Part B of
the Act, which is the same as the
current provision in § 300.148(a)(1).
Current § 300.148(a)(2) and (b),
regarding alternate ways of meeting the
public participation requirement and
the requirement that the State
documentation be on file with the
Secretary, would be removed. The
current provisions in §§ 300.280
through 300.284 regarding public
participation also would be removed.
Removing the requirement for States to
submit extensive documentation to the
Secretary on how the public
participation requirements are met
should reduce regulatory burden on
States. States are required to comply
with the public participation
requirements of the General Education
Provisions Act, in 20 U.S.C. 1232d(b)(7),
as provided for in proposed
§ 300.165(b), as well as State-specific
requirements, in adopting policies and
procedures relating to Part B of the Act,
which should provide sufficient
opportunities for public participation.
Proposed § 300.166 would incorporate
the language in section 612(a)(20) of the
Act, regarding the rule of construction
on use of Federal funds to satisfy Statemandated funding of obligations to
LEAs for purposes of complying with
proposed §§ 300.162 and 300.163.
State Advisory Panel
Proposed § 300.167, regarding State
advisory panels, would incorporate the
provisions in section 612(a)(21)(A) of
the Act and would remove from current
§ 300.650, language regarding
information on file with the Secretary.
The proposed regulation also would
remove the provision from current
§ 300.650 permitting modification of
existing advisory panels to be consistent
with section 612(a)(21)(A) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.168, regarding the
membership of State advisory panels,
generally would retain the current
provisions in § 300.651. In addition,
proposed § 300.168(a)(5) and (10),
would incorporate the statutory
references to officials who carry out
activities under subtitle B of title VII of
the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 11431 et seq.,
and a representative from the State child
welfare agency responsible for foster
care, respectively. Consistent with the
Act, proposed § 300.168(b) would
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
include a provision in the special rule
that clarifies that for panel membership
a majority of the members of the panel
must be individuals with disabilities or
parents of children with disabilities
(ages birth through 26).
Proposed § 300.169, regarding duties
of the advisory panel, generally would
retain the current provisions of
§ 300.652, except that the current
language in § 300.652(b), regarding
advising on eligible students with
disabilities in adult prisons, would be
removed. Given the breadth of its
statutory responsibilities, nonstatutory
mandates on the State advisory panels
would be removed.
To provide greater flexibility for
States in the operations of advisory
panels, the current provision in
§ 300.653, regarding procedures of the
advisory panel, would be removed.
Other Provisions Required for State
Eligibility
Proposed § 300.170, regarding
suspension and expulsion rates, would
retain most of the current provisions in
§ 300.146, but would remove the
language that the States have
information on file with the Secretary,
consistent with statutory changes on
State submission of information. In
addition, consistent with section
612(a)(22) of the Act, proposed
§ 300.170(b) would replace, from the
current § 300.146(b), ‘‘behavioral
interventions’’ with ‘‘positive behavioral
interventions and supports.’’
Proposed § 300.171, regarding the
annual description of the use of Part B
funds, would clarify the current
§ 300.156(a)(1) that addresses the
amounts retained for State
administration and State-level activities,
generally would retain the current
provisions in § 300.156(a)(2) and (b),
and would remove the current provision
in § 300.156(c) regarding percentages
distributed to LEAs since this
information does not assist the
Department in determining whether an
SEA is complying with Part B of the Act
in this regard. Proposed § 300.171 also
would add a new paragraph (c) to clarify
that, based on section 611(g)(2) of the
statute, the provisions of this section do
not apply to the Virgin Islands, Guam,
American Samoa, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Mariana Islands, and the
freely associated States.
Proposed § 300.172, regarding access
to instructional materials, would
incorporate the new language in section
612(a)(23) of the Act regarding the
timely provision of instructional
materials to blind persons or other
persons with print disabilities. Proposed
§ 300.172 uses ‘‘persons’’ to conform to
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35793
the language in the Act. However, in the
context of this regulatory provision,
‘‘persons’’ means ‘‘children.’’ Proposed
§ 300.172(a) would repeat the
requirement from section 612(a)(23)(A)
of the Act that the State must adopt the
National Instructional Materials
Accessibility Standard (NIMAS) in a
timely manner after its publication in
the Federal Register by the Department.
The NIMAS will be the subject of a
separate rulemaking process. In that
proposed rulemaking document, we will
propose to add the NIMAS to part 300
as an appendix.
Proposed § 300.172(b) would
incorporate the provision in section
612(a)(23)(B) of the Act that a State is
not required to coordinate with the
National Instructional Materials
Accessibility Center (NIMAC) and the
requirements that apply if an SEA
chooses not to coordinate with the
NIMAC. Proposed § 300.172(b)(3) would
provide that nothing in this section
would relieve an SEA of its
responsibility to ensure that children
with disabilities who need instructional
materials in accessible formats, but who
do not fall within the category of
children for whom the SEA may receive
assistance from NIMAC, receive those
instructional materials in a timely
manner. Timely access to appropriate
and accessible instructional materials is
an inherent component of public
agencies’ obligations under the Act to
ensure that FAPE is available for
children with disabilities and that they
participate in the general education
curriculum as specified in their IEPs.
The provisions in section 612(a)(23) of
the Act will assist SEAs in carrying out
that responsibility for most children
with disabilities who need accessible
instructional materials. Section
674(e)(3)(A) of the Act limits the
authority of the NIMAC to provide
assistance to SEAs and LEAs in
acquiring instructional materials for
children who are blind, have visual
disabilities, are unable to read or use
standard printed materials because of
physical limitations, and children who
have reading disabilities that result from
organic dysfunction, as provided for in
36 CFR § 701.10(b). Clearly, SEAs and
LEAs that choose to use the services of
the NIMAC will be able to assist blind
persons or other persons with print
disabilities who need accessible
instructional materials through this
mechanism. However, SEAs and LEAs
still have an obligation to provide
accessible instructional materials in a
timely manner to other children with
disabilities, who also may need
accessible materials even though SEAs
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35794
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
and LEAs may not receive assistance for
these children from NIMAC.
Proposed paragraph § .172(c) would
incorporate the provision in section
612(a)(23)(C) of the Act regarding
preparation and delivery of files if an
SEA chooses to coordinate with the
NIMAC.
In accordance with section
612(a)(23)(D) of the Act, § 300.172(d)
would require an SEA, to the maximum
extent possible, to collaborate with the
State agency responsible for assistive
technology programs. Proposed
§ 300.172(e) contains, in accordance
with section 612(a)(23)(E) of the Act,
definitions of blind persons or other
persons with print disabilities, NIMAC,
NIMAS, and specialized formats.
Proposed § 300.173, regarding State
policies and procedures designed to
prevent inappropriate overidentification
and disproportionality, would
incorporate the new provision in section
612(a)(24) of the Act. This proposed
regulation would require the State to
have in effect, consistent with section
618(d) of the Act, policies and
procedures to prevent the inappropriate
overidentification or disproportionate
representation by race and ethnicity of
children as children with disabilities,
including children with disabilities
with a particular impairment.
Proposed § 300.174 would incorporate
the new provision in section 612(a)(25)
of the Act and would prohibit State and
LEA personnel from requiring parents to
obtain prescriptions for controlled
substances for a child as a condition of
the child’s school attendance, the
child’s receipt of a Part B evaluation, or
the child’s receipt of services. Proposed
paragraph § 300.174(b) would contain
the statutory rule of construction in
section 612(a)(25)(B) of the Act and
would clarify that this provision does
not create a Federal prohibition against
teachers and other school personnel
consulting or sharing with parents their
observations on the student’s functional
or academic performance, and behavior
in the classroom or school, or the child’s
possible need for an initial evaluation
for special education and related
services.
Proposed § 300.175, regarding the
SEA as provider of FAPE or direct
services, generally would retain the
current provisions in § 300.147. The
proposed regulation would remove the
provision that States must have
information on file with the Secretary
demonstrating that they meet these
requirements, consistent with statutory
changes discussed previously.
Consistent with the statutory changes,
proposed § 300.176, regarding
exceptions for prior State plans and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
modifications to the plans, generally
would combine and retain the current
provisions in §§ 300.111 and 300.112,
with some minor changes. The date in
proposed § 300.176(a) would be
changed to December 3, 2004, the date
on which the Act was signed into law.
Consistent with the statute, proposed
§ 300.176(b)(1) would revise the current
language from ‘‘State decides are
necessary’’ to ‘‘State determines
necessary.’’ Consistent with the Act,
proposed § 300.176(b)(2) would replace
references to ‘‘policies and procedures’’
with ‘‘application’’ and ‘‘original’’ State
plan. Consistent with the Act, proposed
§ 300.176(c)(1) would reference
December 3, 2004, the date on which
the Act was signed into law.
Department Procedures
Proposed § 300.178, regarding the
Secretary’s determination of State
eligibility to receive a grant, would
retain the current requirements in
§§ 300.113(a) and 300.580.
Proposed § 300.179, regarding notice
and hearing before determining a State
is not eligible to receive a grant, would
retain the current requirements in
§§ 300.113(b) and 300.581.
Proposed § 300.180, regarding the
hearing official or panel, would retain
the current requirements in § 300.582.
Proposed § 300.181, regarding the
hearing procedures, would retain the
current requirements in § 300.583.
Proposed § 300.182, regarding the
initial and final hearing decisions,
would retain the current requirements
in § 300.584 except proposed
§ 300.182(h) would be revised to clarify
that the Secretary rejects or modifies the
initial decision of the Hearing Official or
Hearing Panel if the Secretary finds that
it is clearly erroneous.
Proposed § 300.183, regarding filing
requirements, would retain the current
requirements in § 300.585.
Proposed § 300.184, regarding judicial
review, would retain the current
requirements in § 300.586.
Proposed § 300.186, regarding
assistance under other Federal
programs, would incorporate the
provisions in section 612(e) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.186 would clarify the
current requirements in § 300.601,
regarding the relation of Part B to
assistance under other Federal
programs, and would continue to
provide that Part B of the Act may not
be construed to permit a State to reduce
or alter eligibility for medical or other
assistance for children with disabilities
under titles V and IX of the Social
Security Act, but would reference ‘‘with
respect to the provision of FAPE for
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
children with disabilities’’ instead of
‘‘services that are part of FAPE.’’
By-pass for Children in Private Schools
The proposed regulations regarding
by-pass for children in private schools
would incorporate changes in section
612(f) of the Act and would represent
the first amendments to these
regulations since they were adopted in
1984. Because the statutory changes
related to the participation of
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities should make
it more likely that these procedures will
be implemented, these proposed
revisions would align the by-pass
provisions from Part B of the Act with
the general by-pass procedures in the
Department’s general administrative
regulations in 34 CFR 76.670 through
76.677 that apply to other Department
programs, including programs under
titles I and IX of the ESEA. This
alignment should help to ensure
consistent implementation of the bypass provisions throughout the
Department.
Proposed § 300.190, regarding the
general by-pass provision, would revise
the current requirements in § 300.480.
Consistent with changes in section
612(f)(1) of the Act, the proposed
regulation would retain the current
authority for a by-pass and would add
additional authority in cases where the
Secretary determines that an SEA, LEA,
or other entity has substantially failed or
is unwilling to provide for equitable
participation. The proposed regulation
generally would retain the current
provision in § 300.480(b) regarding
waiver of the requirements in these
proposed regulations governing
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities.
Proposed § 300.191, regarding
services under a by-pass, generally
would retain the current provisions in
§ 300.481, but with some exceptions.
Proposed § 300.191(a)(1) would replace
‘‘The prohibition’’ with ‘‘Any
prohibition’’ and would add ‘‘and’’ at
the end of § 300.191(a)(1). The current
provision in § 300.481(a)(3), regarding
policies and procedures, would be
removed consistent with other burden
reduction changes in these proposed
regulations. Proposed § 300.191(a)
would add ‘‘and, as appropriate, LEA or
other public agency officials’’ and
paragraphs (b) and (c)(1) of proposed
§ 300.191 would add ‘‘LEA or other
public agency.’’ These changes are
necessary to ensure effective
implementation of the by-pass provision
within an affected State because, in
general, a by-pass would be
implemented only in a specific LEA or
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
other public agency within the State and
not statewide. Thus, the change in
proposed § 300.191(a) would ensure that
the Secretary also consults with
appropriate agency officials in any
affected LEA or public agency within
the State.
Proposed § 300.191(c)(1), regarding
the calculation of the amount per child
that is to be paid to providers, would
revise the current provision in
§ 300.481(c)(1) to reflect the provision in
section 612(f)(2)(A) of the Act.
Proposed §§ 300.192 and 300.193,
regarding notice of intent to implement
a by-pass and request to show cause,
would retain the current provisions in
§§ 300.482 and 300.483, but would add
‘‘LEA or other public agency’’ for
consistency with statutory language.
Proposed § 300.194, regarding the
show cause hearing, would retain the
current provisions in § 300.484 and
would add language to address statutory
changes and align the proposed
regulation with the by-pass regulations
in 34 CFR 76.673 and 76.674 that apply
to other Department programs. Proposed
§ 300.194(a) would add ‘‘LEA or other
public agency’’ to make the provisions
consistent with language in section
612(f) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.194(a)(3) is a new provision that
would provide an opportunity for an
SEA, LEA, or other public agency and
representatives of private schools to be
represented by legal counsel and to
submit oral or written evidence and
arguments. Proposed § 300.194(d)
would incorporate the by-pass provision
in 34 CFR 76.763(b), and would specify
that the designee conducting the hearing
has no authority to require or conduct
discovery. Proposed § 300.194(g) would
incorporate the by-pass provision in 34
CFR 76.674(b), and would specify that
within 10 days after the hearing, the
designee indicates that a decision will
be issued on the basis of the existing
record or requests further information
from one or more of the parties to the
hearing.
Proposed § 300.195, regarding the
show cause hearing decision, would
retain the current provisions in
§ 300.485 and add language to address
statutory changes and to align the
proposed regulation with the by-pass
regulations in 34 CFR 76.675. Proposed
§ 300.195(a)(1) would incorporate the
120-day time period for closing the
record of the hearing from the by-pass
provision in 34 CFR 76.675(a)(1).
Proposed § 300.195(b) would replace the
15-day time period to submit comments
and recommendations on the designee’s
decision with the 30-day time period
consistent with 34 CFR 76.675(b).
Proposed § 300.195(c) would replace
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
‘‘SEA’’ with ‘‘all parties to the show
cause hearing’’ in order to make the
provision consistent with language in
section 612(f) of the Act.
Proposed §§ 300.196 and 300.197,
regarding filing requirements and
judicial review, would retain the current
regulations in §§ 300.486 and 300.487,
respectively.
Proposed § 300.198, regarding
continuation of a by-pass, is a new
provision that would incorporate the
continuation of a by-pass requirement in
34 CFR 76.677 and would permit
continuation of the by-pass until the
Secretary determines that the SEA, LEA,
or other public agency will meet the
requirements for providing services to
private school children.
Proposed § 300.199, regarding State
administration, would incorporate the
requirements in section 608 of the Act
requiring that rulemaking conducted by
the State conform to the purposes of
Part B of the Act, that States minimize
the number of rules, regulations, and
policies to which LEAs and schools are
subject to under the Act, and identify in
writing any rule, regulation, or policy
that is State-imposed and not required
under the Act and its implementing
regulations.
Subpart C—LEA Eligibility
Proposed § 300.200 would be similar
to the current § 300.180 regarding the
conditions of LEA eligibility, but would
be revised consistent with the change in
section 613(a) of the Act to require LEAs
to provide assurances, rather than
demonstrate, to the State that they meet
the eligibility conditions. Crossreferences to those eligibility conditions
would be updated.
Proposed § 300.201, regarding
consistency with State policies, would
be essentially the same as the current
§ 300.220(a), with appropriate updating
to reflect the structure of these proposed
regulations. Current § 300.220(b)
concerning policies on file with the SEA
would be removed in light of the
statutory change requiring only that an
LEA provide assurances regarding its
policies and procedures.
Proposed § 300.202 would combine
the provisions addressed in current
§§ 300.184(c) and 300.185, regarding
excess cost requirements, and current
§ 300.230, regarding use of funds, with
appropriate updating. Current
§ 300.184(a) would be removed because
it is duplicative of the requirement in
proposed § 300.202(a)(2) that Part B
funds must be used only to pay the
excess costs of special education and
related services to children with
disabilities. The definition of excess
costs in the current § 300.184(b) would
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35795
be moved to proposed § 300.16 of
subpart A of these proposed regulations.
Proposed § 300.203 would incorporate
current § 300.231 on LEA maintenance
of effort, with appropriate updating to
reflect the structure of these proposed
regulations. The standard for
determining whether an LEA is
complying with the LEA maintenance of
effort requirement would be in proposed
§ 300.203(b) and would be substantively
the same as current § 300.231(c). The
language in current § 300.231(b) would
be removed, based on the statutory
change requiring LEAs to provide
assurances in their applications to the
State, rather than information that
demonstrates their compliance.
Proposed § 300.204 would replace
current § 300.232, regarding the
exceptions to the LEA maintenance of
effort provision, with language that
more closely reflects the language in
section 613(a)(2)(B) of the Act and
clarifies the conditions under which the
LEA may reduce the level of
expenditures under Part B of the Act
below the level of expenditures for the
preceding year. As a result, we would
remove the provisions in the current
§ 300.232(a) that limit the circumstances
under which LEAs may reduce
expenditures as a result of the voluntary
departure of special education
personnel only to situations in which
those departing personnel are replaced
with qualified, lower-salaried staff. In
addition, the requirements that the
voluntary departures be in conformity
with existing board policies, collective
bargaining agreements, and applicable
State statutes would be removed. These
changes would reduce regulatory
burden on school districts and provide
increased flexibility in funding
decisions. However, the basic
requirement that LEAs must ensure the
provision of FAPE to eligible children,
regardless of the costs, would remain
the same.
Proposed § 300.204(e) would add a
condition based on section 611(e)(3) of
the Act, regarding the assumption of
costs by the high cost fund, under
which an LEA may reduce its level of
expenditures. Proposed § 300.204(e) is
needed because LEAs should not be
required to maintain a level of fiscal
effort based on costs that are assumed
by the SEA’s high cost fund.
Section 613(a)(2)(C)(i) of the Act was
substantially revised to provide an
adjustment to local fiscal effort in
certain years in place of a provision in
the prior law that permitted LEAs to use
a portion of the Federal funds they
received as local funds for special
education. As a result, we would
remove the current § 300.233, which
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35796
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
was based on the prior statutory
language, and replace it with proposed
§ 300.205, which is based on the revised
statute. Proposed § 300.205 would add
an exception that, if an SEA exercises its
authority under § 300.230(a), LEAs in
the State may not reduce local effort
under § 300.205 by more than the
reduction in the State funds they
receive. Section 300.230 only applies if
an SEA pays or reimburses all LEAs in
the State 100 percent of the non-Federal
share of the costs of special education
and related services.
Under proposed § 300.205, in years
when the LEA receives an allocation of
formula funds that exceeds the amount
it received in the prior year, the LEA
would be permitted to reduce the level
of its local maintenance of effort amount
by not more than 50 percent of the
increase in its section 611 allocation.
The LEA would then be required to use
local funds equal to the reduction to
carry out activities authorized under the
ESEA, as explained in proposed
§ 300.205(b). In subsequent years, an
LEA that reduced local fiscal effort in
accordance with proposed § 300.205(a)
would be required to meet this lower
fiscal effort amount, unless it could
again reduce local fiscal effort based on
proposed § 300.205. Proposed
§ 300.205(c) would describe
circumstances under which the SEA
may prohibit an LEA from reducing the
level of local expenditure. Proposed
§ 300.205(d) would implement the
provision in section 613(a)(2)(C)(iv) of
the Act that provides that the amount of
funds expended for early intervening
services will count toward the
maximum amount by which an LEA
may reduce local maintenance of effort.
LEAs wanting to exercise the
authority in section 613(a)(2)(C)(iv) of
the Act in conjunction with the
authority to use not more than 15
percent of the LEA’s total grant for early
intervening services under proposed
§ 300.226 should use caution, however,
because as noted in proposed
§§ 300.205(a) and (d), and 300.226(a),
the operation of the local maintenance
of effort reduction provision and the
authority to use Part B funds for early
intervening services under section
613(f)(1) of the Act and proposed
§ 300.226(a) would be interconnected.
The decisions that an LEA makes about
the amount of funds that it would use
for one purpose would affect the
amount that it may use for the other.
The following examples illustrate how
these provisions affect one another:
Example 1: In this example, the amount
that is 15 percent of the LEA’s total grant (see
proposed § 300.226(a)), which is the
maximum amount that the LEA may use for
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
early intervening services (EIS), is greater
than the amount that may be used for local
maintenance of effort (MOE) reduction (50
percent of the increase in the LEA’s grant
from the prior year’s grant) (see proposed
§ 300.205(a)).
Prior Year’s Allocation: $900,000.
Current Year’s Allocation: $1,000,000.
Increase: $100,000.
Maximum Available for MOE
Reduction: $50,000.
Maximum Available for EIS:
$150,000.
• If the LEA chooses to set aside
$150,000 for EIS, it may not reduce its
MOE (MOE maximum $50,000 less
$150,000 for EIS means $0 can be used
for MOE).
• If the LEA chooses to set aside
$100,000 for EIS, it may not reduce its
MOE (MOE maximum $50,000 less
$100,000 for EIS means $0 can be used
for MOE).
• If the LEA chooses to set aside
$50,000 for EIS, it may not reduce its
MOE (MOE maximum $50,000 less
$50,000 for EIS means $0 can be used
for MOE).
• If the LEA chooses to set aside
$30,000 for EIS, it may reduce its MOE
by $20,000 (MOE maximum $50,000
less $30,000 for EIS means $20,000 can
be used for MOE).
• If the LEA chooses to set aside $0
for EIS, it may reduce its MOE by
$50,000 (MOE maximum $50,000 less
$0 for EIS means $50,000 can be used
for MOE).
Example 2: In this example, the amount
that is 15 percent of the LEA’s total grant (see
proposed § 300.226(a)), which is the
maximum amount that the LEA may use for
EIS, is less than the amount that may be used
for MOE reduction (50 percent of the increase
in the LEA’s grant from the prior year’s grant)
(see proposed § 300.205(a)).
Prior Year’s Allocation: $1,000,000.
Current Year’s Allocation: $2,000,000.
Increase: $1,000,000.
Maximum Available for MOE
Reduction: $500,000.
Maximum Available for EIS:
$300,000.
• If the LEA chooses to use no funds
for MOE, it may set aside $300,000 for
EIS (EIS maximum $300,000 less $0
means $300,000 for EIS).
• If the LEA chooses to use $100,000
for MOE, it may set aside $200,000 for
EIS (EIS maximum $300,000 less
$100,000 means $200,000 for EIS).
• If the LEA chooses to use $150,000
for MOE, it may set aside $150,000 for
EIS (EIS maximum $300,000 less
$150,000 means $150,000 for EIS).
• If the LEA chooses to use $300,000
for MOE, it may not set aside anything
for EIS (EIS maximum $300,000 less
$300,000 means $0 for EIS).
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• If the LEA chooses to use $500,000
for MOE, it may not set aside anything
for EIS (EIS maximum $300,000 less
$500,000 means $0 for EIS).
With regard to the new statutory
provision on which proposed § 300.205
is based, note 122 of the Conf. Rpt.
states:
The Conferees intend for school districts to
have meaningful flexibility to use local funds
that are generated from their reduction in the
maintenance of effort. The Conferees do not
intend that school districts have to use these
local funds for programs exclusively
authorized under the Elementary and
Secondary Education Act of 1965. The
conferees recognize that most state and local
education programs are consistent with the
broad flexibility that is provided in section
5131 of the Elementary and Secondary
Education Act of 1965.
The Conferees intend that in any fiscal year
in which the local educational agency or
State educational agency reduces
expenditures pursuant to section 613(a)(2)(C)
or section 613(j), the reduced level of effort
shall be considered the new base for
purposes of determining the required level of
fiscal effort for the succeeding year.
In order to effectuate the flexibility in
the use of local funds suggested by this
language, proposed § 300.205(b) would
provide that the local funds equal to the
reduction in local expenditures for
special education and related services
authorized by proposed § 300.205(a)
may be used to carry out activities that
could be supported with funds under
the ESEA regardless of whether the LEA
is actually using funds under the ESEA
for those activities. An LEA can
demonstrate that it meets the
requirements in proposed § 300.205(b)
by showing that it has expended, for
elementary and secondary education, an
increased amount of local funds equal to
the reduction under proposed
§ 300.205(a) when compared to local
expenditures for elementary and
secondary education for the prior year.
Proposed § 300.206, regarding
schoolwide programs under title I of the
ESEA, would be essentially the same as
the current § 300.234, with appropriate
updating.
Proposed § 300.207, regarding
personnel development, would reflect
the new requirement under section
613(a)(3) of the Act that LEAs ensure
that all needed personnel be
appropriately and adequately prepared
subject to the requirements that apply to
SEAs regarding personnel qualifications
and requirements under section 2122 of
the ESEA.
Current § 300.221 on implementation
of the State’s comprehensive system of
personnel development (CSPD) would
be removed, as section 612(a) of the Act
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
no longer requires that a State develop
and implement a CSPD.
Proposed § 300.208 on permissive
uses of LEA funds would revise the
current § 300.235 in the following ways:
Paragraph (a)(2) from the current
§ 300.235 would be removed, as the
authority to use Part B funds to develop
and implement an integrated and
coordinated services system was
removed from the statute. Paragraphs
(a)(2) and (3) of proposed § 300.208
would incorporate the new statutory
provisions permitting LEAs to use Part
B funds for early intervening services
and to establish and implement cost or
risk sharing arrangements for high cost
special education and related services,
consistent with section 613(a)(4)(A)(ii)
and (iii) of the Act. Paragraph (b) of
proposed § 300.208 would incorporate
the new statutory authority for LEAs to
use Part B funds for administrative case
management services related to serving
children with disabilities in section
613(a)(4)(B) of the Act. Current
§ 300.235(b) would be removed because
that information would be conveyed by
the introductory material in proposed
§ 300.208(a), with the cross-references
updated.
Proposed § 300.209 would revise
current § 300.241, concerning treatment
of charter schools and their students
(based on changes in section 613(a)(5) of
the Act), and would also incorporate
current § 300.312, regarding children
with disabilities in public charter
schools. Paragraph (a) of proposed
§ 300.209 would include current
§ 300.312(a), to clarify that children
with disabilities who attend public
charter schools retain all rights afforded
under this part. Proposed § 300.209(b)
would include the provisions from
section 613(a)(5) of the Act to clarify (in
paragraph (b)(1)(i)) that, in providing
services to children with disabilities
attending charter schools that are public
schools of the LEA, the LEA must
provide supplementary and related
services on site at the charter school to
the same extent as it does at its other
public schools. Paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of
proposed § 300.209 would specify that
an LEA must provide funds under Part
B of the Act to the LEA’s charter schools
on the same basis as it provides funds
to its other schools, including
proportional distribution based on the
relative enrollment of children with
disabilities, and that it must provide
those funds at the same time as the LEA
distributes funds to its other public
schools.
Proposed § 300.209(b)(2) would
include current § 300.312(c), to provide
that if the public charter school is a
school of an LEA that receives funding
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
under § 300.705 and includes other
public schools, the LEA is responsible
for ensuring that the requirements of
this part are met (unless State law
assigns that responsibility to some other
entity), and must meet the requirements
of proposed paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
Proposed § 300.209(c) would add
current § 300.312(b) (regarding public
charter schools that are LEAs), to
specify that a charter school covered by
this paragraph is responsible for
ensuring that the requirements of this
part are met, unless State law assigns
that responsibility to some other entity.
Proposed § 300.209(d) would include
current § 300.312(d). Paragraph (d)(1) of
proposed § 300.209 would provide that
if a public charter school is not an LEA
receiving funding under this part or a
school that is part of an LEA receiving
funding, the SEA is responsible for
ensuring that the requirements of this
part are met. Proposed § 300.209(d)(2)
would clarify that a State would not be
precluded from assigning that
responsibility to another entity, but the
SEA must maintain the ultimate
responsibility for ensuring compliance
with this part.
Proposed § 300.210 would incorporate
the new requirement in section 613(a)(6)
of the Act that not later than two years
after the date of enactment of the
Individuals with Disabilities Education
Improvement Act of 2004 (that is, not
later than December 3, 2006), an LEA,
when purchasing print instructional
materials, must acquire those materials
in the same manner as an SEA under
proposed § 300.172. Proposed
§ 300.210(b)(1) also would make clear
that an LEA would not be required to
coordinate with the NIMAC, and
proposed § 300.210(b)(2) would explain
that if it chooses not to so coordinate,
the LEA would be required to provide
an assurance to the SEA that the LEA
will provide instructional materials to
blind and other print disabled persons
in a timely manner. For the reasons
explained elsewhere in this preamble
under the discussion of proposed
§ 300.172, we would add paragraph
(b)(3) to proposed § 300.210 specifying
that nothing in proposed § 300.210
would relieve an LEA of its obligations
to ensure that children with disabilities
who need instructional materials in
accessible formats receive those
instructional materials in a timely
manner, even if it could not obtain
assistance from NIMAC in doing so.
Proposed § 300.211 on LEAs
providing information to the SEA to
enable the SEA to carry out its duties
under Part B of the Act would be
essentially the same as the current
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35797
§ 300.240(a), but would be appropriately
updated. The current § 300.240(b)
regarding assurances the LEA would
have to file with the SEA would be
removed as unnecessary because that
condition would be covered by
proposed § 300.200.
Proposed § 300.212 on public
availability of LEA eligibility
information would be essentially the
same as current § 300.242, but with
appropriate updating.
Proposed § 300.213 would reflect the
new provision in section 613(a)(9) of the
Act regarding LEA cooperation with the
Secretary’s efforts under section 1308 of
the ESEA to ensure the linkage of health
and educational information pertaining
to migratory children among the States.
Proposed § 300.220 on an exception
for prior local plans would essentially
consolidate the requirements in current
§§ 300.181 and 300.182. In proposed
§ 300.220, we use the term ‘‘policies and
procedures’’ in place of the term
‘‘application,’’ which is used in section
613(b)(2) of the Act because we use the
term policies and procedures in the
current regulation. The statutory
authority for proposed § 300.220 is not
new, and was not changed from prior
law.
Proposed § 300.221 on notification of
the LEA or State agency if determined
ineligible, proposed § 300.222 on LEA
and State agency compliance
determinations, proposed § 300.223 on
joint establishment of eligibility, and
proposed § 300.224 on the requirements
for establishing joint eligibility are
essentially the same as current
§§ 300.181, 300.196, 300.197, 300.190
and 300.192, respectively, but with
appropriate updating.
The requirements in current § 300.244
regarding permissible use of a portion of
the LEA’s Part B funds on coordinated
services systems and current §§ 300.245
through 300.250 regarding LEA use of
Part B funds in school based
improvement plans would be removed,
as the statutory authority for those uses
has been eliminated.
Proposed § 300.226 would implement
the new authority under section 613(f)
of the Act, which provides that an LEA
may use not more than 15 percent of the
Part B funds it receives for a fiscal year,
less certain reductions, if any, to
develop and implement coordinated,
early intervening services for children
who have not been identified as eligible
under the Act but who need additional
academic and behavioral support to
succeed in a general education
environment. Paragraph (c) of proposed
§ 300.226 would clarify that nothing in
proposed § 300.226 is construed to
either limit or create a right to FAPE
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35798
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
under Part B of the Act or to delay
appropriate evaluation of a child
suspected of having a disability. We
have included the language regarding
evaluation of children suspected of
having a disability in proposed
§ 300.226(c) because we believe it is
critical to ensure that any child
suspected of being a child with a
disability is evaluated in a timely
manner and without any undue or
unnecessary delay. Proposed paragraph
§ 300.226(d) would reflect the reporting
requirement in section 613(f)(4) of the
Act. The term ‘‘children’’ would be used
in this provision, in lieu of the statutory
term ‘‘students’’ to be consistent
throughout part 300. Proposed
§ 300.226(e) would implement the
provision in section 613(f)(5) of the Act
that funds to provide early intervening
services may be used in conjunction
with ESEA funds for early intervening
services aligned with ESEA activities
under certain circumstances.
Proposed § 300.227 would incorporate
provisions from the regulations in
current §§ 300.360 and 300.361 on
direct services by the SEA when an LEA
or State agency has not demonstrated its
eligibility or has failed to apply for
funds, is unable to establish and
maintain programs of FAPE consistent
with Part B of the Act, is unable or
unwilling to be consolidated with one
or more LEAs in order to establish and
maintain programs of FAPE, or has one
or more children best served by a
regional or State program or service
delivery system. Proposed
§ 300.227(a)(1) would include the
phrase ‘‘or elected not to apply for its
Part B allotment’’ because there could
be situations in which an LEA chooses
not to accept funds under Part B of the
Act. Finally, proposed § 300.227 would
reflect editorial changes made to
eliminate repetition.
Proposed § 300.228 on State agency
eligibility would be essentially the same
as current § 300.194, but with the
appropriate updating of crossreferences.
Proposed § 300.229 regarding
disciplinary information would be the
same as current § 300.576.
Proposed § 300.230 would incorporate
the new provision from section 613(i) of
the Act on exceptions to SEA
maintenance of effort requirements for a
State for which the amount of the State’s
allocation under section 611 of the Act
exceeds the amount available to the
State for the preceding fiscal year and
the State pays or reimburses all LEAs in
the State, from State revenues, 100
percent of the non-Federal share of the
costs of special education. Under these
conditions, the SEA would be permitted
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
to reduce its level of expenditures from
State sources for the education of
children with disabilities by not more
than 50 percent of the amount of the
increase in its section 611 allocation
from the prior fiscal year, unless
prohibited from doing so by the
Secretary, as provided in proposed
§ 300.230(b). Paragraph (e)(2) of
proposed § 300.230, which is not in
section 613(i) of the Act, would specify
that if an SEA used its authority to
reduce its effort under proposed
§ 300.230, LEAs in the State would not
be able to reduce local effort under
proposed § 300.205 by more than the
reduction in State funds that they
receive. Proposed § 300.230(e)(2) is
necessary to ensure that SEAs and LEAs
are not independently calculating the
reduction in maintenance of effort
permitted when a State is providing 100
percent of the non-Federal share of the
costs of special education and related
services.
Subpart D—Evaluations, Eligibility
Determinations, IEPs, and Educational
Placements
The provisions in subpart D of these
proposed regulations would reflect the
requirements of section 614 of the Act.
As a result, the provisions on parental
consent and evaluations and
reevaluations contained in subpart E of
current regulations would be moved to
subpart D of these proposed regulations.
Also, the provisions on IEPs contained
in subpart C of the current regulations
would be renumbered, and in some
cases, have been moved to subpart D of
these proposed regulations.
Parental Consent
Proposed § 300.300 regarding parental
consent for initial evaluations,
reevaluations, and the initial provision
of services would replace § 300.505 of
the current regulations and would
incorporate new requirements regarding
parental consent contained in section
614(a)(1)(D) of the Act. Some of the
provisions contained in proposed
§ 300.300 would be similar to those
contained in § 300.505 of the current
regulations, but with some differences.
Proposed § 300.300(a)(1)(i) would
incorporate section 614(a)(1)(D)(i)(I) of
the Act, and would provide that with
the exception of children who are wards
of the State, the public agency
proposing to conduct the evaluation
must obtain informed parental consent
before conducting an initial evaluation
of a child to determine if the child
qualifies as a child with a disability
under the Act.
Proposed § 300.300(a)(1)(ii) would
retain the provision in § 300.505(a)(2) of
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the current regulations that consent for
the initial evaluation may not be
construed as consent for the initial
provision of special education and
related services. The proposed
regulations would use the term ‘‘initial
provision’’ rather than the statutory
term ‘‘receipt’’ of special education and
related services. This would make clear
that consent does not need to be sought
every time a particular service is
provided to the child. The proposed
regulation would continue to refer to
consent for the initial provision of
services, in lieu of using the statutory
language, which refers to ‘‘consent for
placement for receipt of special
education and related services.’’ This
would be consistent with the revised
language in section 614(a)(1)(D)(i)(I) of
the Act and the Department’s position
that placement refers to the provision of
special education services rather than as
a specific place, such as a specific
classroom or specific school.
Proposed § 300.300(a)(2)(i), which
would incorporate the new requirement
in section 614(a)(1)(D)(iii) of the Act
regarding informed parental consent
prior to the initial evaluation for wards
of the State, would set out the general
rule that the public agency must make
reasonable efforts to obtain informed
consent from the parent for an initial
evaluation if the child is a ward of the
State and is not residing with the
parent. Proposed § 300.300(a)(2)(ii)
would incorporate the language in
section 614(a)(1)(D)(iii)(II) of the Act,
which identifies the exceptions to this
general rule. These include when the
public agency cannot find the parent,
despite reasonable efforts to do so, when
parental rights have been terminated
under State law, or when parental rights
have been subrogated by a judge in
accordance with State law, and consent
has been given by an individual
appointed by the judge to represent the
child. With regard to this last exception,
note 146(b) of the Conf. Rpt. explains
Congressional intent that ‘‘* * * in the
case of children who are wards of the
State, consent may be provided by
individuals legally responsible for the
child’s welfare or appointed by the
judge to protect the rights of the child.’’
This should ensure that consent for a
child who is a ward of the State is
obtained from an appropriate individual
who has the legal authority to provide
consent.
Proposed paragraph (a)(3) of § 300.300
would replace § 300.505(b) of the
current regulations and would reflect
language in section 614(a)(1)(D)(ii) of
the Act regarding absence of consent. As
was true under § 300.505(b) of the
current regulations, the proposed
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
regulations would provide that if a
parent does not provide consent or if the
parent fails to respond to a request for
consent, the public agency may pursue
the initial evaluation of a child by using
the procedural safeguards in subpart E
of these proposed regulations, including
applicable mediation and due process
procedures, except to the extent
inconsistent with State law. However,
consistent with the Department’s
position that public agencies should use
their consent override procedures only
in rare circumstances, proposed
§ 300.300(a)(3) would clarify that a
public agency is not required to pursue
an initial evaluation of a child
suspected of having a disability if the
parent does not provide consent for the
initial evaluation. States and LEAs do
not violate their obligation to locate,
identify, and evaluate children
suspected of being children with
disabilities under the Act if they decline
to pursue an evaluation to which a
parent has failed to consent.
In addition, paragraph (a)(3) of this
section would permit consent override
only for children who are enrolled in
public school or seeking to be enrolled
in public school. For children who are
home schooled or placed in a private
school by the parents at their own
expense, consent override is not
authorized. The district can always use
the override procedures to evaluate the
child at some future time should the
parents choose to return their child to
public school.
Of course, public agencies do have an
obligation to actively seek parental
consent to evaluate private school
(including home school, if considered a
private school under State law) children
who are suspected of being children
with disabilities under the Act.
However, if the parents of a private
school child withhold consent for an
initial evaluation, the public agency
would have no authority to conduct an
evaluation under proposed § 300.131
and no obligation to consider that child
as eligible for services under proposed
§§ 300.132 through 300.144.
Proposed § 300.300(b)(1), which is
essentially the same as, and would
replace, § 300.505(a)(1)(ii) of the current
regulations, would incorporate the
provision in section 614(a)(1)(D)(i)(II) of
the Act specifying that the public
agency responsible for making FAPE
available to the child must seek to
obtain informed parental consent before
the initial provision of special education
and related services.
Proposed § 300.300(b)(2) would
incorporate the new requirement added
by section 614(a)(1)(D)(ii)(II) of the Act
that prohibits a public agency from
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
providing special education and related
services by using the procedural
safeguards in subpart E of these
proposed regulations if the parents fail
to respond or do not provide consent to
services. We believe that the Act gives
parents the ultimate choice as to
whether their child should receive
special education and related services,
and this proposed regulation would
reflect this statutory interpretation.
Proposed § 300.300(b)(3) would
incorporate the new provision in section
614(a)(1)(D)(ii)(III) of the Act, that
relieves public agencies of any potential
liability for failure to convene an IEP
meeting or for failure to provide the
special education and related services
for which consent was requested but
withheld.
Proposed § 300.300(c)(1) would reflect
the requirement in current
§ 300.505(b)(1)(i) that parental consent
be obtained before a reevaluation.
Proposed § 300.300(c)(2) would
incorporate the provision in
§ 300.505(c)(1) of the current regulations
that informed parental consent need not
be obtained for a reevaluation if the
public agency can demonstrate that it
has taken reasonable measures to obtain
that consent and the parent failed to
respond.
However, in lieu of prescribing
‘‘reasonable measures,’’ and to reduce
regulatory burden, § 300.505(c)(2) of the
current regulations, which refers to the
reasonable measures that public
agencies must use in this situation,
would be removed. As a practical
matter, because public agencies take
seriously their obligation to obtain
parental consent for a reevaluation
because of their ongoing obligation to
ensure the provision of FAPE to eligible
students with disabilities, they typically
would use a number of informal
measures to obtain such consent.
Eliminating the provision currently in
§ 300.505(c)(2) from these proposed
regulations should give public agencies
increased flexibility to use the measures
they deem reasonable and appropriate.
Proposed paragraph (d)(1) of
§ 300.300 is the same as § 300.505(a)(3)
of the current regulations and would
provide that public agencies are not
required to obtain parental consent
before reviewing the existing data as
part of an evaluation or reevaluation, or
before administering a test or evaluation
that is administered to all children,
unless consent is required of parents of
all children. Proposed paragraph
§ 300.300(d)(2) is the same as
§ 300.505(d) of the current regulations,
regarding additional State consent
requirements, and would continue to
permit a State to maintain such
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35799
requirements, provided its public
agencies establish and implement
effective procedures to ensure that the
failure to provide consent does not
result in the failure to provide FAPE to
a child with a disability. Proposed
§ 300.300(d)(3) would incorporate the
provision, in § 300.505(e) of the current
regulations, consistent with the
Department’s longstanding policy that a
public agency may not use a parent’s
refusal to consent to one service or
activity as a basis for denying the child
any other service, benefit, or activity of
the public agency, except as required by
Part B of the Act.
Evaluations and Reevaluations
Most of the provisions contained in
subpart E of the current regulations
governing procedures for evaluation and
determination of eligibility would be
moved to subpart D of the proposed
regulations. Section 300.530 of the
current regulations governing the SEA’s
obligation to ensure that LEAs establish
and implement conforming evaluation
procedures would be removed as
unnecessary. It is covered elsewhere by
proposed § 300.122 governing the SEA’s
responsibilities regarding evaluations.
Proposed § 300.301(a) would
incorporate the requirements in
§ 300.531 of the current regulations that
a public agency conduct a full and
individual initial evaluation before the
initial provision of special education
and related services to a child with a
disability. The cross-references to the
regulations governing the initial
evaluation would be updated. Proposed
paragraph (b) of this section would
incorporate section 614(a)(1)(B) of the
Act and would provide that, consistent
with the parental consent requirements
in proposed § 300.300, either a parent or
a public agency may initiate a request
for an initial evaluation to determine if
a child is a child with a disability. This
clarification underscores that a public
agency may only conduct an evaluation
of a child subject to the informed
consent requirements discussed
previously.
Proposed § 300.301(c)(1) would
incorporate the new provision in section
614(a)(1)(C)(i)(I) of the Act regarding
conducting the initial evaluation within
60 days of receiving parental consent for
the evaluation, or within another
timeframe if the State establishes a
timeframe for conducting the initial
evaluation. Section 300.343(b) of the
current regulations requires that the
public agency ensure, within a
reasonable period of time following
receipt of parental consent, that the
child is evaluated, and if found eligible,
that special education and related
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35800
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
services are made available to the child.
The current regulation does not specify
a timeframe for conducting the initial
evaluation following receipt of parental
consent.
Proposed § 300.301(c)(2), regarding
procedures for the initial evaluation,
would incorporate the provision in
section 614(a)(1)(C)(i)(I) of the Act as
well as portions of § 300.320(a)(1) and
(2) of the current regulations, and would
clarify that the initial evaluation must
consist of procedures to determine
whether the child is a child with a
disability under § 300.8 and to
determine the child’s educational needs.
The remainder of § 300.320 of the
current regulations would be removed
as these requirements are addressed in
proposed §§ 300.304 through 300.306.
Proposed § 300.301(d) would
incorporate the new provision in section
614(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act, which
provides an exception to the timeframe
requirement for conducting the initial
evaluation following receipt of parental
consent and specifies when this
exception would apply. However, for
greater clarity, the proposed regulations
would reorder the statutory language to
make clear that the 60-day timeframe or
a timeframe established by State law is
inapplicable to a public agency if the
child’s parent repeatedly refuses to
produce the child for an evaluation or
the child enrolls in a school after the
timeframe has commenced for the
child’s previous public agency to have
completed an evaluation of the child,
and the parent and subsequent public
agency agree to a specific timeframe by
which the evaluation must be
completed. Proposed § 300.301(d)(2)(ii)
would clarify, in accordance with
section 614(a)(1)(C)(ii) of the Act, that
this exception would apply only if the
subsequent public agency is making
sufficient progress to ensure a prompt
completion of the evaluation and the
parent and the public agency agree to a
specific timeframe when the evaluation
will be completed.
Proposed § 300.302 would incorporate
the new requirement in section
614(a)(1)(E) of the Act to clarify that
screening for instructional purposes by
a teacher or specialist to determine
appropriate instructional strategies for
curriculum implementation is not
considered an evaluation for eligibility
for special education and related
services, and therefore could occur
without obtaining informed parental
consent for the screening.
Proposed § 300.303, regarding
reevaluations, would incorporate
section 614(a)(2)(A) of the Act, and
would supersede § 300.536 of the
current regulations, which does not
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
reflect the new requirements governing
the timing and conduct of reevaluations.
Proposed § 300.303(a) would require a
public agency to ensure that a
reevaluation is conducted in accordance
with proposed §§ 300.304 through
300.311 if it determines that the
educational or related services needs,
including the need for improved
academic achievement and functional
performance of the child, would warrant
a reevaluation, or if the child’s parent or
teacher requests a reevaluation.
Under the circumstances set forth in
the Act and proposed § 300.303(a),
proposed paragraph (b)(1) of this section
would provide that the reevaluation
occur not more than once a year unless
the parent and the public agency agree
otherwise. Proposed § 300.303(b)(2)
would continue the general requirement
for three-year reevaluations from current
§ 300.536(b), except that in accordance
with section 614(a)(2)(B) of the Act, a
parent and a public agency could agree
that a three-year reevaluation is
unnecessary.
Proposed §§ 300.304 and 300.305
would incorporate some of the
evaluation procedures contained in
§§ 300.532 and 300.533 of the current
regulations, with appropriate updates to
reflect statutory changes in section
614(b) of the Act. Proposed § 300.304(a)
would incorporate the new requirement
in section 614(b)(1) of the Act that the
public agency provide notice to the
parents of a child with a disability, in
accordance with § 300.503 of these
proposed regulations, of any evaluation
procedures that the agency proposes to
conduct. (Under proposed
§ 300.503(b)(3), public agencies are
required to include in the prior written
notice to parents a description of each
evaluation procedure, test, record, or
report the agency used as the basis for
the proposal or refusal, not the tests the
agency would be proposing to conduct.)
Evaluation Procedures
Proposed § 300.304(b)(1) would
incorporate the procedures governing
conduct of evaluations in section
614(b)(2) of the Act. This proposed
regulation would replace § 300.532(b)(1)
and (2) of the current regulations and
would require that the public agency
use a variety of assessment tools and
strategies, including information
provided by the parent, to gather
relevant functional, developmental, and
academic information about the child.
Proposed § 300.304(b)(2) would
incorporate the language from
§ 300.532(f) of the current regulations,
based on section 612(a)(6)(B) of the Act,
prohibiting the use of a single measure
or assessment as the sole criterion for
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
determining whether a child is a child
with a disability or for determining an
appropriate educational program for the
child.
Proposed § 300.304(b)(3) would
replace § 300.532(i) of the current
regulations and would require, in
accordance with section 614(b)(2)(c) of
the Act, that the public agency, in
conducting the evaluation, use
technically sound instruments that may
assess the relative contribution of
cognitive and behavioral factors, in
addition to developmental factors.
Proposed § 300.304(c) would address
other evaluation procedures and would
incorporate the requirements of sections
612(a)(6)(B) and 614(b)(3) of the Act
regarding the use of assessments and
other evaluation materials. Unlike the
current regulations, which refer to
standardized tests, the proposed
regulations would refer to assessments
and other evaluation materials, which is
the terminology used in section
614(b)(3) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(1)(i) would
incorporate the provision in section
612(a)(6)(B) of the Act and continue the
longstanding requirement that
procedures used for evaluation and
placement of children with disabilities
not be discriminatory on a racial or
cultural basis. This proposed regulation
would replace § 300.532(a)(1)(i) of the
current regulations, which contains a
similar requirement.
In order to provide information and
guidance regarding evaluation and
assessment in one place, proposed
§ 300.304(c)(1)(ii) would incorporate
section 614(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act, and
also would include language from the
requirement in section 612(a)(6)(B) of
the Act regarding the form of
assessments and other evaluation
materials used to assess limited English
proficient children under the Act. Based
on additional clarity provided in the
statute, the proposed regulation would
require public agencies to provide and
administer assessments in the child’s
native language, including ensuring that
the form in which the test is provided
or administered is most likely to yield
accurate information on what the child
knows and can do academically,
developmentally, and functionally,
unless it is clearly not feasible to
provide or administer the assessment in
this manner. This proposed regulation
would replace § 300.532(a)(1)(ii) of the
current regulations, which contains the
general standard for assessing limited
English proficient children, and
provides, in accordance with section
612(a)(6)(B) of the Act, that the child be
assessed in his or her native language or
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
other mode of communication, unless
clearly not feasible to do so.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(1)(iii) through
(v) would incorporate the requirements
of section 614(b)(3)(A)(iii) through (v) of
the Act. This proposed regulation would
replace similar requirements contained
in 300.532(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of the current
regulations. Proposed paragraph
(c)(1)(iii) would reflect new language in
section 614(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act,
which requires assessments or measures
to be used for purposes that are valid
and reliable. Current § 300.532(c)(2),
which requires that the evaluation
report include a description of the
extent to which the evaluation varied
from standard conditions, has been
removed from these proposed
regulations. This is standard test
administration practice and need not be
repeated in the regulations.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(2) would be
substantially the same as § 300.532(d) of
the current regulations and would
reflect the longstanding regulatory
requirement that assessments and other
evaluation materials be tailored to
address individual educational needs,
rather than merely designed to provide
a single general intelligence quotient.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(3)(v)(C) would
replace § 300.532(e) of the current
regulations and would reflect the
longstanding regulatory requirement
that assessment selection or
administration ensures that the
assessment results accurately reflect the
child’s aptitude or achievement levels,
or whatever other factors the assessment
purports to measure, not the child’s
impaired sensory, manual, or speaking
skills, unless the assessment purports to
measure those skills.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(4), which
would incorporate section 614(b)(3)(B)
of the Act, would require that the child
be assessed in all areas related to the
suspected disability, and would replace
§ 300.532(g) of the current regulations.
This proposed section would
incorporate the longstanding
requirement that the child be assessed
in all areas related to the suspected
disability including, if appropriate:
health, vision, hearing, social and
emotional status, general intelligence,
academic performance, communicative
status, and motor abilities.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(5) would
incorporate the new requirement from
section 614(b)(3)(D) of the Act that
provides for expeditious coordination
among school districts to better ensure
prompt completion of full evaluations
for children with disabilities who
transfer from one public agency to
another public agency in the same
academic year. Section 300.532(h) of the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
current regulations would be reflected
in proposed § 300.304(c)(6), and would
continue to require that the evaluation
be sufficiently comprehensive to
identify all of the child’s special
education and related services needs,
whether or not commonly linked to the
disability category in which the child is
classified. With regard to this
requirement, note 152 of the Conf. Rpt.
states:
Conferees intend the evaluation process for
determining eligibility of a child under this
Act to be a comprehensive process that
determines whether the child has a
disability, and as a result of that disability,
whether the child has a need for special
education and related services. As part of the
evaluation process, conferees expect the
multi-disciplinary evaluation team to address
the educational needs of the child in order
to fully inform the decisions made by the IEP
Team when developing the educational
components of the child’s IEP. Conferees
expect the IEP Team to independently review
any determinations made by the evaluation
team, and that the IEP Team will utilize the
information gathered during the evaluation to
appropriately inform the development of the
IEP for the child.
Thus, proposed § 300.304(c)(6) would
emphasize the direct link between the
evaluation and the IEP processes and
should ensure that the evaluation is
sufficiently comprehensive to inform
the development of the child’s IEP.
Proposed § 300.304(c)(7), in
accordance with section 614(c) of the
Act, would replace §§ 300.532(j) of the
current regulations and would continue
to require that the public agency use
assessment tools and strategies
providing relevant information that
directly assists persons in determining
the educational needs of the child.
Proposed § 300.305, which addresses
additional requirements for evaluations
and reevaluations, would combine
§§ 300.533 and 300.534(c) of the current
regulations. Proposed § 300.305(a)(2)
would include the language in section
614(c)(1)(B)(i) through (iv) of the Act
regarding determinations about the
child’s eligibility under this part.
Proposed paragraphs (b) through (d) of
§ 300.305 would reflect § 300.533 of the
current regulations regarding
procedures for determining whether
additional data are needed as part of the
initial evaluation or the reevaluation,
but with minor modifications to
incorporate section 614(c)(2) of the Act.
For example, in accordance with section
614(c)(2) of the Act, proposed paragraph
(c) of § 300.305, regarding source of
data, would replace § 300.533(c) of the
current regulations, regarding need for
additional data.
Proposed § 300.305(e), regarding
evaluations before change in placement,
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35801
would replace § 300.534(c) of the
current regulations, regarding the
requirement to conduct an evaluation
before determining that the child is no
longer a child with a disability, as well
as the exception to that requirement for
students who graduate from secondary
school with a regular high school
diploma or who exceed age eligibility
for FAPE under State law. However,
proposed paragraph (e)(3) would
incorporate the new requirement in
section 614(c)(5)(B)(ii) of the Act that
the public agency provide a summary of
academic and functional performance,
including recommendations to assist the
student in meeting postsecondary goals,
for students whose eligibility terminates
because of graduation with a regular
high school diploma or because of
exceeding the age eligibility for FAPE
under State law.
Proposed § 300.306, regarding
determination of eligibility, would
replace paragraphs (a) and (b) of
§§ 300.534 and 300.535 of the current
regulations and would incorporate the
language in section 614(b)(4) and (5) of
the Act, which is substantially the same
as the language in the current
regulations. This proposed regulation
would provide that, upon completion of
the administration of assessments and
other evaluation measures, a group of
qualified professionals, including the
child’s parent, determine whether the
child is a child with a disability and the
educational needs of the child. As is
true under the current regulation, the
public agency would be required to
provide a copy of the evaluation report
to the parent, including the
documentation of determination of
eligibility.
Proposed section § 300.306(b) would
include the provision in current
§ 300.534(b)(2) that makes clear that a
child must not be determined to be a
child with a disability under this part if
the determinant factor is lack of
instruction in reading, lack of
instruction in math, or limited English
proficiency, and the child does not
otherwise meet the eligibility criteria
under 300.8(a).
Proposed paragraph (c) of § 300.306
would replace § 300.535 of the current
regulations and would incorporate the
longstanding regulatory requirements
that public agencies use a multifactored
approach in determining eligibility and
placement and develop an IEP for a
child found eligible for services under
the Act.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35802
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Additional Procedures for Evaluating
Children With Specific Learning
Disabilities
Proposed §§ 300.307 through 300.311
would revise §§ 300.540 through
300.543 of the current regulations
regarding additional procedures for
evaluating children suspected of having
specific learning disabilities and would
implement the new requirements of
section 614(b)(6) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.307(a) would generally require a
State to adopt criteria for determining
whether a child has a specific learning
disability (SLD) as defined in proposed
§ 300.8. Specifically, proposed
§ 300.307(a)(1) would allow States to
prohibit the use of a severe discrepancy
between achievement and intellectual
ability criterion for determining whether
a child has an SLD. Proposed
§ 300.307(a)(2) would make it clear that
the State may not require LEAs to use
a discrepancy model for determining
whether a child has an SLD. In addition,
proposed § 300.307(a)(3) would require
States to permit a process that examines
whether the child responds to scientific,
research-based intervention as part of
the evaluation procedures. Proposed
§ 300.307(a)(4) would allow States to
permit the use of other alternative
procedures for determining whether a
child has an SLD as defined in § 300.8.
Proposed § 300.307(b) would clarify that
a public agency must use State criteria
in determining whether a child has an
SLD.
Recent consensus reports and
empirical syntheses concur in
suggesting major changes in the
approach to the identification of an
SLD. These reports recommend
abandoning the IQ-discrepancy model
and recommend the use of response to
intervention (RTI) models (Donovan &
Cross, 2002; Lyon et al., 2001;
President’s Commission on Excellence
in Special Education, 2002; Stuebing et
al., 2002). These reports find that SLD
is a group of heterogeneous disorders,
but recommend changes in the seven
domains identified in current
§ 300.541(a)(2) because of areas of
difficulty for students with SLD that
have not been identified under current
regulations (e.g., reading fluency).
There are many reasons why use of
the IQ-discrepancy criterion should be
abandoned. The IQ-discrepancy
criterion is potentially harmful to
students as it results in delaying
intervention until the student’s
achievement is sufficiently low so that
the discrepancy is achieved. For most
students, identification as having an
SLD occurs at an age when the academic
problems are difficult to remediate with
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
the most intense remedial efforts
(Torgesen et al., 2001). Not surprisingly,
the ‘‘wait to fail’’ model that exemplifies
most current identification practices for
students with SLD does not result in
significant closing of the achievement
gap for most students placed in special
education. Many students placed in
special education as SLD show minimal
gains in achievement and few actually
leave special education (Donovon &
Cross, 2002).
The use of the IQ-discrepancy drives
assessment practices for most special
education services (President’s
Commission on Excellence in Special
Education, 2002). Nationwide, virtually
every student considered for special
education eligibility receives IQ tests.
This practice consumes significant
resources, with the average cost of an
eligibility evaluation running several
thousand dollars (MacMillan &
Siperstein, 2002; President’s
Commission on Excellence in Special
Education, 2002). Yet these assessments
have little instructional relevance and
often result in long delays in
determining eligibility and therefore
services.
Alternative models are possible. The
type of model most consistently
recommended uses a process based on
systematic assessment of the student’s
response to high quality, research-based
general education instruction. The
Department strongly recommends that
States consider including this model in
its criteria. Other models focus on the
assessment of achievement skills
identifying SLD by examining the
strengths and weaknesses in
achievement, or simply rely on an
absolute level of low achievement.
These models are directly linked to
instruction. (Fletcher, et al., 2003).
Other models use alternative
approaches to determining aptitudeachievement discrepancies that do not
involve IQ, including multiple
assessments of cognitive skills.
However, these models do not identify
a unique group of low achievers and
maintain a focus on assessment as
opposed to intervention. In considering
alternative models for identification, we
believe that the focus should be on
assessments that are related to
instruction, and that identification
should promote intervention. For these
reasons, models that incorporate
response to a research-based
intervention should be given priority in
any effort to identify students with SLD.
Identification models that incorporate
response to intervention represent a
shift in special education toward the
goals of better achievement and
behavioral outcomes for students
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
identified with SLD because the
students who are identified under such
models are most likely to require special
education and related services.
Proposed § 300.308, regarding
eligibility group members, would revise
§ 300.540 of the current regulations.
Under this proposed regulation, the
group making the determination of
whether a child has an SLD would
include a special education teacher.
Further, this proposed regulation would
require that the group be collectively
qualified to conduct individual
diagnostic assessments relevant to SLD,
interpret and apply critical analysis to
assessment data, develop appropriate
educational and transitional
recommendations, and deliver
specifically designed instruction and
services to meet the needs of students
with SLD. It is intended that the group
described in proposed § 300.308 would
serve as the required group under
proposed § 300.306(a)(1).
The current requirements in § 300.541
permit the group to determine that an
SLD is present if the child does not
achieve commensurate with his or her
age and ability levels and if the group
finds a severe discrepancy between
achievement and intellectual ability.
Proposed § 300.309 would address the
elements required for determining the
existence of an SLD and would revise
§ 300.541 of the current regulations in
light of the statutory provision in
section 614(b)(6)(A) of the Act, which
protects LEAs from being required to
use a severe discrepancy between
intellectual ability and academic
achievement. Under the proposed
regulations, the first element of a
determination that a child has an SLD
is a finding that the child does not
achieve commensurate with the child’s
age in one or more of the eight specified
areas when provided with learning
experiences appropriate to the child’s
age.
The second element for a
determination that a child has an SLD
is a finding that the child failed to make
sufficient progress in meeting Stateapproved results when using a response
to scientific, research-based intervention
process, or the child exhibits a pattern
of strengths and weaknesses that the
team determines is relevant to the
identification of an SLD. The pattern of
strengths and weaknesses may be in
performance, achievement, or both or
may be in performance, achievement, or
both relative to intellectual
development. Proposed § 300.309(a)(3)
would incorporate the exclusions from
section 602(30)(C) of the Act and would
prohibit the eligibility group from
finding an SLD if the SLD is primarily
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the result of other visual, hearing, or
motor disabilities, of mental retardation,
of emotional disturbance, or of
environmental, cultural, or economic
disadvantage. These exclusions are in
addition to the special rule for eligibility
determination in section 614(b)(5) of the
Act and proposed § 300.306(b).
Proposed § 300.309(b) would require
the group to consider evidence that the
child was provided appropriate
instruction prior to, or as a part of, the
referral process. These requirements
would emphasize the importance of
using high-quality, research-based
instruction in regular education settings
consistent with relevant sections of the
ESEA, including that the instruction
was delivered by qualified personnel.
Also important is evidence that databased documentation reflecting formal
assessment of progress during
instruction through repeated
assessments of achievement at
reasonable intervals is provided to the
parents and documentation that the
timelines described in proposed
§§ 300.301 and 300.303 are adhered to,
unless extended by mutual written
agreement of the child’s parents and a
group of qualified professionals as
described in § 300.308. These
requirements would be included in
§ 300.309(c) and (d), respectively, of the
proposed regulations.
Proposed § 300.310 would revise
§ 300.542 of the current regulations
regarding observation. Proposed
§ 300.310(a) would require that at least
one member of the group described in
proposed § 300.308, other than the
child’s teacher, who observes the child
be trained in observation. This should
ensure that the group member or
members conducting the observation
know what to look for when they
observe the child. Proposed § 300.310(a)
also would provide additional
parameters for conducting the
observation, and would specify that the
observation document academic
performance and behavior in the areas
of difficulty. Proposed § 300.310(b)
would be substantively unchanged from
§ 300.542(b) of the current regulations.
Proposed § 300.311, regarding a
written report, would revise § 300.543 of
the current regulations and incorporate
much of the content of that section. The
proposed regulation would remove the
reference in § 300.543(a)(6) of the
current regulation as to whether a child
has a severe discrepancy between
achievement and ability that is not
correctable without special education
and related services and the reference in
current § 300.543(a)(7) regarding the
effects of environmental, cultural, and
economic disadvantage. This language
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
is included in proposed § 300.306.
Proposed § 300.311(a)(5) would require
that the report address only whether the
child does not achieve commensurate
with the child’s age rather than the
discrepancy model referred to in current
§ 300.531(a)(2). The proposed regulation
also would require that the written
report address two additional factors:
whether there are strengths and
weaknesses in performance or
achievement, or both, or relative to
intellectual development that require
special education and related services;
and the instructional strategies used and
the response to student data collected if
the response to the scientific, researchbased process was implemented. These
additional provisions should ensure that
the report is a more useful document for
educators in determining the existence
of an SLD. It is intended that the written
report in this section would serve as the
required evaluation report and
documentation of the determination of
eligibility as required by proposed
§ 300.306(a)(2).
Individualized Education Programs
Proposed §§ 300.320 through 300.328
would replace some of the provisions in
§§ 300.340 through 300.350 of the
current regulations regarding IEPs.
Proposed § 300.320 would contain a
definition of individualized education
program or IEP that would incorporate
the definition in section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)
of the Act as well as provisions
contained in section 614(d)(6) of the
Act. This definition would replace and
expand § 300.340(a) of the current
regulations, which contains only a brief
definition of the term IEP. The
definition of ‘‘participating agency’’
contained in § 300.340(b) of the current
regulations would be removed from
these proposed regulations as
unnecessary. Many of the provisions in
the new definition of IEP are taken from
provisions in §§ 300.346 through
300.347 of the current regulations, but
appropriate modifications also would be
included in this definition to reflect
new provisions of the Act.
The first sentence of the definition in
§ 300.320 would refer to the IEP as a
written statement for a child with a
disability that is developed, reviewed,
and revised at a meeting in accordance
with §§ 300.320 through 300.324.
Proposed paragraph (a)(1) would
require, in accordance with section
614(d)(1)(A)(i)(I) of the Act, that the IEP
include a statement of the child’s
present levels of academic achievement
and functional performance. This
proposed regulation would supersede
§ 300.347(a)(1) of the current
regulations, which requires that the IEP
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35803
include a statement of the child’s
present levels of educational
performance. Proposed § 300.320(a)(1)(i)
would be the same as § 300.347(a)(1)(i)
of the current regulations, except that
the phrase used in the Act, ‘‘general
education curriculum,’’ would be
substituted for ‘‘general curriculum,’’
and the proposed regulation would
continue to explain, as do the current
regulations, that the general education
curriculum is the same curriculum as
for nondisabled children. Proposed
§ 300.320(a)(1)(ii), regarding the
participation of preschool children in
appropriate activities, is the same as
§ 300.347(a)(1)(ii) of the current
regulations.
Proposed § 300.320(a)(2) is similar to
§ 300.347(a)(2) of the current
regulations, except for minor language
changes from section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(II)
of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.320(a)(2)(i)(A) and (B) would be
the same as § 300.347(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of
the current regulations.
Proposed § 300.320(a)(2)(ii) would
add a new provision consistent with
section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(I)(cc) of the Act
that would require the IEP to contain a
statement of benchmarks or short-term
objectives for children with disabilities
who take alternate assessments aligned
to alternate achievement standards. In
accordance with changes made in
section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(III) of the Act,
proposed § 300.320(a)(3) would replace
§ 300.347(a)(7) of the current
regulations, and would require that the
IEP include a statement of how the
child’s progress on the annual goals is
being measured. In accordance with
section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(III) of the Act,
proposed § 300.320(a)(3)(ii) would
clarify that periodic progress reports
could be issued concurrently with
quarterly report cards.
Proposed § 300.320(a)(4) would
replace § 300.347(a)(3) of the current
regulations, and would incorporate the
language in section 614(d)(1)(A)(IV) of
the Act regarding a statement of special
education and related services and
supplementary aids and services, based
on peer-reviewed research, to the extent
practicable. Proposed § 300.320(a)(5),
which would require an explanation of
the extent, if any, to which a child will
not participate with nondisabled
children in the regular class and in
other activities, would incorporate
current § 300.347(a)(4), which is the
same as section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(V) of the
Act. Proposed § 300.320(a)(6) would
replace § 300.347(a)(5), regarding
participation of children with
disabilities in State and districtwide
assessments of student achievement,
and would incorporate section
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35804
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
614(d)(1)(A)(VI) of the Act. This section
would require that the IEP include a
statement of any individual appropriate
accommodations that are necessary to
measure the academic achievement and
functional performance of the child on
State and districtwide assessments,
consistent with proposed § 300.160. If
the IEP Team determines that the child
should take a particular alternate
assessment on a particular State or
districtwide assessment of student
achievement, the IEP must include a
statement of why the child cannot
participate in the regular assessment
and why the particular alternate
assessment selected is appropriate for
the child. Proposed § 300.320(a)(7),
regarding the projected date for the
beginning of services and modifications
and the anticipated frequency, location,
and duration of those services and
modifications, is the same as
§ 300.347(a)(6) of the current
regulations.
Proposed § 300.320(b) would replace
current § 300.347(b), regarding
transition services, and would
incorporate some of the new statutory
requirements regarding postsecondary
goals in section 614(d)(1)(A)(VIII) of the
Act. Beginning with the first IEP in
effect after the child turns age 16 or
younger if determined appropriate, and
updated annually thereafter, this
proposed paragraph would require that
the IEP include appropriate measurable
postsecondary goals based upon age
appropriate transition assessments
related to training, education,
employment, and, where appropriate,
independent living skills, and the
transition services, including courses of
study needed to assist the child in
reaching those goals. As under the
current regulations, proposed
§ 300.320(b) would continue to apply
the requirements regarding transition
services for students younger than age
16, if determined appropriate by the IEP
Team. However, § 300.347(b)(1) of the
current regulations, regarding including
a statement of transition services needs
under the applicable components of the
student’s IEP in the IEPs of students
beginning at age 14 or younger, would
be removed from these proposed
regulations because it is no longer
required under the Act. Proposed
§ 300.320(c) would replace § 300.347(c)
of the current regulations, regarding
transfer of rights, and would incorporate
section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII)(cc) of the
Act to require that beginning not later
than one year before the rights transfer,
the child is informed that his or her
rights under Part B will transfer to the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
child upon reaching the age of majority
under State law.
Proposed § 300.320(d) would be based
on section 614(d)(1)(A)(ii) of the Act
and § 300.346(e) of the current
regulations. The first clause would
provide that the IEP is not required to
include additional information beyond
what is explicitly required under
section 614(d) of the Act. The second
clause, which is the same as
§ 300.346(e) of the current regulations,
would provide that this section would
not require the IEP to include
information under one component of
the child’s IEP that is already contained
under another component of the IEP.
Section 300.341 of the current
regulations, regarding responsibility of
the SEA and other public agencies for
IEPs, would not be retained in these
proposed regulations. The statutory
authority for that section is not based on
the IEP provisions in section 614(d) of
the Act, and the substance of the
provision is essentially covered by
proposed § 300.149, which would
address the SEA responsibility for
general supervision, including
responsibility to ensure development
and implementation of IEPs.
Proposed § 300.321 would include a
requirement regarding the composition
of the IEP Team, and is substantially the
same as § 300.344 of the current
regulations addressing a public agency’s
responsibility to ensure that the IEP
Team includes the required
participants. Proposed § 300.321(a)
would replace § 300.344(a) of the
current regulations. As with the current
regulation, proposed paragraph (a)(7)
would provide that, in accordance with
the Act, whenever appropriate, the child
be a member of the IEP Team.
Proposed § 300.321(b) would address
transition services participants and
would replace and modify § 300.344(b)
of the current regulations to reflect
changes to the Act’s requirements on
transition services. Proposed
§ 300.321(b)(1) would provide that the
child be invited to the IEP meeting if a
purpose of the meeting is consideration
of the child’s postsecondary goals and
the transition services needed to achieve
those goals. Proposed § 300.321(b)(2) is
substantially the same as § 300.344(b)(2)
of the current regulations, regarding the
public agency’s obligation to take other
steps to ensure that the student’s
preferences and interests are considered
if the child is unable to attend the
meeting. Proposed § 300.321(b)(3)
would replace and modify
§ 300.344(b)(3)(i) of the current
regulations and would require, to the
extent appropriate, and with the consent
of the parent or a child who has reached
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the age of majority, that a representative
of a participating agency that is likely to
be responsible for providing or paying
for transition services be invited to the
meeting. Current § 300.344(b)(3)(ii),
addressing the public agency’s
obligations to take steps to obtain the
participation of the other agency in the
planning for transition services if the
other agency does not send a
representative, would be removed as it
is an unnecessary burden. Proposed
§ 300.321(c), regarding determination of
knowledge and special expertise of
other individuals invited by the parent
or public agency to be members of the
IEP Team, is essentially the same as,
and would replace, § 300.344(c) of the
current regulations. Proposed
§ 300.321(d), regarding designating a
public agency representative, is
essentially the same as, and would
replace, § 300.344(d) of the current
regulations.
Proposed § 300.321(e) would add a
new provision regarding IEP meeting
attendance and would incorporate
section 614(d)(2)(C) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.321(e)(1) would specify when a
member of the IEP Team would not be
required to attend the IEP meeting in
whole or in part. Proposed
§ 300.321(e)(2) would specify when a
member of the IEP Team may be
excused from attending the IEP meeting
in whole or in part, subject to the
parent’s and public agency’s written
consent to the member’s excusal, and
subject to the member’s written
submission to the parent and public
agency of input into the development of
the IEP prior to the meeting.
Proposed § 300.321(f) would
incorporate a new requirement in
section 614(d)(2)(D) of the Act for the
initial IEP meeting for a child who was
previously served under Part C of the
Act, and would require, to ensure the
child’s smooth transition, that an
invitation to that meeting, at the request
of the parent, be sent to the Part C
services coordinator or a representative
of the Part C system.
Consistent with the statutory
requirement that a parent, as a member
of the IEP Team, provide significant
input into the child’s IEP, proposed
§ 300.322 would address parent
participation and would replace
§ 300.345 of the current regulations.
Proposed § 300.322(a), regarding
notifying the parents of the meeting
early enough to ensure they will have an
opportunity to attend and scheduling
the meeting at a mutually convenient
time and place, would be the same as
§ 300.345(a) of the current regulations.
Proposed § 300.322(b), regarding
information in the notice, would be the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
same as § 300.345(b) of the current
regulations, except that paragraph (b)(2),
regarding notifying a student age 14 or
younger about an IEP meeting to
develop a statement of needed transition
services would be removed because the
participation of a child age 14 or
younger in the transition services
planning process is not required under
the Act. Proposed § 300.322(b)(1), which
would be the same as § 300.345(b)(1) of
the current regulations, would continue
to require the public agency to notify
the parents of the purpose, time, and
location of the meeting and who will be
in attendance, including informing
parents of the provisions in § 300.322
regarding the participation of other
individuals with knowledge or special
expertise about the child. Paragraph
(b)(3) of current § 300.345 would be
modified, would become proposed
§ 300.322(b)(2) and would require that
the parent be notified, not later than the
first IEP to be in effect when the child
turns 16, or younger if determined
appropriate by the IEP Team, if a
purpose of the meeting will be the
consideration of postsecondary goals
and transition services for the child. The
notice would indicate that the agency
will invite the child to the meeting and
also would identify any other agency
that will be sending a representative to
the meeting. Proposed § 300.322(c),
regarding other methods to ensure
parent participation if neither parent
can attend, would replace § 300.345(c)
of the current regulations, and would be
modified to address the use of other
methods, including individual or
conference telephone calls, subject to
§ 300.328 of the proposed regulations
relating to alternative means of meeting
participation. Proposed § 300.322(d),
regarding conducting a meeting without
a parent in attendance, would replace
§ 300.345(d) of the current regulations,
except that the proposed regulation
would not specify the methods that the
public agency must use to keep a record
of its attempts to convince the parent
that he or she should attend the
meeting. Current section 300.345(e),
regarding the use of interpreters or other
action, as appropriate, would be
removed from these proposed
regulations because public agencies are
required by other Federal statutes to
take appropriate actions to ensure that
parents who themselves have
disabilities and limited English
proficient parents understand
proceedings at the IEP meeting. The
other Federal statutory provisions that
apply in this regard are Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and its
implementing regulations in 34 CFR
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Part 104 (prohibiting discrimination on
the basis of disability by recipients of
Federal financial assistance) and title II
of the Americans With Disabilities Act
and its implementing regulations in 28
CFR Part 35 (prohibiting discrimination
on the basis of disability by public
entities, regardless of receipt of Federal
funds), and title VI of the Civil Rights
Act of 1964 and its implementing
regulations in 34 CFR Part 100
(prohibiting discrimination on the basis
of race, color, or national origin by
recipients of Federal financial
assistance).
Proposed § 300.322(f) would replace
§ 300.345(f) of the current regulations
and would continue to require that
public agencies give a parent a copy of
their child’s IEP at no cost to the parent.
Proposed § 300.323 would address
when IEPs must be in effect and would
replace some of the provisions of
§ 300.342 of the current regulations.
Proposed § 300.323(a), which is
essentially the same as § 300.342(a) of
the current regulations, would require a
public agency to ensure that an IEP is
in effect for each child with a disability
at the beginning of each school year.
Proposed § 300.323(b), regarding an IEP
or IFSP for children aged three through
five, would replace and modify
§ 300.342(c) of the current regulations.
The proposed regulation would
incorporate language in section
614(d)(2)(B) of the Act as well as
language in section 636 of the Act to
require the IEP Team to consider an
IFSP that contains the IFSP content
described in section 636 of the Act, and
that is developed in accordance with
§ 300.324 of these proposed regulations.
Under both the Act and the proposed
regulations, the IFSP could serve as the
IEP if consistent with State policy and
agreed to by the parent and the agency.
Proposed § 300.323(b)(1) would specify
further that, in order for the IFSP to be
considered as the IEP, the IFSP must
contain the IFSP content, including the
natural environments statement and an
educational component that promotes
school readiness and incorporates preliteracy, language, and numeracy skills
for children with IFSPs who are at least
three years of age. Proposed
§ 300.323(b)(2) would be consistent with
the current regulation in
§ 300.342(c)(2)(i) and (ii) that requires
that the child’s parents be provided a
detailed explanation of the differences
between an IFSP and an IEP, and
written informed consent from the
parent if the parent chooses an IFSP.
Proposed § 300.323(c), regarding initial
IEPs and provision of services, would
combine §§ 300.342(b)(2)(ii) and
300.343(b)(2) of the current regulations
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35805
and would continue the longstanding
requirement in § 300.343(b)(2) that an
initial IEP be developed within 30 days
of a determination that the child needs
special education and related services.
However, § 300.342(b)(1)(i) of the
current regulations, requiring that an
IEP be in effect before special education
and related services are provided to a
child, would be removed from these
proposed regulations. This requirement
is covered by proposed § 300.323(a),
which would require that each public
agency have an IEP in effect for each
child with a disability in the public
agency’s jurisdiction at the beginning of
each school year, and by section
614(d)(2)(A) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.323(c)(2) would
combine current § 300.343(b)(2), which
requires that a meeting to develop an
IEP ‘‘be conducted within 30 days of a
determination that the child needs
special education and related services’’
with current § 300.342(b)(1)(ii), which
requires an IEP to be ‘‘implemented as
soon as possible following the meetings
described in § 300.343.’’ This combined
language would provide a clearer, more
direct, and more specific requirement
than what is contained in current
§§ 300.342((b)(1)(ii) and 300.343(b)(2).
Proposed § 300.323(d), regarding
accessibility of the child’s IEP to the
regular education teacher and others
responsible for its implementation,
would replace § 300.342(b)(2) of the
current regulations. However
§ 300.342(b)(3) of the current
regulations, which requires that each
person responsible for implementing the
IEP be informed of his or her specific
responsibilities related to implementing
the child’s IEP, and the specific
accommodations, modifications and
supports that must be provided for the
child in accordance with the IEP, would
be removed from the proposed
regulations as unnecessary. Public
agencies are required to share this
information with responsible
individuals in order to meet their
obligations under the Act.
Proposed § 300.323(e) would
implement the new requirement in
section 614(d)(2)(C) of the Act regarding
programs for children who transfer
public agencies within the same
academic year. Proposed
§ 300.323(e)(1)(i) would implement the
Act and the Department’s longstanding
policy regarding students who transfer
public agencies within the same State.
The proposed regulation would require
that the new school district provide the
child with FAPE, including services
comparable to those described in a
previously held IEP until the public
agency adopts the previously held IEP
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35806
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
or develops, adopts, and implements a
new IEP that is consistent with Federal
and State law. Proposed
§ 300.323(e)(1)(ii) would incorporate a
statutory change that requires, in the
case of a child who had an IEP in effect
and who transfers from a public agency
outside the State in the same academic
year, that the public agency provide the
child with FAPE, including services
comparable to those described in the
previously held IEP, until the public
agency conducts an evaluation of the
child, if determined necessary by the
public agency, and develops a new IEP
for the child, if appropriate, that is
consistent with Federal and State law.
Proposed § 300.323(e)(2) would
incorporate the new requirement in
section 614(d)(2)(C)(ii) of the Act
regarding transmittal of education
records to facilitate the transition of a
child who transfers public agencies
within the same State. It also would
address the responsibility of the new
public agency and previous public
agency to take reasonable steps
regarding making prompt requests for,
and transmission of, education records
consistent with 34 CFR 99.31(a)(2),
implementing FERPA.
Paragraph (d) of § 300.342 of the
current regulations, regarding effective
dates for new IEP requirements, is
unnecessary and would be removed
from the proposed regulations. All the
IEP requirements of Part B of the Act
will take effect on July 1, 2005. Further,
it is not anticipated that public agencies
will need additional time to implement
these new requirements, some of which
provide additional flexibility to public
agencies and parents and reduce
regulatory burden.
Development of IEP
Proposed § 300.324 would address the
development, review, and revision of
IEPs. This section would incorporate
some requirements regarding IEP
development, review, and revision,
which are currently addressed in
§§ 300.343 and 300.346 of the
regulations.
Proposed § 300.324(a) would
incorporate section 614(d)(3)(A) of the
Act regarding considerations in IEP
development. Although most of the
language from § 300.346(a) of the
current regulations would be retained,
the requirement in § 300.346(a)(1)(iii),
regarding consideration in IEP
development of the child’s performance
on State or districtwide assessments, as
appropriate, would be removed. Instead,
the proposed regulation would include
language from section 614(d)(3)(A)(iv) of
the Act regarding consideration of the
academic, developmental, and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
functional needs of the child in IEP
development. In accordance with
section 614(d)(3)(B) of the Act, proposed
§ 300.324(a)(2), regarding consideration
of special factors in IEP development,
would be substantially the same as, and
would replace, § 300.346(a)(2) of the
current regulations. Proposed
§ 300.324(a)(3) would continue to
require, in accordance with section
614(d)(3)(C) of the Act, that the regular
education teacher, as a member of the
IEP Team, to the extent appropriate,
participate in IEP development in the
areas specified in the Act. This
proposed regulation would replace
§ 300.346(d) of the current regulations,
which contains a similar provision
regarding the role of the regular
education teacher in the development,
review, and revision of the IEP. Because
the Act no longer requires the
consideration of special factors in IEP
review and revision, § 300.346(b) of the
current regulations would be removed.
Section 300.346(c) of the current
regulations, regarding the requirement
to include a statement in the child’s IEP
about a child’s need for a particular
device or service in order to receive
FAPE, would be removed because it is
covered in proposed § 300.320(a)(4).
Proposed § 300.324(a)(4) would
incorporate section 614(d)(3)(D) of the
Act and would permit the parent and
the public agency to agree not to
convene an IEP meeting to make
changes to the child’s IEP after the
annual IEP meeting for the school year
has taken place. Instead, in accordance
with this new statutory provision, this
proposed regulation would permit the
parent and the public agency to develop
a written document to amend or modify
the child’s current IEP without
convening an IEP meeting.
To incorporate section 614(d)(3)(E) of
the Act, proposed § 300.324(a)(5) would
address consolidation of IEP meetings
and would require the public agency, to
the extent possible, to encourage the
consolidation of reevaluation meetings
and other IEP meetings for the child.
To incorporate section 614(d)(3)(F) of
the Act, proposed § 300.324(a)(6) would
permit changes to the IEP to be made
either by the entire IEP Team, or in
accordance with proposed
§ 300.324(a)(4), by amending the IEP,
rather than redrafting the entire IEP.
This proposed paragraph would also
provide that a parent who requests a
copy of the revised IEP with the
amendments incorporated must be
provided with it.
Section 300.343(a) of the current
regulations, regarding the public
agency’s responsibility to initiate and
conduct meetings to develop, review,
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and revise a child’s IEP, would be
removed because it is covered in
§ 300.320(a) of the proposed regulations.
Proposed § 300.324(b)(1) would address
review and revision of IEPs and is
essentially the same as § 300.343(c) of
the current regulations. Proposed
§ 300.324(b)(2) would require the
participation of the regular education
teacher in the review and revision of the
child’s IEP, consistent with proposed
§ 300.324(a)(3).
Proposed § 300.324(c), regarding
failure to meet transition objectives, is
essentially the same as, and would
replace § 300.348 of the current
regulations. Proposed § 300.324(c)(1)
would implement section 614(d)(6) of
the Act, which requires the public
agency to reconvene the IEP Team to
develop alternative strategies if the
agency responsible for providing
transition services fails to provide those
services. Proposed § 300.324(c)(2)
would continue the longstanding
regulatory requirement in current
§ 300.348(b) that a participating agency,
including a State vocational
rehabilitation agency, is not relieved of
its responsibility to provide or pay for
transition services that the agency
would otherwise provide if the student
meets the eligibility requirements for
those services.
Proposed § 300.324(d)(1), regarding
children with disabilities in adult
prisons, would conform to section
614(d)(7) of the Act. Unlike § 300.347(d)
of the current regulations, which merely
cross-references other applicable
regulatory requirements, proposed
§ 300.324(d)(1) would specify the
requirements from which public
agencies would be exempt with respect
to these children. Specifically, public
agencies would be exempt from the
requirements in § 300.160 and
§ 300.320(a)(6), regarding participation
in State and districtwide assessments,
and the requirements in § 300.320(b),
regarding transition services, which do
not apply to children who exceed age
eligibility under Part B of the Act prior
to their release from prison, based on
their sentence and eligibility for early
release.
Proposed § 300.324(d)(2)(i) would,
consistent with section 614(a)(7) of the
Act, continue to permit the IEP Team of
a child with a disability who is
convicted as an adult under State law
and incarcerated in an adult prison to
modify the child’s IEP or placement if
the State has demonstrated a bona fide
security or penological interest that
cannot otherwise be accommodated.
Proposed § 300.324(d)(2)(ii) would
continue to provide that the
requirements in current §§ 300.347(d)
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
and 300.313, regarding LRE, would not
apply to these IEP and placement
modifications.
Proposed § 300.325, regarding private
school placements by public agencies,
would be essentially the same as
§ 300.349 of the current regulations, and
would implement section 612(a)(10)(B)
of the Act. The proposed regulation
would require that children placed in
private schools by public agencies
receive required special education and
related services at no cost to the parents
in accordance with an IEP developed
under Part B of the Act. Further, even
if the private school implements the
child’s IEP, responsibility for ensuring
compliance with the Act rests with the
SEA and the public agency.
Section 300.350 of the current
regulations, regarding IEP
accountability, would be removed from
the proposed regulations as
unnecessary. The requirement in
§ 300.350(a) that each child eligible for
services under Part B of the Act be
provided services in accordance with an
IEP is unnecessary because entitlement
to FAPE under the Act includes the
provision of special education and
related services in accordance with an
IEP. Paragraph (a)(2) and (b) of § 300.350
is unnecessary as we believe that other
federal laws, such as title I of the ESEA,
already provide sufficient motivation for
agency effort to assist children with
disabilities in making academic
progress. Section 300.350(c), regarding
accountability, would be removed as it
merely provides explanatory
information.
Proposed § 300.327, regarding
educational placements, would replace
§ 300.501(c)(1) of the current
regulations, and would continue to
require, in accordance with section
614(e) of the Act, that each public
agency ensure that parents are members
of any group that makes decisions on
the educational placement of their
child. Current § 300.501(c)(2), regarding
other methods to ensure parent
participation, would be removed from
these proposed regulations because it is
covered by proposed § 300.328.
Proposed § 300.328 would incorporate
section 614(f) of the Act and would give
a parent and a public agency the option
of agreeing to use alternative means,
such as video conferences and
conference calls, to meet their
obligations for participation in IEP and
placement meetings and in carrying out
administrative matters, such as
scheduling, exchange of witness lists,
and conference calls.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Subpart E—Procedural Safeguards
Due Process Procedures for Parents and
Children
Proposed § 300.500 on the
responsibility of SEAs and other public
agencies would include the current
regulatory language in § 300.500(a),
appropriately updated. The definitions
of the terms ‘‘consent,’’ ‘‘evaluation,’’
and ‘‘personally identifiable’’ in current
§ 300.500(b) would be moved to subpart
A of 34 CFR part 300.
Proposed § 300.501 concerning the
opportunity to examine records and
parent participation in meetings
generally would reflect the language in
current § 300.501 with appropriate
updating of cross-references and two
substantive changes. First, proposed
§ 300.501(c)(4) would not include the
current concluding phrase requiring that
public agencies keep a record of
attempts to involve parents in
placement decisions, including
information consistent with the records
that must be maintained if an IEP
meeting is to be held without a parent
in attendance. The phrase would be
removed to provide school personnel
greater flexibility in how they document
attempts to involve parents. However,
public agencies still must maintain
documentation of their efforts in this
regard. Second, the regulatory
requirement in current § 300.501(c)(5)
would be removed as unnecessarily
duplicative. The requirement that
agencies make reasonable efforts to
enable parents to understand and
participate in discussions about
placement of their child is inherent in
the obligation in proposed
§ 300.501(b)(1) that parents be afforded
an opportunity to participate in
meetings about the identification,
evaluation, educational placement and
provision of FAPE to their child.
Proposed §300.502 would incorporate
the provisions of the current § 300.502,
regarding independent educational
evaluations, with some minor changes.
References to hearings throughout
would be modified to indicate that the
hearing involved is a due process
hearing, or a hearing on a due process
complaint. Proposed § 300.502(c)(2) also
would be revised to clarify that the
results of a parent-initiated independent
educational evaluation at public
expense may be introduced by any party
as evidence at a hearing on a due
process complaint.
Proposed § 300.503, on prior written
notice, would incorporate two
substantive changes from current
§ 300.503. First, current § 300.503(a)(2)
would be removed. It is not necessary to
explain in the regulation that prior
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35807
written notice can be provided at the
same time as parental consent is
requested because parental consent
cannot be obtained without this notice.
Second, the elements of the contents of
the notice would be revised in
§ 300.503(b) to reflect new statutory
language in section 615(c)(1) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.504(a) would be
revised consistent with new statutory
language in section 615(d)(1) of the Act
regarding the timing of procedural
safeguards notices. In addition,
proposed § 300.504(a)(2) would clarify
that a procedural safeguards notice must
be provided upon receipt of the first
filing of a State complaint or request for
a due process hearing in a school year,
as opposed to the first request at any
point in a child’s school career. This
should aid implementation at the school
district level without unduly burdening
school districts, and ensure that parents
have information about the due process
procedures when they are most likely to
need it.
Throughout these proposed
regulations we use the term ‘‘due
process complaint,’’ instead of the
statutory term ‘‘complaint’’ in order to
provide clarity and reduce confusion
between a due process complaint and a
complaint under the State complaint
procedures in §§ 300.660 through
300.662 of the current regulations and
provided for in these proposed
regulations in §§ 300.151 through
300.153.
A new § 300.504(b) would be added
concerning Internet posting of the
procedural safeguards notice, consistent
with section 615(d)(1)(B) of the Act.
The contents of the procedural
safeguards notice would be updated in
proposed § 300.504(c), reflecting revised
statutory language in section 615(d)(2)
of the Act. The notice also would have
to explain the differences between the
due process complaint and the State
complaint procedures as provided for in
proposed § 300.504(c)(5)(iii). This
change also should assist in reducing
confusion about these alternatives.
Cross-references would be updated, as
appropriate.
Proposed § 300.505 would incorporate
language from section 615(n) of the Act
providing that a parent may elect to
receive required notices by electronic
mail, if the public agency makes that
option available. Provisions in current
§ 300.505 concerning parental consent
would be moved to subpart D of the
proposed regulations that addresses
parental consent in the context of
evaluations, reevaluations and the
initial provision of services to children
with disabilities.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35808
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Proposed § 300.506 would revise the
current regulatory language on
mediation to reflect changes in section
615(e) of the Act. In proposed
§ 300.506(a), new language would be
added providing that mediation be
made available to resolve any dispute,
including matters that arise before a
party has requested a due process
hearing. In proposed § 300.506(b),
language would be added to reflect
section 615(e)(2)(B) of the Act and
would provide that public agencies may
establish procedures to offer parents and
schools that choose not to use mediation
the opportunity to learn about the
benefits and use of mediation. In
addition, proposed § 300.506(b)(3)(ii)
would replace the current language in
§ 300.506(b)(2)(ii), regarding party
involvement in the selection of
mediators, with more general language
providing that the SEA select mediators
on a random, rotational, or some other
impartial basis. Proposed
§ 300.506(b)(2)(ii) should provide SEAs
additional flexibility in selecting
mediators, while ensuring that
mediators are impartial. Proposed
§ 300.506(b)(6), (b)(7), and (b)(8) would
include new provisions from section
615(e)(2)(F) and (G) of the Act
concerning written agreements when
mediation results in an agreement to
resolve the dispute, and confidentiality
of mediation agreements. However, each
of these provisions would clarify that
the limitation placed on the use of
information discussed during mediation
as evidence would apply only to actions
arising out of the same dispute. Without
this clarifying language, there could be
a misperception that the Department
would be attempting to restrict the
powers of State courts. Proposed
§ 300.506(b)(9) would be added in light
of note 208 of Conf. Rpt. indicating the
Conference Committee’s intention that
parties could be required to sign
confidentiality pledges prior to the
commencement of mediation, without
regard to whether the mediation
ultimately resolves the dispute.
Proposed § 300.506(c) would be
similar to current § 300.506(c)
concerning requirements for the
impartiality of the mediator. However,
consistent with the language in section
615(f)(3)(A)(i)(II) regarding due process
hearing officers, and the Senate Report
No. 108–185, p. 37, proposed
§ 300.506(c)(1) would permit employees
of LEAs that are not involved in the
education or care of the child involved
in the dispute being mediated to serve
as mediators. In addition, the crossreferences would be updated. Current
§ 300.506(d), regarding a meeting to
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
encourage mediation, would be
removed, reflecting the change in
section 615(e)(2)(B) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.507(a)(1) would revise
the current regulatory language
regarding initiating a due process
hearing on matters relating to the
identification, evaluation, or
educational placement of a child, or the
provision of FAPE to the child to
specify that a party could ‘‘file a due
process complaint,’’ as opposed to
‘‘initiate,’’ a hearing on these matters.
This change would be made in light of
new language concerning the resolution
process, particularly in section
615(b)(7)(B) of the Act, requiring that a
sufficient due process hearing notice be
provided, and section 615(f)(1)(B) of the
Act, requiring that a resolution process
occur (unless waived by joint agreement
of the parties) before a hearing will be
available. Current § 300.507(c)(4),
regarding a parent’s right to a due
process hearing for failure to provide
the requisite notice, would be removed
as it is inconsistent with the new
statutory language requiring that a
resolution session occur, unless waived
by joint agreement of the parties.
Current § 300.507(a)(2), providing that
parents be advised of the availability of
mediation whenever a hearing is
initiated, would be removed. Under the
proposed regulations, mediation must
be available to resolve any dispute, not
just when a hearing has been requested,
as was the case under the prior law. In
addition, under the new statute,
additional opportunities will exist to
resolve disputes when a hearing has
been requested, such as through the
resolution process. Proposed
§ 300.507(a)(2) would reflect the new
requirement in section 615(b)(6)(B) of
the Act concerning the time period for
filing a request for a due process hearing
after the alleged violation has occurred.
Proposed § 300.507(b) would contain
the information currently in the
regulations in § 300.507(a)(3) on
available free or low-cost legal or other
relevant services, but would be revised
to refer to ‘‘requests a hearing’’ as
opposed to ‘‘initiates a hearing’’ for the
reasons discussed previously.
Proposed § 300.508(a), (b), and (c)
would incorporate new language from
section 615(b)(7) of the Act concerning
the obligation to provide a due process
complaint to the other party, the
required content of the complaint
notice, and the requirement that a due
process hearing may not be held until
the party, or the attorney representing
the party, files the due process
complaint. These changes should also
help clarify that the complaint and
complaint notice would be the same
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
document, which should aid in smooth
implementation of these new
provisions. Proposed § 300.508(a) and
(b) are similar to current § 300.507(c)(1)
and (2), but would be revised as
required by the Act. Proposed
§ 300.508(a)(2) would require that the
party requesting the hearing forward a
copy of the due process complaint to the
SEA. Proposed § 300.508(c) would
address the contents of this due process
complaint. Proposed § 300.508(d) and
(e) would incorporate the new language
from section 615(c)(2) of the Act
concerning due process complaint
sufficiency and response to a due
process complaint. Proposed
§ 300.508(e) would address the public
agency’s responsibility to send a parent
a response to the due process complaint
if the public agency had not sent a prior
written notice to the parent regarding
the subject matter contained in the
parent’s due process complaint. The
proposed regulation would outline what
information must be contained in the
response. Proposed § 300.508 would
incorporate but reorder the statutory
provisions slightly to clarify and
provide an organized discussion of each
topic.
Proposed § 300.509 would incorporate
the new requirement from section
615(b)(8) of the Act that SEAs develop
a model form to assist parents in filing
a due process complaint, including the
content of the complaint. Proposed
§ 300.509 also would require States to
develop model forms for filing State
complaints, consistent with the changes
regarding proposed §§ 300.151 through
300.153 discussed elsewhere in this
preamble. The proposed language
would replace the current regulatory
requirement in § 300.507(c)(3).
Proposed § 300.510 would incorporate
the new requirements concerning
resolution process from section
615(f)(1)(B) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.510(a)(1) would clarify that the
resolution meeting must be held within
15 days of receipt of notice of the due
process complaint, and prior to the
initiation of a due process hearing.
Proposed § 300.510(a)(4) would be
added in light of note 212 of the Conf.
Rpt. providing that parents and the LEA
must determine the relevant members of
the IEP Team to attend the resolution
meeting. Proposed § 300.510(b)(2)
would clarify that the regulatory
timeline for issuing a final due process
hearing decision begins at the end of the
new 30-day resolution period that starts
when the due process complaint is
received. This provision is based on the
language in section 615(f)(1)(B)(ii) of the
Act stating that the applicable due
process timelines commence at the end
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
of this 30-day period. Proposed
§ 300.510(b)(3) would provide, however,
that the resolution session and due
process hearing would be delayed until
the meeting is held if a parent filing a
due process complaint fails to
participate in the resolution meeting.
Proposed § 300.510(b)(3) is based on H.
Rep. No. 108–77, page 114 that
provides:
[If] the parent and the LEA mutually agree
that the meeting does not need to occur, the
resolution session meeting does not need to
take place. However, unless such an
agreement is reached, the failure of the party
bringing the complaint to participate in the
meeting will delay the timeline for convening
a due process hearing until the meeting is
held.
Proposed § 300.510 would incorporate
the requirement from section
615(f)(1)(B) of the Act regarding the
conducting of resolution sessions,
unless waived by joint agreement of the
parties prior to the opportunity for an
impartial due process hearing.
Proposed § 300.511(a) and (b) would
incorporate the language from section
615(f)(1)(A) of the Act regarding
impartial due process hearings.
Proposed § 300.511(b) is the same as the
current § 300.507(b). Proposed
§ 300.511(c)(1) would incorporate the
language regarding qualifications of
hearing officers from section
615(f)(3)(A) of the Act, and would
replace current language in § 300.508(a)
and (b) of the current regulations.
Proposed § 300.511(c)(2) and (3) would
incorporate the regulatory language
currently in § 300.508(b) and (c)
regarding the non-employee status of
the hearing officer and the requirement
for the public agency to keep a list of
hearing officers and their qualifications.
Proposed § 300.511(d), (e) and (f) would
include the new requirements in section
615(f)(3)(B), (C), and (D) of the Act
concerning the subject matter of the due
process hearings, timelines for
requesting hearings and exceptions to
the timelines.
Proposed § 300.512(a), (b), and (c)
would incorporate the due process
hearing rights addressed in section
615(f)(2) and (h) of the Act, and the
current regulatory language in
§ 300.509(a), (b) and (c)(1). The language
in current § 300.509(c)(2) concerning
providing the record of the hearing and
decision at no cost to the parents would
be moved to proposed § 300.512(c)(3).
Under proposed § 300.512(a)(4), parents
would have a right to obtain copies of
a written, or, at the option of the
parents, electronic, verbatim record of
the hearing and copies of findings of
fact and decisions, and public agencies
would remain responsible for ensuring
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
that these rights are effectively
implemented.
Proposed § 300.513(a) would reflect
the new language in section 615(f)(3)(E)
of the Act concerning the nature of
hearing officer decisions, including the
requirement that decisions be made on
substantive grounds, standards for when
procedural violations can be found to
deny FAPE, and clarifying that a hearing
officer can order an LEA to comply with
procedural requirements. Proposed
§ 300.513(b) would incorporate the
construction clause from section
615(f)(3)(F) of the Act, but would clarify
that language based on note 225 of the
Conf. Rpt., which indicates that the
statutory reference to a complaint was
intended to address a State-level
administrative appeal process, if
available in that State. Proposed
§ 300.513(c) would incorporate the
requirement from section 615(o) of the
Act that nothing prevents a parent from
filing a separate due process complaint
on an issue separate from the due
process complaint that has already been
filed. However, note 220 of the Conf.
Rpt. states that ‘‘the Conferees intend to
encourage the consolidation of multiple
issues into a single complaint where
such issues are known at the time of the
filing of the initial complaint.’’
Proposed § 300.513(d) would
incorporate the current regulatory
language from § 300.509(d) concerning
the availability of hearing decisions to
the public and the State advisory panel,
based on section 615(h)(4) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.514, on finality of
decisions, appeals, and impartial
reviews, and § 300.515, regarding
timelines and convenience of hearings,
would be the same as current §§ 300.510
and 300.511 respectively, with crossreferences updated. Proposed
§ 300.515(a) also would be revised to
start the 45-day timeline from the
expiration of the 30-day period for
resolution under proposed § 300.510,
rather than from the date when the
agency receives a request for a due
process hearing. This change is based on
new language in section 615(f)(1)(B)(ii)
of the Act providing that the timelines
for due process commence at the
expiration of the resolution period.
Proposed § 300.516, on civil actions,
would be essentially the same as the
current § 300.512 with updated
references, and one substantive change.
Specifically, proposed § 300.516(b)
would be added to reflect the new
requirement in section 615(i)(2)(B) of
the Act that provides for a time limit of
90 days from the date of the final State
administrative decision to file a civil
action, or if the State has an explicit
time limitation for bringing a civil
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35809
action under Part B of the Act, in the
time allowed by that State law.
Proposed § 300.517, concerning
attorneys’ fees, would revise current
§ 300.513 to reflect new language in
section 615(i)(3)(B) through (G) of the
Act. Proposed § 300.517(a)(1) would
reflect changes in section 615(i)(3)(B) of
the Act providing that either the parents
or an SEA or LEA could receive
reasonable attorneys’ fees in appropriate
circumstances. Proposed § 300.517(a)(2)
would be added to reflect the language
in section 615(i)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act
clarifying that the attorneys’ fees
limitation in the District of Columbia
Appropriations Act, 2005, P.L. 108–335,
would not be affected by this regulation.
Proposed § 300.517(c)(2)(iii) would be
added to incorporate language from
section 615(i)(3)(D)(iii) of the Act
providing that attorneys’ fees are not
available for preliminary meetings that
are a part of the new resolution
proceedings.
Finally, proposed § 300.517(c)(4)(i)
would provide that action by either the
parent, or the parent’s attorney, to
unreasonably protract the final
resolution of the controversy would be
a basis to reduce the amount of
attorneys’ fees, consistent with a
corresponding change in section
615(i)(3)(F)(i) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.518, concerning the
child’s status during proceedings,
would be substantially the same as the
current regulation in § 300.514, with
appropriate updating of crossreferences.
Proposed § 300.519 would revise the
current regulation in § 300.515
concerning surrogate parents in the
following ways: In proposed
§ 300.519(a)(2), we would use the
statutory word ‘‘locate’’ rather than the
current ‘‘discover the whereabouts’’ of
the parent. Proposed § 300.519(a)(4)
would be added to reflect the new
language in section 615(b)(2)(A)(ii) of
the Act requiring that a child’s rights be
protected if the child is an
unaccompanied homeless youth as
defined under the McKinney-Vento
Homeless Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C.
11431 et seq. Proposed § 300.519(c)
would be added to provide that a judge
overseeing a child’s case could appoint
a surrogate if the child were a ward of
the State, consistent with section
615(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.519 would remove current
§ 300.515(c)(3) regarding the option for
a public agency to select as a surrogate
an employee of a nonpublic agency that
only provides noneducational care for
the child, to ensure that surrogates do
not have interests that conflict with the
interest of the child. Proposed
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35810
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 300.519(f) would be added concerning
the potential appointment of temporary
surrogates for unaccompanied homeless
youth based on language in note 189 of
the Conf. Rpt. providing that:
The Conferees recognize that, because the
parents of homeless unaccompanied youth
may be unavailable or unwilling to
participate in the youth’s education,
homeless unaccompanied youth face unique
problems in obtaining a free appropriate
public education.
Accordingly, the Conferees intend that the
surrogate parent process be available for such
youth * * * the Conferees intend that
appropriate staff members of emergency
shelters, transitional shelters, independent
living programs, and street outreach
programs not be considered to be employees
of agencies involved in the education or care
of youth, for purposes of the prohibition of
certain agency employees from acting as
surrogates for parents * * *, provided that
such role is temporary until a surrogate can
be appointed that meets the requirements
and such role in no way conflicts with, or is
in derogation of, the provision of a free
appropriate public education to these youth.
Finally, in light of the new
requirement in section 615(b)(2)(B) of
the Act, proposed § 300.519(h) would
require that the SEA make reasonable
efforts to ensure the assignment of a
surrogate parent not more than 30 days
after a public agency determines that a
surrogate is needed. It is anticipated that
only rare situations would cause the
appointment of a surrogate to take 30
days.
Proposed § 300.520, concerning the
transfer of parental rights at the age of
majority, would be unchanged from the
current regulatory language in
§ 300.517. With regard to the permissive
transfer of rights to individuals who are
in correctional institutions, we would
not include the reference, from the
statute, to Federal correctional
institutions, as States do not have an
obligation to provide special education
and related services under the Act to
individuals in Federal facilities.
Discipline Procedures
The discipline provisions of the
regulations would be substantially
revised or removed, in light of
significant changes to section 615(k) of
the Act. In light of these statutory
changes, the current regulations in
§§ 300.520 through 300.528 would be
removed. Proposed § 300.530(a) would
provide that school personnel may
consider unique circumstances, on a
case-by-case basis when deciding
whether a change in placement,
consistent with the requirements of
proposed § 300.530, would be
appropriate for a particular child for a
violation of a school code of student
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
conduct. This provision would be based
on statutory language in section
615(k)(1)(A) of the Act, and the Conf.
Rpt. in notes 237–245, which provides
that ‘‘[It] is the intent of the Conferees
that when a student has violated a code
of conduct school personnel may
consider any unique circumstances on a
case-by-case basis to determine whether
a change of placement for discipline
purposes is appropriate.’’ Proposed
§ 300.530(b) would reflect the language
in section 615(k)(1)(B)(1) of the Act,
permitting school personnel to remove a
child with a disability who violates a
school code of conduct for not more
than 10 school days, except that the
regulatory language would clarify that
these removals could be for not more
than 10 consecutive school days, and
that additional removals in the same
school year would be possible, as long
as those removals do not amount to a
change of placement for the child. It is
important for purposes of school safety
and order to preserve the authority that
school personnel have under the
regulations to be able to remove a child
for a discipline infraction for a short
period of time, even though the child
may have been removed for more than
10 days in that school year, as long as
the pattern of removals does not itself
constitute a change in placement of the
child.
However, because it is also important
to preserve the concept from the current
regulations that discipline not be used
as a means of disconnecting a child with
a disability from education, the
requirement in proposed § 300.530(b)(2)
would provide that a child receive
educational services consistent with
paragraph (d) of § 300.530 after the first
10 days of removal in a school year.
Paragraphs (c) and (d)(1) and (2) of
proposed § 300.530 would incorporate
the statutory provisions from section
615(k)(1)(C) and (D) of the Act
concerning removals for more than 10
school days and the provision of
services during periods of removal.
Proposed § 300.530(d)(3) would clarify
that public agencies need not provide
services to a child removed for 10
school days or less in a school year, as
long as the public agency does not
provide educational services to
nondisabled children removed for the
same amount of time. This is the same
policy as in the current regulations in
§ 300.121(d)(1).
Paragraph (d)(4) of proposed
§ 300.530 would provide that where a
child has been removed for more than
10 school days in the same school year,
but not for more than 10 consecutive
school days and not a change of
placement, school personnel, in
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
consultation with at least one of the
child’s teachers, would determine the
extent to which services are needed, if
any, and the location where needed
services would be provided. We believe
that this requirement is important to
ensure that children with disabilities in
this situation receive appropriate
services, while preserving the flexibility
of school personnel to move quickly to
remove a child when needed and
determine how best to address the
child’s needs during these relatively
brief periods of removal. The
consultation by school personnel with
at least one of the child’s teachers does
not require that a meeting be held.
Proposed § 300.530(d)(5) would
provide that the child’s IEP Team
determines appropriate services,
including the location of services when
a child is removed for more than 10
consecutive school days, or the removal
otherwise is a change of placement. We
believe that in instances of these longerterm removals, the child’s IEP Team
should make the determination of what
services are appropriate for the child.
Proposed § 300.530(e) and (f) would
incorporate the new requirements
concerning manifestation
determinations from section 615(k)(1)(E)
and (F) of the Act, with one addition.
An introductory phrase would be
included in proposed § 300.530(e)(1) to
clarify that a manifestation
determination would not need to be
conducted for removals for not more
than 10 consecutive school days or that
do not otherwise constitute a change of
placement. This added language is
consistent with the regulatory policy in
current § 300.523(a).
Proposed § 300.530(g) and (h) would
incorporate the requirements from
section 615(k)(1)(G) and (H) of the Act,
which address the circumstances under
which school personnel can remove a
child for not more than 45 school days,
including the new authority to remove
a child who has inflicted serious bodily
injury upon another person while at
school, on school premises, or at a
school function under the jurisdiction of
an SEA or LEA. In addition, proposed
§ 300.530(h) would contain parental
notification requirements. Proposed
§ 300.530(i) would contain definitions
drawn from section 615(k)(7) of the Act.
The Act uses the definition of ‘‘serious
bodily injury’’ from section 1365 of title
18, United States Code (i.e., ‘‘bodily
injury which involves—(A) a substantial
risk of death; (B) extreme physical pain;
(C) protracted or obvious disfigurement;
or (D) protracted loss or impairment of
the function of a bodily member, organ,
or mental faculty’’).
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Proposed §§ 300.531 and 300.532(a)
and (b) reflect the new language in
section 615(k)(2) and (3) of the Act
concerning the determination of the
interim alternative educational setting
by the IEP Team, the right to request a
hearing to appeal placement and
manifestation decisions, and the
authority of the hearing officer in
appeals under the discipline
procedures. We add proposed
§ 300.532(b)(3) to the regulations to
clarify that in appropriate
circumstances, a school district could
seek a subsequent hearing to continue a
child in an interim alternative
educational placement if the school
district believes that the child would be
dangerous if returned to his or her
original placement at the end of a
removal that was based on a
determination that maintaining the
child’s regular placement was
substantially likely to result in injury to
the child or others. Proposed
§ 300.532(c)(1) would incorporate the
statutory right to a hearing from section
615(f)(1)(A) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.532(c)(2) would reflect
the language in section 615(k)(4)(B) of
the Act regarding expedited timelines in
cases of hearings under the discipline
procedures. In proposed § 300.532(c)(3)
and (4), we propose shortened timelines
for the resolution session process in
expedited hearings in light of the
shortened timelines for these expedited
hearings under the statute. Proposed
§ 300.532(c)(5) and (6) would repeat
language from current § 300.528(c) and
(d) that provides useful flexibility for
States in designing their expedited
hearing procedures.
Proposed § 300.533 would address the
issue of the child’s placement during
appeals. This section would reflect the
language in section 615(k)(4)(A) of the
Act providing that the child remain in
the interim alternative educational
setting pending the decision of the
hearing officer or the expiration of the
time period provided for removals based
on a determination that the behavior is
not a manifestation of the child’s
disability. We would add, however, in
proposed § 300.530(g), that this
provision also would apply to removals
of up to 45 school days.
Proposed § 300.534 concerning, in the
context of discipline, the protections for
children not yet determined eligible for
special education and related services
would replace the current § 300.527,
and would reflect the new language in
section 615(k)(5) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.535 would be essentially the same
as current § 300.529, and is based on
section 615(k)(6) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.536 would include a description
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
of when a change in placement occurs
because of a disciplinary removal. The
concept of change of placement under
discipline is raised in section
615(k)(1)(A) and (k)(3)(B) of the Act, and
it is important to have a clear
understanding of when a change in
placement occurs so as to ensure that
discipline does not effectively result in
the cessation of services to a child with
a disability, in violation of the FAPE
requirements in section 612(a)(1)(A) of
the Act. Proposed § 300.536 is similar to
current § 300.519 but would include the
additional provision that the child’s
behavior, if substantially similar to the
child’s behavior in the incidents that
resulted in a series of removals, taken
cumulatively, is a manifestation of the
child’s disability. This addition should
assist in the appropriate application of
the change in placement provisions.
Current Sections Incorporated
Elsewhere in This Part
Current §§ 300.530 through 300.543
are incorporated into subpart D of these
proposed regulations, as appropriate.
Current §§ 300.550 through 300.556 are
incorporated into subpart B of these
proposed regulations, as appropriate.
Current §§ 300.560 through 300.577 are
incorporated into subpart F of these
proposed regulations. Current
§§ 300.580 through 300.586 and
§ 300.589 are incorporated in subpart B
of these proposed regulations. Current
§ 300.587 is incorporated into subpart F
of these proposed regulations, as
appropriate.
Subpart F—Monitoring, Enforcement,
Confidentiality, and Program
Information
Monitoring, Technical Assistance and
Enforcement
Subpart F reflects certain portions of
section 616 of the Act that address State
activities and those activities where the
Department must establish and enforce
particular procedures for withholding
actions. Proposed § 300.600 would
reflect the new provisions of section
616(a) and (b)(2)(c)(ii) of the Act
concerning monitoring and
enforcement, which sets forth the
responsibility of States to monitor the
implementation of, enforce, and
annually report on performance under
part 300. Proposed § 300.600 would
further reflect the new statutory
requirement that the primary focus of
monitoring is on improving educational
results and functional outcomes for
children with disabilities. The
provisions of current § 300.600 have
been moved to proposed § 300.149 to
follow the order of the Act. Proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35811
§ 300.600(c) would reflect new
requirements in section 616(a)(3) of the
Act that States measure performance in
monitoring priority areas using
quantifiable indicators and such
qualitative indicators as are needed to
adequately measure performance.
Proposed § 300.600(c) clarifies that
these indicators are established by the
Secretary in the context of informing
States of what they need to do under the
State’s performance plan.
Proposed § 300.601 would reflect new
statutory language requiring States to
have a performance plan that evaluates
their efforts to implement the
requirements and purposes of part 300
and describes how the State will
improve implementation within one
year of enactment of the Act. Under
proposed § 300.601 the plan must
establish measurable and rigorous
targets for the indicators established by
the Secretary under the priority areas
described in section 613(a)(3) of the Act
and must be submitted to the Secretary
for approval. Consistent with the new
statutory language, proposed § 300.601
would require States to review their
performance plans at least once every
six years and submit any amendments
to the Secretary. The proposed
regulation also incorporates the
statutory requirements from section
616(b)(2)(B)(ii) regarding data collection
and specifies that nothing in these
regulations authorizes the development
of a nationwide database of personally
identifiable information on individuals
involved in studies or other data
collections. These provisions are based
on section 616(b)(1), (2)(A) and (2)(B) of
the Act.
Proposed § 300.601(b)(1) contains
language requiring that each State must
collect valid and reliable information on
all the indicators in the performance
plan concerning the priority areas in
section 616(a)(3) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.602 would reflect new
statutory language from section
616(b)(2)(C) of the Act requiring States
to use the targets established in their
performance plans to analyze the
performance of each LEA. These targets
will include the priority areas in section
616(a)(3) of the Act. Under proposed
§ 300.602, which largely tracks the
language in section 616(b)(2)(C) of the
Act, States would be required to report
annually to the public on the
performance of each LEA in the State on
the targets in the performance plan and
make the performance plan available to
the public. Notes 253 through 258 of the
Conf. Rpt. explain that the expectation
is that the State performance plans,
indicators and targets are to be
developed with broad stakeholder input
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35812
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
and public dissemination. Proposed
§ 300.602(b)(1)(i) would include the
statutory requirements from section
616(b)(2)(C) of the Act that States report
annually to the public on the
performance of each LEA in the State on
the targets in the State’s performance
plan, and make the State’s performance
plan publicly available. Proposed
§ 300.602(b)(1)(ii) would add that if the
State, in meeting the requirements of
§ 300.602(b)(1)(i), collects performance
data through State monitoring or
sampling, the State must include in its
report the most recently available
performance data on each LEA and the
date the data were obtained. When
appropriate, monitoring or sampling can
be an effective means of data collection,
reduce burden on States, and provide
meaningful information on LEAs’
performance.
Reflecting new language in section
616(b)(2)(C) of the Act, proposed
§ 300.602(b)(2) also would require each
State to report annually to the Secretary
on the performance of the State under
its performance plan, but the State
would not be required to report to the
public or the Secretary any information
on performance that would disclose
personally identifiable information
about individual children. Furthermore,
under proposed § 300.602(b)(3), States
would not be required to report their
student data if the available data are
insufficient to yield statistically reliable
information.
Proposed § 300.603 would reflect new
language in section 616(d) of the Act
requiring the Secretary to review the
State’s annual performance report and
based on information in the annual
performance report, or information
obtained through monitoring visits or
other public information, determine if
the State (1) meets the requirements and
purposes of Part B of the Act, (2) needs
assistance in implementing the
requirements of Part B of the Act, (3)
needs intervention in implementing the
requirements of Part B of the Act, or (4)
needs substantial intervention in
implementing the requirements of Part
B of the Act. Proposed § 300.603(b)(2)
would reflect the language from section
616(d)(2)(B) of the Act that would
provide States with notice and an
opportunity for a hearing for
determinations under proposed
§ 300.603(b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv).
Proposed § 300.603(b)(2)(ii) also would
clarify that the hearing would consist of
an opportunity to meet with the
Assistant Secretary for the Office of
Special Education and Rehabilitative
Services to demonstrate why the
Department should not make the
determination. We propose this
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
regulatory provision because the
Department has determined that this
type of hearing would provide the
appropriate amount of process due a
State prior to one of these
determinations. Should specific
enforcement action subsequently be
contemplated, as provided for in section
616(e) of the Act, other hearing
procedures then may apply, as provided
for in proposed § 300.604 and in the
General Education Provisions Act as
amended, 20 U.S.C. 1221 et seq. (GEPA),
and implementing regulations.
Proposed § 300.604 (Enforcement)
would reflect new requirements in
section 616(e) of the Act that set forth
the various actions the Secretary takes
with respect to each State’s level of
compliance as determined by the
Secretary’s review of the state
performance reports under proposed
§ 300.603. Thus, if the Secretary
determines that a State needs assistance,
needs intervention, or needs significant
intervention, there are specific
enforcement actions that the Secretary
may take. For example, if it is
determined that a State needs
substantial intervention, the Secretary
takes one or more of the actions
described in paragraph (c) of proposed
§ 300.604, including recovering funds
under section 452 of GEPA, withholding
in whole or in part any further
payments to the State under Part B of
the Act, referring the case to the Office
of the Inspector General at the
Department of Education, or referring
the matter for appropriate enforcement
action, which may include referral to
the Department of Justice.
Under proposed § 300.604(d), the
Secretary reports to appropriate
congressional committees within 30
days of taking enforcement action
against a State for any of the levels of
compliance described in the preceding
paragraph, describing the specific action
that has been taken, and the reasons
why the action was taken.
Proposed § 300.605(a), which reflects
the language in section 616(e)(4)(A) of
the Act on reasonable notice and the
opportunity for a hearing prior to a
withholding, would essentially be the
same as current § 300.587(c)(4).
Proposed § 300.605(b) would reflect
new language from section 616(e)(4)(B)
of the Act that, pending the outcome of
any hearing to withhold payments, the
Secretary may do one or both of the
following: Suspend payments to a
recipient or suspend authority of the
recipient to obligate funds under Part B
of the Act provided that the recipient
has been given reasonable notice and an
opportunity to show cause why future
payments or the authority to obligate
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Part B funds should not be suspended.
Proposed § 300.605(c) on the nature of
withholding actions would reflect the
current regulatory provisions in
§ 300.587(c)(1) and (c)(2) with minor
language revisions to make the section
consistent with the language in section
616(e)(6) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.606, on bringing
pending withholding actions to the
attention of the public, would reflect the
new language in section 616(e)(7) of the
Act, which is very similar to the
language in current § 300.587(c)(3),
except that section 616(e)(7) of the Act
would apply to States only and not to
SEAs, LEAs, or other agencies.
Proposed § 300.607 regarding divided
State responsibility would reflect the
regulatory language in current
§ 300.587(e), which is consistent with
the language from section 616(h) of the
Act.
Proposed § 300.608 would reflect the
new language in section 616(f) of the
Act that requires an SEA to prohibit an
LEA from reducing the LEA’s
maintenance of effort under 613(a)(2)(C)
if the SEA determines that the LEA is
not meeting the requirements of Part B
of the Act, including the targets in the
State’s performance plan.
Consistent with the new statutory
provisions in section 616(e) of the Act,
proposed § 300.609 would provide that
nothing in the proposed regulations
restricts the Secretary from utilizing any
authority under GEPA to monitor and
enforce the requirements under the Act.
Confidentiality of Information
Proposed § 300.610 would reflect the
provision in section 617(c) of the Act
regarding confidentiality of information.
Proposed §§ 300.611 through 300.627 on
the confidentiality of information would
be the same as current §§ 300.560
through 300.575 and 300.577, with
minor updates to cross-references.
(Current § 300.576 would be addressed
in proposed § 300.229.)
Reports—Program Information
Proposed §§ 300.640 through 300.646
on program information would
substantially reflect the regulatory
provisions from current §§ 300.750
through 300.755, with some changes.
Proposed § 300.640(a) would remove the
requirement from current § 300.750 that
the information required by section 618
of the Act be submitted no later than
February 1 and would replace it with
the requirement that the information be
submitted at times specified by the
Secretary. Proposed § 300.640(b) on
reporting on forms provided by the
Secretary would be the same as the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
regulatory language in current
§ 300.750(b).
Proposed § 300.641(a) would revise
the regulatory provisions in current
§ 300.751 by removing the age spans
listed in current § 300.751(a)(1) through
(a)(3). Proposed § 300.641 also would
remove the requirement from current
§ 300.751(c) that reports must include
the number of children with disabilities
within each disability category. SEAs
must specify information required by
these regulatory provisions on the forms
provided by the Secretary pursuant to
proposed § 300.640(b). Finally,
proposed § 300.641(a) would permit
States to count children with disabilities
for purposes of the reporting required by
proposed § 300.640 on any date between
October 1 and December 1 of each year.
This change will provide States greater
flexibility in coordinating their IDEA
Part B child count date with counts they
conduct for other State purposes, while
providing reasonable consistency across
States.
Proposed § 300.641(b), regarding age
at count date, would be substantially the
same as current regulation § 300.751(b),
but would reflect the revision in the
count date proposed in paragraph (a) of
this section. Proposed § 300.641(c) and
(d) would be substantially the same as
the regulatory provisions in current
§ 300.751(e) and (f) regarding how to
meet the reporting requirements.
Proposed § 300.642(a) would reflect
the new provisions in section 618(b)(1)
of the Act requiring each State to report
data in a manner that does not result in
disclosure of personally identifiable
information. Proposed § 300.642(b) on
sampling, which reflects the language in
section 618(b)(2) of the Act, would be
substantially unchanged from current
§ 300.751(d).
Proposed § 300.643 on certification of
the annual report of children served is
substantially unchanged from current
§ 300.752.
Proposed § 300.644 on criteria for
counting children in the annual report
of children served would be
substantially unchanged from current
§ 300.753(a). Current 300.753(b) on
reporting on children receiving special
education that is solely funded by the
Federal government would be removed
as unnecessary because the funding
formula is no longer based on child
count. Proposed § 300.644(c) clarifies
current § 300.753(a)(3) regarding the
counting of children enrolled by their
parents in private schools.
Proposed § 300.645 on other
responsibilities of the SEA related to the
annual report of children served would
be the same as current § 300.754.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Proposed § 300.646(a) would revise
the regulatory provisions in current
§ 300.755 on determination of
significant disproportionality to reflect
changes in section 618(d) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.646(a) would include
new language requiring States to collect
and examine data on disproportionality
based on ethnicity as well as race.
Proposed § 300.646(a) also would
require States to determine if significant
disproportionality is occurring in the
State as well as within the LEAs of the
State. Proposed § 300.646(a)(1) and
(a)(2) on collecting and examining data
related to identification of children with
disabilities would be the same as the
regulatory language in current
§ 300.755(a)(1) and (a)(2). Proposed
§ 300.646(a)(3) would reflect the new
provisions in section 618(d)(1)(C) of the
Act requiring States to collect and
examine race and ethnicity data with
respect to the incidence, duration and
type of disciplinary actions, including
suspensions and expulsions.
Proposed § 300.646(b)(1) concerning
the review and revision of policies,
practices and procedures, which reflects
the language in section 618(d)(2) of the
Act, would be the same as current
§ 300.755(b). Proposed § 300.646(b)(2)
would incorporate the new requirement
in section 618(d)(2)(B) of the Act that
States must ensure that any LEA
identified under proposed
§ 300.646(b)(1) as having policies,
practices, or procedures that do not
comply with Part B of the Act reserves
the maximum amount of funds under
section 613(f) of the Act to provide
comprehensive coordinated early
intervening services to children in the
LEA, particularly children in those
groups that were significantly
overidentified. Proposed § 300.646(b)(3)
would incorporate new language from
section 618(d)(2)(C) of the Act that
requires the LEA to report on the
revision of policies, practices and
procedures that do not comply with the
Act.
Subpart G: Authorization; Allotment;
Use of Funds; Authorization of
Appropriations
Proposed subpart G would reflect the
provisions in section 611 of the Act
regarding the Department’s allocation of
Part B section 611 funds to States,
outlying areas, the freely associated
States, and the Secretary of the Interior.
The proposed title of subpart G,
‘‘Authorization; Allotment; Use of
Funds; Authorization of
Appropriations,’’ would be revised from
‘‘Allocation of Funds; Reports’’ to reflect
the statutory headings listed under
section 611 of the Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35813
Proposed § 300.700, regarding grants
to States, would contain the language in
current § 300.701 but would be revised
to reflect the order of, and revisions to,
section 611(a) of the Act. Specific
revisions would include the changes
that were made in: (1) Section 611(a)(1)
of the Act to include a reference to
freely associated States as receiving Part
B grants; (2) section 611(a)(2)(A) of the
Act to clarify that the current definition
of the maximum amount a State may
receive applies for fiscal years 2005 and
2006; and (3) section 611(a)(2)(B) of the
Act to clarify the maximum amount a
State may receive for fiscal year 2007
and subsequent fiscal years and to allow
for adjustments described in
611(a)(2)(B)(iii) of the Act. The
adjustments would be reflected in
proposed § 300.700(b)(2)(iii). Current
§ 300.700, regarding the special
definition of the term State, and current
§ 300.702, regarding the definition of
average per-pupil expenditure in public
elementary and secondary schools in
the United States, would not be
substantively changed but would be
moved to proposed § 300.717 to a
general ‘‘Definitions’’ section for subpart
G.
Proposed § 300.701, regarding grants
to outlying areas and freely associated
States, and the Secretary of the Interior,
would incorporate the language in the
current regulations in §§ 300.715(a),
300.717, 300.719, and 300.720, as
revised to reflect changes in section
611(b) of the Act. Proposed § 300.701
would not contain the definition of
‘‘freely associated states’’ from section
611(b)(1)(C) of the Act. The definition of
‘‘freely associated states,’’ which is
substantively unchanged, would be in
proposed § 300.717 in the general
‘‘Definitions’’ section for subpart G. As
noted in the preceding paragraph,
current § 300.701, regarding grants to
States, would be moved to proposed
§ 300.700, consistent with the structure
of section 611 of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.701(a)(1)(ii) would clarify the
provision in section 611(b)(1)(A)(ii) of
the Act that requires that, as a condition
of receiving a grant under this part, each
freely associated State must meet the
‘‘applicable requirements of Part B of
the Act.’’ The proposed revision would
specify what the ‘‘applicable
requirements’’ are, similar to what is
done with respect to information
requirements for the Secretary of the
Interior in current § 300.260 (proposed
§ 300.708).
Proposed § 300.702, regarding
technical assistance, would contain the
language in section 611(c) of the Act,
which allows the Secretary to reserve
Part B funds to support technical
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35814
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
assistance activities authorized under
section 616(i) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.703, regarding
allocations to States, would be revised
to incorporate the language of current
§§ 300.703 and 303.706 through
303.709. The proposed regulation would
be revised to reflect section 611(d) of the
Act, which: (1) Requires the Secretary to
allocate Part B funds to States after
reserving funds for technical assistance
under section 611(c) of the Act and
making payments to outlying areas, the
freely associated States and the
Secretary of Interior under section
611(b); (2) removed language regarding
interim and permanent formulas; and
(3) established 1999 as the base year for
minimum state allocations under
section 611(d)(3)(A)(i)(I) and (B)(ii)(I) of
the Act and calculations of ratable
reductions if the amount available for
allocations to States is less than the
amount allocated for the preceding
fiscal year under section 611(d)(4) of the
Act.
Proposed § 300.704, regarding Statelevel activities, would incorporate
certain provisions of section 611(e) of
the Act regarding the use of Part B funds
under section 611 of the Act for
authorized State-level activities.
Proposed § 300.704(a)(1) and (2) would
contain the new maximum amount
States and outlying areas may reserve
for State administration. The proposed
regulation would establish fiscal year
2004 as the base year for States (as
defined under proposed § 300.717) and
the greater of $35,000 or five percent of
the Part B grant for outlying areas and
would provide for cumulative annual
adjustments based on the rate of
inflation to the maximum amount a
State may reserve, consistent with
section 611(e)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.704(a)(3) would contain
the new certification requirement
language in section 611(e)(1)(C) of the
Act that prior to the expenditure of
funds under section 611(e)(1) of the Act,
the State must certify to the Secretary
that the arrangements to establish
financial responsibility for services
pursuant to section 612(a)(12)(A) of the
Act are current. Proposed
§ 300.704(a)(4) would contain a
regulatory provision that would allow
SEAs that reserve funds under
§ 300.704(a) to use Part B State
administration funds to administer Part
C of the Act if the SEA is the lead
agency designated under Part C,
consistent with section 611(e)(1)(D) of
the Act.
Proposed § 300.704(b)(1) and (2)
would generally reflect and clarify the
new requirements in section
611(e)(2)(A) of the Act regarding the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
amount of funds that States may reserve
for other State-level activities,
depending on the amount they reserve
for administration and whether they
establish a high-cost fund under section
611(e)(3) of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.704(b)(3) would incorporate the
new provision in section 611(e)(2)(B) of
the Act, but would clarify that some
portion of funds reserved for other
State-level activities under
§ 300.704(b)(1) must be used for
monitoring, enforcement and complaint
investigation, and to establish and
implement the mediation process
required under section 615(e) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.704(b)(3) would not
prohibit States from using State funds
for these monitoring, enforcement,
complaint investigation, or mediation
activities.
Proposed § 300.704(b)(4) would
incorporate section 611(e)(2)(C) of the
Act, which allows funds reserved for
other State-level activities under
§ 300.704(b)(1) to be used for certain
authorized activities. These activities
would include support and direct
services, paperwork reduction activities
and capacity building activities, and
improving the delivery of services by
LEAs, improving the use of technology
in the classroom and supporting its use,
developing and implementing
postsecondary transition programs,
providing technical assistance to
schools and LEAs identified for
improvement under section 1116 of the
ESEA, and assisting LEAs in providing
positive behavioral interventions and
supports and appropriate mental health
services for children with disabilities
and meeting personnel shortages.
Proposed § 300.704(c) would contain
a new provision that incorporates the
language of section 611(e)(3) of the Act
regarding the State’s option to use ten
percent of the amount it reserves for
other State-level activities under
§ 300.704(b)(1) for financing an LEA
high cost fund and would set forth
detailed content and timeline
requirements for the State’s plan for the
high cost fund. Proposed
§ 300.704(c)(1)(i)(A) would clarify the
statutory language by providing that
these funds would be used by a State to
finance the high cost fund and to make
disbursements from that fund. Proposed
§ 300.704(c)(1)(i)(B) and (ii) would
reflect the statutory language on using
the high cost fund to support innovative
cost sharing and the special definition
of LEA that applies in this context.
Proposed § 300.704(c)(2)(i) would
generally reflect the language in section
611(e)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, but also would
clarify that the funds reserved for the
high cost fund are solely for
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
disbursement to the LEAs and may not
be used for costs associated with
establishing, supporting, and otherwise
administering the high cost fund. This
provision also would specify that the
State may use State administration
funds under § 300.704(a) for those
administrative costs, consistent with the
language in section 611(e)(3)(B)(i) of the
Act.
Proposed § 300.704(c)(2)(ii) would
limit States to not more than five
percent of the funds they reserve each
fiscal year under proposed § 300.704(c)
to support innovative cost sharing,
consistent with section 611(e)(3)(B)(ii)
of the Act.
Proposed § 300.704(c)(3) would
incorporate the requirements in section
611(e)(3)(C) of the Act, regarding the
State plan for the high cost fund, with
one addition. Proposed
§ 300.704(c)(3)(i)(C) would add a
requirement that the State plan establish
criteria to ensure that the placements of
children whose costs are supported
under the high cost fund are made
consistent with the LRE requirements.
This would reinforce that the funds
would not be used to encourage
inappropriate placements outside of the
general education environment. Nothing
in the proposed regulations would
prohibit an SEA from using high cost
funds to support costs of providing
appropriate services in a general
education environment when those
costs meet the standard established by
the State in its State plan. Proposed
§ 300.704(c)(3)((i)(A)(2) would
incorporate the requirement in section
611(e)(3)(C)(ii)(I)(bb) of the Act that the
State must establish a definition of a
high need child with a disability that, at
a minimum, ensures that the cost of the
high need child with a disability is
greater than three times the average per
pupil expenditure (APPE). Under this
provision, a State could, for example,
establish a definition that ensures that
the cost of a high need child with a
disability is four times greater than the
APPE.
Proposed § 300.704(c)(4) through
(c)(6) would incorporate the
requirements in section 611(e)(3)(D)
through (F) of the Act regarding
disbursements from the fund, legal fees,
and assurance of FAPE, with two
additions. In proposed
§ 300.704(c)(4)(ii), we would add
language on appropriate costs to clarify
that the costs of room and board for a
necessary residential placement could
be supported by the high cost fund.
Proposed § 300.704(c)(4)(iii) would
provide that the funds in the high cost
fund would remain under the control of
the SEA until disbursed, under the State
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
plan, to support a specific child, or until
reallocated to LEAs in the subsequent
year. This provision is needed to make
clear that these funds must be
distributed to LEAs under the high cost
State plan formula.
Proposed § 300.704(c)(7) through (9)
would incorporate the provisions of
section 611(e)(3)(G) through (I) of the
Act regarding the special rule for risk
pool and high need assistance programs
that predated the new statute, the effect
on Medicaid services, and the
reallocation of funds remaining at the
end of the fiscal year. Proposed
§ 300.704(c)(9) generally would reflect
and clarify the requirement in section
611(e)(3)(I) of the Act that funds
reserved for a high cost fund, but not
spent in accordance with section
611(e)(3)(D) of the Act before the
beginning of their last year of
availability for obligation, must be
allocated to LEAs in the same manner
as other funds from the appropriation
for that fiscal year are allocated to LEAs
under section 611(f) of the Act during
their final year of availability. States
that are not reserving funds for the high
cost fund, but that offer LEAs support
for extraordinary expenses for particular
children from other funds would not
need to develop a State plan for a high
cost fund under the proposed
regulations.
Proposed § 300.704(d) would
incorporate the language of section
611(e)(4) of the Act, which contains the
exemptions of funds reserved for
administration and other State-level
activities from Part B’s commingling
and nonsupplanting provisions in
sections 612(a)(17)(B) and (C) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.704(e) would
incorporate section 611(e)(6) of the Act,
which allows a State to use funds
reserved for administration under
§ 300.704(a)(1) as a result of inflationary
increases to carry out activities such as
providing support and direct services,
assisting LEAs in providing positive
behavioral interventions and supports,
assisting LEAs in meeting personnel
shortages, and supporting capacity
building, as authorized under
§ 300.704(b)(4)(i), (iii), (vii), or (viii).
Proposed § 300.704(f) would incorporate
the new provisions of section 611(e)(7)
of the Act that allow flexibility in using
certain Part B funds (identified in
sections 611(e)(1)(A), 611(f)(3) and
619(f)(5) of the Act). States may use
these funds to develop and implement
a State policy option that is available
under section 635(c) of the Act for
making Part C early intervention
services available to children beyond
age three who are eligible under section
619 under the circumstances set forth
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
under proposed § 300.704 and Part C of
the Act.
Proposed § 300.705, regarding
subgrants to LEAs, would contain the
language in current §§ 300.711, 300.712,
and 300.714 and would incorporate
section 611(f) of the Act regarding State
subgrants to LEAs using Part B section
611 funds. Proposed § 300.705(a) would
specify that LEAs include public charter
schools that operate as LEAs, consistent
with section 611(f)(1) of the Act. The
language in current § 300.713 regarding
former Chapter 1 State agencies would
be removed as the corresponding
statutory provision was also removed.
Proposed § 300.705(b)(1) and (2) would
establish 1999 as the base year for
allocation to LEAs, consistent with
section 611(f)(2)(A) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.706 would contain the
language in current § 300.710 regarding
allocations to a State in which a by-pass
is implemented for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities,
consistent with section 612(f) of the Act,
with cross-references updated.
Secretary of The Interior—Eligibility
Proposed §§ 300.707 through 300.716
would incorporate and update current
§§ 300.260 through 300.267 and
§§ 300.715 through 300.716 based on
the requirements in section 611(h) of the
Act concerning the payment to the
Secretary of the Interior.
Proposed § 300.707(a) would add new
definitions of Reservation and Tribal
governing body of a school to apply for
purposes of §§ 300.707 through 300.716.
The term reservation would be defined
to mean Indian Country under 18 U.S.C.
1151. The term tribal governing body of
a school would be defined to mean the
body or bodies of the Indian tribe
involved and that represent at least 90
percent of the students served by the
school. Adding these definitions should
provide clarity to the responsibilities of
the Department of the Interior under the
IDEA.
The Department of Education seeks
comment on the necessity of adding a
new definition of LEA for the purposes
of regulations related to schools
operated or funded by the Secretary of
the Department of the Interior. The
Department of Education also seeks
comment on the necessity of adding a
new definition of SEA for the purposes
of regulations related to schools
operated or funded by the Secretary of
the Department of the Interior.
Proposed § 300.707(b) would
incorporate current § 300.715(b) and
add the new requirement in section
611(h)(1)(A)(i) and (ii) of the Act that 80
percent of the amount allotted under
section 611(b)(2) of the Act must be
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35815
allocated to elementary schools and
secondary schools operated or funded
by the Secretary of the Interior by July
1, after the Secretary of the Interior
reserves funds for administration under
proposed § 300.710. The remaining 20
percent must be allocated to those
schools by September 30. Current
§ 300.715(a) is reflected in section
611(b)(2) of the Act and would be
incorporated in proposed § 300.701(b) to
align with the order of section 611.
Current § 300.715 (c) has been removed
from the regulations because a State can
no longer require a BIA funded school
to attain or maintain State accreditation.
This provision is not applicable at this
time. Paragraph (c) of proposed
§ 300.707 would reflect the language in
section 611(h)(1)(C) of the Act
concerning children aged 3 through 21
on reservations. This provision would
replace current § 300.300(c) to align
with the order of the statute. Under
paragraph (c) of proposed § 300.707,
with respect to all other children aged
3 through 21 on reservations, the SEA
of the state in which the reservation is
located, must ensure that all of the
requirements of Part B of the Act are
implemented. Generally, if the
reservation were located in more than
one State, the State in which the student
resides would be responsible for
ensuring the requirements of Part B of
the Act are met for that student.
Proposed § 300.708 would incorporate
current § 300.260, update references to
the eligibility requirements that apply to
the Secretary of the Interior to reflect the
new requirements in the Act, and add
one new paragraph discussed as
follows. Paragraph (a) of proposed
§ 300.708 would modify current
§ 300.260(a) by updating references to
section 612 of the Act and adding the
new requirements in section 612 of the
Act that apply to the Secretary of the
Interior. Paragraph (b) of proposed
§ 300.708 would incorporate current
§ 300.260(b). Paragraph (c) of proposed
§ 300.708 would incorporate current
§ 300.260(c) with updated references to
section 613 of the Act. Paragraph (c) of
proposed § 300.708 also would clarify
that references to LEAs in section 613 of
the Act that are included in proposed
§ 300.708(c) must be read as references
to elementary schools and secondary
schools for Indian children operated or
funded by the Secretary of the Interior.
Proposed § 300.708 would add a new
paragraph (d) that would reflect the
requirements in section 611(h)(2)(A)
and (F) and section 611(h)(3) of the Act,
which provide that the monitoring and
enforcement requirements in section
616 of the Act apply to the Secretary of
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35816
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the Interior. Paragraph (d) of proposed
§ 300.708 would also clarify that
references to LEAs in section 616 of the
Act must be read as references to
elementary schools and secondary
schools for Indian children operated or
funded by the Secretary of the Interior.
Proposed paragraphs (e) through (j) of
proposed § 300.708 would incorporate
current § 300.260(d) through (i), with
cross-references updated. Consistent
with section 611(h)(3) of the Act,
proposed § 300.708(j) would remove the
sentence in current § 300.260(i) that
section 616(a) of the Act applies to the
information described in this section.
Instead, the proposed regulation would
add a sentence providing that the
Secretary withholds payments under
§ 300.707 with respect to the
requirements described in this section
in the same manner as the Secretary
withholds payments under section
616(e)(6) of the Act.
Proposed §§ 300.709 through 300.710
would incorporate the current
regulations in §§ 300.261 through
300.262 concerning public participation
and use of Part B funds for
administration, with cross-references
updated.
Proposed § 300.711 would add a
provision that would permit the
Secretary of the Interior to allow each
elementary school and secondary school
for Indian children operated or funded
by the Secretary of the Interior to use
funds to develop and implement
coordinated, early intervening services
consistent with section 613(f) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.712 would incorporate
the current regulation in § 300.716
concerning payments for education and
services for Indian children with
disabilities aged three through five with
cross-references updated.
Proposed § 300.713 would incorporate
the current regulation in § 300.263
regarding the plan for coordination of
services. This provision does not make
the BIA responsible for services for
children with disabilities not enrolled
in BIA funded schools. The Department
of Education seeks comment on the best
way to implement section 611(h)(5) of
the Act for developing a plan for
coordination of services on reservations.
The Department of Education seeks
comments on how a plan would be
developed to cover those reservations
where the State provides all services
and those reservations where the State
and BIA provide services.
The proposed regulations would
remove current § 300.264, which sets
out the definition of Indian and Indian
tribe. Proposed § 300.21 would
incorporate the definition of Indian and
Indian tribe.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Proposed §§ 300.714 through 715
would incorporate current §§ 300.265
through 300.266 regarding the
establishment of the advisory board and
annual reports.
Proposed § 300.716 would incorporate
current § 300.267 regarding the
regulatory provisions that apply to the
Secretary of the Interior, with crossreferences updated and regulatory
provisions added that implement the
new statutory requirements that apply
to the Secretary of the Interior.
Proposed § 300.717 would contain
definitions that would be substantively
unchanged from current regulations and
that would apply only in subpart G. The
defined terms would be: ‘‘freely
associated States’’ (from section
611(b)(1)(C) of the Act), ‘‘outlying areas’’
(from section 602(22) of the Act),
‘‘State’’ (from section 611(g) of the Act),
and ‘‘Average per-pupil expenditure in
public elementary and secondary
schools in the United States’’ (from
section 611(g) of the Act). The
definitions for ‘‘outlying areas,’’ ‘‘State,’’
and ‘‘Average per-pupil expenditure in
public elementary and secondary
schools in the United States’’ are
contained in current §§ 300.718,
300.700, and 300.702, respectively.
Proposed § 300.718, regarding the
acquisition of equipment and the
construction or alteration of facilities,
would incorporate the requirements of
current § 300.756.
Current requirements in §§ 300.750
through 300.755 regarding State Part B
data reporting requirements under
section 618 of the Act would be moved
to proposed §§ 300.640 through 300.646
in subpart F, consistent with the
structure of the Act.
Subpart H—Preschool Grants for
Children With Disabilities
Proposed §§ 300.800 through 300.818
would reflect an overall change in the
placement of the Preschool Grants for
Children with Disabilities Program from
current 34 CFR part 301 to subpart H of
part 300. Proposed §§ 300.800 through
300.810 and §§ 300.812 through 300.818
would incorporate current language
from 34 CFR part 301, but with minor
changes to reflect statutory language and
the structure of the Act. Proposed
§ 300.811 would be added to clarify how
the Secretary would make allocations
under section 619 of the Act for a State
in which a by-pass is implemented for
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities. Proposed
§ 300.813(b) would reflect the statutory
change in section 619(e) of the Act that
a State may use funds reserved for
administration for the administration of
Part C of the Act even if the SEA is not
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the lead agency under Part C of the Act.
Proposed § 300.814 would incorporate
two new substantive amendments from
section 619(f) of the Act concerning the
use of funds reserved for other Statelevel activities.
Proposed § 300.800 would reflect the
language in section 619(a) of the Act
describing the general purpose of the
program. This provision would replace
current § 301.1.
Consistent with a change made in
subpart A, the current § 301.4, regarding
applicable regulations, would be
removed, as those regulations apply by
their own terms.
Proposed § 300.803 would specify the
definition of State, which would be the
same as the definition used in current
§ 301.5, except that it would add the
phrase, ‘‘As used in this subpart’’ to
reflect different usages of the term in
other subparts. Other definitions in
current § 301.5 would be removed as
unnecessary or as already covered in
subpart A.
Proposed § 300.804 would describe a
State’s eligibility for grants under
section 619 of the Act, consistent with
section 619(b) of the Act. This provision
would replace current § 301.10.
Proposed § 300.806, concerning
sanctions, would update current
§ 301.12(c) to be consistent with section
681(e) of the Act. Paragraphs (a) and (b)
of current § 301.12 would be removed.
Paragraph (a) of current § 301.12 would
be reflected in proposed § 300.804.
Paragraph (b) of current § 301.12
appears in section 611(d)(2) of the Act
and would be incorporated in proposed
§ 300.703(b).
Proposed § 300.807 on allocations to
States would amend current § 301.20 to
reflect changes in the statutory
language. Consistent with section
619(c)(1) of the Act, proposed § 300.807
would remove the phrase, ‘‘After
reserving funds for studies and
evaluations under section 674(e) of the
Act.’’ Proposed § 300.807 would also
update a cross-reference to allocations
provisions in proposed §§ 300.808
through 300.810.
Proposed § 300.808 on increases in
appropriated funds would amend
current § 301.21 to reflect changes in
statutory language. Proposed § 300.808
would also update the cross-references
to other allocations provisions to be
consistent with other proposed
regulations.
Proposed § 300.809 on limitations in
State allocations would update all crossreferences to other proposed regulations
from those in current § 301.22, and
make other minor changes to conform to
the statutory language.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Proposed § 300.810 would make
minor technical changes to current
§ 301.23 to reflect statutory language,
but would retain most of the regulatory
language on the decrease in funds.
However, paragraph (b)(2) of current
§ 301.23 would be removed as
unnecessary, because it would be
incorporated into proposed § 300.810(b)
by adding the words ‘‘or less than’’ after
‘‘is equal to’’ and by substituting ‘‘fiscal
year 1997, ratably reduced, if necessary’’
for ‘‘that year.’’ Proposed § 300.810 also
would update the cross-reference to
other regulations addressing allocations
to States.
Proposed § 300.811 would be added
to clarify how the Secretary would make
allocations under section 619 of the Act
for States in which a by-pass is
implemented for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities,
consistent with section 612(f)(2) of the
Act.
Proposed § 300.812 on reservation for
State activities would be substantively
unchanged from current § 301.24, but
would make a few changes, including
updating the cross-references to State
administration and State-level activities
provisions, and substituting the word,
‘‘reserve’’ for the word ‘‘retain.’’
Proposed § 300.813 on State
administration would make technical
changes to current § 301.25 to conform
to revised statutory language. Consistent
with section 619(e)(2) of the Act,
proposed § 300.813(b) would remove
the phrase ‘‘if the SEA is the lead
agency for the State under that Part’’
from current § 301.25(b) to clarify that a
State may use funds reserved for
administration for the administration of
Part C of the Act even if the SEA is not
the lead agency under that Part.
Proposed § 300.814 relating to use of
State funds for other State-level
activities under section 619 of the Act
reflects both substantive and technical
changes to conform current § 301.26 to
revised language in section 619(f) of the
Act. Proposed § 300.814 would require
States to use funds they reserve under
§ 300.812, but do not use for
administration under § 300.813, for one
or more of the activities outlined in
§ 300.814(a) through (f). Proposed
§ 300.814 also would update both the
cross-references to other proposed
regulations (reservation for State
activities and State administration) and
the cross-reference to the applicable
sections in the Act.
Proposed § 300.814(e) would, in
conformity with section 619(f)(5) of the
Act, provide that a State may use any
funds reserved for State activities and
not used for administration to provide
early intervention services in
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
accordance with Part C of the Act to
children with disabilities who are
eligible for services under section 619 of
the Act, and who previously received
services under Part C of the Act, until
such children enter, or are eligible
under State law to enter kindergarten.
Proposed § 300.814(f) would,
consistent with section 619(f)(6) of the
Act, provide that a State that elects to
provide early intervention services to
children eligible under section 619 of
the Act in accordance with section
635(c) of the Act may use funds
reserved for State activities and not used
for administration, to continue service
coordination or case management for
families who receive services under Part
C of the Act, consistent with proposed
§ 300.814(e).
Proposed § 300.815 on subgrants to
LEAs would amend current regulatory
language in § 301.30 by updating crossreferences and by making a few
technical amendments consistent with
statutory language in section 619(g)(1) of
the Act.
Proposed § 300.816 on allocations to
LEAs would update the cross-reference
to subgrants to LEAs and would make
technical changes to current § 301.31,
consistent with minor changes to the
language in section 619(g)(1) of the Act.
Proposed § 300.817 on reallocation of
LEA funds would reflect technical
changes to current § 301.32 consistent
with the statutory language in section
619(g)(2) of the Act. The proposed
language would also be similar to
current § 300.32, except that current
§ 301.32(b) would be removed. Current
§ 301.32(b) reflects the requirement in
section 613(g) of the Act and would be
incorporated in the proposed § 300.227
consistent with the structure of the Act.
Proposed § 300.818 would incorporate
the statutory language from section
619(h) of the Act on the circumstances
of Part C inapplicability. This provision
would replace current § 301.6.
Part 304—Service Obligations Under
Special Education—Personnel
Development To Improve Services and
Results for Children With Disabilities
Current §§ 304.2, 304.4, and 304.20,
all of which refer to the personnel
preparation grant program generally,
would be removed because the
Department intends for part 304 to focus
on the service obligation component of
the program only and not on the
personnel preparation grant program
generally.
Proposed § 304.3 would remove the
reference to the terms defined in 34 CFR
part 77 because those definitions apply
to all personnel preparation grant
competitions. Proposed § 304.3(c),
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35817
regarding early intervention services,
would change current § 304.3(b)(2), to
clarify that an infant or toddler with a
disability, as defined in section 632(5)
of the Act, includes, at a State’s
discretion, at risk infants and toddlers.
In addition, proposed § 304.3(f) would
define the term repayment instead of
payback (defined in the current
§ 304.3(b)) to conform to the language
used elsewhere in this proposed part
304.
Proposed §§ 304.21 and 304.22,
regarding allowable costs and
requirements for grantees in disbursing
scholarships, would clarify that
stipends are not included in the cost of
attendance and thus are not limited by
the cap in proposed 304.22(b), which
references Title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended.
Proposed § 304.23 would retain the
grantee’s obligation to enter into an
agreement with the scholar. However,
the requirements that the scholar must
carry out with respect to the service
obligation would be moved to proposed
§ 304.30 to more clearly identify the
obligations of the scholar. Also, while
retaining the requirements that the
grantee establish exit certification
policies and provide necessary
information and notices to the
Secretary, proposed § 304.23 would
conform these requirements to the new
statutory language in section 662(h)(3)
of the Act, which requires that the
Secretary, rather than grantees, ensure
that scholars comply with the service
obligation requirements.
Proposed § 304.30 would consolidate
all the requirements imposed on
scholars into one section and eliminate
some duplicative provisions. Proposed
§ 304.30 would describe the content of
the agreement that grantees must enter
into with scholars, which is contained
in the current § 304.23, and the
consequences of a scholar failing to
meet the service obligation
requirements, which are contained in
current § 304.32. Proposed § 304.30(i)
would require the scholar to provide
information to the Secretary, reflecting
the new language in section 662(h)(3) of
the Act, which requires that the
Secretary rather than grantees ensure
that scholars comply with the service
obligation requirements.
Proposed § 304.30(e) would clearly
state how a scholar could satisfy the
work obligation through positions in
supervision, postsecondary faculty, and
research. Proposed § 304.30(e) also
would clarify that a scholar who goes on
to receive a more advanced degree can
satisfy the work obligation requirement
for a lesser degree in special education
by maintaining relevant employment in
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35818
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the areas of supervision, postsecondary
faculty, or research. Likewise,
§ 304.30(e) would allow a scholar who
receives a scholarship from a leadership
preparation program (for an advanced
degree) to satisfy the work obligation by
providing special education, related
services, or early intervention services.
Proposed § 304.31 would reflect the
new statutory language in section
662(h)(3) of the Act, which requires that
the Secretary rather than grantees
ensure that scholars comply with the
service obligation requirements.
Proposed § 304.31 also would delete the
specific deferrals in current § 304.31(5)
and (6) for scholars with a temporary
disability that prevents the scholar from
working or for scholars who are unable
to secure employment by reason of care
provided to a disabled family member.
The Department believes that these
deferrals are inappropriate.
Executive Order 12866
1. Potential Costs and Benefits
Under Executive Order 12866, we
have assessed the potential costs and
benefits of this regulatory action.
Summary of Potential Costs and
Benefits Costs and Benefits of Statutory
Changes
For the information of readers, the
following is an analysis of the costs and
benefits of the most significant statutory
changes made by the Act that are
incorporated into the proposed
regulations governing the Assistance to
States for the Education of Children
with Disabilities program under Part B
of the IDEA. In conducting this analysis,
the Department examined the extent to
which the proposed regulations would
add to or reduce the costs for public
agencies and others in relation to the
costs of implementing the program
regulations prior to the enactment of the
new statute. Based on this analysis, the
Secretary has concluded that the
statutory changes reflected in these
proposed regulations would not impose
significant net costs in any one year,
and may result in savings to SEAs and
LEAs. An analysis of specific provisions
follows:
Requirement for State Certification for
Highly Qualified Special Education
Teachers
Proposed § 300.156(c) would require
that persons employed as special
education teachers in elementary or
secondary schools be highly qualified as
defined in proposed § 300.18 by no later
than the end of the 2005–2006 school
year. Proposed § 300.18(b)(1) would
require that every public elementary
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
and secondary school special education
teacher obtain full State certification as
a special education teacher or pass the
State special education teacher licensing
examination, and hold a license to teach
in the State as a special education
teacher as one of the conditions of being
considered highly qualified to teach
special education. Previously, special
education teachers were not required by
Federal law to be certified as special
education teachers in their States. The
proposed regulation would preclude
teachers for whom the special education
certification or licensure requirements
were waived on an emergency,
temporary, or provisional basis from
meeting the definition of a highly
qualified special education teacher.
Teachers employed by a public charter
school would be exempt from these
requirements and subject to the
requirements for highly qualified
teachers in their State’s public charter
school law.
The impact of the requirement in the
proposed regulation that all special
education teachers have full special
education certification by the end of the
2005–2006 school year will depend on
whether States and districts comply
with the requirement by helping
existing teachers who lack certification
acquire it, or by hiring new fullycertified teachers, or some combination
of the two.
According to State-reported data
collected by the Department’s Office of
Special Education Programs,
certification or licensure requirements
have been waived for eight percent of
special education teachers or
approximately 30,000 teachers. If States
and districts responded to the proposed
regulation by hiring certified teachers to
fill these positions, it would cost well
over $1 billion to cover the salaries for
a single year. (Occupational
Employment and Wages Survey,
November 2003, indicates a median
national salary of $42,630 for
elementary school teachers and $44,920
for secondary school teachers.)
However, given that the Study of
Personnel Needs in Special Education
(SPENSE) found that in 1999–2000,
12,241 positions for special education
teachers were left vacant or filled by
substitute teachers because suitable
candidates could not be found, it is
unlikely that States and districts would
be able to meet this requirement through
hiring.
The SPENSE study also found that 12
percent of special education teachers
who lack full certification in their main
teaching assignment field are fully
certified in another State. This means
that States should be able to certify an
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
estimated 3,600 additional special
education teachers at relatively little
expense through reciprocal certification
agreements with other States.
Responses to the 1999–2000 Schools
and Staffing Survey indicate that nearly
10 percent (approximately 3,000
teachers) of special education teachers
who lacked full certification, including
those teaching under provisional,
temporary, or emergency certification,
were enrolled in a program to obtain
State certification. If teachers already
participating in a certification program
are presumed to be within 10 semester
hours of meeting their coursework
requirements and the estimated cost of
a semester hour in a university or
college program is $200, then it would
cost $6 million to help these teachers
obtain full State certification. If teachers
require more than 10 semester hours to
complete their certification programs,
they are unlikely to obtain certification
through coursework by the end of the
2005–2006 school year.
States and districts are unlikely to be
able to meet the requirements of the
proposed regulation entirely through
reciprocity agreements and college and
university programs. The above
estimates involve fewer than 7,000 of
the approximately 30,000 teachers who
lack full certification. Other options
States and districts might use to certify
the more than 23,000 remaining
teachers include assessments of
academic skill and subject matter
knowledge and professional
development. Assessment requirements
for special education teachers vary
across States and teaching assignment
fields, but most States require at least
two subject matter tests, a general test
on core content knowledge, and a
disability-specific test, for special
education teacher certification. The
average cost of each test is $75. The
SPENSE study found that one-fourth of
beginning special education teachers
who took a certification test reported
having to take it more than once before
passing. If States and districts certified
the remaining 23,000 teachers through
existing assessments and 25 percent of
the teachers took the tests twice, the
cost would be approximately $4.3
million.
Some subset of special education
teachers currently teaching through
waivers will require additional training
to obtain special education certification.
The cost of certifying these teachers will
depend on State special education
certification requirements and the types
of professional development needed to
help these teachers meet the
requirements. Most studies found that
district expenditures for professional
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
development range from one to four
percent of a district’s total budget or
$2,062 per teacher in 2000 dollars. If
18,000 teachers need additional
training, costing an average expenditure
of $2,000 per teacher for professional
development, the cost of certifying these
teachers through training would be $36
million.
Because there is little information
available on what would be required to
implement this proposed regulation and
the cost of doing so, the Secretary
concludes that the cost may be
significant given the number of special
education teachers who lack
certification. The Secretary further
concludes that the benefits of State
certification may not necessarily
outweigh the costs.
The Secretary believes that teacher
certification can be a valuable tool in
ensuring that teachers have the
knowledge and skills they need to help
students meet high academic standards.
Since the highly qualified teacher
requirements in the No Child Left
Behind Act, which focus on content
knowledge, already applied to special
education teachers providing
instruction in core academic subjects,
the benefits of requiring special
education teachers to also meet State
certification requirements for special
education teachers will largely depend
on the extent to which these
requirements reflect pedagogical
knowledge and other teacher
characteristics that are likely to have a
positive effect on achievement of
students with disabilities. As of now,
there is a dearth of research showing the
relationship between special education
certification and academic achievement
for students with disabilities.
Special Education Teachers Teaching
To Alternate Achievement Standards
Section 9101 of the ESEA requires
that teachers of a core academic subject
have full State teacher certification,
hold at least a bachelor’s degree, and be
able to demonstrate knowledge of the
subject matter they teach by the end of
the 2005–2006 school year. Elementary
level teachers may demonstrate subject
matter expertise by passing a rigorous
State test of their subject knowledge and
teaching skills in reading, writing,
mathematics, and other areas of the
basic elementary school curriculum, but
middle or secondary school teachers
must demonstrate a high level of
competence in each of the academic
subjects that they teach.
Proposed § 300.18(c) would permit
special education teachers who teach
core academic subjects exclusively to
children who are assessed against the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
alternate achievement standards,
established under 34 CFR 200.1(d), to
fulfill the highly qualified teacher
requirements in section 9101(23) of the
ESEA as applied to an elementary
school teacher, or, in the case of
instruction above the elementary level,
to meet the requirements for an
elementary school teacher and have
subject matter knowledge appropriate to
the level of instruction being provided,
including at a minimum, subject matter
knowledge at the elementary level or
above, as determined by the State,
needed to effectively teach to those
standards.
The cost of demonstrating subject area
competence under current law depends
on the number of special education
teachers who teach core academic
subjects exclusively to children assessed
against alternate achievement standards,
the number of these teachers who
already would be considered highly
qualified under section 9101(23) of the
ESEA and the number who would not,
and the cost of helping special
education teachers who are not highly
qualified meet the highly qualified
teacher requirements for teaching core
academic subjects at the middle and
high school levels (or replacing them
with highly qualified teachers). The
proposed regulation would generate
savings for public agencies to the extent
that the cost of helping teachers
demonstrate subject area competence at
the elementary level and obtain the
knowledge appropriate to the level of
instruction needed to teach to alternate
achievement standards is lower than the
cost of demonstrating subject matter
competence at the level (middle or high
school) at which they are teaching.
Under 34 CFR 200.1(d), States are
permitted to assess up to one percent of
students against alternate achievement
standards. Based on projections of
school enrollment in 2005–2006 using
school enrollment data collected by the
National Center for Education Statistics
(NCES) for the 2002–2003 school year,
States could assess up to 257,650
students in the middle and secondary
levels (grades 6–12) against alternate
achievement standards. Based on a
typical ratio of one teacher for every six
students for instruction based on
alternate achievement standards, as
many as 43,000 special education
teachers may be able to demonstrate that
they fulfill the requirements for highly
qualified teachers in section 9101 of the
ESEA by demonstrating subject matter
knowledge appropriate to the level of
instruction being provided instead of
the student’s grade level. The number of
affected teachers will depend on the
extent to which these special education
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35819
teachers are teaching exclusively
children assessed against alternate
achievement standards.
Although it is difficult to estimate the
potential savings from this proposed
regulation, the Secretary would expect
some savings to be produced because
affected special education teachers
would not be required to demonstrate
the same level of content knowledge as
other middle and high school teachers
of core academic subjects, thereby
reducing the amount of additional
coursework or professional
development that might have been
needed to meet State standards. The
savings would depend on the gap
between what State standards require in
terms of content knowledge for middle
and high school teachers in various
academic areas and what the affected
teachers would have been able to
demonstrate in the academic subjects
they are teaching. Any savings will be
offset in part by the cost of developing
a means for the affected teachers to
demonstrate subject matter knowledge
appropriate to the level of instruction
being provided. However, this cost is
not expected to be significant. Since
States have already developed standards
for demonstration of core academic
subject competence at the elementary
level, States would not likely develop
additional High Objective Uniform State
Standards of Evaluation (HOUSSE) or
subject matter competence evaluations
for use with special education teachers
to comply with the proposed regulation.
On balance, the Secretary concludes
that the proposed regulation could
produce significant savings without
adversely affecting the quality of
instruction provided to children
assessed against alternate achievement
standards.
Special Education Teachers Teaching
Multiple Subjects
Consistent with current law, proposed
§ 300.18(d) would permit special
education teachers who are not new to
the profession and teach two or more
core academic subjects exclusively to
children with disabilities to
demonstrate competence in all the core
academic subjects that the teacher
teaches in the same manner as other
teachers, including through a single
HOUSSE covering multiple subjects.
The proposed regulation would allow
more time (two years after the date of
employment) for new special education
teachers who teach multiple subjects
and who have met the highly qualified
requirements for mathematics, language
arts, or science to demonstrate
competence in other core academic
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35820
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
subjects that they teach, as required by
34 CFR 200.56(c).
We are unable at this time to estimate
the number of new teachers who teach
two or more core academic subjects
exclusively to children with disabilities
who might be affected by the additional
time afforded by the proposed
regulation. However, the extent of
savings would relate to the number of
subjects taught by teachers of multiple
subjects and the benefits of enabling the
affected teachers to take whatever
coursework they need to demonstrate
competence in those additional areas
over a longer period of time. Under
prior law, public agencies might have
needed to employ additional teachers
(or redeploy some existing teachers) in
those subject areas in which their newly
hired teachers could not immediately
demonstrate competence. The Secretary
concludes that the benefits of being able
to hire teachers who are qualified in at
least one subject area outweigh any
costs to students being taught by
teachers who currently do not meet the
requirements in other areas but are
working to demonstrate their knowledge
in other areas in which they teach.
Limitation on Number of Reevaluations
in a Single Year
Proposed § 300.303(b)(1) would
prohibit conducting more than one
reevaluation in a single year without the
agreement of the school district and the
parent. The current regulations require
reevaluations when conditions warrant
one or at the request of either the child’s
parent or teacher.
Multiple evaluations in a single year
are rare and are conducted in instances
in which parents are not satisfied with
the evaluation findings or methodology,
children have a degenerative condition
that affects the special education and
related services needed, or very young
children (ages three through four) are
experiencing rapid development that
may affect the need for services. The
proposed regulation would not
significantly affect the number of
evaluations in the latter two instances
because public agencies and parents are
likely to agree that multiple evaluations
are warranted. These cases, however,
account for a very small number of the
cases in which multiple evaluations are
conducted each year.
Because evaluation findings may be
used to support complaints, we can use
data on the number of requests for due
process hearings to estimate the number
of cases in which more than one
evaluation in a single year would have
been conducted because parents were
not satisfied with the evaluation
findings or methodology. Based on data
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
from the recent Government
Accountability Office (GAO) report,
‘‘Special Education: Numbers of Formal
Disputes Are Generally Low and States
Are Using Mediation and Other
Strategies to Resolve Conflicts’’ (GAO–
03–897), in which States reported
receiving 11,068 requests for due
process hearings during 1999–2000, we
estimate that States would receive 20
requests for every 10,000 students with
disabilities during the 2005–2006 school
year. Based on the prevalence of
complaints by parents, we estimate that,
of the 1.7 million children estimated to
be eligible for reevaluation in 2005–
2006, multiple evaluations would have
been requested by parents for an
estimated 3,400 children. If we assume
that these additional evaluations would
cost about $1,000 each, public agencies
could save $3.4 million under the
proposed regulation by not agreeing to
more than one evaluation of children in
these instances.
Triennial Evaluations
The current regulations require a
school district to conduct an evaluation
of each child served under the Act every
three years to determine, among other
things, whether the child is still eligible
for special education. The current
regulations permit the evaluation team
to dispense with additional tests to
determine the child’s continued
eligibility if the team concludes that this
information is not needed and the
parents provide consent. Proposed
§ 300.303(b)(2) would permit districts to
dispense with the triennial evaluation
altogether when the child’s parents and
the public agency agree that a
reevaluation is unnecessary. The impact
of this change will depend on the
following factors: the number of
children eligible for a reevaluation, the
cost of the evaluation, and the extent to
which districts and parents agree to
waive reevaluations.
Published estimates of the cost of
multidisciplinary evaluations range
from $500 to $2,500, but these estimates
may overestimate potential savings
because testing is a significant factor in
the cost of evaluations, and districts are
already permitted to dispense with
additional testing when extant data are
sufficient for reevaluation. The extent to
which States and districts eliminated
unnecessary testing during triennial
evaluations under the current
regulations is unclear, but program
officers estimate that additional testing
or observation by a school psychologist
is not needed for as many as half of the
approximately 1.7 million children
eligible for triennial evaluations each
year. In the estimated 850,000 cases in
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
which additional testing is not needed,
review of the extant data may still be
warranted to determine if a child still
needs special education and related
services under the Act or to assess
whether any additions or modifications
to the special education and related
services being provided are needed to
help the child meet his or her IEP goals.
Even if additions or modifications to
special education and related services
are not likely, parents may not want to
dispense with the triennial evaluation if
they believe further information could
be gained from the extant data or they
want to compare their child’s progress
against his or her previous assessments.
If parents and the district agree that a
reevaluation is not needed in 15
percent, or 127,500, of these cases and
a reevaluation using only extant data
would have cost $150, the proposed
regulation could save $19.125 million.
These savings would be partially
offset by increased administrative costs
associated with obtaining consent from
parents to dispense with reevaluation.
To estimate the cost of obtaining
parental consent, the Department
assumes that schools could use a
standard pre-printed document that
would take approximately 15 minutes of
administrative personnel time to fill out
and send to parents. In addition, we
estimate that an average of 2.5
additional written notices or telephone
calls would be needed to obtain
consent, requiring 15 minutes of
administrative personnel time per
additional contact. At an average hourly
compensation of $24, the cost to public
agencies of obtaining parental consent
would be $2.7 million, resulting in
estimated net savings to public agencies
from the proposed regulation of $16.4
million.
IEP Team Attendance
Proposed § 300.321(e)(1) would
permit a member of the IEP team to be
excused from attending an IEP meeting,
in whole or in part, if the parent of the
child with a disability and the public
agency agree in writing that the
member’s attendance is not necessary
because the member’s area of the
curriculum or related services is not
being modified or discussed. The
current regulations require that all IEP
meetings include the parents of the
child, at least one regular education
teacher (if the child is, or may be,
participating in the regular education
environment), at least one special
education teacher, a representative of
the public agency, and someone who
could interpret the instructional
implications of the evaluation results
(who may be one of the other required
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
IEP team members). The extent to which
public agencies may realize savings
from the proposed regulation depends
on which team members are excused
from how much of the meeting. If the
average IEP meeting lasts 1.5 hours and
requires a half an hour of teacher
preparation, then we estimate that the
opportunity costs for a teacher of
attending a meeting (based on average
compensation per hour of $46.25)
would be $92.50. If we assume an
average of 1.2 IEP meetings are held for
each of the 6.933 million children with
disabilities, then 8.32 million IEP
meetings will be held in 2005–2006. If
one teacher could be excused from five
percent of these meetings, the proposed
regulation could result in savings of
$38.5 million.
These savings would be partially
offset by increased administrative costs
associated with obtaining written
consent from parents and public agency
staff. Based on the above estimate of the
cost of obtaining consent from parents
under proposed § 300.303(b)(2), the
Department estimates that cost to public
agencies of obtaining written consent for
these parents would be $8.7 million,
resulting in net savings to public
agencies from the proposed regulation
of $29.8 million.
Proposed § 300.321(e)(2) would
permit members of an IEP team to be
excused from attending an IEP meeting
that involves a modification to or
discussion of the member’s area of the
curriculum or related service if the
parent and the public agency consent in
writing to the excusal and the member
submits written input to the parent and
the other members of the IEP team prior
to the meeting. The proposed change is
unlikely to generate notable savings
because reduced time spent in meetings
is likely to be offset by the time required
to draft written input, send it to the
parents and other IEP team members,
and secure the consent of parents and
public agency to the excusal. In cases in
which IEP meetings take longer than the
average time of 1.5 hours, there are
likely to be controversial issues or
significant modifications to the IEP
under discussion. Parents are
presumably less likely to consent to the
excusal of team members in these
instances.
Definition of Individualized Education
Program
Proposed § 300.320(a)(2)(i) would
require that each IEP include a
statement of measurable annual goals,
including academic and functional
goals, for the child. The current
regulations require that each IEP contain
benchmarks or short-term objectives for
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
each of the annual goals. By eliminating
the need to develop benchmarks or
short-term objectives, the proposed
regulation could result in teachers
spending less time on each IEP. Under
proposed § 300.320(a)(2)(ii), however,
IEPs for the estimated 488,000 children
with disabilities who take alternate
assessments aligned to alternate
achievement standards would still be
required to include a statement of
benchmarks or short-term objectives.
Based on average compensation for
teachers of $46.25 per hour, a reduction
in time as modest as 15 minutes could
save approximately $11.56 per IEP or
$74.5 million total in opportunity costs
for teachers related to the development
of IEPs during the 2005–2006 school
year for the 6.445 million children with
disabilities who do not take alternate
assessments aligned to alternate
achievement standards.
Amendments to an IEP
When changes to a child’s IEP are
needed after the annual IEP meeting for
the school year has been held, proposed
§ 300.324(a)(4) would allow the parent
of a child with a disability and the
public agency to agree to forego a
meeting and develop a written
document to amend or modify the
child’s current IEP. Under the current
regulations, the IEP team must be
reconvened in order to make
amendments to an IEP. Based on our
estimate of an average of 1.2 IEP
meetings per child per year,
approximately 1.4 million IEP meetings
beyond the required annual IEP meeting
would be held during the 2005–2006
school year. If half of these meetings
concerned amendments or
modifications to an IEP and parents and
agency representatives agreed to forego
a meeting and develop a written
document in half of these cases, then
346,650 IEP meetings would not be
needed. The combined opportunity
costs for personnel participating in a
typical IEP meeting are estimated at
$297. If drafting a written document to
amend or modify an IEP is assumed to
cost half as much as a meeting, then this
change could result in savings of $51.4
million.
Procedural Safeguards Notice
Proposed § 300.504(a), which
incorporates changes in section
615(d)(1) of the Act, would require that
a copy of the procedural safeguards
notice be given to parents of children
with disabilities only once a year,
except that a copy must also be given:
when an initial evaluation or request for
an evaluation occurs; the first time a
due process hearing is requested during
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35821
a school year; and when a parent
requests the notice. The prior law
required that a copy of the procedural
safeguards notice be given to the parents
upon initial referral for an evaluation,
each notification of an IEP team
meeting, each reevaluation of the child,
and the registration of each request for
a due process hearing. Under the
proposed regulation, a copy of the
procedural safeguards notice would no
longer have to be given to parents upon
each notice for an IEP team meeting or
every time a request for a due process
hearing is received. Instead, the
document only would have to be given
to parents once a year, and the first time
a due process hearing is requested in a
year, when a copy of the document is
specifically requested by a parent, or
when an initial evaluation or request for
a reevaluation occurs.
To determine the impact of this
change, it is necessary to estimate the
savings created by providing fewer
notices to parents who are notified
about more than one IEP meeting during
the year or who file more than one
request for a due process hearing. Given
the small number of hearing requests in
a year (about 20 per 10,000 children
with disabilities), our analysis will
focus on the number of parents involved
in more than one IEP meeting. Although
we lack detailed data on the number of
IEP meetings conducted each year, we
estimate that approximately 6.933
million children with disabilities will
be served in school year 2005–2006. For
the vast majority of these children, we
believe there will only be one IEP
meeting during the year. For purposes of
estimating an upper limit on savings, if
we assume an average of 1.2 meetings
per year per child, 1.39 million children
will have two IEP meetings each year
and the change reflected in proposed
§ 300.504(a) will result in 1.39 million
fewer procedural notices provided to
parents. While some people may believe
this change represents a significant
reduction in paperwork for schools, the
actual savings are likely to be minimal
given the low cost of producing a notice
of this size (about 10 pages) and the
small amount of administrative staff
time involved in providing this notice to
parents (about 10 minutes). Taking all of
this into consideration, total savings are
unlikely to exceed $5 million.
Due Process Request Notices
Proposed § 300.511(d) would prohibit
the party who requested the due process
hearing from raising issues not raised in
the due process request notice, unless
the other party agrees. Under current
regulations, there is no prohibition on
raising issues at due process hearings
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35822
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
that were not raised in the due process
notice.
By encouraging the party requesting
the hearing to clearly identify and
articulate issues sooner, the proposed
regulation could generate actual savings
by facilitating early resolution of
disagreements through less costly
means, such as mediation or resolution
sessions. But early identification of
issues could come at the cost of more
extensive involvement of attorneys
earlier in the process. At the same time,
prohibiting the party requesting the
hearing from raising new issues at the
time of the hearing could result in
additional complaints or protracted
conflict and litigation. On balance, net
costs or savings are not likely to be
significant.
Using data from recent State data
collections conducted by the
Consortium for Appropriate Dispute
Resolution in Special Education
(CADRE), in which States reported
receiving 12,914 requests for due
process hearings during 2000–2001, we
estimate that there will be
approximately 14,031 requests in 2005–
2006. Because some parties already hire
attorneys or consult other resources
such as advocates or parent training
centers to develop the request for due
process, the Department assumes that
only a portion of the requests would be
affected by this new requirement.
Although we have no reliable data on
average attorneys’ fees in due process
cases, for purposes of this analysis, the
Department assumes an hourly rate of
$300 as an upper limit. The Department
further assumes that each instance in
which a party chooses to hire an
attorney sooner as a result of this change
will involve no more than three
additional hours of work. Even if we
assume that parties requesting the
hearing will incur this additional cost in
the case of 8,000 of the expected
requests for due process, the total costs
would not be significant (less than $8
million), and could be outweighed by
the benefits of early identification and
resolution of issues. Although such
benefits are largely unquantifiable, early
identification and resolution of disputes
would likely benefit all parties involved
in disputes.
Resolution Sessions
Proposed § 300.510 would require the
parents, relevant members of the IEP
team, and a representative of the public
agency to participate in a resolution
session, prior to the initiation of a due
process hearing, unless the parents and
LEA agree to use mediation or agree to
waive the requirement for a resolution
session. The impact of this proposed
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
regulation will depend on the following
factors: The number of requests for due
process hearings, the extent to which
disagreements are already resolved
without formal hearings, the likelihood
that parties will agree to participate in
mandatory resolution sessions instead
of other potentially more expensive
alternatives to due process hearings
(e.g., mediation), and the likelihood that
parties will avoid due process hearings
by reaching agreement as a result of
mandatory resolution sessions.
Available data suggest that overall
savings are not likely to be significant
because of the small number of due
process requests and the extent to which
disagreements are already being
successfully resolved through
mediation.
Based on data reported in a recent
CADRE State data collection in which
States reported receiving 12,914
requests for due process hearings during
2000–2001, we estimate that there will
be approximately 14,031 requests for
due process hearings in school year
2005–2006. Based on data from the
same study, we also estimate that the
large majority of these disagreements
will be successfully resolved through
mediation or dropped. Out of the 12,914
requests for school year 2000–2001,
approximately 5,536 went to mediation
and only 3,659 ended up in formal
hearings. Assuming no change in the
use and efficacy of mediation, we
predict that 6,021 requests would go to
mediation in school year 2005–2006.
We further predict that another 4,035
complaints will be dropped, leaving no
more than 3,975 requests for due
process that would require resolution
sessions.
Because of the high cost of due
process hearings and the low expected
cost of conducting a resolution session,
there would likely be some savings for
all parties involved if resolution
sessions are relatively successful in
resolving disagreements. For example,
California reports an average cost of
$18,600 for a due process hearing, while
Texas reports having spent an average of
$9,000 for a hearing officer’s services.
Anticipating that attorneys will
participate in approximately 40 percent
of the predicted 3,945 resolution
sessions (including drafting legally
binding agreements when parties reach
agreement), we expect resolution
sessions to cost just over twice the
average cost of IEP meetings, or
approximately $700 per session. Even
with a very low success rate (eight
percent), given the expected costs of
these sessions compared to the high cost
of conducting a hearing, all parties
involved would likely realize some
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
modest savings. However, because
disputes that result in formal hearings
tend to be the most difficult to resolve,
we do not expect that mandatory
resolution sessions will be highly
successful in resolving such cases. By
definition, these are cases in which the
parties are not amenable to using
existing alternatives to formal hearings
such as mediation. Moreover, assuming
an average cost of between $10,000 and
$20,000 per due process hearing, even if
as many as 20 percent of the 3,975
complaints were successfully resolved
through resolution sessions, net savings
still would not exceed $10 million.
(Note that it is unclear to what extent
data on average mediation and due
process hearing costs account for LEA
opportunity costs (e.g., cost per teacher
and/or administrator participating). To
the extent that these data do not reflect
the opportunity costs of participating
LEA officials and staff, we have
underestimated the potential savings
from resolution session).
Beyond those savings to all parties
resulting from reductions in the total
number of formal hearings, we would
also expect some additional savings to
the extent parties agree to participate in
resolution sessions instead of
mediation, particularly if the resolution
sessions are as effective as mediation in
resolving disagreements. However,
unlike due process, the expected cost of
conducting a resolution session ($700
per session) is only somewhat less than
the cost of a mediation session (between
$600 and $1,800 per session). Because
the cost differential between resolution
sessions and mediations is relatively
small (compared to the difference in
cost between resolutions sessions and
due process hearings) the potential for
savings generated by parties agreeing to
resolution sessions instead of mediation
is minimal.
The Secretary concludes that
requiring parties to participate in
resolution sessions prior to due process
hearings could generate modest savings
for all parties to disputes, insofar as
mandatory resolution sessions could
result in fewer due process hearings and
may be used as a less expensive
alternative to mediation.
Manifestation Determination Review
Procedures
Proposed § 300.530(e) and (f) would
incorporate the change in the statutory
standard for conducting manifestation
determination reviews. Under the prior
law, the IEP team could conclude that
the behavior of a child with a disability
was not a manifestation of his or her
disability only after considering a list of
factors, determining that the child’s IEP
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
and placement were appropriate, and
that FAPE, supplemental services, and
behavioral intervention strategies were
being provided in a manner consistent
with the child’s IEP. Previous law also
required the IEP team to consider
whether a child’s disability impaired his
or her ability to understand the impact
and consequences of the behavior in
question, and to control such behavior.
The new statute eliminated or
substantially revised these
requirements. The proposed regulations
would simply require IEP teams to
review all relevant information in the
student’s file to determine if the
conduct in question was caused by, or
had a direct and substantial relationship
to, the child’s disability, or if the
conduct in question was the direct
result of the LEA’s failure to implement
the IEP. The purpose of the change in
the law is to simplify the discipline
process and make it easier for school
officials to discipline children with
disabilities when discipline is
appropriate and justified.
Because fewer factors would need to
be considered during each manifestation
determination review, the time required
to conduct such reviews would likely be
reduced, and some minimal savings
may be realized. However, the more
significant impact relates to secondary
effects. Because it would be less
burdensome for school personnel to
conduct manifestation determinations,
it is reasonable to expect an overall
increase in the number of these reviews
as school personnel take advantage of
the streamlined process to pursue
disciplinary actions against those
students with disabilities who commit
serious violations of student codes of
conduct. Even more importantly, the
changes in the law would make it less
difficult for review team members to
conclude that the behavior in question
is not a manifestation of a child’s
disability, enabling school personnel to
apply disciplinary sanctions in more
cases involving children with
disabilities.
We have minimal data on the number
of manifestation determination reviews
being conducted. However, Statereported data for the 2002–2003 school
year suggest that schools are conducting
a relatively small number of
manifestation reviews. According to
these data, for every 1,000 children with
disabilities, approximately 11 will be
suspended or expelled for longer than
10 days during the school year (either
through a single suspension or as a
result of multiple short-term
suspensions)—the disciplinary action
triggering a manifestation review.
(Please note that we have no way of
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
accurately estimating what portion of
short-term suspensions that sum to 10
days would be determined by school
personnel to constitute a change in
placement. Therefore, we assume, for
purposes of this analysis, that 100
percent of these instances would require
a manifestation review because they
would be deemed a change in
placement). Based on a recent GAO
study, which concludes there is little
difference in how school personnel
discipline regular and special education
students, we assume that under
previous law, at least 85 percent of
manifestation reviews resulted in
disciplinary actions (e.g., long-term
suspensions or expulsion). In other
words, approximately 15 percent of all
manifestation reviews did not result in
disciplinary action because the behavior
in question was determined to be a
manifestation of the child’s disability.
Without taking into consideration
increases in the frequency of
manifestation reviews, using suspension
and expulsion data from previous years,
we estimate that the total number of
manifestation reviews in 2005–2006
would be approximately 87,701. If we
assume that the streamlining reflected
in the proposed regulation would
produce a 20 percent increase in the
total number of manifestation reviews,
we predict that 17,540 additional
meetings would occur, for a total of
105,241 meetings.
Under the proposed regulation, the
Secretary also expects an increase in the
total number of manifestation reviews
resulting in disciplinary actions, but it
is not likely to be a significant increase.
GAO’s finding that there is little
practical difference in how school
personnel disciplined regular and
special education students under
previous law suggests that manifestation
reviews are already highly likely to
result in disciplinary actions.
The Secretary concludes that the
proposed regulation would generate
some minimal savings from the
reduction in time required to conduct
the manifestation reviews. Schools
would also realize some unquantifiable
benefits related to the increased
likelihood that the outcome of the
review will result in disciplinary action,
thereby fostering a school environment
that is safer, more orderly, and more
conducive to learning. The Secretary
acknowledges that the proposed
regulation could create additional costs
for parents of children who, but for this
change, would not have been subject to
disciplinary removals to the extent that
such parents disagree with the
manifestation determination and choose
to appeal it. On balance, the Secretary
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35823
believes that the benefits likely to result
from this change relating to school
safety and order outweigh the costs to
families.
Authority To Remove Students With
Disabilities to Interim Alternative
Educational Settings
Proposed §§ 300.530(g) through
300.532 would incorporate two
significant statutory changes relating to
the authority of school personnel to
remove children with disabilities to
interim alternative educational settings.
First, the Act now gives school
personnel the authority to remove
students who have inflicted serious
bodily injury to interim alternative
educational settings. Under previous
law, school personnel were only
authorized to remove students to
alternative settings for misconduct
involving: (1) The use and possession of
weapons; and (2) the knowing
possession, sale, or use of illegal drugs
or controlled substances. The Act added
the commission of serious bodily injury
to this list. In cases involving serious
bodily injury, school personnel would
be able to unilaterally remove children
with disabilities to interim alternative
educational settings for up to 45 school
days without having to request a hearing
officer review of the facts to determine
whether or not the student is
substantially likely to harm himself or
others. Second, the 45-day rule has
changed. Under previous law, students
could not be removed to interim
alternative settings for more than 45
days. Now, under the Act, the
comparable time limitation is 45 school
days.
Although the addition of serious
bodily injury significantly simplifies the
process for removing a student who has
engaged in such misconduct, the data
suggest that the savings from the
proposed regulation would be minimal.
Recent Department of Justice data show
that ‘‘fighting without a weapon’’ is by
far the most common type of serious
misconduct engaged in by all students.
However, State-reported data suggest
that of the 20,000 instances in 2002–
2003 in which children with disabilities
were suspended or expelled for longer
than 10 days, only 1,200 involved
serious bodily injury or removal ‘‘by a
hearing officer for likely injury.’’ We
estimate that approximately 6.933
million students with disabilities will
be served during the 2005–2006 school
year. Using these data, we project that
there would have been approximately
1,258 instances in 2005–2006 in which
a school district might have requested
approval from a hearing officer to
remove a child for inflicting serious
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35824
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
bodily injury, if the law had not been
changed. Taking into account the time
that would have been spent by both
relevant school administrators and the
hearing officers and their estimated
hourly wages (about $125 per hour for
hearing officers and $50 per hour for
school administrators), we conclude
that the unilateral authority afforded
school officials under the proposed
regulation produces only minimal
savings (less than $1 million).
A much more significant benefit
relates to the enhanced ability of school
officials to provide for a safe and orderly
environment for all students in the
1,258 cases in which school officials
would have been expected to seek and
secure hearing officer approval for
removing a student to an alternative
setting and the other cases in which
they might not have taken such action,
but where removal of a student who has
caused injury is justified and produces
overall benefits for the school.
The change in how days are to be
counted (e.g., from ‘‘calendar days’’
under previous law to ‘‘school days’’
under the proposed regulation) would
allow school officials to extend
placements in alternative settings for
approximately two additional weeks.
This would generate some savings to the
extent that it obviates the need for
school officials to seek hearing officer
approval to extend a student’s
placement in an alternative setting.
While school personnel are not
required to use the new authority to
remove children who have inflicted
serious bodily injury or to remove
children for the total amount of time
that is authorized, we acknowledge that
it would create additional costs for
schools that choose to take full
advantage of this authority because of
the added costs of providing
educational services in an alternative
setting. Using data from a recent GAO
study, we estimate that approximately
3,000 students will be removed to an
alternative interim setting in 2005–2006
for misconduct involving drugs or
weapons and at least another 1,258 for
misconduct involving serious bodily
injury. Although we do not have data on
the costs of educating these students in
an alternative setting for 45 school days,
the Secretary concludes that the costs of
doing so would be outweighed by the
unquantifiable benefits to schools
associated with ensuring students a safe
and orderly environment that is
conducive to learning.
Costs and Benefits of Proposed NonStatutory Regulatory Provisions
The following is an analysis of the
costs and benefits of the proposed non-
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
statutory regulatory provisions that
includes consideration of the special
effects these changes may have on small
entities.
The proposed regulations would
primarily affect SEAs and LEAs, which
are responsible for carrying out the
requirements of Part B of the Act as a
condition of receiving Federal financial
assistance under the Act. Some of the
proposed changes would also affect
children attending private schools and
consequently indirectly affect private
schools.
For purposes of this analysis as it
relates to small entities, the Secretary
has focused on LEAs because these
regulations most directly affect local
public agencies. The analysis uses a
definition of small school district
developed by the NCES for purposes of
its recent publication, Characteristics of
Small and Rural School Districts. In that
publication, NCES defines a small
school district as ‘‘one having fewer
students in membership than the sum of
(a) 25 students per grade in the
elementary grades it offers (usually K–
8) and (b) 100 students per grade in the
secondary grades it offers (usually 9–
12).’’ Using this definition,
approximately 38 percent of the nation’s
public agencies in the 2002–2003
Common Core of Data were considered
small and served three percent of the
Nation’s students. Approximately 17
percent of students in small districts
had IEPs.
Both small and large districts would
be affected economically by the
proposed regulations, but no data are
available to analyze the effect on small
districts separately. For this reason, this
analysis assumes that the effect of the
proposed regulations on small entities
would be roughly proportional to the
number of children with disabilities
served by those districts.
For school year 2005–2006, we project
that approximately 48.8 million
children will be enrolled in public
elementary and secondary schools.
Using the NCES definition and
assuming that all districts grew at the
same rate between school year 2002–
2003 and 2005–2006, we estimate that
in the 2005–2006 school year
approximately 1.48 million children
will be enrolled in small districts. Based
on the percentage of students in small
districts with IEPs in 2002–2003, we
estimate that in the 2005–2006 school
year these districts will serve
approximately 251,000 children with
disabilities of the 6.9 million children
with disabilities served nationwide.
There are many provisions in the
proposed regulations that are expected
to result in economic impacts, both
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
positive and negative. The following
analysis estimates the impact of the
proposed regulations that were not
required by the Act:
Procedures for Evaluating Children With
Specific Learning Disabilities
Proposed § 300.307(a) would require
that States adopt criteria for determining
whether a child has a specific learning
disability. Under the proposed
regulation, States may not require, but
may prohibit, that LEAs use criteria
based on a severe discrepancy between
intellectual ability and achievement for
determining whether a child has a
specific learning disability. The
proposed regulation would also require
that criteria adopted by States permit
the use of a process that determines if
the child responds to scientific,
research-based intervention. States
would also be permitted to use other
alternative procedures to determine if a
child has a specific learning disability.
Before determining that a child has a
specific learning disability, proposed
§ 300.309(b) would require that the
evaluation team consider data that
demonstrate that prior to, or as part of
the referral process, the child received
appropriate high-quality, research-based
instruction in regular education settings
and that data-based documentation of
repeated assessments of achievement
during instruction was provided to the
child’s parents. If the child had not
made adequate progress under these
conditions after an appropriate period of
time, the proposed regulation would
further require that the public agency
refer the child for an evaluation to
determine if special education and
related services are needed. Under the
proposed regulation, the child’s parents
and the team of qualified professionals,
described in proposed § 300.308, would
be permitted to extend the evaluation
timelines described in proposed
§§ 300.301 through 300.303 by mutual
written agreement.
If the estimated number of initial
evaluations each year is 1.7 million and
the percentage of evaluations involving
children with specific learning
disabilities is equivalent to the
percentage of all children served under
Part B of the Act with specific learning
disabilities, then the proposed
regulation would affect approximately
816,000 evaluations each year.
Depending on the criteria adopted by
their States pursuant to proposed
§ 300.307(a), public agencies could
realize savings under the proposed
regulation by reducing the amount of a
school psychologist’s time involved in
conducting cognitive assessments that
would have been needed to document
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
an IQ discrepancy. However, these
savings could be offset by increased
costs associated with documenting
student achievement through regular
formal assessments of their progress, as
required under proposed § 300.309(b).
Although the cost of evaluating
children suspected of having specific
learning disabilities might be affected by
the proposed regulations, the
Department expects that the most
significant benefits of the proposed
changes would be achieved through
improved identification of children
suspected of having specific learning
disabilities. By requiring that States
permit alternatives to an IQ-discrepancy
criterion, the proposed regulation would
facilitate more appropriate and timely
identification of children with specific
learning disabilities, so that they can
benefit from research-based
interventions that have been shown to
produce better achievement and
behavioral outcomes.
The proposed regulations may impose
additional costs on small public
agencies that lack capacity currently to
conduct repeated assessments of
achievement during instruction and
provide parents with documentation of
the formal assessments of their child’s
progress. These costs are likely to be
offset by reduced need for psychologists
to administer intellectual assessments.
To the extent that small districts may
not employ school psychologists, the
proposed criteria may alleviate testing
burdens felt disproportionately by small
districts under an IQ discrepancy
evaluation model.
Transition Requirements
Proposed § 300.321(b) would modify
current regulations regarding transition
services planning for children with
disabilities who are 16 through 21 years
old. Public agencies would still be
required to invite other agencies that are
likely to be responsible for providing or
paying for transition services to the
child’s IEP meeting. If the invited
agency does not send a representative,
public agencies would no longer be
required to take additional steps to
obtain the participation of those
agencies in the planning of transition, as
required under current
§ 300.344(b)(3)(ii).
Public agencies would realize savings
from the proposed change to the extent
that they would not have to continue to
contact agencies that declined to
participate in IEP meetings on transition
planning. In school year 2005–2006, we
project that public agencies will
conduct 1,191,218 meetings for students
with disabilities who are 16 through 21
years old. We used data from the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
National Longitudinal Transition Study
2 (NLTS2) on school contacts of outside
agency personnel to project the number
of instances in which outside agencies
would be invited to IEP meetings during
the 2005–2006 school year. Based on
these data, we project that schools will
invite 1,490,241 personnel from other
agencies to IEP meetings for these
students during the 2005–2006 school
year. The NLTS2 also collected data on
the percentage of students with a
transition plan for whom outside agency
staff were actively involved in transition
planning. Based on these data, we
project that 436,047 (29 percent) of the
contacts will result in the active
participation of outside agency
personnel in transition planning for
students with disabilities 16 through 21.
We base our estimate of the potential
savings from the proposed change on
the projected 1,054,194 (71 percent)
instances in which outside agencies
would not participate in transition
planning despite school contacts that,
under the current regulations, would
include both an invitation to participate
in the child’s IEP meeting and
additional follow-up attempts. If public
agencies made only one additional
attempt to contact the outside agency
and each attempt required 15 minutes of
administrative personnel time, then the
proposed change would save $6.3
million (based on an average hourly
compensation for office and
administrative support staff of $24).
Studies of best practices conducted by
the National Center on Secondary
Education and Transition indicate that
effective transition planning requires
structured interagency collaboration.
Successful approaches cited in the
studies included memoranda of
understanding between relevant
agencies and interagency teams or
coordinators to ensure that educators,
State agency personnel and other
community service providers share
information with parents and children
with disabilities. The current regulation
focuses on administrative contact
instead of active strategic partnerships
between agencies that facilitate seamless
transitions for students with disabilities
between school and adult settings. For
this reason, the Department believes
that the proposed elimination of the
non-statutory requirement that public
agencies make additional attempts to
contact other agencies would reduce
administrative burden and allow public
agencies to focus their efforts on
interagency collaborative transition
planning for children with disabilities.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35825
2. Clarity of the Regulations
Executive Order 12866 and the
Presidential Memorandum on ‘‘Plain
Language in Government Writing’’
require each agency to write regulations
that are easy to understand.
The Secretary invites comments on
how to make these proposed regulations
easier to understand, including answers
to questions such as the following:
• Are the requirements in the
proposed regulations clearly stated?
• Do the proposed regulations contain
technical terms or other wording that
interferes with their clarity?
• Does the format of the proposed
regulations (use of headings,
paragraphing, etc.) aid or reduce their
clarity?
• Would the proposed regulations be
easier to understand if we divided them
into more (but shorter) sections? (A
‘‘section’’ is preceded by the symbol
‘‘§ ’’ and a number heading; for example,
§ 300.172 Access to instructional
materials.)
• Could the description of the
proposed regulations in the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
this preamble be more helpful in
making the proposed regulation easier
to understand? If so, how?
• What else could we do to make the
proposed regulations easier to
understand?
Send any comments that concern how
the Department could make this
proposed regulation easier to
understand to the person listed in the
ADDRESSES section of the preamble.
Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification
The Secretary certifies that these
proposed regulations would not impose
significant net costs in any one year,
and may result in savings to SEAs and
LEAs.
The small entities that would be
affected by these proposed regulations
are small local educational agencies
(LEAs) receiving Federal funds under
this program. Both small and large
school districts will be affected
economically by the proposed
regulations. The effect of the proposed
regulations on small entities would be
roughly proportional to the number of
children with disabilities served by
those districts.
To the extent that small districts may
not employ school psychologists, the
proposed changes to the procedures for
evaluating children with specific
learning disabilities may alleviate
testing burdens felt disproportionately
by small districts that would no longer
be required to use a discrepancy model.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35826
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
These proposed regulations contain
information collection provisions that
are subject to review by OMB under the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3501–3520). A description of
these provisions is given below with an
estimate of the annual recordkeeping
burden. Included in the estimate is the
time for reviewing instructions,
searching existing data sources,
gathering and maintaining the data
needed, and completing and reviewing
each collection of information.
The Department invites comments on:
• Whether the proposed collections
are necessary for the proper
performance of our functions, including
whether the information will have
practical use;
• The accuracy of our estimate of the
burden of the proposed collections,
including the validity of our
methodology and assumptions;
• The quality, usefulness, and clarity
of the information we collect; and
• Ways to minimize the burden on
those who must respond. This includes
exploring the use of appropriate
automated, electronic, mechanical, or
other technological collection
techniques or other forms of information
technology; e.g., permitting electronic
submission of responses.
The proposed IDEA regulation
includes 21 information collection
requirements associated with the
following provisions: Proposed
§§ 300.100 through 300.176, § 300.182,
§ 300.199, §§ 300.201 through 300.213,
§ 300.224, § 300.226, §§ 300.506 through
300.507, § 300.511, §§ 300.601 through
300.602, § 300.640, § 300.704, § 300.804,
and §§ 304.1 through 304.31 In
compliance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C.
3507(d)), the Department has submitted
the information collections provisions
of this proposed rule to OMB for review.
The Department recognizes that
information collection requests
requiring aggregate data on race and
ethnicity do not reflect the 1997 OMB
Standards for Data on Race and
Ethnicity. The Department anticipates
providing guidance to implement those
standards in forthcoming collections.
Interested persons are requested to
send comments regarding the
information collections to the
Department of Education within 60 days
after publication of the proposed rule.
This comment period does not affect the
deadline for public comments
associated with the proposed rule.
Collection of Information: Annual
State Application under Part B of the
Act. §§ 300.100 through 300.176 and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 300.182, and § 300.804. Each State is
eligible for assistance under Part B of
the Act for a fiscal year if the State
submits a plan that provides assurances
to the Secretary that the State has in
effect policies and procedures to ensure
that the State meets the eligibility
criteria under Part B of the Act and
these proposed regulations. Under the
new statute, States will no longer be
required to have on file with the
Secretary policies and procedures to
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
Secretary that the State meets specific
conditions for assistance under Part B of
the Act. Information collection 1820–
0030 has been revised to reflect this
change in the statute and appropriate
proposed regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average eight hours for
each response for 57 respondents,
including the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
Thus, the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for information
collection 1820–0030 is estimated to be
456 hours. This new statutory change
will result in a reduction in the burden
to States and in the overall cost to the
Federal Government.
Under 34 CFR 1320.11, we requested
that OMB review information collection
1820–0030 on an emergency basis.
Although OMB has approved this
information collection on an emergency
basis, we continue to invite your
comments on this collection.
Collection of Information: Part B State
Performance Plan (SPP) and Annual
Performance Report (APR). §§ 300.601
through 300.602. Each State must have
in place, not later than one year after the
date of enactment of the Individuals
with Disabilities Education
Improvement Act of 2004, a
performance plan that evaluates the
State’s efforts to implement the
requirements and purposes of Part B of
the Act and these proposed regulations
and describe how the State will improve
such implementation. Each State shall
report annually to the public on the
performance of each LEA located in the
State on the targets in the State’s
performance plan. The State must report
annually to the Secretary on the
performance of the State under the
State’s performance plan. A notice was
initially published in the Federal
Register on March 8, 2005 giving the
public 60 days to comment on this
information collection (OMB No. 1820–
0624). The initial comment period for
this collection ended on May 9, 2005.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Comments regarding this information
collection are being reviewed and
revisions are being made to the
collection based on the comments
received. A second notice will be
published in the Federal Register
notifying the public of an additional 30day public comment period. Once the
information collection is approved, the
Department will disseminate the
collection instrument to the public and
collect the required information. If, as a
result of the final regulations adopted by
the Department, additional changes are
required to the collection, the
Department will revise the information
collection and resubmit the collection
for public comment.
Annual reporting and record keeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 300 hours for
each response for 60 respondents,
including the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
Thus, the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for information
collection 1820–0624 is estimated to be
18,000 hours.
Collection of Information: LEA
Application under Part B of the Act.
§§ 300.201 through 300.213, § 300.224,
and § 300.226. Each LEA must submit a
plan to the SEA that provides
assurances to the SEA that the LEA
meets each of the conditions in
proposed §§ 300.201 through 300.213, if
applicable, meets the requirements in
§ 300.224, and, if applicable, reports to
the SEA on the number of children
served under proposed § 300.226 and
the number of children served under
§ 300.226 who subsequently receive
special education and related services
under Part B of the Act during the
preceding two year period. Under the
new statute, LEAs are no longer
required to have on file with the SEA
information to demonstrate that the
agency meets such requirements.
Information collection 1820–0600 has
been revised to reflect these changes
and the appropriate proposed
regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average two hours for
each response for 15,000 respondents,
including the time for reviewing the
collection of information. Thus, the total
annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for information collection 1820–
0600 is estimated to be 30,000 hours.
Collection of Information: List of
Hearing Officers and Mediators.
§§ 300.506(b)(3)(i) and 300.511(c)(3).
Each State must maintain a list of
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
individuals who are qualified mediators
and knowledgeable in laws and
regulations relating to the provision of
special education and related services.
Each public agency must also keep a list
of the persons who serve as hearing
officers. Information collection 1820–
0509 has been revised to reflect
appropriate proposed regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average three hours
annually for each of 57 States and
14,312 public agencies to develop and
maintain these lists. Thus, the total
annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for information collection 1820–
0509 is estimated to be 43,107 hours.
Collection of Information: Complaint
Procedures. §§ 300.151 through 300.153.
Each SEA is required to adopt written
procedures for resolving any complaint
that meets the requirements in these
proposed regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 10 hours to issue
a written decision to a complaint. It is
estimated there are 1,191 complaints
resolved annually. Thus, the annual
reporting and recordkeeping burden for
information collection 1820–0599 is
estimated to be 11,910 hours.
Collection of Information: Early
Intervening Services Annual Report.
§§ 300.208(a)(2) and 300.226. Each LEA
that develops and maintains
coordinated, early intervening services
is required to annually report to the SEA
on the number of children served
through early intervening services and
the number of children who
subsequently receive special education
and related services under Part B of the
Act during the preceding two year
period. The Secretary has determined
that it is necessary to require each State
to report these data to the Secretary to
assist in determining that these
provisions are properly implemented.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 22 hours for each
of 5,691 LEAs to gather the data needed
and prepare information to submit to
SEAs. It is estimated to average 16 hours
annually for each of 60 SEAs to collect,
review, and maintain data received from
LEAs and seven hours for each SEA to
prepare and report the data to the
Secretary. Thus, the total annual
reporting and recordkeeping burden for
this new collection is estimated to be
126,582 hours.
Collection of Information: LEA
Consultation with Private School
Representatives. §§ 300.134(e) and
300.135. The LEA is required to provide
to private school officials a written
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
explanation of the reasons why the LEA
chose not to provide services directly or
through a contract and, when timely
and meaningful consultation as required
under Part B of the Act has occurred,
the LEA is required to obtain a written
affirmation signed by the
representatives of participating private
schools and forward the documentation
of the consultation process to the SEA.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 12 hours for each
of 2,849 LEAs to obtain a written
affirmation and forward documentation
to the SEA and 24 hours for each SEA
to review and maintain records. Thus,
the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for this new
collection is estimated to be 35,556
hours.
Collection of Information: Private
School Complaint of Noncompliance
with Consultation Requirements.
§ 300.136. A private school official is
permitted to submit a complaint to the
SEA that the LEA did not engage in
consultation that was meaningful and
timely, or did not give due
consideration of the private school
official. Further, a private school official
may submit a complaint to the Secretary
if the official is dissatisfied with the
decision of the SEA.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average two hours for
each of 200 private school officials to
submit a complaint to the SEA, two
hours for each of 30 private school
officials to submit a complaint to the
Secretary, 16 hours for each SEA
decision rendered for each of 200
complaints, two hours for the SEA to
forward documentation to the Secretary
for each of 30 complaints, and four
hours for each of 200 LEAs to forward
documentation to the SEA, including
the time for reviewing the collection of
information. Thus, the total annual
reporting and recordkeeping burden for
this new collection is estimated to be
4,520 total hours.
Collection of Information:
Identification of State-Imposed Rules,
Regulations, or Policies. § 300.199. Each
State that receives funds under Part B of
the Act must identify in writing to LEAs
located in the State and the Secretary
any rule, regulation, or policy as a Stateimposed requirement that is not
required by Part B of the Act and
Federal regulations.
It is estimated that 50 States will be
required to inform LEAs and the
Secretary in writing of State-imposed
requirements that are not required by
Federal regulations implementing Part B
of the Act. It is estimated that it will
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35827
take respondents 40 hours to identify all
State-imposed requirements and inform
LEAs and the Secretary in writing. The
total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for this new
collection is estimated to be 2,000 hours
annually.
Collection of Information: Number of
Children with Disabilities Enrolled in
Private Schools by Their Parents.
§ 300.132. Each LEA is required to
maintain in its records and annually
provide to the SEA the number of
children enrolled in private schools by
their parents that are evaluated by the
LEA to determine whether they are
children with disabilities under Part B
of the Act, the number of children
determined to be children with
disabilities under Part B of the Act, and
the number of children receiving special
education and related services in
accordance with Part B of the Act.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 10 hours for each
of 14,229 LEAs to maintain a record of
the number of children and report the
numbers to the SEA and 20 hours for
each SEA to process, review, and
maintain the reports. Thus, the total
annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this new collection is
estimated to be 143,430 hours.
Collection of Information: State Plan
for High Cost Fund. § 300.704(c)(3)(ii).
Any SEA that chooses to reserve funds
under Part B of the Act shall annually
review, and amend as necessary, a State
plan for the high cost fund.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 40 hours for each
response for 40 respondents, including
the time for reviewing the collection of
information. Thus, the total annual
reporting and recordkeeping burden for
this new collection is estimated to be
1,600 hours.
Collection of Information: Free and
Low-Cost Legal Services. § 300.507(b).
Each public agency must inform the
parent of any free or low-cost legal or
other relevant services available in the
area if the parent requests the
information or the parent or agency
requests a hearing under Part B of the
Act.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 30 minutes for
each response for 13,056 requests,
including the time for preparing the
information. Thus, the total annual
reporting and recordkeeping burden for
this new collection is estimated to be
6,528 hours.
Collection of Information:
Confidentiality Pledge Prior to the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35828
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Commencement of Mediation.
§ 300.506(b)(9). Parties to mediation
may be required to sign a confidentiality
pledge prior to the commencement of
mediation to ensure that all discussions
that occur during mediation remain
confidential.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 30 minutes for
each response for 4,668 requests,
including the time for preparing the
information and obtaining the signed
pledge. Thus, the total annual reporting
and recordkeeping burden for this new
collection is estimated to be 2,334
hours.
Collection of Information: Report of
Children with Disabilities Receiving
Special Education under Part B of the
Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act. § 300.160. Each State that receives
assistance under Part B of the Act shall
provide data each year to the Secretary
and the public on children with
disabilities by race/ethnicity, disability,
gender, and Limited English Proficiency
status receiving special education and
related services in each State.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection is estimated to
be 8.5 hours for each of 60 State
agencies and 2 hours for each of an
average of 260 LEAs per State. Thus, the
total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for collection
1820–0043 is 31,710.
Collection of Information: Special
Education-Personnel Preparation to
Improve Services and Results for
Children with Disabilities. §§ 304.1
through 304.31. Individuals who receive
a scholarship through personnel
preparation projects funded under the
Act must subsequently provide early
intervention, special education or
related services to children with
disabilities. These proposed regulations
would implement requirements
governing, among other things, the
service obligation for scholars, oversight
by grantees, repayment of scholarship,
and procedures for obtaining deferrals
or exemptions from service or
repayment obligations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 4 hours for a
grantee to establish written agreements
and maintain information on each
scholarship recipient. It is estimated
that each of the 375 grantees will
establish agreements and maintain
information for 20 scholars. It is
estimated to average 2 hours for each of
4,000 scholars to provide information to
the Secretary of their progress in
meeting the service requirement. Thus,
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
the total annual reporting burden for
collection 1820–0622 is 38,000 hours.
Collection of Information: Report of
the Participation and Performance of
Students with Disabilities on State
Assessments. § 300.160(d). Each State
(or, in the case of a district-wide
assessment, the LEA) must report to the
public with the same frequency and in
the same detail as it reports on the
assessment of nondisabled children, by
grade and subject, the number of
children with disabilities served under
part B of the Act that participated in
regular assessments; regular assessments
with accommodations; alternate
assessments aligned with academic
content and achievement standards; and
alternate assessments aligned with
alternate achievement standards, and
the performance results of children with
disabilities on regular assessments and
on alternate assessments. Information
collection 1820–0659 has been revised
to reflect changes in the statute and
appropriate proposed regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 60 hours for each
of 60 State agencies, including the time
for collecting and aggregating the data
and reporting data to the Secretary.
Thus, the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for information
collection 1820–0659 is 3,600 hours.
Collection of Information: Report of
Children with Disabilities Subject to
Disciplinary Removal. § 300.640. Each
State must provide data to the Secretary
and the public by race, ethnicity,
limited English proficiency status,
gender, and disability category on
children with disabilities who are
removed to an interim alternative
educational setting and the acts or items
precipitating those removals. Data must
also be reported by race, ethnicity,
limited English proficiency status,
gender, and disability category on the
number of children with disabilities
who are subject to long-term
suspensions or expulsions. In addition,
data must be reported on the number
and percentage of children with
disabilities who are removed to
alternative educational settings or
expelled as compared to children
without disabilities, and on the
incidence and duration of disciplinary
actions, including suspensions of one
day or more. Information collection
1820–0621 has been revised to reflect
the new statutory requirements and the
proposed regulations.
Annual reporting and record keeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 17.5 hours for
each of an average of 260 LEAs per State
to collect, review, and report the data
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and 74 hours per State agency (60) to
collect, maintain, and report these data.
Thus, the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for information
collection 1820–0621 for all States (60)
is estimated to be 277,440 hours.
Collection of Information: Personnel
(in Full-time Equivalency of
Assignments) Employed to Provide
Special Education and Related Services
for Children with Disabilities. § 300.207.
Each LEA must ensure that all
personnel are appropriately and
adequately prepared and each SEA must
establish and maintain qualifications to
ensure that personnel are appropriately
and adequately prepared and trained,
including that those personnel have the
content knowledge and skills to serve
children with disabilities. To help
ensure that these requirements are met,
the Secretary must collect data that can
be used to monitor these requirements.
Information collection 1820–0518 has
been revised to reflect the new statutory
requirements and the proposed
regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 0.5 hours for
each of an average of 260 LEAs per State
and 2.5 hours for each of 60 State
agencies. Thus, the total annual
reporting and recordkeeping burden for
information collection 1820–0518 for all
States is 7,950 hours.
Collection of Information: Report of
Children with Disabilities Exiting
Special Education. § 300.640. Each State
must report to the Secretary children by
race, ethnicity, limited English
proficiency status, gender, and
disability category, the number of
children with disabilities aged 14
through 21 who stopped receiving
special education and related services
because of program completion
(including graduation with a regular
secondary school diploma), or other
reasons, and the reasons why those
children stopped receiving special
education and related services.
Information collection 1820–0521 has
been revised to reflect the new statutory
requirements and the proposed
regulations.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 6 hours for each
of an average of 260 LEAs per State and
11 hours for each of 60 State agencies.
Thus, the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for information
collection 1820–0521 for all States is
94,260 hours.
Collection of Information: Part B,
Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act Implementation of FAPE
Requirements. § 300.640. Each State
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
must provide to the Secretary and the
public data on children with disabilities
by race, ethnicity, limited English
proficiency status, gender, and
disability category who are receiving a
free appropriate public education,
participating in regular education, in
separate classes, separate schools or
facilities, or public or private residential
facilities. Information collection 1820–
0517 has been revised to reflect the new
statutory requirement.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 27 hours for each
of an average of 260 LEAs per State and
28 hours for each of 60 State agencies.
Thus, the total annual reporting and
recordkeeping burden for information
collection 1820–0517 for all States is
422,880 hours.
Collection of Information: Report of
Dispute Resolution Under Part B of the
Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act: Complaints, Mediations, and Due
Process Hearings. § 300.640. Each State
must report to the Secretary and the
public, the number of due process
complaints filed under section 615 of
the Act and the number of hearings
conducted; the number of hearings
requested under section 615(k) of the
Act and the number of changes in
placement ordered as a result of those
hearings; and the number of mediations
held and the number of settlement
agreements reached through those
mediations. This new information
collection has been developed to reflect
the new statutory requirement.
Annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this collection of information
is estimated to average 70 hours for each
of 60 State agencies. Thus, the total
annual reporting and recordkeeping
burden for this new information
collection is estimated to be 4,200
hours.
Requests for copies of the submission
for OMB review may be accessed from
http//edicsweb.ed.gov by selecting the
‘‘Browse Pending Collections’’ link.
When you access the information
collection, click on ‘‘Download
Attachments’’ to view. Written request
for information should be addressed to
U.S. Department of Education, 400
Maryland Avenue, SW., Potomac
Center, 9th Floor, Washington, DC
20202–4700. Requests may also be
electronically mailed to the Internet
address OCIO_RIMG@ed.gov or faxed to
(202) 245–6621.
If you want to comment on the
information collection requirements,
please send your comments to Troy R.
Justesen, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Avenue, SW., Potomac
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Center Plaza, room 5126, Washington,
DC 20202–2641.
Intergovernmental Review
This program is subject to the
Executive Order 12372 and the
regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of
the objectives of the Executive order is
to foster an intergovernmental
partnership and a strengthened
federalism by relying on processes
developed by State and local
governments for coordination and
review of proposed Federal financial
assistance.
This document provides early
notification of the Department’s specific
plans and actions for this program.
Assessment of Educational Impact
The Secretary particularly requests
comments on whether these proposed
regulations would require transmission
of information that any other agency or
authority of the United States gathers or
makes available.
Electronic Access to This Document
You may view this document, as well
as all other Department of Education
documents published in the Federal
Register, in text or portable document
format (PDF) at the following site:
https://www.ed.gov/news/fedregister.
To use PDF you must have Adobe
Acrobat, which is available free at this
site. If you have questions about using
PDF, call the U.S. Government Printing
Office (GPO) toll free at 1–800–293–
4922; or in the Washington, DC area at
(202) 512–1530.
Note: The official version of this document
is the document published in the Federal
Register. Free Internet access to the official
edition of the Federal Register and the Code
of Federal Regulations is available on GPO
Access at: https://www.gpoaccess.gov/nara/
index.html.
35829
REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING
EACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECTION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
NPRM 1—Continued
A. Current regulatory section
number
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
Definitions Used in This
Part
300.4 Act .............................
300.5 Assistive technology
device.
300.6 Assistive technology
service.
300.7 Child with a disability
300.8 Consent ....................
300.9 Day; business day;
school day.
300.10 Educational service
agency.
300.11 Equipment ...............
300.12 Evaluation ...............
300.13 Free appropriate
public education.
300.14 Include ....................
300.15 Individualized education program.
300.16 Individualized education program team.
300.17 Individualized family
service plan.
300.18 Local educational
agency.
300.19 Native language ......
300.20 Parent .....................
300.21 Personally identifiable.
300.22 Public agency .........
300.23 Qualified personnel
300.24 Related services .......
300.25 Secondary school ...
300.26 Special education ...
300.27 State .......................
300.28 Supplementary aids
and services.
300.29 Transition services ..
300.30 Definitions in
EDGAR.
300.4.
300.5.
300.6.
300.8.
Removed.
300.11.
300.12.
300.14.
Removed.
300.17.
300.20.
Removed.
300.23.
300.24.
300.28.
300.29.
300.30.
Removed.
300.33.
Removed.
300.34.
300.35.
300.38.
300.39.
300.41.
300.42.
Removed.
Subpart B—State and Local Eligibility
REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING
EACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECTION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
NPRM 1
A. Current regulatory section
number
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
Subpart A—General
300.1 Purposes ...................
300.2 Applicability of this
part to State, local, and private agencies.
300.3 Regulations that
apply.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
300.1.
300.2.
Removed.
300.110 Condition of assistance.
300.111 Exception for prior
State policies and procedures on file with the Secretary.
300.112 Amendments to
State policies and procedures.
300.113 Approval by the
Secretary.
(a) General.
(b) Notice and hearing
before determining a
State is not eligible.
300.121 Free appropriate
public education (FAPE).
(a) General.
(b) Required information
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
300.100.
300.176(a).
300.176(b)
and (c).
300.178.
300.179.
300.101(a)
Removed.
35830
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING
EACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECEACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECEACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECTION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
TION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
TION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
NPRM 1—Continued
NPRM 1—Continued
NPRM 1—Continued
A. Current regulatory section
number
(c) FAPE for children beginning at age 3.
(d) FAPE for children
suspended or expelled
from school.
(e) Children advancing
from grade to grade..
300.122 Exception to FAPE
for certain ages.
300.123 Full educational
opportunity goal (FEOG).
300.124 FEOG—timetable
300.125 Child find ...............
(a) General requirement.
(b) Documents related to
child find.
(c) Child find for children
from birth through age
2 when the SEA and
lead agency for the
Part C program are
different.
(d) Construction .............
(e) Confidentiality of
child find data.
300.126 Procedures for
evaluation and determination of eligibility.
300.127 Confidentiality of
personally identifiable information.
300.128 Individualized education programs.
(a) General
(b) Required information
300.129 Procedural safeguards.
300.130 Least restrictive
environment.
300.132 Transition of children from Part C to preschool programs.
300.133 Children in private
schools.
300.134 [Reserved]
300.135 Comprehensive
system of personnel development.
300.136 Personnel standards.
300.137 Performance goals
and indicators.
300.138 Participation in assessments.
300.139 Reports relating to
assessments.
300.141 SEA responsibility
for general superision.
300.142 Methods of ensuring services.
(a)–(c); (e)–(i).
(d) Information ................
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.101(b).
300.530(d)
300.101(c).
300.102.
300.109.
300.109.
300.111(a).
Removed.
Removed.
300.111(d).
Removed.
300.122.
300.123.
300.112.
Removed.
300.121.
300.114.
300.124.
300.129.
Removed.
Removed.
300.157.
300.160.
300.160(d).
Removed.
300.154.
Removed.
Jkt 205001
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.143 SEA implementation of procedural safeguards.
300.144 Hearings relating
to LEA eligibility.
300.145 Recovery of funds
for misclassified children.
300.146 Suspension and
expulsion rates.
300.147 Additional information if SEA provides direct
services.
300.148 Public participation
(a) General; exception.
(1)
(2) [Conditions Re-(a)(1)]
(b) Documentation .........
300.150 State advisory
panel.
300.151 [Reserved].
300.152 Prohibition against
commingling.
300.153 State-level nonsupplanting.
300.154 Maintenance of
State financial support.
300.155 Policies and procedures for use of Part B
funds.
300.156 Annual description
of use of Part B funds.
(a)(1)–(2) and (b).
(a)(3) [Re: % to LEAs] ...
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.150.
300.155.
Removed.
300.170.
300.175.
300.165.
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
300.162(b).
300.162(c),
300.164.
300.163.
300.162(a).
300.171.
Removed.
LEA and State Agency
Eligibility
300.180 Condition of assistance.
300.181 Exception for prior
LEA or State agency policies and procedures on file
with the SEA.
300.182 Amendments to
LEA policies and procedures.
300.184 Excess cost requirement.
(a) General.
(b) Definition ...................
(c) Limitation on use of
Part B funds.
300.185 Meeting the excess
cost requirement.
300.190 Joint establishment
of eligibility.
300.192 Requirements for
establishing eligibility.
300.194 State agency eligibility.
300.196 Notification of LEA
or State agency in case of
ineligibility.
300.197 LEA and State
agency compliance.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
300.200.
300.220(a).
300.220(b)
and (c).
300.202(a)(2).
300.16.
300.202(b).
300.202(b)(2).
300.202(b)(3),
300.223.
300.224.
300.228.
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.200 Consistency with
State policies.
(a) General .....................
(b) Policies on file with
SEA.
300.221 Implementation of
CSPD.
(a) ...................................
(b) ...................................
300.230 Use of amounts. ...
300.231 Maintenance of effort.
300.232 Exception to maintenance of effort.
300.233 Treatment of federal funds in certain fiscal
years.
300.234 Schoolwide programs under title I of the
ESEA.
300.235 Permissive use of
funds.
300.240 Information for
SEA.
(a) ...................................
(b) ...................................
300.241 Treatment of charter schools and their students.
300.242 Public information
300.244 Coordinated services system.
300.245 School-based improvement plan.
300.246 Plan requirements
300.247 Responsibilities of
the LEA.
300.248 Limitation ..............
300.249 Additional requirements.
300.250 Extension of plan ..
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.201.
Removed.
300.207.
Removed.
300.202.
300.203.
300.204.
300.205.
300.206.
300.208.
300.211.
Removed.
300.209.
300.212.
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
Secretary of the Interior
300.260 Submission of information.
300.261 Public participation
300.262 Use of Part B
funds.
300.263 Plan for coordination of services.
300.264 Definitions .............
300.265 Establishment of
advisory board.
300.266 Annual report by
advisory board.
300.267 Applicable regulations.
300.221.
300.222.
300.709.
300.710.
300.713.
300.21.
300.714.
300.715.
300.716.
Public Participation
300.280 Public hearings before adopting State policies
and procedures.
300.281 Notice ....................
300.708.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Removed.
Removed.
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
35831
REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING
EACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECEACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECEACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECTION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
TION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
TION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
NPRM 1—Continued
NPRM 1—Continued
NPRM 1—Continued
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.282 Opportunity to participate; comment period.
300.283 Review of public
comments before adopting
policies and procedures.
300.284 Publication and
availability of approved
policies and procedures.
300.300 Provision of FAPE
300.301 FAPE—methods
and payments.
300.302 Residential placement.
300.303 Proper functioning
of hearing aids.
300.304 Full educational
opportunity goal.
300.305 Program options ...
300.306 Nonacademic services.
300.307 Physical education
300.308 Assistive technology.
300.309 Extended school
year.
300.311 FAPE requirements for students with
disabilities in adult prisons.
300.312 Children with disabilities in public charter
schools.
300.313 Children experiencing developmental
delays.
300.320 Initial evaluations ..
300.321 Reevaluations .......
300.340 Definitions related
to IEPs.
(a) Individualized education program.
(b) Participating agency
300.341 Responsibility of
SEA and other public
agencies for IEPs.
300.342 When IEPs must
be in effect.
300.343 IEP Meetings ........
300.344 IEP team ...............
300.345 Parent participation
(a)–(d) and (f).
(e) Use of interpreters or
other action as appropriate.
300.346 Development, review, and revision of IEP.
300.347 Content of IEP ......
300.348 Agency responsibilities for transition services.
300.349 Private school
placements by public agencies.
300.350 IEPs-accountability
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
300.101.
300.103.
300.104
300.105(b).
300.109.
300.110.
300.107.
300.108.
300.105(a).
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.360 Use of LEA allocation for direct services.
(a) General
(b) SEA responsibility if
an LEA does not apply
for Part B funds.
(c) SEA administrative
procedures.
300.361 Nature and location of services.
300.370 Use of SEA allocations.
300.372 Nonapplicability of
requirements that prohibit
commingling and supplanting of funds.
300.380 General CSPD requirements.
300.381 Adequate supply of
qualified personnel.
300.382 Improvement strategies.
300.227(a).
300.227(a)(1).
300.227(a)(2).
300.227(b).
300.704.
300.324(d).
300.209.
300.111(b).
300.301.
300.303.
300.320.
Removed.
Removed.
300.323.
300.323(c).
300.321.
300.322.
Removed.
300.324.
300.320.
300.324(c).
300.325.
Removed.
300.400 Applicability of
§ § 300.400–300.402.
300.401 Responsibility of
State educational agency.
300.402 Implementation by
State educational agency.
300.403 Placement of children by parents if FAPE is
at issue.
300.450 Definition of ‘‘private school children with
disabilities’’.
300.451 Child find for private school children with
disabilities.
300.452 Provision of services—basic requirement.
300.453 Expenditures .........
300.454 Services determined.
300.455 Services provided
300.456 Location of services; transportation.
300.457 Complaints ............
300.458 Separate classes
prohibited.
300.459 Requirement that
funds not benefit a private
school.
300.460 Use of public
school personnel.
300.461 Use of private
school personnel.
300.462 Requirements concerning property, equipment, and supplies for the
benefit of private school
children with disabilities.
300.480 By-pass-general ....
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.481 Provisions for services under a by-pass.
300.482 Notice of intent to
implement a by-pass.
300.483 Request to show
cause.
300.484 Show cause hearing.
300.485 Decision ................
300.486 Filing requirements
300.487 Judicial review ......
300.704(d).
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
Private School
Requirements
300.106.
Jkt 205001
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.145.
300.146.
300.147.
300.148.
300.130.
300.131.
300.132.
300.133.
300.137.
300.138
300.139.
300.140.
300.143.
300.141.
300.142(a).
300.142(b).
300.144.
300.190.
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.191.
300.192.
300.193.
300.194.
300.195.
300.196.
300.197.
Subpart E—Procedural Safeguards
300.500 General responsibility of public agencies;
definitions.
(a) Responsibility of SEA
and other public agencies.
(b) Definitions .................
(1) Consent
(2) Evaluation .................
(3) Personally identifiable
300.501 Opportunity to examine records; parent participation in meetings.
300.502 Independent educational evaluation.
300.503 Prior notice by the
public agency; content of
notice.
300.504 Procedural safeguards notice.
300.505 Parental consent ...
300.506 Mediation ..............
300.507 Impartial due process hearing; parent notice.
300.508 Impartial hearing
officer.
300.509 Hearing rights .......
300.510 Finality of decision;
appeal; impartial review.
300.511 Timelines and convenience of hearings and
reviews.
300.512 Civil action ............
300.513 Attorneys’ fees ......
300.514 Child’s status during proceedings.
300.515 Surrogate parents
300.500.
300.9.
300.15.
300.32.
300.501.
300.502.
300.503.
300.504.
300.300.
300.506.
300.507,
300.508,
300.511(c).
300.512.
300.514.
300.515.
300.516.
300.517.
300.518.
300.519.
Discipline Procedures
300.517 Transfer of parental rights at age of majority.
300.519 Change of placement for disciplinary removals.
300.520 Authority of school
personnel.
300.521 Authority of hearing officer.
300.522 Determination of
setting.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
300.520.
300.536.
300.530.
300.532(b).
300.531.
35832
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING
EACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECEACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECEACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECTION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
TION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
TION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
NPRM 1—Continued
NPRM 1—Continued
NPRM 1—Continued
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.523 Manifestation determination review.
300.524 Determination that
behavior was not manifestation of disability.
300.525 Parent appeal .......
300.526 Placement during
appeals.
300.527 Protections for children not yet eligible for
special education and related services.
300.528 Expedited due
process hearings.
300.529 Referral to and action by law enforcement
and judicial authorities.
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.530(e).
300.530(c).
300.560 Definitions .............
300.561 Notice to parents ..
300.562 Access rights ........
300.563 Record of access ..
300.564 Records on more
than one child.
300.565 List of types and
locations of information.
300.566 Fees ......................
300.567 Amendment of
records at parent’s request.
300.568 Opportunity for a
hearing.
300.569 Result of hearing ..
300.570 Hearing procedures.
300.571 Consent ................
300.572 Safeguards ...........
300.573 Destruction of information.
300.574 Children’s rights ....
300.575 Enforcement .........
300.576 Disciplinary information.
300.577 Department use of
personally identifiable information.
General .................
Initial evaluation ....
300.532 Evaluation procedures.
300.533 Determination of
needed evaluation data.
300.534 Determination of
eligibility.
300.535 Procedures for determining eligibility and
placement.
300.536 Reevaluation .........
300.532.
300.533.
300.534.
300.532(c).
300.535.
300.121.
300.121,
300.301.
300.304.
300.305.
300.306(a)
and (b).
300.306(c).
300.303.
Additional Procedures for
Evaluating
Children
With Specific Learning
Disabilities
300.540 Additional team
members.
300.541 Criteria for determining the existence of a
specific learning disability.
300.542 Observation ..........
300.543 Written report ........
300.308.
300.309.
300.310.
300.311.
Least Restrictive
Environment
300.550 General LRE requirements.
300.551 Continuum of alternative placements.
300.552 Placements ...........
300.553 Nonacademic settings.
300.554 Children in public
or private institutions.
300.555 Technical assistance and training activities.
300.556 Monitoring activities.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
Confidentiality of
Information
Procedures for Evaluation
and Determination of
Eligibility
300.530
300.531
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.114.
300.118.
300.119.
300.120.
Jkt 205001
300.616.
300.617.
300.618.
300.619.
300.620.
300.621.
300.622.
300.623.
300.624.
300.625.
300.626.
300.229.
300.627.
Department Procedures
300.580 Determination by
the Secretary that a State
is eligible.
300.581 Notice and hearing
before determining that a
State is not eligible.
300.582 Hearing official or
panel.
300.583 Hearing procedures.
300.584 Initial decision;
final decision.
300.585 Filing requirements
300.586 Judicial review ......
300.587 Enforcement .........
300.589 Waiver of requirement regarding
supplementing and not
supplanting with Part B
funds.
300.115.
300.116.
300.117.
300.611.
300.612.
300.613.
300.614.
300.615.
300.178.
300.179.
300.180.
300.181.
300.182.
300.183.
300.184.
300.604–
300.607
300.164.
Subpart F—State Administration
300.600 Responsibility for
all educational programs.
300.601 Relation of Part B
to other Federal programs.
300.602 State-level activities.
300.620 Use of funds for
State administration.
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
300.149.
300.186.
Removed.
300.704(a).
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.621 Allowable costs .....
300.622 Subgrants to LEAs
for capacity-building and
improvement.
300.623 Amount required
for subgrants to LEAs.
300.624 State discretion in
awarding subgrants.
300.650 Establishment of
advisory panels.
300.651 Membership ..........
300.652 Advisory panel
functions.
300.653 Advisory panel procedures.
300.660 Adoption of State
complaint procedures.
300.661 Minimum State
complaint procedures.
300.662 Filing a complaint
Subpart G
300.709 Decrease in funds
300.710 Allocation for State
in which by-pass is implemented for private school
children with disabilities.
300.711 Subgrants to LEAs
300.712 Allocations to LEAs
300.713 Former Chapter 1
State agencies.
300.714 Reallocation of
LEA funds.
300.715(a) and (b) Payments to the Secretary of
the Interior for the education of Indian children.
300.715(c) Calculation of
number of children.
300.716 Payments for education and services for Indian children with disabilities aged 3 through 5.
300.717 Outlying areas and
freely associated States.
300.718 Outlying area-definition.
300.719 Limitation for freely
associated States.
300.720 Special rule ...........
300.722 Definition ...............
21JNP2
300.704(b)(4).
Removed.
Removed.
Removed.
300.167.
300.168.
300.169.
Removed.
300.151.
300.152.
300.153.
Allocation of Funds; Reports;
Allocations
300.700 Special definition
of the term ‘‘State’’.
300.701 Grants to States ...
300.702 Definition ...............
300.703 Allocations to
States.
300.706 Permanent formula
300.707 Increase in funds ..
300.708 Limitation ..............
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.717(c).
300.700.
300.717(d).
300.703(a).
Removed.
300.703(c)(1).
300.703(c)(2),
(3).
300.703(d).
300.706.
300.705(a).
300.705(b).
Removed.
300.705(c).
300.707.
Removed.
300.712.
300.701.
300.717(b).
Removed.
300.701(a)(2).
300.717(a).
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
REDESIGNATION
TABLE
SHOWING
EACH CURRENT REGULATORY SECTION IN 34 CFR PART 300 AND THE
CORRESPONDING SECTION IN THIS
NPRM 1—Continued
A. Current regulatory section
number
300.750 Annual report of
children served—report requirement.
300.751 Annual report of
children served—information required in the report.
300.752 Annual report of
children served—certification.
300.753 Annual report of
children served—criteria for
counting children.
300.754 Annual report of
children served other responsibilities of the SEA.
300.755 Disproportionality ..
300.756 Acquisition of
equipment; construction or
alteration of facilities.
1 See
B. Corresponding
section in
NPRM
300.641.
300.643.
300.644.
General
300.100 Eligibility for assistance.
Service obligations under special
education, Personnel development to
improve services and results for
children with disabilities.
PART 300—ASSISTANCE TO STATES
FOR THE EDUCATION OF CHILDREN
WITH DISABILITIES
300.645.
Subpart A—General
300.646.
300.718.
List of Subjects
34 CFR Part 300
Administrative practice and
procedure, Education of individuals
with disabilities, Elementary and
secondary education, Equal educational
opportunity, Grant programs—
education, Privacy, Private schools,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
34 CFR Part 301
Education of individuals with
disabilities, Elementary and secondary
education, Equal educational
Jkt 205001
34 CFR Part 304
For the reasons discussed in this
preamble, the Secretary proposes to
amend title 34 of the Code of Federal
Regulations as follows:
1. Revise part 300 to read as follows:
Explanation of Table: The purpose of
this table is to help readers find where
a given section number in the current
regulations (column A of Table) is
located in this NPRM, as shown under
column B. (In general, the table does not
include any new requirements added by
Pub. L. 108–446, or any proposed new
regulations that would be added.) In the
Table, if a specific section of the current
regulations would be removed by the
NPRM (e.g., ‘‘Consent’’ under current
§ 300.8, which includes a reference to
the definition of ‘‘Consent’’ in
§ 300.500(b)(1)), it would be shown as
‘‘Removed’’ under column B. However,
because the definition of ‘‘consent’’
under current § 300.500(b)(1) would be
moved to Subpart A (‘‘Definitions’’) of
this NPRM, its new location (§ 300.9)
would be shown opposite
§ 300.500(b)(1) in column B of the
Table.
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
300.42
300.43
300.44
Dated: June 10, 2005.
Margaret Spellings,
Secretary of Education.
300.640.
explanation at the end of this table.
VerDate jul<14>2003
opportunity, Grant programs—
education, Infants and children,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements
35833
Purposes and Applicability
Sec.
300.1 Purposes.
300.2 Applicability of this part to State and
local agencies.
Definitions Used in This Part
300.4 Act.
300.5 Assistive technology device.
300.6 Assistive technology service.
300.7 Charter school.
300.8 Child with a disability.
300.9 Consent.
300.10 Core academic subjects.
300.11 Day; business day; school day.
300.12 Educational service agency.
300.13 Elementary school.
300.14 Equipment.
300.15 Evaluation.
300.16 Excess costs.
300.17 Free appropriate public education.
300.18 Highly qualified special education
teacher.
300.19 Homeless children.
300.20 Include.
300.21 Indian and Indian tribe.
300.22 Individualized education program.
300.23 Individualized education program
team.
300.24 Individualized family service plan.
300.25 Infant and toddler with a disability.
300.26 Institution of higher education.
300.27 Limited English proficient.
300.28 Local educational agency.
300.29 Native language.
300.30 Parent.
300.31 Parent training and information
center.
300.32 Personally identifiable.
300.33 Public agency.
300.34 Related services.
300.35 Secondary school.
300.36 Services plan.
300.37 Secretary.
300.38 Special education.
300.39 State.
300.40 State educational agency.
300.41 Supplementary aids and services.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Transition services.
Universal design.
Ward of the State.
Subpart B—State Eligibility
FAPE Requirements
300.101 Free appropriate public education
(FAPE).
300.102 Limitation-Exception to FAPE for
certain ages.
Other FAPE Requirements
300.103 FAPE-methods and payments.
300.104 Residential placement.
300.105 Assistive technology; proper
functioning of hearing aids.
300.106 Extended school year services.
300.107 Nonacademic services.
300.108 Physical education.
300.109 Full educational opportunity goal
(FEOG).
300.110 Program options.
300.111 Child find.
300.112 Individualized education programs
(IEP).
300.113 [Reserved]
Least Restrictive Environment (LRE)
300.114 LRE requirements.
300.115 Continuum of alternative
placements.
300.116 Placements.
300.117 Nonacademic settings.
300.118 Children in public or private
institutions.
300.119 Technical assistance and training
activities.
300.120 Monitoring activities.
Additional Eligibility Requirements
300.121 Procedural safeguards.
300.122 Evaluation.
300.123 Confidentiality of personally
identifiable information.
300.124 Transition of children from Part C
to preschool programs.
300.125–300.128 [Reserved]
Children in Private Schools
300.129 State responsibility regarding
children in private schools.
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their
Parents in Private Schools
300.130 Definition of parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
300.131 Child find for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
300.132 Provision of services for parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities—basic requirement.
300.133 Expenditures.
300.134 Consultation.
300.135 Written affirmation.
300.136 Compliance.
300.137 Equitable services determined.
300.138 Equitable services provided.
300.139 Location of services and
transportation.
300.140 Due process complaints and State
complaints.
300.141 Requirement that funds not benefit
a private school.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35834
300.142
300.143
300.144
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Use of personnel.
Separate classes prohibited.
Property, equipment, and supplies.
Children With Disabilities in Private Schools
Placed or Referred by Public Agencies
300.145 Applicability of §§ 300.145–
300.147.
300.146 Responsibility of State educational
agency.
300.147 Implementation by State
educational agency.
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their
Parents in Private Schools When FAPE is at
Issue
300.148 Placement of children by parents if
FAPE is at issue.
300.149 SEA responsibility for general
supervision.
300.150 SEA implementation of procedural
safeguards.
State Complaint Procedures
300.151 Adoption of State complaint
procedures.
300.152 Minimum State complaint
procedures.
300.153 Filing a complaint.
Methods of Ensuring Services
300.154 Methods of ensuring services.
Additional Eligibility Requirements
300.155 Hearings relating to LEA eligibility.
300.156 Personnel qualifications.
300.157 Performance goals and indicators.
300.160 Participation in assessments.
300.161 [Reserved]
300.162 Supplementation of State, local,
and other Federal funds.
300.163 Maintenance of State financial
support.
300.164 Waiver of requirement regarding
supplementing and not supplanting with
Part B funds.
300.165 Public participation.
300.166 Rule of construction.
State Advisory Panel
300.167 State advisory panel.
300.168 Membership.
300.169 Duties.
Other Provisions Required for State
Eligibility
300.170 Suspension and expulsion rates.
300.171 Annual description of use of Part B
funds.
300.172 Access to instructional materials.
300.173 Overidentification and
disproportionality.
300.174 Prohibition on mandatory
medication.
300.175 SEA as provider of FAPE or direct
services.
300.176 Exception for prior State plans.
300.177 [Reserved]
Department Procedures
300.178 Determination by the Secretary that
a State is eligible to receive a grant.
300.179 Notice and hearing before
determining that a State is not eligible to
receive a grant.
300.180 Hearing official or panel.
300.181 Hearing procedures.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
300.182 Initial decision; final decision.
300.183 Filing requirements.
300.184 Judicial review.
300.185 [Reserved]
300.186 Assistance under other Federal
programs.
By-Pass for Children in Private Schools
300.190 By-pass—general.
300.191 Provisions for services under a bypass.
300.192 Notice of intent to implement a bypass.
300.193 Request to show cause.
300.194 Show cause hearing.
300.195 Decision.
300.196 Filing requirements.
300.197 Judicial review.
300.198 Continuation of a by-pass.
300.199 State administration.
Subpart C—Local Educational Agency
Eligibility
300.200 Condition of assistance.
300.201 Consistency with State policies.
300.202 Use of amounts.
300.203 Maintenance of effort.
300.204 Exception to maintenance of effort.
300.205 Adjustment to local fiscal efforts in
certain fiscal years.
300.206 Schoolwide programs under title I
of the ESEA.
300.207 Personnel development.
300.208 Permissive use of funds.
300.209 Treatment of charter schools and
their students.
300.210 Purchase of instructional materials.
300.211 Information for SEA.
300.212 Public information.
300.213 Records regarding migratory
children with disabilities.
300.214–300.219 [Reserved]
300.220 Exception for prior local plans.
300.221 Notification of LEA or State agency
in case of ineligibility.
300.222 LEA and State agency compliance.
300.223 Joint establishment of eligibility.
300.224 Requirements for establishing
eligibility.
300.225 [Reserved]
300.226 Early intervening services.
300.227 Direct services by the SEA.
300.228 State agency eligibility.
300.229 Disciplinary information.
300.230 SEA flexibility.
Subpart D—Evaluations, Eligibility
Determinations, Individualized Education
Programs, and Educational Placements
Parental Consent
300.300 Parental consent.
Evaluations and Reevaluations
300.301 Initial evaluations.
300.302 Screening for instructional
purposes is not evaluation.
300.303 Reevaluations.
300.304 Evaluation procedures.
300.305 Additional requirements for
evaluations and reevaluations.
300.306 Determination of eligibility.
Additional Procedures for Evaluating
Children With Specific Learning Disabilities.
300.307 Specific learning disabilities.
300.308 Group members.
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
300.309 Determining the existence of a
specific learning disability.
300.310 Observation.
300.311 Written report.
Individualized Education Programs
300.320 Definition of individualized
education program.
300.321 IEP Team.
300.322 Parent participation.
300.323 When IEPs must be in effect.
Development of IEP
300.324 Development, review, and revision
of IEP.
300.325 Private school placements by
public agencies.
300.326 [Reserved]
300.327 Educational placements.
300.328 Alternative means of meeting
participation.
Subpart E—Procedural Safeguards
Due Process Procedures for Parents and
Children
300.500 Responsibility of SEA and other
public agencies.
300.501 Opportunity to examine records;
parent participation in meetings.
300.502 Independent educational
evaluation.
300.503 Prior notice by the public agency;
content of notice.
300.504 Procedural safeguards notice.
300.505 Electronic mail.
300.506 Mediation.
300.507 Filing a due process complaint.
300.508 Due process complaint.
300.509 Model forms.
300.510 Resolution process.
300.511 Impartial due process hearing.
300.512 Hearing rights.
300.513 Hearing decisions.
300.514 Finality of decision; appeal;
impartial review.
300.515 Timelines and convenience of
hearings and reviews.
300.516 Civil action.
300.517 Attorneys’ fees.
300.518 Child’s status during proceedings.
300.519 Surrogate parents.
300.520 Transfer of parental rights at age of
majority.
300.521–300.529 [Reserved]
Discipline Procedures
300.530 Authority of school personnel.
300.531 Determination of setting.
300.532 Appeal.
300.533 Placement during appeals.
300.534 Protections for children not yet
eligible for special education and related
services.
300.535 Referral to and action by law
enforcement and judicial authorities.
300.536 Change of placement because of
disciplinary removals.
300.537–300.599 [Reserved]
Subpart F—Monitoring-Enforcement,
Confidentiality, and Program Information
Monitoring, Technical Assistance, and
Enforcement
300.600 State Monitoring and enforcement.
300.601 State performance plans and data
collection.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
300.602 State use of targets and reporting.
300.603 Secretary’s review and
determination regarding State
performance.
300.604 Enforcement.
300.605 Withholding funds.
300.606 Public attention.
300.607 Divided State agency
responsibility.
300.608 State enforcement.
300.609 Rule of construction.
Confidentiality of Information
300.610 Confidentiality.
300.611 Definitions.
300.612 Notice to parents.
300.613 Access rights.
300.614 Record of access.
300.615 Records on more than one child.
300.616 List of types and locations of
information.
300.617 Fees.
300.618 Amendment of records at parent’s
request.
300.619 Opportunity for a hearing.
300.620 Result of hearing.
300.621 Hearing procedures.
300.622 Consent.
300.623 Safeguards.
300.624 Destruction of information.
300.625 Children’s rights.
300.626 Enforcement.
300.627 Department use of personally
identifiable information.
Reports—Program Information
300.640 Annual report of children served—
report requirement.
300.641 Annual report of children served—
information required in the report.
300.642 Data reporting.
300.643 Annual report of children served—
certification.
300.644 Annual report of children served—
criteria for counting children.
300.645 Annual report of children served—
other responsibilities of the SEA.
300.646 Disproportionality.
Subpart G—Authorization; Allotment; Use
of Funds; Authorization of Appropriations
300.700 Grants to States.
300.701 Outlying areas and freely
associated States and Secretary of the
Interior.
300.702 Technical assistance.
300.703 Allocations to States.
300.704 State-level activities.
300.705 Subgrants to local educational
agencies.
300.706 Allocation for State in which bypass is implemented for private school
children with disabilities.
300.707 Use of amounts by Secretary of the
Interior.
300.708 Submission of information.
300.709 Public participation.
300.710 Use of Part B funds of the Act.
300.711 Early intervening services.
300.712 Payments for education and
services for Indian children with
disabilities aged three through five.
300.713 Plan for coordination of services.
300.714 Establishment of advisory board.
300.715 Annual reports.
300.716 Applicable regulations.
300.717 Definitions.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
300.718 Acquisition of equipment and
construction or alteration of facilities.
Subpart H—Preschool Grants for Children
With Disabilities
300.800 In general.
300.801–300.802 Reserved
300.803 Definition of State.
300.804 Eligibility.
300.805 [Reserved]
300.806 Eligibility for financial assistance.
300.807 Allocations to States.
300.808 Increase in funds.
300.809 Limitations.
300.810 Decrease in funds.
300.811 Allocation for State in which bypass is implemented for parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities.
300.812 Reservation for State activities.
300.813 State administration.
300.814 Other State-level activities.
300.815 Subgrants to local educational
agencies.
300.816 Allocations to local educational
agencies.
300.817 Reallocation of local educational
agency funds.
300.818 Part C of the Act inapplicable.
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3, 1406, 1411–
1419, unless otherwise noted.
35835
(ii) Local educational agencies (LEAs),
educational service agencies (ESAs),
and public charter schools that are not
otherwise included as LEAs or ESAs
and are not a school of an LEA or ESA.
(iii) Other State agencies and schools
(such as Departments of Mental Health
and Welfare and State schools for
children with deafness or children with
blindness).
(iv) State and local juvenile and adult
correctional facilities; and
(2) Are binding on each public agency
in the State that provides special
education and related services to
children with disabilities, regardless of
whether that agency is receiving funds
under Part B of the Act.
(c) Private schools and facilities. Each
public agency in the State is responsible
for ensuring that the rights and
protections under Part B of the Act are
given to children with disabilities—
(1) Referred to or placed in private
schools and facilities by that public
agency; or
(2) Placed in private schools by their
parents under the provisions of
§ 300.148(b)
Subpart A—General
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412)
Purposes and Applicability
Definitions Used in This Part
§ 300.1
§ 300.4
Purposes.
The purposes of this part are—
(a) To ensure that all children with
disabilities have available to them a free
appropriate public education that
emphasizes special education and
related services designed to meet their
unique needs and prepare them for
further education, employment, and
independent living;
(b) To ensure that the rights of
children with disabilities and their
parents are protected;
(c) To assist States, localities,
educational service agencies, and
Federal agencies to provide for the
education of all children with
disabilities; and
(d) To assess and ensure the
effectiveness of efforts to educate
children with disabilities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1400(d))
§ 300.2 Applicability of this part to State
and local agencies.
(a) States. This part applies to each
State that receives payments under Part
B of the Act, as defined in § 300.4.
(b) Public agencies within the State.
The provisions of this part—
(1) Apply to all political subdivisions
of the State that are involved in the
education of children with disabilities,
including:
(i) The State educational agency
(SEA).
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Act.
Act means the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act, as amended.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1400(a))
§ 300.5
Assistive technology device.
Assistive technology device means
any item, piece of equipment, or
product system, whether acquired
commercially off the shelf, modified, or
customized, that is used to increase,
maintain, or improve the functional
capabilities of a child with a disability.
The term does not include a medical
device that is surgically implanted, or
the replacement of that device.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(1))
§ 300.6
Assistive technology service.
Assistive technology service means
any service that directly assists a child
with a disability in the selection,
acquisition, or use of an assistive
technology device. The term includes—
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a
child with a disability, including a
functional evaluation of the child in the
child’s customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise
providing for the acquisition of assistive
technology devices by children with
disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting,
customizing, adapting, applying,
maintaining, repairing, or replacing
assistive technology devices;
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35836
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(d) Coordinating and using other
therapies, interventions, or services
with assistive technology devices, such
as those associated with existing
education and rehabilitation plans and
programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for
a child with a disability or, if
appropriate, that child’s family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for
professionals (including individuals
providing education or rehabilitation
services), employers, or other
individuals who provide services to,
employ, or are otherwise substantially
involved in the major life functions of
that child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(2))
§ 300.7
Charter school.
Charter school has the meaning given
the term in section 5210(1) of the
Elementary and Secondary Education
Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 6301
et seq. (ESEA).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 7221i(1))
§ 300.8
Child with a disability.
(a) General. (1) Child with a disability
means a child evaluated in accordance
with §§ 300.304 through 300.311 as
having mental retardation, a hearing
impairment (including deafness), a
speech or language impairment, a visual
impairment (including blindness), a
serious emotional disturbance (referred
to in this part as emotional disturbance),
an orthopedic impairment, autism,
traumatic brain injury, an other health
impairment, a specific learning
disability, deaf-blindness, or multiple
disabilities, and who, by reason thereof,
needs special education and related
services.
(2)(i) Subject to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of
this section, if it is determined, through
an appropriate evaluation under
§§ 300.304 through 300.311, that a child
has one of the disabilities identified in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but only
needs a related service and not special
education, the child is not a child with
a disability under this part.
(ii) If, consistent with § 300.38(a)(2),
the related service required by the child
is considered special education rather
than a related service under State
standards, the child would be
determined to be a child with a
disability under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section.
(b) Children aged three through nine
experiencing developmental delays.
Child with a disability for children aged
three through nine (or any subset of that
age range, including ages three through
five), may, at the discretion of the State
and the LEA and in accordance with
§ 300.111(b), include a child—
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(1) Who is experiencing
developmental delays, as defined by the
State and as measured by appropriate
diagnostic instruments and procedures,
in one or more of the following areas:
Physical development, cognitive
development, communication
development, social or emotional
development, or adaptive development;
and
(2) Who, by reason thereof, needs
special education and related services.
(c) Definitions of disability terms. The
terms used in this definition of a child
with a disability are defined as follows:
(1) Autism means a developmental
disability significantly affecting verbal
and nonverbal communication and
social interaction, generally evident
before age three, that adversely affects a
child’s educational performance. Other
characteristics often associated with
autism are engagement in repetitive
activities and stereotyped movements,
resistance to environmental change or
change in daily routines, and unusual
responses to sensory experiences.
(i) Autism does not apply if a child’s
educational performance is adversely
affected primarily because the child has
an emotional disturbance, as defined in
paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
(ii) A child who manifests the
characteristics of autism after age three
could be identified as having autism if
the criteria in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
section are satisfied.
(2) Deaf-blindness means concomitant
hearing and visual impairments, the
combination of which causes such
severe communication and other
developmental and educational needs
that they cannot be accommodated in
special education programs solely for
children with deafness or children with
blindness.
(3) Deafness means a hearing
impairment that is so severe that the
child is impaired in processing
linguistic information through hearing,
with or without amplification, that
adversely affects a child’s educational
performance.
(4)(i) Emotional disturbance means a
condition exhibiting one or more of the
following characteristics over a long
period of time and to a marked degree
that adversely affects a child’s
educational performance:
(A) An inability to learn that cannot
be explained by intellectual, sensory, or
health factors.
(B) An inability to build or maintain
satisfactory interpersonal relationships
with peers and teachers.
(C) Inappropriate types of behavior or
feelings under normal circumstances.
(D) A general pervasive mood of
unhappiness or depression.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(E) A tendency to develop physical
symptoms or fears associated with
personal or school problems.
(ii) Emotional disturbance includes
schizophrenia. The term does not apply
to children who are socially
maladjusted, unless it is determined
that they have an emotional disturbance
under paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section.
(5) Hearing impairment means an
impairment in hearing, whether
permanent or fluctuating, that adversely
affects a child’s educational
performance but that is not included
under the definition of deafness in this
section.
(6) Mental retardation means
significantly subaverage general
intellectual functioning, existing
concurrently with deficits in adaptive
behavior and manifested during the
developmental period, that adversely
affects a child’s educational
performance.
(7) Multiple disabilities means
concomitant impairments (such as
mental retardation-blindness, mental
retardation-orthopedic impairment,
etc.), the combination of which causes
such severe educational needs that they
cannot be accommodated in special
education programs solely for one of the
impairments. Multiple disabilities does
not include deaf-blindness.
(8) Orthopedic impairment means a
severe orthopedic impairment that
adversely affects a child’s educational
performance. The term includes
impairments caused by a congenital
anomaly, impairments caused by
disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone
tuberculosis, etc.), and impairments
from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy,
amputations, and fractures or burns that
cause contractures).
(9) Other health impairment means
having limited strength, vitality or
alertness, including a heightened
alertness to environmental stimuli, that
results in limited alertness with respect
to the educational environment, that—
(i) Is due to chronic or acute health
problems such as asthma, attention
deficit disorder or attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder, diabetes,
epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia,
lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis,
rheumatic fever, and sickle cell anemia;
and
(ii) Adversely affects a child’s
educational performance.
(10) Specific learning disability. (i)
General. Specific learning disability
means a disorder in one or more of the
basic psychological processes involved
in understanding or in using language,
spoken or written, that may manifest
itself in the imperfect ability to listen,
think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
mathematical calculations, including
conditions such as perceptual
disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain
dysfunction, dyslexia, and
developmental aphasia.
(ii) Disorders not included. Specific
learning disability does not include
learning problems that are primarily the
result of visual, hearing, or motor
disabilities, of mental retardation, of
emotional disturbance, or of
environmental, cultural, or economic
disadvantage.
(11) Speech or language impairment
means a communication disorder, such
as stuttering, impaired articulation, a
language impairment, or a voice
impairment, that adversely affects a
child’s educational performance.
(12) Traumatic brain injury means an
acquired injury to the brain caused by
an external physical force, resulting in
total or partial functional disability or
psychosocial impairment, or both, that
adversely affects a child’s educational
performance. Traumatic brain injury
applies to open or closed head injuries
resulting in impairments in one or more
areas, such as cognition; language;
memory; attention; reasoning; abstract
thinking; judgment; problem-solving;
sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities;
psychosocial behavior; physical
functions; information processing; and
speech. Traumatic brain injury does not
apply to brain injuries that are
congenital or degenerative, or to brain
injuries induced by birth trauma.
(13) Visual impairment including
blindness means an impairment in
vision that, even with correction,
adversely affects a child’s educational
performance. The term includes both
partial sight and blindness.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(3); 1401(30))
§ 300.9
Consent.
Consent means that—
(a) The parent has been fully informed
of all information relevant to the activity
for which consent is sought, in his or
her native language, or other mode of
communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees
in writing to the carrying out of the
activity for which his or her consent is
sought, and the consent describes that
activity and lists the records (if any) that
will be released and to whom; and (c)(1)
The parent understands that the
granting of consent is voluntary on the
part of the parent and may be revoked
at anytime.
(2) If a parent revokes consent, that
revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does
not negate an action that has occurred
after the consent was given and before
the consent was revoked).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(1)(D))
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 300.10
Core academic subjects.
Core academic subjects means
English, reading or language arts,
mathematics, science, foreign languages,
civics and government, economics, arts,
history, and geography.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(4))
§ 300.11
Day; business day; school day.
(a) Day means calendar day unless
otherwise indicated as business day or
school day.
(b) Business day means Monday
through Friday, except for Federal and
State holidays (unless holidays are
specifically included in the designation
of business day, as in
§ 300.148(c)(1)(ii)).
(c)(1) School day means any day,
including a partial day, that children are
in attendance at school for instructional
purposes.
(2) School day has the same meaning
for all children in school, including
children with and without disabilities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3)
§ 300.12
Educational service agency.
Educational service agency means—
(a) A regional public multiservice
agency—
(1) Authorized by State law to
develop, manage, and provide services
or programs to LEAs;
(2) Recognized as an administrative
agency for purposes of the provision of
special education and related services
provided within public elementary
schools and secondary schools of the
State;
(b) Includes any other public
institution or agency having
administrative control and direction
over a public elementary school or
secondary school; and
(c) Includes entities that meet the
definition of intermediate educational
unit in section 602(23) of the Act as in
effect prior to June 4, 1997.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(5))
§ 300.13
Elementary school.
Elementary school means a nonprofit
institutional day or residential school,
including a public elementary charter
school, that provides elementary
education, as determined under State
law.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(6))
§ 300.14
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
facility for the provision of educational
services, including items such as
instructional equipment and necessary
furniture; printed, published and audiovisual instructional materials;
telecommunications, sensory, and other
technological aids and devices; and
books, periodicals, documents, and
other related materials.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(7))
§ 300.15
Evaluation.
Evaluation means procedures used in
accordance with §§ 300.304 through
300.311 to determine whether a child
has a disability and the nature and
extent of the special education and
related services that the child needs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)–(c))
§ 300.16
Excess costs.
Excess costs means those costs that
are in excess of the average annual perstudent expenditure in an LEA during
the preceding school year for an
elementary school or secondary school
student, as may be appropriate, and that
must be computed after deducting—
(a) Amounts received—
(1) Under Part B of the Act;
(2) Under Part A of title I of the ESEA;
and
(3) Under Parts A and B of title III of
the ESEA and;
(b) Any State or local funds expended
for programs that would qualify for
assistance under any of the parts
described in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(8))
§ 300.17 Free appropriate public
education.
Free appropriate public education or
FAPE means special education and
related services that—
(a) Are provided at public expense,
under public supervision and direction,
and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the SEA,
including the requirements of this part;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool,
elementary school, or secondary school
education in the State involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with
an individualized education program
(IEP) that meets the requirements of
§§ 300.320 through 300.324.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(9))
§ 300.18 Highly qualified special education
teacher.
Equipment.
Equipment means—
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in
equipment, and any necessary
enclosures or structures to house the
machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the
functioning of a particular facility as a
PO 00000
35837
(a) General. For any public
elementary or secondary school special
education teacher, the term highly
qualified has the meaning given the
term in section 9101 of the ESEA and 34
CFR 200.56, except that the
requirements for highly qualified also—
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35838
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(1) Include the requirements
described in paragraph (b) of this
section; and
(2) Include the option for teachers to
meet the requirements of section 9101 of
the ESEA by meeting the requirements
of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
(b) Requirements for highly qualified
special education teachers. (1) When
used with respect to any public
elementary school or secondary school
special education teacher teaching in a
State, highly qualified means that—
(i) The teacher has obtained full State
certification as a special education
teacher (including certification obtained
through alternative routes to
certification), or passed the State special
education teacher licensing
examination, and holds a license to
teach in the State as a special education
teacher, except that when used with
respect to any teacher teaching in a
public charter school, highly qualified
means that the teacher meets the
requirements set forth in the State’s
public charter school law;
(ii) The teacher has not had special
education certification or licensure
requirements waived on an emergency,
temporary, or provisional basis; and
(iii) The teacher holds at least a
bachelor’s degree.
(2) A teacher will be considered to
meet the standard in paragraph (b)(1)(i)
of this section if that teacher is
participating in an alternative route to
certification program under which—
(i) The teacher—
(A) Receives high-quality professional
development that is sustained,
intensive, and classroom-focused in
order to have a positive and lasting
impact on classroom instruction, before
and while teaching;
(B) Participates in a program of
intensive supervision that consists of
structured guidance and regular ongoing
support for teachers or a teacher
mentoring program;
(C) Assumes functions as a teacher
only for a specified period of time not
to exceed three years; and
(D) Demonstrates satisfactory progress
toward full certification as prescribed by
the State; and
(ii) The State ensures, through its
certification and licensure process, that
the provisions in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of
this section are met.
(3) Any public elementary school or
secondary school special education
teacher teaching in a State, who is not
teaching a core academic subject, is
highly qualified if the teacher meets the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) or
(b)(2) of this section.
(c) Requirements for highly qualified
special education teachers teaching to
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
alternate achievement standards. When
used with respect to a special education
teacher who teaches core academic
subjects exclusively to children who are
assessed against alternate achievement
standards established under 34 CFR
200.1(d), highly qualified means the
teacher, whether new or not new to the
profession, may either—
(1) Meet the applicable requirements
of section 9101 of the ESEA and 34 CFR
200.56 for any elementary, middle, or
secondary school teacher who is new or
not new to the profession; or
(2) Meet the requirements of
subparagraph (B) or (C) of section
9101(23) of the ESEA as applied to an
elementary school teacher, or, in the
case of instruction above the elementary
level, meet the requirements of
subparagraph (B) or (C) of section
9101(23) of the ESEA as applied to an
elementary school teacher and have
subject matter knowledge appropriate to
the level of instruction being provided,
as determined by the State, needed to
effectively teach to those standards.
(d) Requirements for highly qualified
special education teachers teaching
multiple subjects. When used with
respect to a special education teacher
who teaches two or more core academic
subjects exclusively to children with
disabilities, highly qualified means that
the teacher may either—
(1) Meet the applicable requirements
of section 9101 of the ESEA and 34 CFR
200.56(b) or (c);
(2) In the case of a teacher who is not
new to the profession, demonstrate
competence in all the core academic
subjects in which the teacher teaches in
the same manner as is required for an
elementary, middle, or secondary school
teacher who is not new to the profession
under 34 CFR 200.56(c) which may
include a single, high objective uniform
State standard of evaluation covering
multiple subjects; or
(3) In the case of a new special
education teacher who teaches multiple
subjects, and who is highly qualified in
mathematics, language arts, or science,
demonstrate, not later than two years
after the date of employment,
competence in the other core academic
subjects in which the teacher teaches in
the same manner as is required for an
elementary, middle, or secondary school
teacher under 34 CFR 200.56(c), which
may include a single, high objective
State standard of evaluation covering
multiple subjects.
(e) Rule of construction.
Notwithstanding any other individual
right of action that a parent or student
may maintain under this part, nothing
in this section or part shall be construed
to create a right of action on behalf of
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
an individual student or class of
students for the failure of a particular
SEA or LEA employee to be highly
qualified.
(f) Definition for purposes of the
ESEA. A teacher who is highly qualified
under this section is considered highly
qualified for purposes of the ESEA.
(g) The requirements in this section
do not apply to teachers hired by private
elementary schools and secondary
schools.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(10))
§ 300.19
Homeless children.
Homeless children has the meaning
given the term homeless children and
youths in section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a)
of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.
11431 et seq.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(11))
§ 300.20
Include.
Include means that the items named
are not all of the possible items that are
covered, whether like or unlike the ones
named.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3)
§ 300.21
Indian and Indian tribe.
(a) Indian means an individual who is
a member of an Indian tribe.
(b) Indian tribe means any Federal or
State Indian tribe, band, rancheria,
pueblo, colony, or community,
including any Alaska Native village or
regional village corporation (as defined
in or established under the Alaska
Native Claims Settlement Act, 43 U.S.C.
1601 et seq.).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(12) and (13))
§ 300.22
Individualized education program.
Individualized education program or
IEP means a written statement for a
child with a disability that is developed,
reviewed, and revised in accordance
with §§ 300.320 through 300.324.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(14))
§ 300.23
team.
Individualized education program
Individualized education program
team or IEP Team means a group of
individuals described in § 300.321 that
is responsible for developing, reviewing,
or revising an IEP for a child with a
disability.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(B))
§ 300.24
Individualized family service plan.
Individualized family service plan or
IFSP has the meaning given the term in
section 636 of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(15))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 300.25
Infant or toddler with a disability.
Infant or toddler with a disability has
the meaning given the term in section
632(5) of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(16))
§ 300.26
Institution of higher education.
Institution of higher education—
(a) Has the meaning given the term in
section 101 of the Higher Education Act
of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 1021 et
seq. (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community
college receiving funds from the
Secretary of the Interior under the
Tribally Controlled Community College
or University Assistance Act of 1978, 25
U.S.C. 1801, et seq.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(17))
§ 300.27
Limited English proficient.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(19))
§ 300.29
§ 300.31
center.
Parent training and information center
means a center assisted under sections
671 or 672 of the Act.
Native language.
(a) Native language, when used with
respect to an individual who is limited
English proficient, means the following:
(1) The language normally used by
that individual, or, in the case of a
child, the language normally used by
the parents of the child, except as
provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section.
(2) In all direct contact with a child
(including evaluation of the child), the
language normally used by the child in
the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or
blindness, or for an individual with no
written language, the mode of
communication is that normally used by
the individual (such as sign language,
Braille, or oral communication).
Limited English proficient has the
meaning given the term in section
9101(25) of the ESEA.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(20))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(18))
§ 300.30
§ 300.28
(a) Parent means—
(1) A natural or adoptive parent of a
child;
(2) A foster parent, unless State law,
regulations or contractual obligations
with a State or local entity prohibit a
foster parent from acting as a parent;
(3) A guardian (but not the State if the
child is a ward of the State);
(4) An individual acting in the place
of a natural or adoptive parent
(including a grandparent, stepparent, or
other relative) with whom the child
lives, or an individual who is legally
responsible for the child’s welfare; or
(5) A surrogate parent who has been
appointed in accordance with sections
615(b)(2) or 639(a)(5) of the Act.
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, the natural or
adoptive parent, when attempting to act
as the parent under this part and when
more than one party is qualified under
paragraph (a) of this section to act as a
parent, must be presumed to be the
parent for purposes of this section
unless the natural or adoptive parent
does not have legal authority to make
educational decisions for the child.
(2) If a judicial decree or order
identifies a specific person or persons to
act as the ‘‘parent’’ of a child or to make
educational decisions on behalf of a
child, then such person or persons shall
be determined to be the ‘‘parent’’ for
purposes of this section, except that a
public agency that provides education
or care for the child may not act as the
parent.
Local educational agency.
(a) General. Local educational agency
or LEA means a public board of
education or other public authority
legally constituted within a State for
either administrative control or
direction of, or to perform a service
function for, public elementary or
secondary schools in a city, county,
township, school district, or other
political subdivision of a State, or for a
combination of school districts or
counties as are recognized in a State as
an administrative agency for its public
elementary schools or secondary
schools.
(b) Educational service agencies and
other public institutions or agencies.
The term includes—
(1) An educational service agency, as
defined in § 300.12; and
(2) Any other public institution or
agency having administrative control
and direction of a public elementary
school or secondary school, including a
public charter school that is established
as an LEA under State law.
(c) BIA funded schools. BIA funded
schools include an elementary school or
secondary school funded by the Bureau
of Indian Affairs, and not subject to the
jurisdiction of any SEA other than the
Bureau of Indian Affairs, but only to the
extent that the inclusion makes the
school eligible for programs for which
specific eligibility is not provided to the
school in another provision of law and
the school does not have a student
population that is smaller than the
student population of the LEA receiving
assistance under the Act with the
smallest student population.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
35839
Parent.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(23))
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Parent training and information
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(25))
§ 300.32
Personally identifiable.
Personally identifiable means
information that contains—
(a) The name of the child, the child’s
parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the
child’s social security number or
student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or
other information that would make it
possible to identify the child with
reasonable certainty.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(a))
§ 300.33
Public agency.
Public agency includes the SEA,
LEAs, ESAs, public charter schools that
are not otherwise included as LEAs or
ESAs and are not otherwise included as
LEAs or ESAs, and any other political
subdivisions of the State that are
responsible for providing education to
children with disabilities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(11))
§ 300.34
Related services.
(a) General. Related services means
transportation and such developmental,
corrective, and other supportive services
as are required to assist a child with a
disability to benefit from special
education, and includes speechlanguage pathology and audiology
services, interpreting services,
psychological services, physical and
occupational therapy, recreation,
including therapeutic recreation,
counseling services, including
rehabilitation counseling, orientation
and mobility services, and medical
services for diagnostic or evaluation
purposes. Related services also includes
school health services, school nurse
services designed to enable a child with
a disability to receive a free appropriate
public education as described in the IEP
of the child, social work services in
schools, and parent counseling and
training.
(b) Exception. Related services do not
include a medical device that is
surgically implanted, the optimization
of device functioning, maintenance of
the device, or the replacement of that
device.
(c) Individual related services terms
defined. The terms used in this
definition are defined as follows:
(1) Audiology includes—
(i) Identification of children with
hearing loss;
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35840
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Determination of the range, nature,
and degree of hearing loss, including
referral for medical or other professional
attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(iii) Provision of habilitative
activities, such as language habilitation,
auditory training, speech reading (lipreading), hearing evaluation, and speech
conservation;
(iv) Creation and administration of
programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(v) Counseling and guidance of
children, parents, and teachers
regarding hearing loss; and
(vi) Determination of children’s needs
for group and individual amplification,
selecting and fitting an appropriate aid,
and evaluating the effectiveness of
amplification.
(2) Counseling services means services
provided by qualified social workers,
psychologists, guidance counselors, or
other qualified personnel.
(3) Early identification and
assessment of disabilities in children
means the implementation of a formal
plan for identifying a disability as early
as possible in a child’s life.
(4) Interpreting services, as used with
respect to children who are deaf or hard
of hearing, includes oral transliteration
services, cued language transliteration
services, and sign language interpreting
services.
(5) Medical services means services
provided by a licensed physician to
determine a child’s medically related
disability that results in the child’s need
for special education and related
services.
(6)(i) Occupational therapy means—
(i) Services provided by a qualified
occupational therapist; and
(ii) Includes—
(A) Improving, developing or
restoring functions impaired or lost
through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(B) Improving ability to perform tasks
for independent functioning if functions
are impaired or lost; and
(C) Preventing, through early
intervention, initial or further
impairment or loss of function.
(7) Orientation and mobility
services—(i) Means services provided to
blind or visually impaired students by
qualified personnel to enable those
students to attain systematic orientation
to and safe movement within their
environments in school, home, and
community; and
(ii) Includes travel training
instruction, and teaching students the
following, as appropriate:
(A) Spatial and environmental
concepts and use of information
received by the senses (such as sound,
temperature and vibrations) to establish,
maintain, or regain orientation and line
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic
light to cross the street);
(B) To use the long cane or a service
animal to supplement visual travel
skills or as a tool for safely negotiating
the environment for students with no
available travel vision;
(C) To understand and use remaining
vision and distance low vision aids; and
(D) Other concepts, techniques, and
tools.
(8) Parent counseling and training
means—
(i) Assisting parents in understanding
the special needs of their child;
(ii) Providing parents with
information about child development;
and
(iii) Helping parents to acquire the
necessary skills that will allow them to
support the implementation of their
child’s IEP or IFSP.
(9) Physical therapy means services
provided by a qualified physical
therapist.
(10) Psychological services includes—
(i) Administering psychological and
educational tests, and other assessment
procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and
interpreting information about child
behavior and conditions relating to
learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff
members in planning school programs
to meet the special educational needs of
children as indicated by psychological
tests, interviews, direct observation, and
behavioral evaluations;
(v) Planning and managing a program
of psychological services, including
psychological counseling for children
and parents; and
(vi) Assisting in developing positive
behavioral intervention strategies.
(11) Recreation includes—
(i) Assessment of leisure function;
(ii) Therapeutic recreation services;
(iii) Recreation programs in schools
and community agencies; and
(iv) Leisure education.
(12) Rehabilitation counseling
services means services provided by
qualified personnel in individual or
group sessions that focus specifically on
career development, employment
preparation, achieving independence,
and integration in the workplace and
community of a student with a
disability. The term also includes
vocational rehabilitation services
provided to a student with a disability
by vocational rehabilitation programs
funded under the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.
(13) School nurse services means
services provided by a qualified school
nurse, designed to enable a child with
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a disability to receive FAPE as described
in the child’s IEP.
(14) Social work services in schools
includes—
(i) Preparing a social or
developmental history on a child with
a disability;
(ii) Group and individual counseling
with the child and family;
(iii) Working in partnership with
parents and others on those problems in
a child’s living situation (home, school,
and community) that affect the child’s
adjustment in school;
(iv) Mobilizing school and community
resources to enable the child to learn as
effectively as possible in his or her
educational program; and
(v) Assisting in developing positive
behavioral intervention strategies.
(15) Speech-language pathology
services includes—
(i) Identification of children with
speech or language impairments;
(ii) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific
speech or language impairments;
(iii) Referral for medical or other
professional attention necessary for the
habilitation of speech or language
impairments;
(iv) Provision of speech and language
services for the habilitation or
prevention of communicative
impairments; and
(v) Counseling and guidance of
parents, children, and teachers
regarding speech and language
impairments.
(16) Transportation includes—
(i) Travel to and from school and
between schools;
(ii) Travel in and around school
buildings; and
(iii) Specialized equipment (such as
special or adapted buses, lifts, and
ramps), if required to provide special
transportation for a child with a
disability.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(26))
§ 300.35
Secondary school.
Secondary school means a nonprofit
institutional day or residential school,
including a public secondary charter
school, that provides secondary
education, as determined under State
law, except that it does not include any
education beyond grade 12.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(27))
§ 300.36
Services plan.
Services plan means a written
statement that describes the special
education and related services the LEA
will provide to a parentally-placed child
with a disability enrolled in a private
school who has been designated to
receive services, including the location
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
of the services and any transportation
necessary, consistent with § 300.132,
and is developed and implemented in
accordance with §§ 300.137 through
300.139.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.37
Secretary.
Secretary means the Secretary of
Education.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(28))
§ 300.38
Special education.
(a) General. (1) Special education
means specially designed instruction, at
no cost to the parents, to meet the
unique needs of a child with a
disability, including—
(i) Instruction conducted in the
classroom, in the home, in hospitals and
institutions, and in other settings; and
(ii) Instruction in physical education.
(2) Special education includes each of
the following, if the services otherwise
meet the requirements of paragraph
(a)(1) of this section—
(i) Speech-language pathology
services, or any other related service, if
the service is considered special
education rather than a related service
under State standards;
(ii) Travel training; and
(iii) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms
defined. The terms in this definition are
defined as follows:
(1) At no cost means that all speciallydesigned instruction is provided
without charge, but does not preclude
incidental fees that are normally
charged to nondisabled students or their
parents as a part of the regular
education program.
(2) Physical education:
(i) Means the development of—
(A) Physical and motor fitness;
(B) Fundamental motor skills and
patterns; and
(C) Skills in aquatics, dance, and
individual and group games and sports
(including intramural and lifetime
sports); and
(ii) Includes special physical
education, adapted physical education,
movement education, and motor
development.
(3) Specially designed instruction
means adapting, as appropriate to the
needs of an eligible child under this
part, the content, methodology, or
delivery of instruction—
(i) To address the unique needs of the
child that result from the child’s
disability; and
(ii) To ensure access of the child to
the general curriculum, so that he or she
can meet the educational standards
within the jurisdiction of the public
agency that apply to all children.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(4) Travel training means providing
instruction, as appropriate, to children
with significant cognitive disabilities,
and any other children with disabilities
who require this instruction, to enable
them to—
(i) Develop an awareness of the
environment in which they live; and
(ii) Learn the skills necessary to move
effectively and safely from place to
place within that environment (e.g., in
school, in the home, at work, and in the
community).
(5) Vocational education: means (i)
organized educational programs that are
directly related to the preparation of
individuals for paid or unpaid
employment, or for additional
preparation for a career not requiring a
baccalaureate or advanced degree; and
(ii) Includes vocational and technical
education.
(6) Vocational and technical
education means organized educational
activities that—
(i) Offer a sequence of courses that—
(A) Provides individuals with the
rigorous and challenging academic and
technical knowledge and skills the
individuals need to prepare for further
education and for careers (other than
careers requiring a Master’s or doctoral
degree) in current or emerging
employment sectors;
(B) May include the provision of skills
or courses necessary to enroll in a
sequence of courses that meet the
requirements of this subparagraph; and
(C) Provides, at the postsecondary
level, for a 1-year certificate, an
associate degree, or industry-recognized
credential; and
(ii) Include competency-based applied
learning that contributes to the
academic knowledge, higher-order
reasoning and problem-solving skills,
work attitudes, general employability
skills, technical skills, and occupationspecific skills, or an individual.
35841
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(32))
§ 300.41
Supplementary aids and services.
Supplementary aids and services
means aids, services, and other supports
that are provided in regular education
classes or other education-related
settings to enable children with
disabilities to be educated with
nondisabled children to the maximum
extent appropriate in accordance with
§§ 300.112 through 300.116.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(33))
§ 300.42
Transition services.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C.1401(29))
(a) Transition services means a
coordinated set of activities for a child
with a disability that—
(1) Is designed to be within a resultsoriented process, that is focused on
improving the academic and functional
achievement of the child with a
disability to facilitate the child’s
movement from school to post-school
activities, including postsecondary
education, vocational education,
integrated employment (including
supported employment), continuing and
adult education, adult services,
independent living, or community
participation;
(2) Is based on the individual child’s
needs, taking into account the child’s
strengths, preferences and interests; and
includes—
(i) Instruction;
(ii) Related services;
(iii) Community experiences;
(iv) The development of employment
and other post-school adult living
objectives; and
(v) If appropriate, acquisition of daily
living skills and functional vocational
evaluation.
(b) Transition services for children
with disabilities may be special
education, if provided as specially
designed instruction, or a related
service, if required to assist a child with
a disability to benefit from special
education.
§ 300.39
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(34))
State.
State means each of the 50 States, the
District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and
each of the outlying areas.
§ 300.43
Universal design.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(31))
Universal design has the meaning
given the term in section 3 of the
Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as
amended, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
§ 300.40
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(35))
State educational agency.
State educational agency or SEA
means the State board of education or
other agency or officer primarily
responsible for the State supervision of
public elementary schools and
secondary schools, or, if there is no such
officer or agency, an officer or agency
designated by the Governor or by State
law.
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 300.44
Ward of the State.
(a) General. Subject to paragraph (b) of
this section, ward of the State means a
child who, as determined by the State
where the child resides, is—
(1) A foster child;
(2) A ward of the State; or
(3) In the custody of a public child
welfare agency.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35842
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(b) Exception. Ward of the State does
not include a foster child who has a
foster parent who meets the definition
of a parent in § 300.30.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(36))
Subpart B—State Eligibility
General
§ 300.100
Eligibility for assistance.
A State is eligible for assistance under
Part B of the Act for a fiscal year if the
State submits a plan that provides
assurances to the Secretary that the
State has in effect policies and
procedures to ensure that the State
meets the conditions in §§ 300.101
through 300.176.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a))
FAPE Requirements
§ 300.101 Free appropriate public
education (FAPE).
(a) General. A free appropriate public
education must be available to all
children residing in the State between
the ages of 3 and 21, inclusive,
including children with disabilities who
have been suspended or expelled from
school, as provided for in § 300.530(d).
(b) FAPE for children beginning at age
3. (1) Each State must ensure that—
(i) The obligation to make FAPE
available to each eligible child residing
in the State begins no later than the
child’s third birthday; and
(ii) An IEP or an IFSP is in effect for
the child by that date, in accordance
with § 300.323(b).
(2) If a child’s third birthday occurs
during the summer, the child’s IEP
Team shall determine the date when
services under the IEP or IFSP will
begin.
(c) Children advancing from grade to
grade. (1) Each State must ensure that
FAPE is available to any individual
child with a disability who needs
special education and related services,
even though the child is advancing from
grade to grade.
(2) The determination that a child
described in paragraph (a) of this
section is eligible under this part, must
be made on an individual basis by the
group responsible within the child’s
LEA for making those determinations.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1)(A))
(a) General. The obligation to make
FAPE available to all children with
disabilities does not apply with respect
to the following:
(1) Children aged 3, 4, 5, 18, 19, 20,
or 21 in a State to the extent that its
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
involved for sharing the cost of that
placement.
(b) Nothing in this part relieves an
insurer or similar third party from an
otherwise valid obligation to provide or
to pay for services provided to a child
with a disability.
(c) Consistent with § 300.323(c), the
State must ensure that there is no delay
in implementing a child’s IEP, including
any case in which the payment source
for providing or paying for special
education and related services to the
child is being determined.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(8), 1412(a)(1))
§ 300.104
Residential placement.
If placement in a public or private
residential program is necessary to
provide special education and related
services to a child with a disability, the
program, including non-medical care
and room and board, must be at no cost
to the parents of the child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1),
1412(a)(10)(B))
§ 300.105 Assistive technology; proper
functioning of hearing aids.
(a)(1) Each public agency must ensure
that assistive technology devices or
assistive technology services, or both, as
those terms are defined in §§ 300.5 and
300.6, respectively, are made available
to a child with a disability if required
as a part of the child’s—
(i) Special education under § 300.36;
(ii) Related services under § 300.34; or
(iii) Supplementary aids and services
under §§ 300.38 and 300.114(a)(2)(ii).
(2) On a case-by-case basis, the use of
school-purchased assistive technology
devices in a child’s home or in other
settings is required if the child’s IEP
Team determines that the child needs
access to those devices in order to
receive FAPE.
(b) Each public agency must ensure
that hearing aids worn in school by
children with hearing impairments,
including deafness, are functioning
properly.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1),
1412(a)(12)(B)(i))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1)(B)–(C))
§ 300.106
Other FAPE Requirements
(a) General. (1) Each public agency
must ensure that extended school year
services are available as necessary to
provide FAPE, consistent with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(2) Extended school year services
must be provided only if a child’s IEP
team determines, on an individual basis,
in accordance with §§ 300.320 through
300.324, that the services are necessary
for the provision of FAPE to the child.
§ 300.103
§ 300.102 Limitation—exception to FAPE
for certain ages.
VerDate jul<14>2003
application to those children would be
inconsistent with State law or practice,
or the order of any court, respecting the
provision of public education to
children of those ages.
(2)(i) Children aged 18 through 21 to
the extent that State law does not
require that special education and
related services under Part B of the Act
be provided to students with disabilities
who, in the last educational placement
prior to their incarceration in an adult
correctional facility—
(A) Were not actually identified as
being a child with a disability under
§ 300.8; and
(B) Did not have an IEP under Part B
of the Act.
(ii) The exception in paragraph
(a)(2)(i) of this section does not apply to
children with disabilities, aged 18
through 21, who—
(A) Had been identified as a child
with a disability under § 300.8 and had
received services in accordance with an
IEP, but who left school prior to their
incarceration; or
(B) Did not have an IEP in their last
educational setting, but who had
actually been identified as a child with
a disability under § 300.8.
(3)(i) Children with disabilities who
have graduated from high school with a
regular high school diploma.
(ii) The exception in paragraph
(a)(3)(i) of this section does not apply to
students who have graduated but have
not been awarded a regular high school
diploma.
(iii) Graduation from high school with
a regular high school diploma
constitutes a change in placement,
requiring written prior notice in
accordance with § 300.503.
(4) Children with disabilities who are
eligible under subpart H of this part, but
who receive early intervention services
under Part C of the Act.
(b) Documents relating to exceptions.
The State must assure that the
information it has provided to the
Secretary regarding the exceptions in
paragraph (a) of this section, as required
by § 300.700 (for purposes of making
grants to States under this part), is
current and accurate.
FAPE—methods and payments.
(a) Each State may use whatever State,
local, Federal, and private sources of
support are available in the State to
meet the requirements of this part. For
example, if it is necessary to place a
child with a disability in a residential
facility, a State could use joint
agreements between the agencies
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
Extended school year services.
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(3) In implementing the requirements
of this section, a public agency may
not—
(i) Limit extended school year
services to particular categories of
disability; or
(ii) Unilaterally limit the type,
amount, or duration of those services.
(b) Definition. As used in this section,
the term extended school year services
means special education and related
services that—
(1) Are provided to a child with a
disability—
(i) Beyond the normal school year of
the public agency;
(ii) In accordance with the child’s IEP;
and
(iii) At no cost to the parents of the
child; and
(2) Meet the standards of the SEA.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1))
§ 300.107
Nonacademic services.
The State must ensure the following:
(a) Each public agency must take steps
to provide nonacademic and
extracurricular services and activities in
the manner necessary to afford children
with disabilities an equal opportunity
for participation in those services and
activities.
(b) Nonacademic and extracurricular
services and activities may include
counseling services, athletics,
transportation, health services,
recreational activities, special interest
groups or clubs sponsored by the public
agency, referrals to agencies that
provide assistance to individuals with
disabilities, and employment of
students, including both employment by
the public agency and assistance in
making outside employment available.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1))
§ 300.108
Physical education.
The State must ensure that public
agencies in the State comply with the
following:
(a) General. Physical education
services, specially designed if necessary,
must be made available to every child
with a disability receiving FAPE.
(b) Regular physical education. Each
child with a disability must be afforded
the opportunity to participate in the
regular physical education program
available to nondisabled children
unless—
(1) The child is enrolled full time in
a separate facility; or
(2) The child needs specially designed
physical education, as prescribed in the
child’s IEP.
(c) Special physical education. If
specially designed physical education is
prescribed in a child’s IEP, the public
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
agency responsible for the education of
that child must provide the services
directly or make arrangements for those
services to be provided through other
public or private programs.
(d) Education in separate facilities.
The public agency responsible for the
education of a child with a disability
who is enrolled in a separate facility
must ensure that the child receives
appropriate physical education services
in compliance with paragraphs (a) and
(c) of this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5)(A))
§ 300.109 Full educational opportunity
goal (FEOG).
The State must have in effect policies
and procedures to demonstrate that the
State has established a goal of providing
full educational opportunity to all
children with disabilities, aged birth
through 21, and a detailed timetable for
accomplishing that goal.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(2))
§ 300.110
Program options.
The State must ensure that each
public agency takes steps to ensure that
its children with disabilities have
available to them the variety of
educational programs and services
available to nondisabled children in the
area served by the agency, including art,
music, industrial arts, consumer and
homemaking education, and vocational
education.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(2), 1413(a)(1))
§ 300.111
Child find.
(a) General. (1) The State must have
in effect policies and procedures to
ensure that—
(i) All children with disabilities
residing in the State, including children
with disabilities who are homeless
children or are wards of the State, and
children with disabilities attending
private schools, regardless of the
severity of their disability, and who are
in need of special education and related
services, are identified, located, and
evaluated; and
(ii) A practical method is developed
and implemented to determine which
children are currently receiving needed
special education and related services.
(b) Use of term developmental delay.
(1) The following provisions apply with
respect to implementing the child find
requirements of this section:
(i) A State that adopts a definition of
developmental delay under § 300.8(b)
determines whether the term applies to
children aged three through nine, or to
a subset of that age range (e.g., ages
three through five).
(ii) A State may not require an LEA
to adopt and use the term
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35843
developmental delay for any children
within its jurisdiction.
(iii) If an LEA uses the term
developmental delay for children
described in § 300.8(b), the LEA must
conform to both the State’s definition of
that term and to the age range that has
been adopted by the State.
(iv) If a State does not adopt the term
developmental delay, an LEA may not
independently use that term as a basis
for establishing a child’s eligibility
under this part.
(2) [Reserved].
(c) Other children in child find. Child
find also must include—
(1) Children who are suspected of
being a child with a disability under
§ 300.8 and in need of special
education, even though they are
advancing from grade to grade; and
(2) Highly mobile children, including
migrant children.
(d) Construction. Nothing in the Act
requires that children be classified by
their disability so long as each child
who has a disability that is listed in
§ 300.8 and who, by reason of that
disability, needs special education and
related services is regarded as a child
with a disability under Part B of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(3)); 1412(a)(3))
§ 300.112 Individualized education
programs (IEP).
The State must ensure that an IEP, or
an IFSP that meets the requirements of
section 636(d) of the Act, is developed,
reviewed, and revised for each child
with a disability in accordance with
§§ 300.320 through 300.324, except as
provided in § 300.300(b)(3)(ii).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(4))
§ 300.113
[Reserved]
Least Restrictive Environment (LRE)
§ 300.114
LRE requirements.
(a) General. (1) Except as provided in
§ 300.324(d)(2) (regarding children with
disabilities in adult prisons), the State
must have in effect policies and
procedures to ensure that public
agencies in the State meet the LRE
requirements of this section and
§§ 300.115 through 300.120.
(2) Each public agency must ensure
that—
(i) To the maximum extent
appropriate, children with disabilities,
including children in public or private
institutions or other care facilities, are
educated with children who are
nondisabled; and
(ii) Special classes, separate
schooling, or other removal of children
with disabilities from the regular
educational environment occurs only if
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35844
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the nature or severity of the disability is
such that education in regular classes
with the use of supplementary aids and
services cannot be achieved
satisfactorily.
(b) Additional requirement-State
funding mechanism.
(1) General. (i) A State funding
mechanism must not result in
placements that violate the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section; and
(ii) A State must not use a funding
mechanism by which the State
distributes funds on the basis of the type
of setting in which a child is served that
will result in the failure to provide a
child with a disability FAPE according
to the unique needs of the child, as
described in the child’s IEP.
(2) Assurance. If the State does not
have policies and procedures to ensure
compliance with paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, the State must provide the
Secretary an assurance that the State
will revise the funding mechanism as
soon as feasible to ensure that the
mechanism does not result in
placements that violate that paragraph.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
§ 300.115 Continuum of alternative
placements.
(a) Each public agency must ensure
that a continuum of alternative
placements is available to meet the
needs of children with disabilities for
special education and related services.
(b) The continuum required in
paragraph (a) of this section must—
(1) Include the alternative placements
listed in the definition of special
education under § 300.38 (instruction in
regular classes, special classes, special
schools, home instruction, and
instruction in hospitals and
institutions); and
(2) Make provision for supplementary
services (such as resource room or
itinerant instruction) to be provided in
conjunction with regular class
placement.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
§ 300.116
Placements.
In determining the educational
placement of a child with a disability,
including a preschool child with a
disability, each public agency must
ensure that—
(a) The placement decision—
(1) Is made by a group of persons,
including the parents, and other persons
knowledgeable about the child, the
meaning of the evaluation data, and the
placement options; and
(2) Is made in conformity with the
LRE provisions of this subpart,
including §§ 300.114 through 300.118;
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(b) The child’s placement—
(1) Is determined at least annually;
(2) Is based on the child’s IEP; and
(3) Is as close as possible to the child’s
home, unless the parent agrees
otherwise;
(c) Unless the IEP of a child with a
disability requires some other
arrangement, the child is educated in
the school that he or she would attend
if nondisabled, unless the parent agrees
otherwise;
(d) In selecting the LRE, consideration
is given to any potential harmful effect
on the child or on the quality of services
that he or she needs; and
(e) A child with a disability is not
removed from education in ageappropriate regular classrooms solely
because of needed modifications in the
general education curriculum.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
§ 300.117
Nonacademic settings.
In providing or arranging for the
provision of nonacademic and
extracurricular services and activities,
including meals, recess periods, and the
services and activities set forth in
§ 300.107, each public agency must
ensure that each child with a disability
participates with nondisabled children
in those services and activities to the
maximum extent appropriate to the
needs of that child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
§ 300.118 Children in public or private
institutions.
Except as provided in § 300.149(d)
(regarding agency responsibility for
general supervision for some
individuals in adult prisons), an SEA
must ensure that § 300.114 is effectively
implemented, including, if necessary,
making arrangements with public and
private institutions (such as a
memorandum of agreement or special
implementation procedures).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
§ 300.119 Technical assistance and
training activities.
Each SEA must carry out activities to
ensure that teachers and administrators
in all public agencies—
(a) Are fully informed about their
responsibilities for implementing
§ 300.114; and
(b) Are provided with technical
assistance and training necessary to
assist them in this effort.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
§ 300.120
Monitoring activities.
(a) The SEA must carry out activities
to ensure that § 300.112 is implemented
by each public agency.
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(b) If there is evidence that a public
agency makes placements that are
inconsistent with § 300.114, the SEA
must—
(1) Review the public agency’s
justification for its actions; and
(2) Assist in planning and
implementing any necessary corrective
action.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(5))
Additional Eligibility Requirements
§ 300.121
Procedural safeguards.
(a) General. The State must have
procedural safeguards in effect to ensure
that each public agency in the State
meets the requirements of §§ 300.500
through 300.536.
(b) Procedural safeguards identified.
Children with disabilities and their
parents must be afforded the procedural
safeguards identified in paragraph (a) of
this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(6)(A))
§ 300.122
Evaluation.
Children with disabilities must be
evaluated in accordance with §§ 300.300
through 300.311 of subpart D of this
part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(7))
§ 300.123 Confidentiality of personally
identifiable information.
The State must have policies and
procedures in effect to ensure that
public agencies in the State comply
with §§ 300.610 through 300.626 related
to protecting the confidentiality of any
personally identifiable information
collected, used, or maintained under
Part B of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.124 Transition of children from the
Part C program to preschool programs.
The State must have in effect policies
and procedures to ensure that—
(a) Children participating in early
intervention programs assisted under
Part C of the Act, and who will
participate in preschool programs
assisted under Part B of the Act,
experience a smooth and effective
transition to those preschool programs
in a manner consistent with section
637(a)(9) of the Act;
(b) By the third birthday of a child
described in paragraph (a) of this
section, an IEP or, if consistent with
§ 300.323(b) and section 636(d) of the
Act, an IFSP, has been developed and is
being implemented for the child
consistent with § 300.101(b); and
(c) Each affected LEA will participate
in transition planning conferences
arranged by the designated lead agency
under section 635(a)(10) of the Act.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(9))
§§ 300.125–300.128
[Reserved]
Children in Private Schools
§ 300.129 State responsibility regarding
children in private schools.
The State must have in effect policies
and procedures that ensure that LEAs,
and, if applicable, the SEA, meet the
private school requirements in
§§ 300.130 through 300.148.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10))
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by
Their Parents in Private Schools
§ 300.130 Definition of parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
Parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities means
children with disabilities enrolled by
their parents in private schools or
facilities other than children with
disabilities covered under §§ 300.145
through 300.147.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.131 Child find for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
(a) General. Each LEA must locate,
identify, and evaluate all children with
disabilities who are enrolled by their
parents in private, including religious,
elementary schools and secondary
schools located in the school district
served by the LEA, in accordance with
paragraphs (b) through (e) of this
section, and §§ 300.111 and 300.201.
(b) Child find design. The child find
process must be designed to ensure—
(1) The equitable participation of
parentally-placed private school
children; and
(2) An accurate count of those
children.
(c) Activities. In carrying out the
requirements of this section, the LEA,
or, if applicable, the SEA, must
undertake activities similar to the
activities undertaken for the agency’s
public school children.
(d) Cost. The cost of carrying out the
child find requirements in this section,
including individual evaluations, may
not be considered in determining if an
LEA has met its obligation under
§ 300.133.
(e) Completion period. The child find
process must be completed in a time
period comparable to that for other
students attending public schools in the
LEA consistent with § 300.301.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(ii))
§ 300.132 Provision of services for
parentally-placed private school children
with disabilities—basic requirement.
(a) General. To the extent consistent
with the number and location of
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
children with disabilities who are
enrolled by their parents in private,
including religious, elementary schools
and secondary schools located in the
school district served by the LEA,
provision is made for the participation
of those children in the program
assisted or carried out under Part B of
the Act by providing them with special
education and related services,
including direct services determined in
accordance with § 300.137, unless the
Secretary has arranged for services to
those children under the by-pass
provisions in §§ 300.190 through
300.198.
(b) SEA responsibility—services plan.
In accordance with paragraph (a) of this
section and §§ 300.137 through 300.139,
a services plan must be developed and
implemented for each private school
child with a disability who has been
designated by the LEA in which the
private school is located to receive
special education and related services
under this part.
(c) Record keeping. Each LEA must
maintain in its records, and provide to
the SEA, the following information
related to parentally-placed private
school children covered under
§§ 300.130 through 300.144:
(1) The number of children evaluated;
(2) The number of children
determined to be children with
disabilities; and
(3) The number of children served.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(i))
§ 300.133
Expenditures.
(a) Formula. To meet the requirement
of § 300.132(a), each LEA shall spend
the following on providing special
education and related services
(including direct services) to parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities:
(1) For children aged 3 through 21, an
amount that is the same proportion of
the LEA’s total subgrant under section
611(g) of the Act as the number of
private school children with disabilities
aged 3 through 21 who are enrolled by
their parents in private, including
religious, elementary schools and
secondary schools located in the school
district served by the LEA, is to the total
number of children with disabilities in
its jurisdiction aged 3 through 21.
(2) For children aged three through
five, an amount that is the same
proportion of the LEA’s total subgrant
under section 619(g) of the Act as the
number of parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities aged
three through five who are enrolled by
their parents in private, including
religious, elementary schools and
secondary schools located in the school
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35845
district served by the LEA, is to the total
number of children with disabilities in
its jurisdiction aged three through five.
(b) Calculating proportionate amount.
In calculating the proportionate amount
of Federal funds to be provided for
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities, the LEA, after
timely and meaningful consultation
with representatives of private schools
under § 300.134, must conduct a
thorough and complete child find
process to determine the number of
parentally-placed children with
disabilities attending private schools
located in the LEA.
(c) Child count. (1) Each LEA must—
(i) Consult with representatives of
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities (consistent
with § 300.134) in deciding how to
conduct the annual count of the number
of parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities; and
(ii) Ensure that the count is conducted
on any date between October 1 and
December 1 of each year.
(2) The child count must be used to
determine the amount that the LEA
must spend on providing special
education and related services to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities in the next
subsequent fiscal year.
(d) Supplement, not supplant. State
and local funds may supplement and in
no case supplant the proportionate
amount of Federal funds required to be
expended for parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities under
this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.134
Consultation.
To ensure timely and meaningful
consultation, an LEA, or, if appropriate,
an SEA, must consult with private
school representatives and
representatives of parents of parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities during the design and
development of special education and
related services for the children
regarding the following:
(a) Child find. The child find process,
including—
(1) How parentally-placed private
school children suspected of having a
disability can participate equitably; and
(2) How parents, teachers, and private
school officials will be informed of the
process.
(b) Proportionate share of funds. The
determination of the proportionate share
of Federal funds available to serve
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities under
§ 300.133(b), including the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35846
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
determination of how the proportionate
share of those funds was calculated.
(c) Consultation process. The
consultation process among the LEA,
private school officials, and
representatives of parents of parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities, including how the process
will operate throughout the school year
to ensure that parentally-placed
children with disabilities identified
through the child find process can
meaningfully participate in special
education and related services.
(d) Provision of special education and
related services. How, where, and by
whom special education and related
services will be provided for parentallyplaced private school children with
disabilities, including a discussion of—
(1) The types of services, including
direct services and alternate service
delivery mechanisms; and
(2) How special education and related
services will be apportioned if funds are
insufficient to serve all parentallyplaced private school children; and
(3) How and when those decisions
will be made;
(e) Written explanation by LEA
regarding services. How, if the LEA
disagrees with the views of the private
school officials on the provision of
services or the types of services
(whether provided directly or through a
contract) the LEA will provide to the
private school officials a written
explanation of the reasons why the LEA
chose not to provide services directly or
through a contract.
basis of the noncompliance by the LEA
with the applicable private school
provisions in this part; and
(2) The LEA must forward the
appropriate documentation to the SEA.
(3)(i) If the private school official is
dissatisfied with the decision of the
SEA, the official may submit a
complaint to the Secretary by providing
the information on noncompliance
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section; and
(ii) The SEA must forward the
appropriate documentation to the
Secretary.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(v))
§ 300.137
Equitable services determined.
(a) When timely and meaningful
consultation, as required by § 300.134,
has occurred, the LEA must obtain a
written affirmation signed by the
representatives of participating private
schools.
(b) If the representatives do not
provide the affirmation within a
reasonable period of time, the LEA must
forward the documentation of the
consultation process to the SEA.
(a) No individual right to special
education and related services. No
private school child with a disability
has an individual right to receive some
or all of the special education and
related services that the child would
receive if enrolled in a public school.
(b) Decisions. (1) Decisions about the
services that will be provided to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities under
§§ 300.130 through 300.144 must be
made in accordance with paragraph (c)
of this section and § 300.134(c).
(2) The LEA must make the final
decisions with respect to the services to
be provided to eligible parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
(c) Services plan for each child served
under §§ 300.130 through 300.144. If a
child with a disability is enrolled in a
religious or other private school by the
child’s parents and will receive special
education or related services from an
LEA, the LEA must—
(1) Initiate and conduct meetings to
develop, review, and revise a services
plan for the child, in accordance with
§ 300.138(b); and
(2) Ensure that a representative of the
religious or other private school attends
each meeting. If the representative
cannot attend, the LEA shall use other
methods to ensure participation by the
religious or other private school,
including individual or conference
telephone calls.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(iv))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.136
§ 300.138
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(iii))
§ 300.135
Written affirmation.
Compliance.
(a) General. A private school official
has the right to submit a complaint to
the SEA under §§ 300.151 through
300.153 that the LEA—
(1) Did not engage in consultation that
was meaningful and timely; or
(2) Did not give due consideration to
the views of the private school official.
(b) Procedure. (1) If the private school
official wishes to submit a complaint,
the official must provide to the SEA the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Equitable services provided.
(a) General. (1) The services provided
to parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities must be
provided by personnel meeting the same
standards as personnel providing
services in the public schools.
(2) Parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities may receive a
different amount of services than
children with disabilities in public
schools.
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(b) Services provided in accordance
with a services plan. (1) Each parentallyplaced private school child with a
disability who has been designated to
receive services under § 300.132 must
have a services plan that describes the
specific special education and related
services that the LEA will provide to the
child in light of the services that the
LEA has determined, through the
process described in §§ 300.134 and
300.137, it will make available to
parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities.
(2) The services plan must, to the
extent appropriate—
(i) Meet the requirements of § 300.320,
or for a child ages three through five,
meet the requirements of § 300.323(b)
with respect to the services provided;
and
(ii) Be developed, reviewed, and
revised consistent with §§ 300.321
through 300.324.
(c) Provision of equitable services. (1)
The provision of services pursuant to
this section and §§ 300.139 through
300.143 must be provided:
(i) By employees of a public agency;
or
(ii) Through contract by the public
agency with an individual, association,
agency, organization, or other entity.
(2) Special education and related
services provided to parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities,
including materials and equipment,
must be secular, neutral, and
nonideological.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(vi))
§ 300.139 Location of services and
transportation.
(a) Services on private school
premises. Services to parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities
may be provided on the premises of
private, including religious, schools, to
the extent consistent with law.
(b) Transportation. (1) General.
(i) If necessary for the child to benefit
from or participate in the services
provided under this part, a parentallyplaced private school child with a
disability must be provided
transportation—
(A) From the child’s school or the
child’s home to a site other than the
private school; and
(B) From the service site to the private
school, or to the child’s home,
depending on the timing of the services.
(ii) LEAs are not required to provide
transportation from the child’s home to
the private school.
(2) Cost of transportation. The cost of
the transportation described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section may be
included in calculating whether the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) The employee performs the
services under public supervision and
control.
LEA has met the requirement of
§ 300.133.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.140 Due process complaints and
State complaints.
§ 300.143
(a) Due process not applicable, except
for child find. (1) Except as provided in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the
procedures in §§ 300.504 through
300.519 do not apply to complaints that
an LEA has failed to meet the
requirements of §§ 300.132 through
300.139, including the provision of
services indicated on the child’s
services plan.
(2) The procedures in §§ 300.504
through 300.519 do apply to complaints
that an LEA has failed to meet the
requirements of § 300.131, including the
requirements of §§ 300.300 through
300.311.
(b) State complaints. Complaints that
an SEA or LEA has failed to meet the
requirements of §§ 300.132 through
300.144 must be filed under the
procedures in §§ 300.151 through
300.153.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.141 Requirement that funds not
benefit a private school.
(a) An LEA may not use funds
provided under section 611 or 619 of
the Act to finance the existing level of
instruction in a private school or to
otherwise benefit the private school.
(b) The LEA must use funds provided
under Part B of the Act to meet the
special education and related services
needs of parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities, but
not for—
(1) The needs of a private school; or
(2) The general needs of the students
enrolled in the private school.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.142
Use of personnel.
(a) Use of public school personnel. An
LEA may use funds available under
sections 611 and 619 of the Act to make
public school personnel available in
other than public facilities—
(1) To the extent necessary to provide
services under §§ 300.130 through
300.144 for parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities; and
(2) If those services are not normally
provided by the private school.
(b) Use of private school personnel.
An LEA may use funds available under
sections 611 and 619 of the Act to pay
for the services of an employee of a
private school to provide services under
§§ 300.130 through 300.144 if—
(1) The employee performs the
services outside of his or her regular
hours of duty; and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Separate classes prohibited.
An LEA may not use funds available
under section 611 or 619 of the Act for
classes that are organized separately on
the basis of school enrollment or
religion of the students if—
(a) The classes are at the same site;
and
(b) The classes include students
enrolled in public schools and students
enrolled in private schools.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A))
§ 300.144
supplies.
Property, equipment, and
(a) A public agency must control and
administer the funds used to provide
special education and related services
under §§ 300.137 through 300.139, and
hold title to and administer materials,
equipment, and property purchased
with those funds for the uses and
purposes provided in the Act.
(b) The public agency may place
equipment and supplies in a private
school for the period of time needed for
the Part B program.
(c) The public agency must ensure
that the equipment and supplies placed
in a private school—
(1) Are used only for Part B purposes;
and
(2) Can be removed from the private
school without remodeling the private
school facility.
(d) The public agency must remove
equipment and supplies from a private
school if—
(1) The equipment and supplies are
no longer needed for Part B purposes; or
(2) Removal is necessary to avoid
unauthorized use of the equipment and
supplies for other than Part B purposes.
(e) No funds under Part B of the Act
may be used for repairs, minor
remodeling, or construction of private
school facilities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(A)(vii))
Children With Disabilities in Private
Schools Placed or Referred by Public
Agencies
§ 300.145 Applicability of §§ 300.145
through 300.147.
Sections 300.146 through 300.147
apply only to children with disabilities
who are or have been placed in or
referred to a private school or facility by
a public agency as a means of providing
special education and related services.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35847
§ 300.146 Responsibility of State
educational agency.
Each SEA must ensure that a child
with a disability who is placed in or
referred to a private school or facility by
a public agency—
(a) Is provided special education and
related services—
(1) In conformance with an IEP that
meets the requirements of §§ 300.320
through 300.325; and
(2) At no cost to the parents;
(b) Is provided an education that
meets the standards that apply to
education provided by the SEA and
LEAs including the requirements of this
part, except for § 300.18 and
§ 300.156(c); and
(c) Has all of the rights of a child with
a disability who is served by a public
agency.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
§ 300.147 Implementation by State
educational agency.
In implementing § 300.146, the SEA
must—
(a) Monitor compliance through
procedures such as written reports, onsite visits, and parent questionnaires;
(b) Disseminate copies of applicable
standards to each private school and
facility to which a public agency has
referred or placed a child with a
disability; and
(c) Provide an opportunity for those
private schools and facilities to
participate in the development and
revision of State standards that apply to
them.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by
Their Parents in Private Schools When
FAPE Is at Issue
§ 300.148 Placement of children by
parents if FAPE Is at issue.
(a) General. This part does not require
an LEA to pay for the cost of education,
including special education and related
services, of a child with a disability at
a private school or facility if that agency
made FAPE available to the child and
the parents elected to place the child in
a private school or facility. However, the
public agency must include that child in
the population whose needs are
addressed consistent with §§ 300.131
through 300.144.
(b) Reimbursement for private school
placement. If the parents of a child with
a disability, who previously received
special education and related services
under the authority of a public agency,
enroll the child in a private preschool,
elementary school, or secondary school
without the consent of or referral by the
public agency, a court or a hearing
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35848
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
officer may require the agency to
reimburse the parents for the cost of that
enrollment if the court or hearing officer
finds that the agency had not made
FAPE available to the child in a timely
manner prior to that enrollment and that
the private placement is appropriate. A
parental placement may be found to be
appropriate by a hearing officer or a
court even if it does not meet the State
standards that apply to education
provided by the SEA and LEAs.
(c) Limitation on reimbursement. The
cost of reimbursement described in
paragraph (b) of this section may be
reduced or denied—
(1) If—
(i) At the most recent IEP meeting that
the parents attended prior to removal of
the child from the public school, the
parents did not inform the IEP Team
that they were rejecting the placement
proposed by the public agency to
provide FAPE to their child, including
stating their concerns and their intent to
enroll their child in a private school at
public expense; or
(ii) At least ten (10) business days
(including any holidays that occur on a
business day) prior to the removal of the
child from the public school, the
parents did not give written notice to
the public agency of the information
described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
section;
(2) If, prior to the parents’ removal of
the child from the public school, the
public agency informed the parents,
through the notice requirements
described in § 300.503(a)(1), of its intent
to evaluate the child (including a
statement of the purpose of the
evaluation that was appropriate and
reasonable), but the parents did not
make the child available for the
evaluation; or
(3) Upon a judicial finding of
unreasonableness with respect to
actions taken by the parents.
(d) Exception. Notwithstanding the
notice requirement in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the cost of
reimbursement—
(1) Must not be reduced or denied for
failure to provide the notice if—
(i) The school prevented the parent
from providing the notice;
(ii) The parents had not received
notice, pursuant to section 615 of the
Act, of the notice requirement in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section; or
(iii) Compliance with paragraph (c)(1)
of this section would likely result in
physical harm to the child; and
(2) May, in the discretion of the court
or a hearing officer, not be reduced or
denied for failure to provide this notice
if—
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(i) The parent is not literate or cannot
write in English; or
(ii) Compliance with paragraph (c)(1)
of this section would likely result in
serious emotional harm to the child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(C))
§ 300.149 State educational agency
responsibility for general supervision.
(a) The SEA is responsible for
ensuring—
(1) That the requirements of this part
are carried out; and
(2) That each educational program for
children with disabilities administered
within the State, including each
program administered by any other
State or local agency (but not including
elementary schools and secondary
schools for Indian children operated or
funded by the Secretary of the
Interior)—
(i) Is under the general supervision of
the persons responsible for educational
programs for children with disabilities
in the SEA; and
(ii) Meets the educational standards of
the SEA (including the requirements of
this part).
(3) In carrying out this part with
respect to homeless children, the
requirements of subtitle B of title VII of
the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et seq.)
are met.
(b) The State must have in effect
policies and procedures to ensure that it
complies with the monitoring and
enforcement requirements in §§ 300.600
through 300.602 and §§ 300.606 through
300.608.
(c) Part B of the Act does not limit the
responsibility of agencies other than
educational agencies for providing or
paying some or all of the costs of FAPE
to children with disabilities in the State.
(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of
this section, the Governor (or another
individual pursuant to State law) may
assign to any public agency in the State
the responsibility of ensuring that the
requirements of Part B of the Act are
met with respect to students with
disabilities who are convicted as adults
under State law and incarcerated in
adult prisons.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(11); 1416)
§ 300.150 State educational agency
implementation of procedural safeguards.
The SEA (and any agency assigned
responsibility pursuant to § 300.149(d))
must have in effect procedures to inform
each public agency of its responsibility
for ensuring effective implementation of
procedural safeguards for the children
with disabilities served by that public
agency.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(11); 1415(a))
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
State Complaint Procedures
§ 300.151 Adoption of State complaint
procedures.
(a) General. Each SEA must adopt
written procedures for—
(1) Resolving any complaint,
including a complaint filed by an
organization or individual from another
State, that meets the requirements of
§ 300.153 by—
(i) Providing for the filing of a
complaint with the SEA; and
(ii) At the SEA’s discretion, providing
for the filing of a complaint with a
public agency and the right to have the
SEA review the public agency’s decision
on the complaint; and
(2) Widely disseminating to parents
and other interested individuals,
including parent training and
information centers, protection and
advocacy agencies, independent living
centers, and other appropriate entities,
the State procedures under §§ 300.151
through 300.153.
(b) Remedies for denial of appropriate
services. In resolving a complaint in
which the SEA has found a failure to
provide appropriate services, an SEA,
pursuant to its general supervisory
authority under Part B of the Act, must
address—
(1) The failure to provide appropriate
services, including corrective action
appropriate to address the needs of the
child; and
(2) Appropriate future provision of
services for all children with
disabilities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3)
§ 300.152 Minimum State complaint
procedures.
(a) Time limit; minimum procedures.
Each SEA must include in its complaint
procedures a time limit of 60 days after
a complaint is filed under § 300.153 to—
(1) Carry out an independent on-site
investigation, if the SEA determines that
an investigation is necessary;
(2) Give the complainant the
opportunity to submit additional
information, either orally or in writing,
about the allegations in the complaint;
(3) Provide the public agency with the
opportunity to respond to the
complaint, including, at a minimum—
(A) At the discretion of the public
agency, a proposal to resolve the
complaint; and
(B) With the consent of the parent, an
opportunity for the public agency to
engage the parent in mediation, or
alternative means of dispute resolution;
(4) Review all relevant information
and make an independent
determination as to whether the public
agency is violating a requirement of Part
B of the Act or of this part; and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(5) Issue a written decision to the
complainant that addresses each
allegation in the complaint and
contains—
(i) Findings of fact and conclusions;
and
(ii) The reasons for the SEA’s final
decision.
(b) Time extension; final decision;
implementation. The SEA’s procedures
described in paragraph (a) of this
section also must—
(1) Permit an extension of the time
limit under paragraph (a) of this section
only if—
(i) Exceptional circumstances exist
with respect to a particular complaint;
or
(ii) The parent and the public agency
involved agree to extend the time to
conduct the activities pursuant to
paragraph (a)(3)(B) of this section; and
(2) Include procedures for effective
implementation of the SEA’s final
decision, if needed, including—
(i) Technical assistance activities;
(ii) Negotiations; and
(iii) Corrective actions to achieve
compliance.
(c) Complaints filed under this section
and due process hearings under
§ 300.507 and §§ 300.530 through
300.532. (1) If a written complaint is
received that is also the subject of a due
process hearing under § 300.507 or
§§ 300.530 through 300.532, the State
must set aside the complaint until the
conclusion of the procedures in
§ 300.507 or §§ 300.530 through
300.532.
(2) If an issue is raised in a complaint
filed under this section has previously
been decided in a due process hearing
involving the same parties—
(i) The due process hearing decision
is binding on that issue; and
(ii) The SEA must inform the
complainant to that effect.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3)
§ 300.153
Filing a complaint.
(a) An organization or individual may
file a signed written complaint under
the procedures described in §§ 300.151
through 300.152.
(b) The complaint must include—
(1) A statement that a public agency
has violated a requirement of Part B of
the Act or of this part;
(2) The facts on which the statement
is based;
(3) The signature and contact
information for the complainant; and
(4) If alleging violations against a
specific child—
(i) The name and address of the
residence of the child;
(ii) The name of the school the child
is attending;
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(iii) In the case of a homeless child or
youth (within the meaning of section
725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)),
available contact information for the
child, and the name of the school the
child is attending;
(iv) A description of the nature of the
problem of the child, including facts
relating to the problem; and
(v) A proposed resolution of the
problem to the extent known and
available to the party at the time the
complaint is filed.
(c) Except for complaints covered
under § 300.507(a)(2), the complaint
must allege a violation that occurred not
more than one year prior to the date that
the complaint is received in accordance
with § 300.151.
(d) The party filing the complaint
must forward a copy of the complaint to
the LEA or public agency serving the
child at the same time the party files the
complaint with the SEA.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3)
Methods of Ensuring Services
§ 300.154
Methods of ensuring services.
(a) Establishing responsibility for
services. The Chief Executive Officer of
a State or designee of that officer must
ensure that an interagency agreement or
other mechanism for interagency
coordination is in effect between each
noneducational public agency described
in paragraph (b) of this section and the
SEA, in order to ensure that all services
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section that are needed to ensure FAPE
are provided, including the provision of
these services during the pendency of
any dispute under paragraph (a)(3) of
this section. The agreement or
mechanism must include the following:
(1) An identification of, or a method
for defining, the financial responsibility
of each agency for providing services
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section to ensure FAPE to children with
disabilities. The financial responsibility
of each noneducational public agency
described in paragraph (b) of this
section, including the State Medicaid
agency and other public insurers of
children with disabilities, must precede
the financial responsibility of the LEA
(or the State agency responsible for
developing the child’s IEP).
(2) The conditions, terms, and
procedures under which an LEA must
be reimbursed by other agencies.
(3) Procedures for resolving
interagency disputes (including
procedures under which LEAs may
initiate proceedings) under the
agreement or other mechanism to secure
reimbursement from other agencies or
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35849
otherwise implement the provisions of
the agreement or mechanism.
(4) Policies and procedures for
agencies to determine and identify the
interagency coordination
responsibilities of each agency to
promote the coordination and timely
and appropriate delivery of services
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(b) Obligation of noneducational
public agencies. (1)(i) If any public
agency other than an educational agency
is otherwise obligated under Federal or
State law, or assigned responsibility
under State policy or pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section, to provide
or pay for any services that are also
considered special education or related
services (such as, but not limited to,
services described in § 300.5 relating to
assistive technology devices, § 300.6
relating to assistive technology services,
§ 300.34 relating to related services,
§ 300.41 relating to supplementary aids
and services, and § 300.42 relating to
transition services) that are necessary
for ensuring FAPE to children with
disabilities within the State, the public
agency must fulfill that obligation or
responsibility, either directly or through
contract or other arrangement pursuant
to paragraph (a) of this section or an
agreement pursuant to paragraph (c) of
this section.
(ii) A noneducational public agency
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section may not disqualify an eligible
service for Medicaid reimbursement
because that service is provided in a
school context.
(2) If a public agency other than an
educational agency fails to provide or
pay for the special education and
related services described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, the LEA (or State
agency responsible for developing the
child’s IEP) must provide or pay for
these services to the child in a timely
manner. The LEA or State agency is
authorized to claim reimbursement for
the services from the noneducational
public agency that failed to provide or
pay for these services and that agency
must reimburse the LEA or State agency
in accordance with the terms of the
interagency agreement or other
mechanism described in paragraph (a)
of this section.
(c) Special rule. The requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section may be met
through—
(1) State statute or regulation;
(2) Signed agreements between
respective agency officials that clearly
identify the responsibilities of each
agency relating to the provision of
services; or
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35850
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(3) Other appropriate written methods
as determined by the Chief Executive
Officer of the State or designee of that
officer and approved by the Secretary.
(d) Children with disabilities who are
covered by public insurance. (1) A
public agency may use the Medicaid or
other public insurance benefits
programs in which a child participates
to provide or pay for services required
under this part, as permitted under the
public insurance program, except as
provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section.
(2) With regard to services required to
provide FAPE to an eligible child under
this part, the public agency—
(i) May not require parents to sign up
for or enroll in public insurance
programs in order for their child to
receive FAPE under Part B of the Act;
(ii) May not require parents to incur
an out-of-pocket expense such as the
payment of a deductible or co-pay
amount incurred in filing a claim for
services provided pursuant to this part,
but pursuant to paragraph (g)(2) of this
section, may pay the cost that the parent
otherwise would be required to pay;
(iii) May not use a child’s benefits
under a public insurance program if that
use would—
(A) Decrease available lifetime
coverage or any other insured benefit;
(B) Result in the family paying for
services that would otherwise be
covered by the public insurance
program and that are required for the
child outside of the time the child is in
school;
(C) Increase premiums or lead to the
discontinuation of insurance; or
(D) Risk loss of eligibility for home
and community-based waivers, based on
aggregate health-related expenditures;
and
(iv) Must obtain parental consent
consistent with § 300.622.
(e) Children with disabilities who are
covered by private insurance. (1) With
regard to services required to provide
FAPE to an eligible child under this
part, a public agency may access a
parent’s private insurance proceeds only
if the parent provides informed consent
consistent with § 300.9.
(2) Each time the public agency
proposes to access the parent’s private
insurance proceeds, the agency must—
(i) Obtain parental consent in
accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this
section; and
(ii) Inform the parents that their
refusal to permit the public agency to
access their private insurance does not
relieve the public agency of its
responsibility to ensure that all required
services are provided at no cost to the
parents.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(f) Use of Part B funds. (1) If a public
agency is unable to obtain parental
consent to use the parent’s private
insurance, or public insurance when the
parent would incur a cost for a specified
service required under this part, to
ensure FAPE the public agency may use
its Part B funds to pay for the service.
(2) To avoid financial cost to parents
who otherwise would consent to use
private insurance, or public insurance if
the parent would incur a cost, the
public agency may use its Part B funds
to pay the cost that the parents
otherwise would have to pay to use the
parent’s insurance (e.g., the deductible
or co-pay amounts).
(g) Proceeds from public or private
insurance. (1) Proceeds from public or
private insurance will not be treated as
program income for purposes of 34 CFR
80.25.
(2) If a public agency spends
reimbursements from Federal funds
(e.g., Medicaid) for services under this
part, those funds will not be considered
‘‘State or local’’ funds for purposes of
the maintenance of effort provisions in
§§ 300.163 and 300.203.
(h) Construction. Nothing in this part
should be construed to alter the
requirements imposed on a State
Medicaid agency, or any other agency
administering a public insurance
program by Federal statute, regulations
or policy under title XIX, or title XXI of
the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1396
through 1396v and 42 U.S.C. 1397aa
through 1397jj, or any other public
insurance program.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(12) and (e))
Additional Eligibility Requirements
§ 300.155 Hearings relating to LEA
eligibility.
The SEA must not make any final
determination that an LEA is not
eligible for assistance under Part B of
the Act without first giving the LEA
reasonable notice and an opportunity
for a hearing under 34 CFR 76.401(d).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(13))
§ 300.156
Personnel qualifications.
(a) General. The SEA must establish
and maintain qualifications to ensure
that personnel necessary to carry out the
purposes of this part are appropriately
and adequately prepared and trained,
including that those personnel have the
content knowledge and skills to serve
children with disabilities.
(b) Related services personnel and
paraprofessionals. The qualifications
under paragraph (a) of this section must
include qualifications for related
services personnel and
paraprofessionals that—
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(1) Are consistent with any Stateapproved or State-recognized
certification, licensing, registration, or
other comparable requirements that
apply to the professional discipline in
which those personnel are providing
special education or related services;
and
(2) Ensure that related services
personnel who deliver services in their
discipline or profession—
(i) Meet the requirements of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section; and
(ii) Have not had certification or
licensure requirements waived on an
emergency, temporary, or provisional
basis; and
(iii) Allow paraprofessionals and
assistants who are appropriately trained
and supervised, in accordance with
State law, regulation, or written policy,
in meeting the requirements of this part
to be used to assist in the provision of
special education and related services
under this part to children with
disabilities.
(c) Qualifications for special
education teachers. The qualifications
described in paragraph (a) of this
section must ensure that each person
employed as a public school special
education teacher in the State who
teaches in an elementary school, middle
school, or secondary school is highly
qualified as a special education teacher
by the deadline established in section
1119(a)(2) of the ESEA.
(d) Policy. In implementing this
section, a State must adopt a policy that
includes a requirement that LEAs in the
State take measurable steps to recruit,
hire, train, and retain highly qualified
personnel to provide special education
and related services under this part to
children with disabilities.
(e) Rule of construction.
Notwithstanding any other individual
right of action that a parent or student
may maintain under this part, nothing
in this part shall be construed to—
(1) Create a right of action on behalf
of an individual student for the failure
of a particular SEA or LEA staff person
to be highly qualified; or
(2) Prevent a parent from filing a
complaint under §§ 300.151 through
300.153 about staff qualifications with
the SEA as provided for under this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(14))
§ 300.157 Performance goals and
indicators.
The State must—
(a) Have in effect established goals for
the performance of children with
disabilities in the State that—
(1) Promote the purposes of this part,
as stated in § 300.1;
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) Are the same as the State’s
objectives for progress by children in its
definition of adequate yearly progress,
including the State’s objectives for
progress by children with disabilities,
under section 1111(b)(2)(C) of the ESEA,
20 U.S.C. 6311;
(3) Address graduation rates and
dropout rates, as well as such other
factors as the State may determine; and
(4) Are consistent, to the extent
appropriate, with any other goals and
academic standards for children
established by the State;
(b) Have in effect established
performance indicators the State will
use to assess progress toward achieving
the goals described in paragraph (a) of
this section, including measurable
annual objectives for progress by
children with disabilities under section
1111(b)(2)(C)(v)(II)(cc) of the ESEA, 20
U.S.C. 6311; and
(c) Annually report to the Secretary
and the public on the progress of the
State, and of children with disabilities
in the State, toward meeting the goals
established under paragraph (a) of this
section, which may include elements of
the reports required under section
1111(h) of the ESEA.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(15))
§ 300.160
Participation in assessments.
(a) General. The State must ensure
that all children with disabilities are
included in all general State and
districtwide assessment programs,
including assessments described in
section 1111 of the ESEA, 20 U.S.C.
6311, with appropriate accommodations
and alternate assessments, if necessary,
and as indicated in their respective
IEPs.
(b) Accommodation guidelines. The
State (or, in the case of a districtwide
assessment, the LEA) must develop
guidelines for the provision of
appropriate accommodations.
(c) Alternate assessments. (1) The
State (or, in the case of a districtwide
assessment, the LEA) must develop and
implement alternate assessments and
guidelines for the participation of
children with disabilities in those
alternate assessments for those children
who cannot participate in regular
assessments under paragraph (a) of this
section with accommodations as
indicated in their respective IEPs.
(2) The alternate assessments and
guidelines under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section must provide for alternate
assessments that in the case of
assessments of student academic
progress—
(i) Are aligned with the State’s
challenging academic content standards
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
and challenging student academic
achievement standards; and
(ii) If the State has adopted alternate
achievement standards permitted under
the regulations promulgated to carry out
section 1111(b)(1) of the ESEA, measure
the achievement of children with
disabilities against those standards.
(3) The State must conduct the
alternate assessments described in this
section.
(d) Reports. The SEA (or, in the case
of a districtwide assessment, the LEA)
must make available to the public, and
report to the public with the same
frequency and in the same detail as it
reports on the assessment of
nondisabled children, the following:
(1) The number of children with
disabilities participating in regular
assessments, and the number of those
children who were provided
accommodations in order to participate
in those assessments.
(2) The number of those children with
disabilities participating in alternate
assessments described in paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of this section.
(3) The number of those children with
disabilities participating in alternate
assessments described in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section.
(4) The performance results of
children with disabilities on regular
assessments and on alternate
assessments if—
(i) The number of those children
participating in those assessments is
sufficient to yield statistically reliable
information; and
(ii) Reporting that information will
not reveal personally identifiable
information about an individual
student, compared with the
achievement of all children, including
children with disabilities, on those
assessments.
(e) Universal design. The SEA (or, in
the case of a districtwide assessment,
the LEA) must, to the extent possible,
use universal design principles in
developing and administering any
assessments under this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(16))
§ 300.161
[Reserved]
§ 300.162 Supplementation of State, local,
and other Federal funds.
(a) Expenditures. Funds paid to a
State under this part must be expended
in accordance with all the provisions of
this part.
(b) Prohibition against commingling.
(1) Funds paid to a State under this part
must not be commingled with State
funds.
(2) The requirement in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section is satisfied by the
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35851
use of a separate accounting system that
includes an audit trail of the
expenditure of funds paid to a State
under this part. Separate bank accounts
are not required. (See 34 CFR 76.702
(Fiscal control and fund accounting
procedures)).
(c) State-level nonsupplanting. (1)
Except as provided in § 300.202, funds
paid to a State under Part B of the Act
must be used to supplement the level of
Federal, State, and local funds
(including funds that are not under the
direct control of the SEA or LEAs)
expended for special education and
related services provided to children
with disabilities under Part B of the Act,
and in no case to supplant those
Federal, State, and local funds.
(2) If the State provides clear and
convincing evidence that all children
with disabilities have available to them
FAPE, the Secretary may waive, in
whole or in part, the requirements of
paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the
Secretary concurs with the evidence
provided by the State under § 300.164.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(17))
§ 300.163
support.
Maintenance of State financial
(a) General. A State must not reduce
the amount of State financial support for
special education and related services
for children with disabilities, or
otherwise made available because of the
excess costs of educating those children,
below the amount of that support for the
preceding fiscal year.
(b) Reduction of funds for failure to
maintain support. The Secretary
reduces the allocation of funds under
section 611 of the Act for any fiscal year
following the fiscal year in which the
State fails to comply with the
requirement of paragraph (a) of this
section by the same amount by which
the State fails to meet the requirement.
(c) Waivers for exceptional or
uncontrollable circumstances. The
Secretary may waive the requirement of
paragraph (a) of this section for a State,
for one fiscal year at a time, if the
Secretary determines that—
(1) Granting a waiver would be
equitable due to exceptional or
uncontrollable circumstances such as a
natural disaster or a precipitous and
unforeseen decline in the financial
resources of the State; or
(2) The State meets the standard in
§ 300.164 for a waiver of the
requirement to supplement, and not to
supplant, funds received under Part B of
the Act.
(d) Subsequent years. If, for any fiscal
year, a State fails to meet the
requirement of paragraph (a) of this
section, including any year for which
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35852
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the State is granted a waiver under
paragraph (c) of this section, the
financial support required of the State
in future years under paragraph (a) of
this section shall be the amount that
would have been required in the
absence of that failure and not the
reduced level of the State’s support.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(18))
§ 300.164 Waiver of requirement regarding
supplementing and not supplanting with
Part B funds.
(a) Except as provided under
§§ 300.202 through 300.205, funds paid
to a State under Part B of the Act must
be used to supplement and increase the
level of Federal, State, and local funds
(including funds that are not under the
direct control of SEAs or LEAs)
expended for special education and
related services provided to children
with disabilities under Part B of the Act
and in no case to supplant those
Federal, State, and local funds. A State
may use funds it retains under
§ 300.704(a) and (b) without regard to
the prohibition on supplanting other
funds.
(b) If a State provides clear and
convincing evidence that all eligible
children with disabilities throughout
the State have FAPE available to them,
the Secretary may waive for a period of
one year in whole or in part the
requirement under § 300.162 (regarding
State-level nonsupplanting) if the
Secretary concurs with the evidence
provided by the State.
(c) If a State wishes to request a
waiver under this section, it must
submit to the Secretary a written request
that includes—
(1) An assurance that FAPE is
currently available, and will remain
available throughout the period that a
waiver would be in effect, to all eligible
children with disabilities throughout
the State, regardless of the public
agency that is responsible for providing
FAPE to them. The assurance must be
signed by an official who has the
authority to provide that assurance as it
applies to all eligible children with
disabilities in the State;
(2) All evidence that the State wishes
the Secretary to consider in determining
whether all eligible children with
disabilities have FAPE available to
them, setting forth in detail—
(i) The basis on which the State has
concluded that FAPE is available to all
eligible children in the State; and
(ii) The procedures that the State will
implement to ensure that FAPE remains
available to all eligible children in the
State, which must include—
(A) The State’s procedures under
§ 300.111 for ensuring that all eligible
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
children are identified, located and
evaluated;
(B) The State’s procedures for
monitoring public agencies to ensure
that they comply with all requirements
of this part;
(C) The State’s complaint procedures
under §§ 300.151 through 300.153; and
(D) The State’s hearing procedures
under §§ 300.511 through 300.516 and
§§ 300.530 through 300.536;
(3) A summary of all State and
Federal monitoring reports, and State
complaint decisions (see §§ 300.151
through 300.153) and hearing decisions
(see §§ 300.511 through 300.516 and
§§ 300.530 through 300.536), issued
within three years prior to the date of
the State’s request for a waiver under
this section, that includes any finding
that FAPE has not been available to one
or more eligible children, and evidence
that FAPE is now available to all
children addressed in those reports or
decisions; and
(4) Evidence that the State, in
determining that FAPE is currently
available to all eligible children with
disabilities in the State, has consulted
with the State advisory panel under
§ 300.167.
(d) If the Secretary determines that the
request and supporting evidence
submitted by the State makes a prima
facie showing that FAPE is, and will
remain, available to all eligible children
with disabilities in the State, the
Secretary, after notice to the public
throughout the State, conducts a public
hearing at which all interested persons
and organizations may present evidence
regarding the following issues:
(1) Whether FAPE is currently
available to all eligible children with
disabilities in the State.
(2) Whether the State will be able to
ensure that FAPE remains available to
all eligible children with disabilities in
the State if the Secretary provides the
requested waiver.
(e) Following the hearing, the
Secretary, based on all submitted
evidence, will provide a waiver, in
whole or in part, for a period of one year
if the Secretary finds that the State has
provided clear and convincing evidence
that FAPE is currently available to all
eligible children with disabilities in the
State, and the State will be able to
ensure that FAPE remains available to
all eligible children with disabilities in
the State if the Secretary provides the
requested waiver.
(f) A State may receive a waiver of the
requirement of section 612(a)(18)(A) of
the Act and § 300.164 if it satisfies the
requirements of paragraphs (b) through
(e) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(g) The Secretary may grant
subsequent waivers for a period of one
year each, if the Secretary determines
that the State has provided clear and
convincing evidence that all eligible
children with disabilities throughout
the State have, and will continue to
have throughout the one-year period of
the waiver, FAPE available to them.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(17)(C),
(18)(C)(ii))
§ 300.165
Public participation.
(a) Prior to the adoption of any
policies and procedures needed to
comply with Part B of the Act
(including any amendments to those
policies and procedures), the State must
ensure that there are public hearings,
adequate notice of the hearings, and an
opportunity for comment available to
the general public, including
individuals with disabilities and parents
of children with disabilities.
(b) Before submitting a State plan
under this part, a State must comply
with the public participation
requirements in paragraph (a) of this
section and those in 20 U.S.C.
1232d(b)(7).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(19); 20 U.S.C.
1232d(b)(7))
§ 300.166
Rule of construction.
In complying with §§ 300.162 and
300.163, a State may not use funds paid
to it under this part to satisfy State-law
mandated funding obligations to LEAs,
including funding based on student
attendance or enrollment, or inflation.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(20))
State Advisory Panel
§ 300.167
State advisory panel.
The State must establish and maintain
an advisory panel for the purpose of
providing policy guidance with respect
to special education and related services
for children with disabilities in the
State.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(A))
§ 300.168
Membership.
(a) General. The advisory panel must
consist of members appointed by the
Governor, or any other official
authorized under State law to make
such appointments, be representative of
the State population and be composed
of individuals involved in, or concerned
with the education of children with
disabilities, including—
(1) Parents of children with
disabilities (ages birth through 26);
(2) Individuals with disabilities;
(3) Teachers;
(4) Representatives of institutions of
higher education that prepare special
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
education and related services
personnel;
(5) State and local education officials,
including officials who carry out
activities under subtitle B of title VII of
the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act, (42 U.S.C. 11431 et
seq.);
(6) Administrators of programs for
children with disabilities;
(7) Representatives of other State
agencies involved in the financing or
delivery of related services to children
with disabilities;
(8) Representatives of private schools
and public charter schools;
(9) Not less than one representative of
a vocational, community, or business
organization concerned with the
provision of transition services to
children with disabilities;
(10) A representative from the State
child welfare agency responsible for
foster care; and
(11) Representatives from the State
juvenile and adult corrections agencies.
(b) Special rule. A majority of the
members of the panel must be
individuals with disabilities or parents
of children with disabilities (ages birth
through 26).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(B) and (C))
§ 300.169
Duties.
The advisory panel must—
(a) Advise the SEA of unmet needs
within the State in the education of
children with disabilities;
(b) Comment publicly on any rules or
regulations proposed by the State
regarding the education of children with
disabilities;
(c) Advise the SEA in developing
evaluations and reporting on data to the
Secretary under section 618 of the Act;
(d) Advise the SEA in developing
corrective action plans to address
findings identified in Federal
monitoring reports under Part B of the
Act; and
(e) Advise the SEA in developing and
implementing policies relating to the
coordination of services for children
with disabilities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(21)(D))
Other Provisions Required for State
Eligibility
§ 300.170
Suspension and expulsion rates.
(a) General. The SEA must examine
data, including data disaggregated by
race and ethnicity, to determine if
significant discrepancies are occurring
in the rate of long-term suspensions and
expulsions of children with
disabilities—
(1) Among LEAs in the State; or
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) Compared to the rates for
nondisabled children within those
agencies.
(b) Review and revision of policies. If
the discrepancies described in
paragraph (a) of this section are
occurring, the SEA reviews and, if
appropriate, revises (or requires the
affected State agency or LEA to revise)
its policies, procedures, and practices
relating to the development and
implementation of IEPs, the use of
positive behavioral interventions and
supports, and procedural safeguards, to
ensure that these policies, procedures,
and practices comply with the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(22))
§ 300.171 Annual description of use of
Part B funds.
(a) In order to receive a grant in any
fiscal year a State must annually
describe—
(1) How amounts retained for State
administration and State-level activities
under § 300.704 will be used to meet the
requirements of this part; and
(2) How those amounts will be
allocated among the activities described
in § 300.704 to meet State priorities
based on input from LEAs.
(b) If a State’s plans for use of its
funds under § 300.704 for the
forthcoming year do not change from
the prior year, the State may submit a
letter to that effect to meet the
requirement in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(c) The provisions of this section do
not apply to the Virgin Islands, Guam,
American Samoa, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Mariana Islands, and the
freely associated States.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(e)(5))
§ 300.172 Access to instructional
materials.
(a) General. The State must adopt the
National Instructional Materials
Accessibility Standard (NIMAS) for the
purposes of providing instructional
materials to blind persons or other
persons with print disabilities, in a
timely manner after publication of the
NIMAS in the Federal Register.
(b) Rights and responsibilities of SEA.
(1) Nothing in this section shall be
construed to require any SEA to
coordinate with the National
Instructional Materials Access Center
(NIMAC).
(2) If an SEA chooses not to
coordinate with the NIMAC, the agency
must provide an assurance to the
Secretary that the agency will provide
instructional materials to blind persons
or other persons with print disabilities
in a timely manner.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35853
(3) Nothing in this section relieves an
SEA of its responsibility to ensure that
children with disabilities who need
instructional materials in accessible
formats, but for whom the NIMAC may
not provide assistance to the SEA,
receive those instructional materials in
a timely manner.
(c) Preparation and delivery of files. If
an SEA chooses to coordinate with the
NIMAC, not later than December 3,
2006, two years after the date of
enactment of the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act
of 2004, the agency, as part of any print
instructional materials adoption
process, procurement contract, or other
practice or instrument used for purchase
of print instructional materials, must
enter into a written contract with the
publisher of the print instructional
materials to—
(1) Require the publisher to prepare
and, on or before delivery of the print
instructional materials, provide to
NIMAC electronic files containing the
contents of the print instructional
materials using the NIMAS; or
(2) Purchase instructional materials
from the publisher that are produced in,
or may be rendered in, specialized
formats.
(d) Assistive technology. In carrying
out this section, the SEA, to the
maximum extent possible, must work
collaboratively with the State agency
responsible for assistive technology
programs.
(e) Definitions. In this section and
§ 300.210—
(1) Blind persons or other persons
with print disabilities means children
served under this part who may qualify
to receive books and other publications
produced in specialized formats in
accordance with the Act entitled ‘‘An
Act to provide books for adult blind,’’
approved March 3, 1931, 2 U.S.C 135a;
(2) National Instructional Materials
Access Center or NIMAC means the
center established pursuant to section
674(e) of the Act;
(3) National Instructional Materials
Accessibility Standard or NIMAS has
the meaning given the term in section
674(e)(3)(B) of the Act; and
(4) Specialized formats has the
meaning given the term in section
674(e)(3)(D) of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(23))
§ 300.173 Overidentification and
disproportionality.
The State must have in effect,
consistent with the purposes of this part
and with section 618(d) of the Act,
policies and procedures designed to
prevent the inappropriate
overidentification or disproportionate
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35854
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
representation by race and ethnicity of
children as children with disabilities,
including children with disabilities
with a particular impairment described
in § 300.8.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(24))
§ 300.174 Prohibition on mandatory
medication.
(a) General. The SEA must prohibit
State and LEA personnel from requiring
parents to obtain a prescription for
substances identified under schedules I,
II, III, IV, or V in section 202(c) of the
Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C.
812(c)) for a child as a condition of
attending school, receiving an
evaluation under §§ 300.300 through
300.311, or receiving services under this
part.
(b) Rule of construction. Nothing in
paragraph (a) of this section shall be
construed to create a Federal
prohibition against teachers and other
school personnel consulting or sharing
classroom-based observations with
parents or guardians regarding a
student’s academic and functional
performance, or behavior in the
classroom or school, or regarding the
need for evaluation for special
education or related services under
§ 300.111 (related to child find).
modifications that the State determines
necessary.
(2) The provisions of this subpart
apply to a modification to an
application to the same extent and in
the same manner that they apply to the
original plan.
(c) Modifications required by the
Secretary. The Secretary may require a
State to modify its policies and
procedures, but only to the extent
necessary to ensure the State’s
compliance with this part, if—
(1) After December 3, 2004, the
provisions of the Act or the regulations
in this part are amended;
(2) There is a new interpretation of
this Act by a Federal court or a State’s
highest court; or
(3) There is an official finding of
noncompliance with Federal law or
regulations.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(c)(2) and (3))
§ 300.177
[Reserved]
Department Procedures
§ 300.178 Determination by the Secretary
that a State is eligible to receive a grant.
If the Secretary determines that a
State is eligible to receive a grant under
Part B of the Act, the Secretary notifies
the State of that determination.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(25))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d))
§ 300.175 SEA as provider of FAPE or
direct services.
§ 300.179 Notice and hearing before
determining that a State is not eligible to
receive a grant.
If the SEA provides FAPE to children
with disabilities, or provides direct
services to these children, the agency—
(a) Must comply with any additional
requirements of §§ 300.201 and 300.202
and §§ 300.206 through 300.226 as if the
agency were an LEA; and
(b) May use amounts that are
otherwise available to the agency under
Part B of the Act to serve those children
without regard to § 300.202(b) (relating
to excess costs).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(b))
§ 300.176
Exception for prior State plans.
(a) General. If a State has on file with
the Secretary policies and procedures
approved by the Secretary that
demonstrate that the State meets any
requirement of § 300.100, including any
policies and procedures filed under Part
B of the Act as in effect before,
December 3, 2004, the Secretary
considers the State to have met the
requirement for purposes of receiving a
grant under Part B of the Act.
(b) Modifications made by a State. (1)
Subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, policies and procedures
submitted by a State in accordance with
this subpart remain in effect until the
State submits to the Secretary the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(a) General. (1) The Secretary does not
make a final determination that a State
is not eligible to receive a grant under
Part B of the Act until providing the
State—
(i) With reasonable notice; and
(ii) With an opportunity for a hearing.
(2) In implementing paragraph
(a)(1)(i) of this section, the Secretary
sends a written notice to the SEA by
certified mail with return receipt
requested.
(b) Content of notice. In the written
notice described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section, the Secretary—
(1) States the basis on which the
Secretary proposes to make a final
determination that the State is not
eligible;
(2) May describe possible options for
resolving the issues;
(3) Advises the SEA that it may
request a hearing and that the request
for a hearing must be made not later
than 30 days after it receives the notice
of the proposed final determination that
the State is not eligible; and
(4) Provides the SEA with information
about the hearing procedures that will
be followed.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d)(2))
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 300.180
Hearing official or panel.
(a) If the SEA requests a hearing, the
Secretary designates one or more
individuals, either from the Department
or elsewhere, not responsible for or
connected with the administration of
this program, to conduct a hearing.
(b) If more than one individual is
designated, the Secretary designates one
of those individuals as the Chief
Hearing Official of the Hearing Panel. If
one individual is designated, that
individual is the Hearing Official.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d)(2))
§ 300.181
Hearing procedures.
(a) As used in §§ 300.179 through
300.184 the term party or parties means
the following:
(1) An SEA that requests a hearing
regarding the proposed disapproval of
the State’s eligibility under this part.
(2) The Department official who
administers the program of financial
assistance under this part.
(3) A person, group or agency with an
interest in and having relevant
information about the case that has
applied for and been granted leave to
intervene by the Hearing Official or
Hearing Panel.
(b) Within 15 days after receiving a
request for a hearing, the Secretary
designates a Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel and notifies the parties.
(c) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may regulate the course of
proceedings and the conduct of the
parties during the proceedings. The
Hearing Official or Hearing Panel takes
all steps necessary to conduct a fair and
impartial proceeding, to avoid delay,
and to maintain order, including the
following:
(1) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may hold conferences or other
types of appropriate proceedings to
clarify, simplify, or define the issues or
to consider other matters that may aid
in the disposition of the case.
(2) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may schedule a prehearing
conference with the Hearing Official or
Hearing Panel and the parties.
(3) Any party may request the Hearing
Official or Hearing Panel to schedule a
prehearing or other conference. The
Hearing Official or Hearing Panel
decides whether a conference is
necessary and notifies all parties.
(4) At a prehearing or other
conference, the Hearing Official or
Hearing Panel and the parties may
consider subjects such as—
(i) Narrowing and clarifying issues;
(ii) Assisting the parties in reaching
agreements and stipulations;
(iii) Clarifying the positions of the
parties;
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(iv) Determining whether an
evidentiary hearing or oral argument
should be held; and
(v) Setting dates for—
(A) The exchange of written
documents;
(B) The receipt of comments from the
parties on the need for oral argument or
evidentiary hearing;
(C) Further proceedings before the
Hearing Official or Hearing Panel
(including an evidentiary hearing or oral
argument, if either is scheduled);
(D) Requesting the names of witnesses
each party wishes to present at an
evidentiary hearing and estimation of
time for each presentation; or
(E) Completion of the review and the
initial decision of the Hearing Official or
Hearing Panel.
(5) A prehearing or other conference
held under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section may be conducted by telephone
conference call.
(6) At a prehearing or other
conference, the parties must be prepared
to discuss the subjects listed in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(7) Following a prehearing or other
conference the Hearing Official or
Hearing Panel may issue a written
statement describing the issues raised,
the action taken, and the stipulations
and agreements reached by the parties.
(d) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may require parties to state their
positions and to provide all or part of
the evidence in writing.
(e) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may require parties to present
testimony through affidavits and to
conduct cross-examination through
interrogatories.
(f) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may direct the parties to exchange
relevant documents or information and
lists of witnesses, and to send copies to
the Hearing Official or Panel.
(g) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may receive, rule on, exclude, or
limit evidence at any stage of the
proceedings.
(h) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may rule on motions and other
issues at any stage of the proceedings.
(i) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may examine witnesses.
(j) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may set reasonable time limits for
submission of written documents.
(k) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may refuse to consider documents
or other submissions if they are not
submitted in a timely manner unless
good cause is shown.
(l) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel may interpret applicable statutes
and regulations but may not waive them
or rule on their validity.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(m)(1) The parties must present their
positions through briefs and the
submission of other documents and may
request an oral argument or evidentiary
hearing. The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel shall determine whether an oral
argument or an evidentiary hearing is
needed to clarify the positions of the
parties.
(2) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel gives each party an opportunity to
be represented by counsel.
(n) If the Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel determines that an evidentiary
hearing would materially assist the
resolution of the matter, the Hearing
Official or Hearing Panel gives each
party, in addition to the opportunity to
be represented by counsel—
(1) An opportunity to present
witnesses on the party’s behalf; and
(2) An opportunity to cross-examine
witnesses either orally or with written
questions.
(o) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel accepts any evidence that it finds
is relevant and material to the
proceedings and is not unduly
repetitious.
(p)(1) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel—
(i) Arranges for the preparation of a
transcript of each hearing;
(ii) Retains the original transcript as
part of the record of the hearing; and
(iii) Provides one copy of the
transcript to each party.
(2) Additional copies of the transcript
are available on request and with
payment of the reproduction fee.
(q) Each party must file with the
Hearing Official or Hearing Panel all
written motions, briefs, and other
documents and must at the same time
provide a copy to the other parties to the
proceedings.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d)(2))
§ 300.182
Initial decision; final decision.
(a) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel prepares an initial written
decision that addresses each of the
points in the notice sent by the
Secretary to the SEA under § 300.179
including any amendments to or further
clarifications of the issues, under
§ 300.181(c)(7).
(b) The initial decision of a Hearing
Panel is made by a majority of Panel
members.
(c) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel mails, by certified mail with
return receipt requested, a copy of the
initial decision to each party (or to the
party’s counsel) and to the Secretary,
with a notice stating that each party has
an opportunity to submit written
comments regarding the decision to the
Secretary.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35855
(d) Each party may file comments and
recommendations on the initial decision
with the Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel within 15 days of the date the
party receives the Panel’s decision.
(e) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel sends a copy of a party’s initial
comments and recommendations to the
other parties by certified mail with
return receipt requested. Each party may
file responsive comments and
recommendations with the Hearing
Official or Hearing Panel within seven
days of the date the party receives the
initial comments and recommendations.
(f) The Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel forwards the parties’ initial and
responsive comments on the initial
decision to the Secretary who reviews
the initial decision and issues a final
decision.
(g) The initial decision of the Hearing
Official or Hearing Panel becomes the
final decision of the Secretary unless,
within 25 days after the end of the time
for receipt of written comments and
recommendations, the Secretary informs
the Hearing Official or Hearing Panel
and the parties to a hearing in writing
that the decision is being further
reviewed for possible modification.
(h) The Secretary rejects or modifies
the initial decision of the Hearing
Official or Hearing Panel if the Secretary
finds that it is clearly erroneous.
(i) The Secretary conducts the review
based on the initial decision, the written
record, the transcript of the Hearing
Official’s or Hearing Panel’s
proceedings, and written comments.
(j) The Secretary may remand the
matter to the Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel for further proceedings.
(k) Unless the Secretary remands the
matter as provided in paragraph (j) of
this section, the Secretary issues the
final decision, with any necessary
modifications, within 30 days after
notifying the Hearing Official or Hearing
Panel that the initial decision is being
further reviewed.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d)(2))
§ 300.183
Filing requirements.
(a) Any written submission by a party
under §§ 300.179 through 300.184 must
be filed by hand delivery, by mail, or by
facsimile transmission. The Secretary
discourages the use of facsimile
transmission for documents longer than
five pages.
(b) The filing date under paragraph (a)
of this section is the date the document
is—
(1) Hand-delivered;
(2) Mailed; or
(3) Sent by facsimile transmission.
(c) A party filing by facsimile
transmission is responsible for
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35856
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
confirming that a complete and legible
copy of the document was received by
the Department.
(d) If a document is filed by facsimile
transmission, the Secretary, the Hearing
Official, or the Hearing Panel, as
applicable, may require the filing of a
follow-up hard copy by hand delivery or
by mail within a reasonable period of
time.
(e) If agreed upon by the parties,
service of a document may be made
upon the other party by facsimile
transmission.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(d))
§ 300.184
Judicial review.
If a State is dissatisfied with the
Secretary’s final decision with respect to
the eligibility of the State under section
612 of the Act, the State may, not later
than 60 days after notice of that
decision, file with the United States
Court of Appeals for the circuit in
which that State is located a petition for
review of that decision. A copy of the
petition must be transmitted by the
clerk of the court to the Secretary. The
Secretary then files in the court the
record of the proceedings upon which
the Secretary’s decision was based, as
provided in 28 U.S.C. 2112.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(e)(8))
§ 300.185
[Reserved]
§ 300.186 Assistance under other Federal
programs.
Part B of the Act may not be
construed to permit a State to reduce
medical and other assistance available,
or to alter eligibility, under titles V and
XIX of the Social Security Act with
respect to the provision of FAPE for
children with disabilities in the State.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(e))
By-Pass for Children in Private Schools
§ 300.190
By-pass—general.
(a) If, on December 2, 1983, the date
of enactment of the Education of the
Handicapped Act Amendments of 1983,
an SEA was prohibited by law from
providing for the equitable participation
in special programs of children with
disabilities enrolled in private
elementary schools and secondary
schools as required by section
612(a)(10)(A) of the Act, or if the
Secretary determines that an SEA, LEA,
or other public agency has substantially
failed or is unwilling to provide for such
equitable participation then the
Secretary shall, notwithstanding such
provision of law, arrange for the
provision of services to these children
through arrangements which shall be
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
subject to the requirements of section
612(a)(10)(A) of the Act.
(b) The Secretary waives the
requirement of section 612(a)(10)(A) of
the Act and of §§ 300.131 through
300.144 if the Secretary implements a
by-pass.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(1))
§ 300.191
by-pass.
Provisions for services under a
(a) Before implementing a by-pass, the
Secretary consults with appropriate
public and private school officials,
including SEA officials, in the affected
State, and as appropriate, LEA or other
public agency officials to consider
matters such as—
(1) Any prohibition imposed by State
law that results in the need for a bypass; and
(2) The scope and nature of the
services required by private school
children with disabilities in the State,
and the number of children to be served
under the by-pass.
(b) After determining that a by-pass is
required, the Secretary arranges for the
provision of services to private school
children with disabilities in the State,
LEA or other public agency in a manner
consistent with the requirements of
section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act and
§§ 300.131 through 300.144 by
providing services through one or more
agreements with appropriate parties.
(c) For any fiscal year that a by-pass
is implemented, the Secretary
determines the maximum amount to be
paid to the providers of services by
multiplying—
(1) A per child amount determined by
dividing the total amount received by
the State under Part B of the Act for the
fiscal year by the number of children
with disabilities served in the prior year
as reported to the Secretary under
section 618 of the Act; by
(2) The number of private school
children with disabilities (as defined in
§§ 300.8(a) and 300.130) in the State,
LEA or other public agency, as
determined by the Secretary on the basis
of the most recent satisfactory data
available, which may include an
estimate of the number of those children
with disabilities.
(d) The Secretary deducts from the
State’s allocation under Part B of the Act
the amount the Secretary determines is
necessary to implement a by-pass and
pays that amount to the provider of
services. The Secretary may withhold
this amount from the State’s allocation
pending final resolution of any
investigation or complaint that could
result in a determination that a by-pass
must be implemented.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(2))
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 300.192
by-pass.
Notice of intent to implement a
(a) Before taking any final action to
implement a by-pass, the Secretary
provides the SEA and, as appropriate,
LEA or other public agency with written
notice.
(b) In the written notice, the
Secretary—
(1) States the reasons for the proposed
by-pass in sufficient detail to allow the
SEA and, as appropriate, LEA or other
public agency to respond; and
(2) Advises the SEA and, as
appropriate, LEA or other public agency
that it has a specific period of time (at
least 45 days) from receipt of the written
notice to submit written objections to
the proposed by-pass and that it may
request in writing the opportunity for a
hearing to show cause why a by-pass
should not be implemented.
(c) The Secretary sends the notice to
the SEA and, as appropriate, LEA or
other public agency by certified mail
with return receipt requested.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3)(A))
§ 300.193
Request to show cause.
An SEA, LEA or other public agency
in receipt of a notice under § 300.192
that seeks an opportunity to show cause
why a by-pass should not be
implemented must submit a written
request for a show cause hearing to the
Secretary, within the specified time
period in the written notice in
§ 300.192(b)(2).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
§ 300.194
Show cause hearing.
(a) If a show cause hearing is
requested, the Secretary—
(1) Notifies the SEA and affected LEA
or other public agency, and other
appropriate public and private school
officials of the time and place for the
hearing;
(2) Designates a person to conduct the
show cause hearing. The designee must
not have had any responsibility for the
matter brought for a hearing; and
(3) Notifies the SEA, LEA or other
public agency, and representatives of
private schools that they may be
represented by legal counsel and submit
oral or written evidence and arguments
at the hearing.
(b) At the show cause hearing, the
designee considers matters such as—
(1) The necessity for implementing a
by-pass;
(2) Possible factual errors in the
written notice of intent to implement a
by-pass; and
(3) The objections raised by public
and private school representatives.
(c) The designee may regulate the
course of the proceedings and the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
conduct of parties during the pendency
of the proceedings. The designee takes
all steps necessary to conduct a fair and
impartial proceeding, to avoid delay,
and to maintain order.
(d) The designee has no authority to
require or conduct discovery.
(e) The designee may interpret
applicable statutes and regulations, but
may not waive them or rule on their
validity.
(f) The designee arranges for the
preparation, retention, and, if
appropriate, dissemination of the record
of the hearing.
(g) Within 10 days after the hearing,
the designee—
(1) Indicates that a decision will be
issued on the basis of the existing
record; or
(2) Requests further information from
the SEA, LEA, other public agency,
representatives of private schools or
Department officials.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
§ 300.195
Decision.
(a) The designee who conducts the
show cause hearing—
(1) Within 120 days after the record of
a show cause hearing is closed, issues
a written decision that includes a
statement of findings; and
(2) Submits a copy of the decision to
the Secretary and sends a copy to each
party by certified mail with return
receipt requested.
(b) Each party may submit comments
and recommendations on the designee’s
decision to the Secretary within 30 days
of the date the party receives the
designee’s decision.
(c) The Secretary adopts, reverses, or
modifies the designee’s decision and
notifies all parties to the show cause
hearing of the Secretary’s final action.
That notice is sent by certified mail with
return receipt requested.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
§ 300.196
Filing requirements.
(a) Any written submission under
§ 300.194 must be filed by handdelivery, by mail, or by facsimile
transmission. The Secretary discourages
the use of facsimile transmission for
documents longer than five pages.
(b) The filing date under paragraph (a)
of this section is the date the document
is—
(1) Hand-delivered;
(2) Mailed; or
(3) Sent by facsimile transmission.
(c) A party filing by facsimile
transmission is responsible for
confirming that a complete and legible
copy of the document was received by
the Department.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(d) If a document is filed by facsimile
transmission, the Secretary or the
hearing officer, as applicable, may
require the filing of a follow-up hard
copy by hand-delivery or by mail within
a reasonable period of time.
(e) If agreed upon by the parties,
service of a document may be made
upon the other party by facsimile
transmission.
(f) A party must show a proof of
mailing to establish the filing date under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section as
provided in 34 CFR 75.102(d).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3))
§ 300.197
Judicial review.
If dissatisfied with the Secretary’s
final action, the SEA may, within 60
days after notice of that action, file a
petition for review with the United
States Court of Appeals for the circuit in
which the State is located. The
procedures for judicial review are
described in section 612(f)(3)(B) through
(D) of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(3)(B)–(D))
§ 300.198
Continuation of a by-pass.
The Secretary continues a by-pass
until the Secretary determines that the
SEA, LEA or other public agency will
meet the requirements for providing
services to private school children.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(2)(C))
§ 300.199
State administration.
(a) Rulemaking. Each State that
receives funds under Part B of the Act
must—
(1) Ensure that any State rules,
regulations, and policies relating to this
part conform to the purposes of this
part;
(2) Identify in writing to LEAs located
in the State and the Secretary any such
rule, regulation, or policy as a Stateimposed requirement that is not
required by Part B of the Act and
Federal regulations; and
(3) Minimize the number of rules,
regulations, and policies to which the
LEAs and schools located in the State
are subject under Part B of the Act.
(b) Support and facilitation. State
rules, regulations, and policies under
Part B of the Act must support and
facilitate LEA and school-level system
improvement designed to enable
children with disabilities to meet the
challenging State student academic
achievement standards.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C 1407)
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35857
Subpart C—Local Educational Agency
Eligibility
§ 300.200
Condition of assistance.
An LEA is eligible for assistance
under Part B of the Act for a fiscal year
if the agency submits a plan that
provides assurances to the SEA that the
LEA meets each of the conditions in
§§ 300.201 through 300.213.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a))
§ 300.201
Consistency with State policies.
The LEA, in providing for the
education of children with disabilities
within its jurisdiction, must have in
effect policies, procedures, and
programs that are consistent with the
State policies and procedures
established under §§ 300.101 through
300.163, and §§ 300.165 through
300.174.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(1))
§ 300.202
Use of amounts.
(a) General. Amounts provided to the
LEA under Part B of the Act—
(1) Must be expended in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this
part;
(2) Must be used only to pay the
excess costs of providing special
education and related services to
children with disabilities, consistent
with paragraph (b) of this section; and
(3) Must be used to supplement State,
local, and other Federal funds and not
to supplant those funds.
(b) Excess cost requirement. (1)
General.
(i) The excess cost requirement
prevents an LEA from using funds
provided under Part B of the Act to pay
for all of the costs directly attributable
to the education of a child with a
disability, subject to paragraph (b)(1)(ii)
of this section.
(ii) The excess cost requirement does
not prevent an LEA from using Part B
funds to pay for all of the costs directly
attributable to the education of a child
with a disability in any of the ages 3, 4,
5, 18, 19, 20, or 21, if no local or State
funds are available for nondisabled
children of these ages. However, the
LEA must comply with the
nonsupplanting and other requirements
of this part in providing the education
and services for these children.
(2)(i) An LEA meets the excess cost
requirement if it has spent at least a
minimum average amount for the
education of its children with
disabilities before funds under Part B of
the Act are used.
(ii) The amount described in
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section is
determined in accordance with the
definition of excess costs in § 300.16.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35858
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
That amount may not include capital
outlay or debt service.
(3) If two or more LEAs jointly
establish eligibility in accordance with
§ 300.223, the minimum average amount
is the average of the combined
minimum average amounts determined
in accordance with the definition of
excess costs in § 300.16 in those
agencies for elementary or secondary
school students, as the case may be.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(A))
§ 300.203
Maintenance of effort.
(a) General. Except as provided in
§§ 300.204 and 300.205, funds provided
to an LEA under Part B of the Act must
not be used to reduce the level of
expenditures for the education of
children with disabilities made by the
LEA from local funds below the level of
those expenditures for the preceding
fiscal year.
(b) Standard. (1) Except as provided
in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
SEA must determine that an LEA
complies with paragraph (a) of this
section for purposes of establishing the
LEA’s eligibility for an award for a fiscal
year if the LEA budgets, for the
education of children with disabilities,
at least the same total or per-capita
amount from either of the following
sources as the LEA spent for that
purpose from the same source for the
most recent prior year for which
information is available:
(i) Local funds only.
(ii) The combination of State and local
funds.
(2) An LEA that relies on paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section for any fiscal year
must ensure that the amount of local
funds it budgets for the education of
children with disabilities in that year is
at least the same, either in total or per
capita, as the amount it spent for that
purpose in the most recent fiscal year
for which information is available and
the standard in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section was used to establish its
compliance with this section.
(3) The SEA may not consider any
expenditures made from funds provided
by the Federal Government for which
the SEA is required to account to the
Federal Government or for which the
LEA is required to account to the
Federal Government directly or through
the SEA in determining an LEA’s
compliance with the requirement in
paragraph (a) of this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(A))
§ 300.204
effort.
Exception to maintenance of
Notwithstanding the restriction in
§ 300.203(a), an LEA may reduce the
level of expenditures by the LEA under
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Part B of the Act below the level of
those expenditures for the preceding
fiscal year if the reduction is attributable
to any of the following:
(a) The voluntary departure, by
retirement or otherwise, or departure for
just cause, of special education or
related services personnel.
(b) A decrease in the enrollment of
children with disabilities.
(c) The termination of the obligation
of the agency, consistent with this part,
to provide a program of special
education to a particular child with a
disability that is an exceptionally costly
program, as determined by the SEA,
because the child—
(1) Has left the jurisdiction of the
agency;
(2) Has reached the age at which the
obligation of the agency to provide
FAPE to the child has terminated; or
(3) No longer needs the program of
special education.
(d) The termination of costly
expenditures for long-term purchases,
such as the acquisition of equipment or
the construction of school facilities.
(e) The assumption of cost by the high
cost fund operated by the SEA under
§ 300.704(c).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(B))
§ 300.205 Adjustment to local fiscal efforts
in certain fiscal years.
(a) Amounts in excess.
Notwithstanding § 300.202(a)(2) and (b)
and § 300.203(a), and except as
provided in paragraph (d) of this section
and § 300.230(e)(2), for any fiscal year
for which the allocation received by an
LEA under section § 300.705 exceeds
the amount the LEA received for the
previous fiscal year, the LEA may
reduce the level of expenditures
otherwise required by § 300.203(a) by
not more than 50 percent of the amount
of that excess.
(b) Use of amounts to carry out
activities under ESEA. If an LEA
exercises the authority under paragraph
(a) of this section, the LEA must use an
amount of local funds equal to the
reduction in expenditures under
paragraph (a) of this section to carry out
activities that could be supported with
funds under the ESEA regardless of
whether the LEA is using funds under
the ESEA for those activities.
(c) State prohibition. Notwithstanding
paragraph (a) of this section, if an SEA
determines that an LEA is unable to
establish and maintain programs of
FAPE that meet the requirements of
section 613(a) of the Act and this part
or the SEA has taken action against the
LEA under section 616 of the Act and
subpart F of these regulations, the SEA
must prohibit the LEA from reducing
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the level of expenditures under
paragraph (a) of this section for that
fiscal year.
(d) Special rule. The amount of funds
expended by an LEA for early
intervening services under § 300.226
shall count toward the maximum
amount of expenditures that the LEA
may reduce under paragraph (a) of this
section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(C))
§ 300.206 Schoolwide programs under title
I of the ESEA.
(a) General. Notwithstanding the
provisions of §§ 300.202 and 300.203 or
any other provision of Part B of the Act,
an LEA may use funds received under
Part B of the Act for any fiscal year to
carry out a schoolwide program under
section 1114 of the ESEA, except that
the amount used in any schoolwide
program may not exceed—
(1)(i) The amount received by the LEA
under Part B of the Act for that fiscal
year; divided by
(ii) The number of children with
disabilities in the jurisdiction of the
LEA; and multiplied by
(2) The number of children with
disabilities participating in the
schoolwide program.
(b) Funding conditions. The funds
described in paragraph (a) of this
section are subject to the following
conditions:
(1) The funds must be considered as
Federal Part B funds for purposes of the
calculations required by § 300.202(a)(2)
and (a)(3).
(2) The funds may be used without
regard to the requirements of
§ 300.202(a)(1).
(c) Meeting other Part B requirements.
Except as provided in paragraph (b) of
this section, all other requirements of
Part B of the Act must be met by an LEA
using Part B funds in accordance with
paragraph (a) of this section, including
ensuring that children with disabilities
in schoolwide program schools—
(1) Receive services in accordance
with a properly developed IEP; and
(2) Are afforded all of the rights and
services guaranteed to children with
disabilities under the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(2)(D))
§ 300.207
Personnel development.
The LEA must ensure that all
personnel necessary to carry out Part B
of the Act are appropriately and
adequately prepared, subject to the
requirements of § 300.156 (related to
personnel qualifications) and section
2122 of the ESEA.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(3))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 300.208
Permissive use of funds.
(a) Uses. Notwithstanding §§ 300.202,
300.203(a), and § 300.162(b), funds
provided to an LEA under Part B of the
Act may be used for the following
activities:
(1) Services and aids that also benefit
nondisabled children. For the costs of
special education and related services,
and supplementary aids and services,
provided in a regular class or other
education-related setting to a child with
a disability in accordance with the IEP
of the child, even if one or more
nondisabled children benefit from these
services.
(2) Early intervening services. To
develop and implement coordinated,
early intervening educational services in
accordance with § 300.226.
(3) High cost education and related
services. To establish and implement
cost or risk sharing funds, consortia, or
cooperatives for the LEA itself, or for
LEAs working in a consortium of which
the LEA is a part, to pay for high cost
special education and related services.
(b) Administrative case management.
An LEA may use funds received under
Part B of the Act to purchase
appropriate technology for
recordkeeping, data collection, and
related case management activities of
teachers and related services personnel
providing services described in the IEP
of children with disabilities, that is
needed for the implementation of those
case management activities.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(4))
§ 300.209 Treatment of charter schools
and their students.
(a) Rights of children with disabilities.
Children with disabilities who attend
public charter schools and their parents
retain all rights under this part.
(b) Charter schools that are public
schools of the LEA. (1) In carrying out
Part B of the Act and these regulations
with respect to charter schools that are
public schools of the LEA, the LEA
must—
(i) Serve children with disabilities
attending those charter schools in the
same manner as the LEA serves children
with disabilities in its other schools,
including providing supplementary and
related services on site at the charter
school to the same extent to which the
LEA has a policy or practice of
providing such services on the site to its
other public schools; and
(ii) Provides funds under Part B of the
Act to those charter schools—
(A) On the same basis as the LEA
provides funds to the LEA’s other public
schools, including proportional
distribution based on relative
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
enrollment of children with disabilities;
and
(B) At the same time as the LEA
distributes other Federal funds to the
LEA’s other public schools, consistent
with the State’s charter school law.
(2) If the public charter school is a
school of an LEA that receives funding
under § 300.705 and includes other
public schools—
(i) The LEA is responsible for
ensuring that the requirements of this
part are met, unless State law assigns
that responsibility to some other entity;
and
(ii) The LEA must meet the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(c) Public charter schools that are
LEAs. If the public charter school is an
LEA, consistent with § 300.28, that
receives funding under § 300.705, that
charter school is responsible for
ensuring that the requirements of this
part are met, unless State law assigns
that responsibility to some other entity.
(d) Public charter schools that are not
an LEA or a school that is part of an
LEA. (1) If the public charter school is
not an LEA receiving funding under
§ 300.705, or a school that is part of an
LEA receiving funding under § 300.705,
the SEA is responsible for ensuring that
the requirements of this part are met.
(2) Paragraph (d)(1) of this section
does not preclude a State from assigning
initial responsibility for ensuring the
requirements of this part are met to
another entity. However, the SEA must
maintain the ultimate responsibility for
ensuring compliance with this part,
consistent with § 300.149.
35859
or other persons with print disabilities
in a timely manner.
(3) Nothing in this section relieves an
LEA of its responsibility to ensure that
children with disabilities who need
instructional materials in accessible
formats but for whom the NIMAC may
not provide assistance, receive those
instructional materials in a timely
manner.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(6))
§ 300.211
Information for SEA.
The LEA must provide the SEA with
information necessary to enable the SEA
to carry out its duties under Part B of
the Act, including, with respect to
§§ 300.157 and 300.160, information
relating to the performance of children
with disabilities participating in
programs carried out under Part B of the
Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(7))
§ 300.212
Public information.
The LEA must make available to
parents of children with disabilities and
to the general public all documents
relating to the eligibility of the agency
under Part B of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(8))
§ 300.213 Records regarding migratory
children with disabilities.
The LEA must cooperate in the
Secretary’s efforts under section 1308 of
the ESEA to ensure the linkage of
records pertaining to migratory children
with disabilities for the purpose of
electronically exchanging, among the
States, health and educational
information regarding those children.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(5))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(a)(9))
§ 300.210 Purchase of instructional
materials.
§§ 300.214–300.219
(a) General. Not later than December
3, 2006, two years after the date of
enactment of the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act
of 2004, an LEA that chooses to
coordinate with the National
Instructional Materials Access Center,
when purchasing print instructional
materials, must acquire those
instructional materials in the same
manner, and subject to the same
conditions as an SEA under § 300.172.
(b) Rights of LEA. (1) Nothing in this
section shall be construed to require an
LEA to coordinate with the National
Instructional Materials Access Center.
(2) If an LEA chooses not to
coordinate with the National
Instructional Materials Access Center,
the LEA must provide an assurance to
the SEA that the LEA will provide
instructional materials to blind persons
§ 300.220
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[Reserved]
Exception for prior local plans.
(a) General. If an LEA or a State
agency described in § 300.228 has on
file with the SEA policies and
procedures that demonstrate that the
LEA or State agency meets any
requirement of § 300.200, including any
policies and procedures filed under Part
B of the Act as in effect before December
3, 2004, the SEA must consider the LEA
or State agency to have met that
requirement for purposes of receiving
assistance under Part B of the Act.
(b) Modification made by an LEA or
State agency. Subject to paragraph (c) of
this section, policies and procedures
submitted by an LEA or a State agency
in accordance with this subpart remain
in effect until the LEA or State agency
submits to the SEA the modifications
that the LEA or State agency determines
are necessary.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35860
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(c) Modifications required by the SEA.
The SEA may require an LEA or a State
agency to modify its policies and
procedures, but only to the extent
necessary to ensure the LEA’s or State
agency’s compliance with Part B of the
Act or State law, if—
(1) After December 3, 2004, the
effective date of the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act
of 2004, the applicable provisions of the
Act (or the regulations developed to
carry out the Act) are amended;
(2) There is a new interpretation of an
applicable provision of the Act by
Federal or State courts; or
(3) There is an official finding of
noncompliance with Federal or State
law or regulations.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(b))
§ 300.221 Notification of LEA or State
agency in case of ineligibility.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(c))
§ 300.222 LEA and State agency
compliance.
(a) General. If the SEA, after
reasonable notice and an opportunity
for a hearing, finds that an LEA or State
agency that has been determined to be
eligible under this subpart is failing to
comply with any requirement described
in §§ 300.201 through 300.213, the SEA
must reduce or must not provide any
further payments to the LEA or State
agency until the SEA is satisfied that the
LEA or State agency is complying with
that requirement.
(b) Notice requirement. Any State
agency or LEA in receipt of a notice
described in paragraph (a) of this
section must, by means of public notice,
take the measures necessary to bring the
pendency of an action pursuant to this
section to the attention of the public
within the jurisdiction of the agency.
(c) Consideration. In carrying out its
responsibilities under this section, each
SEA must consider any decision
resulting from a hearing held under
§§ 300.511 through 300.533 that is
adverse to the LEA or State agency
involved in the decision.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(d))
Joint establishment of eligibility.
(a) General. An SEA may require an
LEA to establish its eligibility jointly
with another LEA if the SEA determines
that the LEA will be ineligible under
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 300.225
[Reserved]
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(f))
§ 300.226
Early intervening services.
§ 300.227
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(e)(1) and (2))
If the SEA determines that an LEA or
State agency is not eligible under Part B
of the Act, then the SEA must—
(a) Notify the LEA or State agency of
that determination; and
(b) Provide the LEA or State agency
with reasonable notice and an
opportunity for a hearing.
§ 300.223
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(e)(3) and (4))
develop and implement coordinated,
early intervening services, which may
include interagency financing
structures, for students in kindergarten
through grade 12 (with a particular
emphasis on students in kindergarten
through grade three) who have not been
identified as needing special education
or related services, but who need
additional academic and behavioral
support to succeed in a general
education environment.
(b) Activities. In implementing
coordinated, early intervening services
under this section, an LEA may carry
out activities that include—
(1) Professional development (which
may be provided by entities other than
LEAs) for teachers and other school staff
to enable such personnel to deliver
scientifically based academic and
behavioral interventions, including
scientifically based literacy instruction,
and, where appropriate, instruction on
the use of adaptive and instructional
software; and
(2) Providing educational and
behavioral evaluations, services, and
supports, including scientifically based
literacy instruction.
(c) Construction. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to either limit
or create a right to FAPE under Part B
of the Act or to delay appropriate
evaluation of a child suspected of
having a disability.
(d) Reporting. Each LEA that develops
and maintains coordinated, early
intervening services under this section
must annually report to the SEA on—
(1) The number of children served
under this section; and
(2) The number of children served
under this section who subsequently
receive special education and related
services under Part B of the Act during
the preceding two year period.
(e) Coordination with ESEA. Funds
made available to carry out this section
may be used to carry out coordinated,
early intervening services aligned with
activities funded by, and carried out
under the ESEA if those funds are used
to supplement, and not supplant, funds
made available under the ESEA for the
activities and services assisted under
this section.
this subpart because the agency will not
be able to establish and maintain
programs of sufficient size and scope to
effectively meet the needs of children
with disabilities.
(b) Charter school exception. An SEA
may not require a charter school that is
an LEA to jointly establish its eligibility
under paragraph (a) of this section
unless the charter school is explicitly
permitted to do so under the State’s
charter school statute.
(c) Amount of payments. If an SEA
requires the joint establishment of
eligibility under paragraph (a) of this
section, the total amount of funds made
available to the affected LEAs must be
equal to the sum of the payments that
each LEA would have received under
§ 300.705 if the agencies were eligible
for those payments.
§ 300.224 Requirements for establishing
eligibility.
(a) Requirements for LEAs in general.
LEAs that establish joint eligibility
under this section must—
(1) Adopt policies and procedures
that are consistent with the State’s
policies and procedures under
§§ 300.101 through 300.163, and
§§ 300.165 through 300.174; and
(2) Be jointly responsible for
implementing programs that receive
assistance under Part B of the Act.
(b) Requirements for educational
service agencies in general. If an
educational service agency is required
by State law to carry out programs
under Part B of the Act, the joint
responsibilities given to LEAs under
Part B of the Act—
(1) Do not apply to the administration
and disbursement of any payments
received by that educational service
agency; and
(2) Must be carried out only by that
educational service agency.
(c) Additional requirement.
Notwithstanding any other provision of
§§ 300.223 through 300.224, an
educational service agency must
provide for the education of children
with disabilities in the least restrictive
environment, as required by § 300.112.
(a) General. An LEA may not use more
than 15 percent of the amount such
agency receives under Part B of the Act
for any fiscal year, less any amount
reduced by the agency pursuant to
§ 300.205, if any, in combination with
other amounts (which may include
amounts other than education funds), to
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Direct services by the SEA.
(a) General. (1) An SEA must use the
payments that would otherwise have
been available to an LEA or to a State
agency to provide special education and
related services directly to children with
disabilities residing in the area served
by that LEA, or for whom that State
agency is responsible, if the SEA
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
determines that the LEA or State
agency—
(i) Has not provided the information
needed to establish the eligibility of the
LEA or State agency, or elected not to
apply for its Part B allotment, under Part
B of the Act;
(ii) Is unable to establish and maintain
programs of FAPE that meet the
requirements of this part;
(iii) Is unable or unwilling to be
consolidated with one or more LEAs in
order to establish and maintain the
programs; or
(iv) Has one or more children with
disabilities who can best be served by a
regional or State program or service
delivery system designed to meet the
needs of these children.
(2) SEA administrative procedures. (i)
In meeting the requirements in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the SEA
may provide special education and
related services directly, by contract, or
through other arrangements.
(ii) The excess cost requirements of
§ 300.202(b) do not apply to the SEA.
(b) Manner and location of education
and services. The SEA may provide
special education and related services
under paragraph (a) of this section in
the manner and at the locations
(including regional or State centers) as
the SEA considers appropriate. The
education and services must be
provided in accordance with this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(g))
§ 300.228
State agency eligibility.
Any State agency that desires to
receive a subgrant for any fiscal year
under § 300.705 must demonstrate to
the satisfaction of the SEA that—
(a) All children with disabilities who
are participating in programs and
projects funded under Part B of the Act
receive FAPE, and that those children
and their parents are provided all the
rights and procedural safeguards
described in this part; and
(b) The agency meets the other
conditions of this subpart that apply to
LEAs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(h))
§ 300.229
Disciplinary information.
(a) The State may require that a public
agency include in the records of a child
with a disability a statement of any
current or previous disciplinary action
that has been taken against the child
and transmit the statement to the same
extent that the disciplinary information
is included in, and transmitted with, the
student records of nondisabled children.
(b) The statement may include a
description of any behavior engaged in
by the child that required disciplinary
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
action, a description of the disciplinary
action taken, and any other information
that is relevant to the safety of the child
and other individuals involved with the
child.
(c) If the State adopts such a policy,
and the child transfers from one school
to another, the transmission of any of
the child’s records must include both
the child’s current IEP and any
statement of current or previous
disciplinary action that has been taken
against the child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(i))
§ 300.230
SEA flexibility.
(a) Adjustment to State fiscal effort in
certain fiscal years. For any fiscal year
for which the allotment received by a
State under § 300.703 exceeds the
amount the State received for the
previous fiscal year and if the State in
school year 2003–2004 or any
subsequent school year pays or
reimburses all LEAs within the State
from State revenue 100 percent of the
non-Federal share of the costs of special
education and related services, the SEA,
notwithstanding §§ 300.162 through
300.163 (related to State-level
nonsupplanting and maintenance of
effort), and § 300.175 (related to direct
services by the SEA) may reduce the
level of expenditures from State sources
for the education of children with
disabilities by not more than 50 percent
of the amount of such excess.
(b) Prohibition. Notwithstanding
paragraph (a) of this section, if the
Secretary determines that an SEA is
unable to establish, maintain, or oversee
programs of FAPE that meet the
requirements of this part, or that the
State needs assistance, intervention, or
substantial intervention under
§ 300.603, the Secretary prohibits the
SEA from exercising the authority in
paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Education activities. If an SEA
exercises the authority under paragraph
(a) of this section, the agency must use
funds from State sources, in an amount
equal to the amount of the reduction
under paragraph (a) of this section, to
support activities authorized under the
ESEA, or to support need-based student
or teacher higher education programs.
(d) Report. For each fiscal year for
which an SEA exercises the authority
under paragraph (a) of this section, the
SEA must report to the Secretary—
(1) The amount of expenditures
reduced pursuant to that paragraph; and
(2) The activities that were funded
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
(e) Limitation. (1) Notwithstanding
paragraph (a) of this section, an SEA
may not reduce the level of
expenditures described in paragraph (a)
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35861
of this section if any LEA in the State
would, as a result of such reduction,
receive less than 100 percent of the
amount necessary to ensure that all
children with disabilities served by the
LEA receive FAPE from the combination
of Federal funds received under Part B
of the Act and State funds received from
the SEA.
(2) If an SEA exercises the authority
under paragraph (a) of this section,
LEAs in the State may not reduce local
effort under § 300.205 by more than the
reduction in the State funds they
receive.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1413(j))
Subpart D—Evaluations, Eligibility
Determinations, Individualized
Education Programs, and Educational
Placements
Parental Consent
§ 300.300
Parental consent.
(a) Consent for initial evaluation. (1)(i)
Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)
of this section (regarding consent for
wards of the State), the public agency
proposing to conduct an initial
evaluation to determine if a child
qualifies as a child with a disability
under § 300.8 must obtain informed
consent from the parent of the child
before conducting the evaluation.
(ii) Parental consent for initial
evaluation must not be construed as
consent for initial provision of special
education and related services.
(2)(i) If the child is a ward of the State
and is not residing with the child’s
parent, the public agency must make
reasonable efforts to obtain the informed
consent from the parent for an initial
evaluation to determine whether the
child is a child with a disability.
(ii) The public agency is not required
to obtain informed consent from the
parent for an initial evaluation to
determine whether the child is a child
with a disability if—
(A) Despite reasonable efforts to do so,
the public agency cannot discover the
whereabouts of the parent of the child;
(B) The rights of the parents of the
child have been terminated in
accordance with State law; or
(C) The rights of the parent to make
educational decisions have been
subrogated by a judge in accordance
with State law and consent for an initial
evaluation has been given by an
individual appointed by the judge to
represent the child.
(3) If the parent of a child enrolled in
public school or seeking to be enrolled
in public school does not provide
consent for initial evaluation under
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35862
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
parent fails to respond to a request to
provide consent, the public agency may,
but is not required to, pursue the initial
evaluation of the child by utilizing the
procedural safeguards in subpart E of
this part (including the mediation
procedures under § 300.506 or the due
process procedures under §§ 300.507
through 300.516), if appropriate, except
to the extent inconsistent with State law
relating to such parental consent.
(b) Parental consent for services. (1) A
public agency that is responsible for
making FAPE available to a child with
a disability must seek to obtain
informed consent from the parent of the
child before the initial provision of
special education and related services to
the child.
(2) If the parent of a child fails to
respond or refuses to consent to services
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section,
the public agency may not use the
procedures in Subpart E of this part
(including the mediation procedures
under § 300.506 or the due process
procedures under §§ 300.507 through
300.516) in order to obtain agreement or
a ruling that the services may be
provided to the child.
(3) If the parent of the child refuses to
consent to the initial provision of
special education and related services,
or the parent fails to respond to a
request to provide consent for the initial
provision of special education and
related services, the public agency—
(i) Will not be considered to be in
violation of the requirement to make
available FAPE to the child for the
failure to provide the child with the
special education and related services
for which the public agency requests
consent; and
(ii) Is not required to convene an IEP
meeting or develop an IEP under
§§ 300.320 and 300.324 for the child for
the special education and related
services for which the public agency
requests such consent.
(c) Parental consent for reevaluations.
(1) Subject to paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, each public agency must obtain
informed parental consent, in
accordance with § 300.300(a), prior to
conducting any reevaluation of a child
with a disability.
(2) The informed parental consent
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
ection need not be obtained if the public
agency can demonstrate that—
(i) It had taken reasonable measures to
obtain such consent; and
(ii) The child’s parent has failed to
respond.
(d) Other consent requirements.
(1) Parental consent is not required
before—(i) Reviewing existing data as
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
part of an evaluation or a reevaluation;
or
(ii) Administering a test or other
evaluation that is administered to all
children unless, before administration
of that test or evaluation, consent is
required of parents of all children.
(2) In addition to the parental consent
requirements described in paragraph (a)
of this section, a State may require
parental consent for other services and
activities under this part if it ensures
that each public agency in the State
establishes and implements effective
procedures to ensure that a parent’s
refusal to consent does not result in a
failure to provide the child with FAPE.
(3) A public agency may not use a
parent’s refusal to consent to one service
or activity under paragraphs (a) and
(d)(2) of this section to deny the parent
or child any other service, benefit, or
activity of the public agency, except as
required by this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(1)(D) and
1414(c))
Evaluations and Reevaluations
§ 300.301
Initial evaluations.
(a) General. Each public agency must
conduct a full and individual initial
evaluation, in accordance with
§§ 300.305 and 300.306, before the
initial provision of special education
and related services to a child with a
disability under this part.
(b) Request for initial evaluation.
Consistent with the consent
requirements in § 300.300, either a
parent of a child, or a public agency,
may initiate a request for an initial
evaluation to determine if the child is a
child with a disability.
(c) Procedures for initial evaluation.
The initial evaluation—
(1)(i) Must be conducted within 60
days of receiving parental consent for
the evaluation; or
(ii) If the State establishes a timeframe
within which the evaluation must be
conducted, within that timeframe; and
(2) Must consist of procedures—
(i) To determine if the child is a child
with a disability under § 300.8; and
(ii) To determine the educational
needs of the child.
(d) Exception. The timeframe
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section shall not apply to a public
agency if—
(1) The parent of a child repeatedly
fails or refuses to produce the child for
the evaluation; or
(2)(i) A child enrolls in a school
served by the public agency after the
relevant timeframe in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section has begun, and prior to a
determination by the child’s previous
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
public agency as to whether the child is
a child with a disability under § 300.8.
(ii) The exception in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section applies only
if the subsequent public agency is
making sufficient progress to ensure a
prompt completion of the evaluation,
and the parent and subsequent public
agency agree to a specific time when the
evaluation will be completed.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a))
§ 300.302 Screening for instructional
purposes is not evaluation.
The screening of a student by a
teacher or specialist to determine
appropriate instructional strategies for
curriculum implementation shall not be
considered to be an evaluation for
eligibility for special education and
related services.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(1)(E))
§ 300.303
Reevaluations.
(a) General. A public agency must
ensure that a reevaluation of each child
with a disability is conducted in
accordance with §§ 300.304 through
300.311—
(1) If the public agency determines
that the educational or related services
needs, including improved academic
achievement and functional
performance, of the child warrant a
reevaluation; or
(2) If the child’s parent or teacher
requests a reevaluation.
(b) Limitation. A reevaluation
conducted under paragraph (a) of this
section—
(1) May occur not more than once a
year, unless the parent and the public
agency agree otherwise; and
(2) Must occur at least once every 3
years, unless the parent and the public
agency agree that a reevaluation is
unnecessary.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(a)(2))
§ 300.304
Evaluation procedures.
(a) Notice. The public agency must
provide notice to the parents of a child
with a disability, in accordance with
§ 300.503, that describes any evaluation
procedures the agency proposes to
conduct.
(b) Conduct of evaluation. In
conducting the evaluation, the public
agency must—
(1) Use a variety of assessment tools
and strategies to gather relevant
functional, developmental, and
academic information about the child,
including information provided by the
parent, that may assist in determining—
(i) Whether the child is a child with
a disability under § 300.8; and
(ii) The content of the child’s IEP,
including information related to
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
enabling the child to be involved in and
progress in the general education
curriculum (or for a preschool child, to
participate in appropriate activities);
(2) Not use any single procedure as
the sole criterion for determining
whether a child is a child with a
disability and for determining an
appropriate educational program for the
child; and
(3) Use technically sound instruments
that may assess the relative contribution
of cognitive and behavioral factors, in
addition to physical or developmental
factors.
(c) Other evaluation procedures. Each
public agency must ensure that—
(1) Assessments and other evaluation
materials used to assess a child under
this part—
(i) Are selected and administered so
as not to be discriminatory on a racial
or cultural basis;
(ii) Are provided and administered in
the child’s native language or other
mode of communication and in the form
most likely to yield accurate
information on what the child knows
and can do academically,
developmentally, and functionally,
unless it is clearly not feasible to so
provide or administer;
(iii) Are used for the purposes for
which the assessments or measures are
valid and reliable;
(iv) Are administered by trained and
knowledgeable personnel; and
(v) Are administered in accordance
with any instructions provided by the
producer of the assessments.
(2) Assessments and other evaluation
materials include those tailored to
assess specific areas of educational need
and not merely those that are designed
to provide a single general intelligence
quotient.
(3) Assessments are selected and
administered so as best to ensure that if
an assessment is administered to a child
with impaired sensory, manual, or
speaking skills, the assessment results
accurately reflect the child’s aptitude or
achievement level or whatever other
factors the test purports to measure,
rather than reflecting the child’s
impaired sensory, manual, or speaking
skills (unless those skills are the factors
that the test purports to measure).
(4) The child is assessed in all areas
related to the suspected disability,
including, if appropriate, health, vision,
hearing, social and emotional status,
general intelligence, academic
performance, communicative status, and
motor abilities;
(5) Assessments of children with
disabilities who transfer from one
public agency to another public agency
in the same academic year are
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
coordinated with those children’s prior
and subsequent schools, as necessary
and as expeditiously as possible, to
ensure prompt completion of full
evaluations.
(6) In evaluating each child with a
disability under §§ 300.304 through
300.306, the evaluation is sufficiently
comprehensive to identify all of the
child’s special education and related
services needs, whether or not
commonly linked to the disability
category in which the child has been
classified.
(7) Assessment tools and strategies
that provide relevant information that
directly assists persons in determining
the educational needs of the child are
provided.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(b)(1)–(3),
1412(a)(6)(B))
§ 300.305 Additional requirements for
evaluations and reevaluations.
(a) Review of existing evaluation data.
As part of an initial evaluation (if
appropriate) and as part of any
reevaluation under this part, the IEP
Team and other qualified professionals,
as appropriate, must—
(1) Review existing evaluation data on
the child, including—
(i) Evaluations and information
provided by the parents of the child;
(ii) Current classroom-based local or
State assessments, and classroom-based
observations; and
(iii) Observations by teachers and
related services providers; and
(2) On the basis of that review, and
input from the child’s parents, identify
what additional data, if any, are needed
to determine—
(i)(A) Whether the child is a child
with a disability, as defined in § 300.8,
and the educational needs of the child;
or
(B) In case of a reevaluation of a child,
whether the child continues to have
such a disability, and the educational
needs of the child;
(ii) The present levels of academic
achievement and related developmental
needs of the child;
(iii)(A) Whether the child needs
special education and related services;
or
(B) In the case of a reevaluation of a
child, whether the child continues to
need special education and related
services; and
(iv) Whether any additions or
modifications to the special education
and related services are needed to
enable the child to meet the measurable
annual goals set out in the IEP of the
child and to participate, as appropriate,
in the general education curriculum.
(b) Conduct of review. The group
described in paragraph (a) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35863
section may conduct its review without
a meeting.
(c) Source of data. The public agency
must administer such assessments and
other evaluation measures as may be
needed to produce the data identified
under paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) Requirements if additional data
are not needed.
(1) If the IEP Team and other qualified
professionals, as appropriate, determine
that no additional data are needed to
determine whether the child continues
to be a child with a disability, and to
determine the child’s educational needs,
the public agency must notify the
child’s parents of—
(i) That determination and the reasons
for the determination; and
(ii) The right of the parents to request
an assessment to determine whether the
child continues to be a child with a
disability, and to determine the child’s
educational needs.
(2) The public agency is not required
to conduct the assessment described in
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section unless
requested to do so by the child’s
parents.
(e) Evaluations before change in
placement.
(1) Except as provided in paragraph
(e)(2) of this section, a public agency
must evaluate a child with a disability
in accordance with §§ 300.304 through
300.311 before determining that the
child is no longer a child with a
disability.
(2) The evaluation described in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section is not
required before the termination of a
child’s eligibility under this part due to
graduation from secondary school with
a regular diploma, or due to exceeding
the age eligibility for FAPE under State
law.
(3) For a child whose eligibility
terminates under circumstances
described in paragraph (e)(2) of this
section, a public agency must provide
the child with a summary of the child’s
academic achievement and functional
performance, which shall include
recommendations on how to assist the
child in meeting the child’s
postsecondary goals.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(c))
§ 300.306
Determination of eligibility.
(a) General. Upon completion of the
administration of assessments and other
evaluation measures—
(1) A group of qualified professionals
and the parent of the child determines
whether the child is a child with a
disability, as defined in § 300.8, in
accordance with paragraph (b) of this
section and the educational needs of the
child; and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35864
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) The public agency provides a copy
of the evaluation report and the
documentation of determination of
eligibility to the parent.
(b) Special rule for eligibility
determination. A child must not be
determined to be a child with a
disability under this part—
(1) If the determinant factor for that
determination is—
(i) Lack of appropriate instruction in
reading, including the essential
components of reading instruction (as
defined in section 1208(3) of the ESEA);
(ii) Lack of instruction in math; or
(iii) Limited English proficiency; and
(2) If the child does not otherwise
meet the eligibility criteria under
§ 300.8(a).
(c) Procedures for determining
eligibility and placement. (1) In
interpreting evaluation data for the
purpose of determining if a child is a
child with a disability under § 300.8,
and the educational needs of the child,
each public agency must—
(i) Draw upon information from a
variety of sources, including aptitude
and achievement tests, parent input,
teacher recommendations, physical
condition, social or cultural
background, and adaptive behavior; and
(ii) Ensure that information obtained
from all of these sources is documented
and carefully considered.
(2) If a determination is made that a
child has a disability and needs special
education and related services, an IEP
must be developed for the child in
accordance with §§ 300.320 through
300.324.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(b)(4) and (5))
Additional Procedures for Evaluating
Children With Specific Learning
Disabilities
§ 300.307
Specific learning disabilities.
(a) General. A State must adopt,
consistent with § 300.309, criteria for
determining whether a child has a
specific learning disability as defined in
§ 300.8. In addition, the criteria adopted
by the State—
(1) May prohibit the use of a severe
discrepancy between intellectual ability
and achievement for determining
whether a child has a specific learning
disability as defined in § 300.8;
(2) May not require the use of a severe
discrepancy between intellectual ability
and achievement for determining
whether a child has a specific learning
disability as defined in § 300.8;
(3) Must permit the use of a process
that determines if the child responds to
scientific, research-based intervention
as part of the evaluation procedures
described in § 300.304; and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(4) May permit the use of other
alternative research-based procedures
for determining whether a child has a
specific learning disability as defined in
§ 300.8.
(b) Consistency with State criteria. A
public agency must use the State criteria
adopted pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this section in determining whether a
child has a specific learning disability.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3; 1401(30);
1414(b)(6))
§ 300.308
Group members.
The determination of whether a child
suspected of having a specific learning
disability is a child with a disability, as
defined in § 300.8, is made by the
child’s parents and the group described
under § 300.306(a)(1) that—
(a) Is collectively qualified to—
(1) Conduct, as appropriate,
individual diagnostic assessments in the
areas of speech and language, academic
achievement, intellectual development,
and social-emotional development;
(2) Interpret assessment and
intervention data, and apply critical
analysis to those data;
(3) Develop appropriate educational
and transitional recommendations based
on the assessment data; and
(4) Deliver, and monitor specifically
designed instruction and services to
meet the needs of a child with a specific
learning disability; and
(b) Includes—(1) A special education
teacher;
(2)(i) The child’s general education
teacher; or
(ii) If the child does not have a general
education teacher, a general education
teacher qualified to teach a child of the
child’s age; and
(c) Other professionals, if appropriate,
such as a school psychologist, reading
teacher, or educational therapist.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3; 1401(30);
1414(b)(6))
§ 300.309 Determining the existence of a
specific learning disability.
(a) The group described in § 300.308
may determine that a child has a
specific learning disability if—
(1) The child does not achieve
commensurate with the child’s age in
one or more of the following areas,
when provided with learning
experiences appropriate for the child’s
age:
(i) Oral expression.
(ii) Listening comprehension.
(iii) Written expression.
(iv) Basic reading skill.
(v) Reading fluency skills.
(vi) Reading comprehension.
(vii) Mathematics calculation.
(viii) Mathematics problem solving.
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2)(i) The child fails to achieve a rate
of learning to make sufficient progress
to meet State-approved results in one or
more of the areas identified in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section when
assessed with a response to scientific,
research-based intervention process; or
(ii) The child exhibits a pattern of
strengths and weaknesses in
performance, achievement, or both, or a
pattern of strengths and weaknesses in
performance, achievement, or both,
relative to intellectual development,
that is determined by the team to be
relevant to the identification of a
specific learning disability, using
appropriate assessments consistent with
§§ 300.304 and 300.305; and
(3) The group determines that its
findings under paragraph (a)(1) and (2)
of this section are not primarily the
result of—
(i) A visual, hearing, or motor
disability;
(ii) Mental retardation;
(iii) Emotional disturbance;
(iv) Cultural factors; or
(v) Environmental or economic
disadvantage.
(b) For a child suspected of having a
specific learning disability, the group
must consider, as part of the evaluation
described in §§ 300.304 through
300.306, data that demonstrates that—
(1) Prior to, or as a part of the referral
process, the child was provided
appropriate high-quality, research-based
instruction in regular education settings,
consistent with section 1111(b)(8)(D)
and (E) of the ESEA, including that the
instruction was delivered by qualified
personnel; and
(2) Data-based documentation of
repeated assessments of achievement at
reasonable intervals, reflecting formal
assessment of student progress during
instruction, was provided to the child’s
parents.
(c) If the child has not made adequate
progress after an appropriate period of
time, during which the conditions in
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section
have been implemented, a referral for an
evaluation to determine if the child
needs special education and related
services must be made.
(d) Once the child is referred for an
evaluation to determine if the child
needs special education and related
services, the timelines described in
§§ 300.301 and 300.303 must be adhered
to, unless extended by mutual written
agreement of the child’s parents and a
group of qualified professionals, as
described in § 300.308.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3; 1401(30);
1414(b)(6))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 300.310
Observation.
(a) At least one member of the group
described in § 300.308, other than the
child’s current teacher, who is trained
in observation, shall observe the child,
and the learning environment, including
the regular classroom setting, to
document academic performance and
behavior in the areas of difficulty.
(b) In the case of a child of less than
school age or out of school, a group
member must observe the child in an
environment appropriate for a child of
that age.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3; 1401(30);
1414(b)(6))
§ 300.311
Written report.
(a) For a child suspected of having a
specific learning disability, the
evaluation report and the
documentation of the determination of
eligibility, as required by
§ 300.306(a)(2), must include a
statement of—
(1) Whether the child has a specific
learning disability;
(2) The basis for making the
determination, including an assurance
that the determination has been made in
accordance with § 300.306(c)(1);
(3) The relevant behavior, if any,
noted during the observation of the
child and the relationship of that
behavior to the child’s academic
functioning;
(4) The educationally relevant
medical findings, if any;
(5) Whether the child does not
achieve commensurate with the child’s
age;
(6) Whether there are strengths and
weaknesses in performance or
achievement or both, or there are
strengths and weaknesses in
performance or achievement, or both,
relative to intellectual development in
one or more of the areas described in
§ 300.309(a) that require special
education and related services; and
(7) The instructional strategies used
and the student-centered data collected
if a response to scientific, researchbased intervention process, as described
in § 300.309 was implemented.
(b) Each group member shall certify in
writing whether the report reflects his or
her conclusion. If it does not reflect his
or her conclusion, the group member
must submit a separate statement
presenting his or her conclusions.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3; 1401(30);
1414(b)(6))
Individualized Education Programs
§ 300.320 Definition of individualized
education program.
(a) General. As used in this part, the
term individualized education program
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
or IEP means a written statement for
each child with a disability that is
developed, reviewed, and revised in a
meeting in accordance with §§ 300.320
through 300.324, and that must
include—
(1) A statement of the child’s present
levels of academic achievement and
functional performance, including—
(i) How the child’s disability affects
the child’s involvement and progress in
the general education curriculum (i.e.,
the same curriculum as for nondisabled
children); or
(ii) For preschool children, as
appropriate, how the disability affects
the child’s participation in appropriate
activities;
(2)(i) A statement of measurable
annual goals, including academic and
functional goals designed to—
(A) Meet the child’s needs that result
from the child’s disability to enable the
child to be involved in and make
progress in the general education
curriculum; and
(B) Meet each of the child’s other
educational needs that result from the
child’s disability;
(ii) For children with disabilities who
take alternate assessments aligned to
alternate achievement standards, a
description of benchmarks or short-term
objectives;
(3) A description of—
(i) How the child’s progress toward
meeting the annual goals described in
paragraph (2) of this section will be
measured; and
(ii) When periodic reports on the
progress the child is making toward
meeting the annual goals (such as
through the use of quarterly or other
periodic reports, concurrent with the
issuance of report cards) will be
provided;
(4) A statement of the special
education and related services and
supplementary aids and services, based
on peer-reviewed research to the extent
practicable, to be provided to the child,
or on behalf of the child, and a
statement of the program modifications
or supports for school personnel that
will be provided to enable the child—
(i) To advance appropriately toward
attaining the annual goals;
(ii) To be involved in and make
progress in the general education
curriculum in accordance with
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and to
participate in extracurricular and other
nonacademic activities; and
(iii) To be educated and participate
with other children with disabilities and
nondisabled children in the activities
described in this section;
(5) An explanation of the extent, if
any, to which the child will not
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35865
participate with nondisabled children in
the regular education environment and
in the activities described in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section;
(6)(i) A statement of any individual
appropriate accommodations that are
necessary to measure the academic
achievement and functional
performance of the child on State and
districtwide assessments consistent
with § 300.160; and
(ii) If the IEP Team determines that
the child must take an alternate
assessment instead of a particular
regular State or districtwide assessment
of student achievement, a statement of
why—
(A) The child cannot participate in
the regular assessment; and
(B) The particular alternate
assessment selected is appropriate for
the child; and
(7) The projected date for the
beginning of the services and
modifications described in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section, and the anticipated
frequency, location, and duration of
those services and modifications.
(b) Transition services. Beginning not
later than the first IEP to be in effect
when the child turns 16, or younger if
determined appropriate by the IEP
Team, and updated annually, thereafter,
the IEP must include—
(1) Appropriate measurable
postsecondary goals based upon age
appropriate transition assessments
related to training, education,
employment, and, where appropriate,
independent living skills; and
(2) The transition services (including
courses of study) needed to assist the
child in reaching those goals.
(c) Transfer of rights at age of
majority. Beginning not later than one
year before the child reaches the age of
majority under State law, the IEP must
include a statement that the child has
been informed of the child’s rights
under Part B of the Act, if any, that will
transfer to the child on reaching the age
of majority under § 300.520.
(d) Construction. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to require—
(1) That additional information be
included in a child’s IEP beyond what
is explicitly required in section 614 of
the Act; or
(2) The IEP Team to include
information under one component of a
child’s IEP that is already contained
under another component of the child’s
IEP.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A) and
(d)(6))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35866
§ 300.321
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
IEP Team.
(a) General. The public agency must
ensure that the IEP Team for each child
with a disability includes—
(1) The parents of the child;
(2) Not less than one regular
education teacher of the child (if the
child is, or may be, participating in the
regular education environment);
(3) Not less than one special
education teacher of the child, or where
appropriate, not less then one special
education provider of the child;
(4) A representative of the public
agency who—
(i) Is qualified to provide, or supervise
the provision of, specially designed
instruction to meet the unique needs of
children with disabilities;
(ii) Is knowledgeable about the
general education curriculum; and
(iii) Is knowledgeable about the
availability of resources of the public
agency.
(5) An individual who can interpret
the instructional implications of
evaluation results, who may be a
member of the team described in
paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(6) of this
section;
(6) At the discretion of the parent or
the agency, other individuals who have
knowledge or special expertise
regarding the child, including related
services personnel as appropriate; and
(7) Whenever appropriate, the child
with a disability.
(b) Transition services participants.
(1) In accordance with paragraph (a)(7)
of this section, the public agency must
invite a child with a disability to attend
the child’s IEP meeting if a purpose of
the meeting will be the consideration of
the postsecondary goals for the child
and the transition services needed to
assist the child in reaching those goals
under § 300.320(b).
(2) If the child does not attend the IEP
meeting, the public agency must take
other steps to ensure that the child’s
preferences and interests are
considered.
(3) To the extent appropriate, with the
consent of the parents or a child who
has reached the age of majority, in
implementing the requirements of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
public agency must invite a
representative of any participating
agency that is likely to be responsible
for providing or paying for transition
services.
(c) Determination of knowledge and
special expertise. The determination of
the knowledge or special expertise of
any individual described in paragraph
(a)(6) of this section must be made by
the party (parents or public agency) who
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
invited the individual to be a member
of the IEP Team.
(d) Designating a public agency
representative. A public agency may
designate a public agency member of the
IEP Team to also serve as the agency
representative, if the criteria in
paragraph (a)(4) of this section are
satisfied.
(e) IEP Team attendance.
(1) A member of the IEP Team is not
required to attend an IEP meeting, in
whole or in part, if the parent of a child
with a disability and the public agency
agree, in writing, that the attendance of
the member is not necessary because the
member’s area of the curriculum or
related services is not being modified or
discussed in the meeting.
(2) A member of the IEP Team may be
excused from attending an IEP meeting,
in whole or in part, when the meeting
involves a modification to or discussion
of the member’s area of the curriculum
or related services, if—
(i) The parent, in writing, and the
public agency consent to the excusal;
and
(ii) The member submits, in writing to
the parent and the IEP Team, input into
the development of the IEP prior to the
meeting.
(f) Initial IEP meeting for child under
Part C. In the case of a child who was
previously served under Part C of the
Act, an invitation to the initial IEP
meeting must, at the request of the
parent, be sent to the Part C service
coordinator or other representatives of
the Part C system to assist with the
smooth transition of services.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(30),
1414(d)(1)(A)(7),(B))
§ 300.322
Parent participation.
(a) Public agency responsibility—
general. Each public agency must take
steps to ensure that one or both of the
parents of a child with a disability are
present at each IEP meeting or are
afforded the opportunity to participate,
including—
(1) Notifying parents of the meeting
early enough to ensure that they will
have an opportunity to attend; and
(2) Scheduling the meeting at a
mutually agreed on time and place.
(b) Information provided to parents.
(1) The notice required under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section must—
(i) Indicate the purpose, time, and
location of the meeting and who will be
in attendance; and
(ii) Inform the parents of the
provisions in § 300.321(a)(6) and (c)
(relating to the participation of other
individuals on the IEP Team who have
knowledge or special expertise about
the child).
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) For a child with a disability
beginning not later than the first IEP to
be in effect when the child turns 16, or
younger if determined appropriate by
the IEP Team, the notice also must—
(i) Indicate—
(A) That a purpose of the meeting will
be the consideration of the
postsecondary goals and transition
services for the child, in accordance
with § 300.320(b); and
(B) That the agency will invite the
student; and
(ii) Identifies any other agency that
will be invited to send a representative.
(c) Other methods to ensure parent
participation. If neither parent can
attend, the public agency must use other
methods to ensure parent participation,
including individual or conference
telephone calls, consistent with
§ 300.328 (related to alternative means
of meeting participation).
(d) Conducting an IEP meeting
without a parent in attendance. A
meeting may be conducted without a
parent in attendance if the public
agency is unable to convince the parents
that they should attend. In this case, the
public agency must keep a record of its
attempts to arrange a mutually agreed
on time and place.
(e) Parent copy of child’s IEP. The
public agency must give the parent a
copy of the child’s IEP at no cost to the
parent.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(B)(i))
§ 300.323
When IEPs must be in effect.
(a) General. At the beginning of each
school year, each public agency must
have in effect, for each child with a
disability within its jurisdiction, an IEP,
as defined in § 300.320.
(b) IEP or IFSP for children aged three
through five.
(1) In the case of a child with a
disability aged three through five (or, at
the discretion of the SEA, a two-year-old
child with a disability who will turn age
three during the school year), the IEP
Team must consider an IFSP that
contains the IFSP content (including the
natural environments statement)
described in section 636(d) of the Act
and its implementing regulations
(including an educational component
that promotes school readiness and
incorporates pre-literacy, language, and
numeracy skills for children with IFSPs
under this section who are at least three
years of age), and that is developed in
accordance with the IEP procedures
under this part. The IFSP may serve as
the IEP of the child, if using the IFSP
as the IEP is—
(i) Consistent with State policy; and
(ii) Agreed to by the agency and the
child’s parents.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) In implementing the requirements
of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
public agency must—
(i) Provide to the child’s parents a
detailed explanation of the differences
between an IFSP and an IEP; and
(ii) If the parents choose an IFSP,
obtain written informed consent from
the parents.
(c) Initial IEPs; provision of services.
Each public agency must ensure that—
(1) A meeting to develop an IEP for a
child is conducted within 30-days of a
determination that the child needs
special education and related services;
and
(2) As soon as possible following
development of the IEP, special
education and related services are made
available to the child in accordance
with the child’s IEP.
(d) Accessibility of child’s IEP to
teachers and others. Each public agency
must ensure that the child’s IEP is
accessible to each regular education
teacher, special education teacher,
related service provider, and other
service provider who is responsible for
its implementation.
(e) Program for children who transfer
public agencies. (1)(i) In the case of a
child with a disability who transfers
public agencies within the same
academic year, who enrolls in a new
school, and who had an IEP that was in
effect in the same State, the public
agency, in consultation with the
parents, must provide FAPE to the
child, including services comparable to
those described in the previously held
IEP, until such time as the public
agency adopts the previously held IEP
or develops, adopts, and implements a
new IEP that is consistent with Federal
and State law.
(ii) In the case of a child with a
disability who transfers public agencies
within the same academic year, who
enrolls in a new school, and who had
an IEP that was in effect in another
State, the public agency, in consultation
with the parents, must provide the child
with FAPE, including services
comparable to those described in the
previously held IEP, until such time as
the public agency conducts an
evaluation pursuant to §§ 300.304
through 300.306, if determined to be
necessary by the public agency, and
develops a new IEP, if appropriate, that
is consistent with Federal and State law.
(2) To facilitate the transition for a
child described in paragraph (e)(1) of
this section—
(i) The new public agency in which
the child enrolls must take reasonable
steps to promptly obtain the child’s
records, including the IEP and
supporting documents and any other
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
records relating to the provision of
special education or related services to
the child, from the previous public
agency in which the child was enrolled,
pursuant to section 99.31(a)(2) of title
34, Code of Federal Regulations; and
(ii) The previous public agency in
which the child was enrolled must take
reasonable steps to promptly respond to
the request from the new public agency.
35867
must, to the extent appropriate,
participate in the development of the
IEP of the child, including the
determination of—
(i) Appropriate positive behavioral
interventions and supports and other
strategies for the child; and
(ii) Supplementary aids and services,
program modifications, and support for
school personnel consistent with
§ 300.320(a)(4).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(2)(A)-(C))
(4) Agreement. In making changes to
Development of IEP
a child’s IEP after the annual IEP
meeting for a school year, the parent of
§ 300.324 Development, review, and
a child with a disability and the public
revision of IEP.
agency may agree not to convene an IEP
(a) Development of IEP. (1) General. In meeting for the purposes of making
developing each child’s IEP, the IEP
those changes, and instead may develop
Team must consider—
a written document to amend or modify
(i) The strengths of the child;
the child’s current IEP.
(ii) The concerns of the parents for
(5) Consolidation of IEP Team
enhancing the education of their child;
meetings. To the extent possible, the
(iii) The results of the initial or most
public agency must encourage the
recent evaluation of the child; and
consolidation of reevaluation meetings
(iv) The academic, developmental,
for the child and other IEP Team
and functional needs of the child.
meetings for the child.
(2) Consideration of special factors.
(6) Amendments. Changes to the IEP
The IEP Team must—
may be made either by the entire IEP
(i) In the case of a child whose
Team or, as provided in paragraph (a)(4)
behavior impedes the child’s learning or of this section, by amending the IEP
that of others, consider the use of
rather than by redrafting the entire IEP.
positive behavioral interventions and
Upon request, a parent must be
supports, and other strategies, to
provided with a revised copy of the IEP
address that behavior;
with the amendments incorporated.
(ii) In the case of a child with limited
(b) Review and revision of IEPs.
English proficiency, consider the
(1) General. Each public agency must
language needs of the child as those
ensure that, subject to paragraph (b)(2)
needs relate to the child’s IEP;
of this section, the IEP Team—
(iii) In the case of a child who is blind
(i) Reviews the child’s IEP
or visually impaired, provide for
periodically, but not less than annually,
instruction in Braille and the use of
to determine whether the annual goals
Braille unless the IEP Team determines, for the child are being achieved; and
after an evaluation of the child’s reading
(ii) Revises the IEP, as appropriate, to
and writing skills, needs, and
address—
appropriate reading and writing media
(A) Any lack of expected progress
(including an evaluation of the child’s
toward the annual goals described in
future needs for instruction in Braille or § 300.320(a)(2), and in the general
the use of Braille), that instruction in
education curriculum, if appropriate;
Braille or the use of Braille is not
(B) The results of any reevaluation
appropriate for the child;
conducted under § 300.303;
(iv) Consider the communication
(C) Information about the child
needs of the child, and in the case of a
provided to, or by, the parents, as
child who is deaf or hard of hearing,
described under § 300.305(a)(2);
consider the child’s language and
(D) The child’s anticipated needs; or
communication needs, opportunities for
(E) Other matters.
direct communications with peers and
(2) Requirement with respect to
professional personnel in the child’s
regular education teacher. A regular
language and communication mode,
education teacher of the child, as a
academic level, and full range of needs,
member of the IEP Team, must,
including opportunities for direct
consistent with paragraph (a)(3) of this
instruction in the child’s language and
section, participate in the review and
communication mode; and
revision of the IEP of the child.
(v) Consider whether the child needs
(c) Failure to meet transition
assistive technology devices and
objectives.
(1) Participating agency failure. If a
services.
participating agency, other than the
(3) Requirement with respect to
public agency, fails to provide the
regular education teacher. A regular
transition services described in the IEP
education teacher of a child with a
disability, as a member of the IEP Team, in accordance with § 300.320(b), the
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35868
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
public agency must reconvene the IEP
Team to identify alternative strategies to
meet the transition objectives for the
child set out in the IEP.
(2) Construction. Nothing in this part
relieves any participating agency,
including a State vocational
rehabilitation agency, of the
responsibility to provide or pay for any
transition service that the agency would
otherwise provide to children with
disabilities who meet the eligibility
criteria of that agency.
(d) Children with disabilities in adult
prisons.
(1) Requirements that do not apply.
The following requirements do not
apply to children with disabilities who
are convicted as adults under State law
and incarcerated in adult prisons:
(i) The requirements contained in
§ 300.160 and § 300.320(a)(6) (relating to
participation of children with
disabilities in general assessments).
(ii) The requirements in § 300.320(b)
(relating to transition planning and
transition services), do not apply with
respect to the children whose eligibility
under Part B of the Act will end,
because of their age, before they will be
eligible to be released from prison based
on consideration of their sentence and
eligibility for early release.
(2) Modifications of IEP or placement.
(i) Subject to paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of
this section, the IEP Team of a child
with a disability who is convicted as an
adult under State law and incarcerated
in an adult prison may modify the
child’s IEP or placement if the State has
demonstrated a bona fide security or
compelling penological interest that
cannot otherwise be accommodated.
(ii) The requirements of §§ 300.320
(relating to IEPs), and 300.112 (relating
to LRE), do not apply with respect to the
modifications described in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section.
facility, including individual or
conference telephone calls.
(b) Reviewing and revising IEPs. (1)
After a child with a disability enters a
private school or facility, any meetings
to review and revise the child’s IEP may
be initiated and conducted by the
private school or facility at the
discretion of the public agency.
(2) If the private school or facility
initiates and conducts these meetings,
the public agency must ensure that the
parents and an agency representative—
(i) Are involved in any decision about
the child’s IEP; and
(ii) Agree to any proposed changes in
the IEP before those changes are
implemented.
(c) Responsibility. Even if a private
school or facility implements a child’s
IEP, responsibility for compliance with
this part remains with the public agency
and the SEA.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(10)(B))
§ 300.326
[Reserved]
§ 300.327
Educational placements.
Consistent with § 300.501(c), each
public agency must ensure that the
parents of each child with a disability
are members of any group that makes
decisions on the educational placement
of their child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(e))
§ 300.328 Alternative means of meeting
participation.
When conducting IEP Team meetings
and placement meetings pursuant to
this subpart, and Subpart E, and
carrying out administrative matters
under section 615 of the Act (such as
scheduling, exchange of witness lists,
and status conferences), the parent of a
child with a disability and a public
agency may agree to use alternative
means of meeting participation, such as
video conferences and conference calls.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(1),
1412(a)(12)(A)(i), 1414(d)(3), (4)(B), and (7);
and 1414(e))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(f))
§ 300.325 Private school placements by
public agencies.
Due Process Procedures for Parents and
Children
(a) Developing IEPs. (1) Before a
public agency places a child with a
disability in, or refers a child to, a
private school or facility, the agency
must initiate and conduct a meeting to
develop an IEP for the child in
accordance with §§ 300.320 and
300.324.
(2) The agency must ensure that a
representative of the private school or
facility attends the meeting. If the
representative cannot attend, the agency
must use other methods to ensure
participation by the private school or
§ 300.500 Responsibility of SEA and other
public agencies.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Subpart E—Procedural Safeguards
Each SEA must ensure that each
public agency establishes, maintains,
and implements procedural safeguards
that meet the requirements of §§ 300.500
through 300.536.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(a))
§ 300.501 Opportunity to examine records;
parent participation in meetings.
(a) Opportunity to examine records.
The parents of a child with a disability
must be afforded, in accordance with
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the procedures of §§ 300.610 through
300.628, an opportunity to inspect and
review all education records with
respect to—
(1) The identification, evaluation, and
educational placement of the child; and
(2) The provision of FAPE to the
child.
(b) Parent participation in meetings.
(1) The parents of a child with a
disability must be afforded an
opportunity to participate in meetings
with respect to—
(i) The identification, evaluation, and
educational placement of the child; and
(ii) The provision of FAPE to the
child.
(2) Each public agency must provide
notice consistent with § 300.322(a)(1)
and (b)(1) to ensure that parents of
children with disabilities have the
opportunity to participate in meetings
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(3) A meeting does not include
informal or unscheduled conversations
involving public agency personnel and
conversations on issues such as teaching
methodology, lesson plans, or
coordination of service provision if
those issues are not addressed in the
child’s IEP. A meeting also does not
include preparatory activities that
public agency personnel engage in to
develop a proposal or response to a
parent proposal that will be discussed at
a later meeting.
(c) Parent involvement in placement
decisions. (1) Each public agency must
ensure that a parent of each child with
a disability is a member of any group
that makes decisions on the educational
placement of the parent’s child.
(2) In implementing the requirements
of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the
public agency must use procedures
consistent with the procedures
described in § 300.322(a) through (b)(1).
(3) If neither parent can participate in
a meeting in which a decision is to be
made relating to the educational
placement of their child, the public
agency must use other methods to
ensure their participation, including
individual or conference telephone
calls, or video conferencing.
(4) A placement decision may be
made by a group without the
involvement of a parent, if the public
agency is unable to obtain the parent’s
participation in the decision. In this
case, the public agency must have a
record of its attempt to ensure their
involvement.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1414(e), 1415(b)(1))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 300.502 Independent educational
evaluation.
(a) General. (1) The parents of a child
with a disability have the right under
this part to obtain an independent
educational evaluation of the child,
subject to paragraphs (b) through (e) of
this section.
(2) Each public agency must provide
to parents, upon request for an
independent educational evaluation,
information about where an
independent educational evaluation
may be obtained, and the agency criteria
applicable for independent educational
evaluations as set forth in paragraph (e)
of this section.
(3) For the purposes of this subpart—
(i) Independent educational
evaluation means an evaluation
conducted by a qualified examiner who
is not employed by the public agency
responsible for the education of the
child in question; and
(ii) Public expense means that the
public agency either pays for the full
cost of the evaluation or ensures that the
evaluation is otherwise provided at no
cost to the parent, consistent with
§ 300.103.
(b) Parent right to evaluation at public
expense.
(1) A parent has the right to an
independent educational evaluation at
public expense if the parent disagrees
with an evaluation obtained by the
public agency, subject to the conditions
in paragraphs (b)(2) through (4) of this
section.
(2) If a parent requests an
independent educational evaluation at
public expense, the public agency must,
without unnecessary delay, either—
(i) File a due process complaint to
request a hearing to show that its
evaluation is appropriate; or
(ii) Ensure that an independent
educational evaluation is provided at
public expense, unless the agency
demonstrates in a hearing pursuant to
§§ 300.507 through 300.513 that the
evaluation obtained by the parent did
not meet agency criteria.
(3) If the public agency files a due
process complaint notice to request a
hearing and the final decision is that the
agency’s evaluation is appropriate, the
parent still has the right to an
independent educational evaluation, but
not at public expense.
(4) If a parent requests an
independent educational evaluation, the
public agency may ask for the parent’s
reason why he or she objects to the
public evaluation. However, the
explanation by the parent may not be
required and the public agency may not
unreasonably delay either providing the
independent educational evaluation at
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
public expense or requesting a due
process hearing to defend the public
evaluation.
(c) Parent-initiated evaluations. If the
parent obtains an independent
educational evaluation at private
expense, the results of the evaluation—
(1) Must be considered by the public
agency, if it meets agency criteria, in
any decision made with respect to the
provision of FAPE to the child; and
(2) May be presented by any party as
evidence at a hearing on a due process
complaint under subpart E of this part
regarding that child.
(d) Requests for evaluations by
hearing officers. If a hearing officer
requests an independent educational
evaluation as part of a hearing on a due
process complaint, the cost of the
evaluation must be at public expense.
(e) Agency criteria. (1) If an
independent educational evaluation is
at public expense, the criteria under
which the evaluation is obtained,
including the location of the evaluation
and the qualifications of the examiner,
must be the same as the criteria that the
public agency uses when it initiates an
evaluation, to the extent those criteria
are consistent with the parent’s right to
an independent educational evaluation.
(2) Except for the criteria described in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a public
agency may not impose conditions or
timelines related to obtaining an
independent educational evaluation at
public expense.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(1) and
(d)(2)(A))
35869
under the procedural safeguards of this
part and, if this notice is not an initial
referral for evaluation, the means by
which a copy of a description of the
procedural safeguards can be obtained;
(5) Sources for parents to contact to
obtain assistance in understanding the
provisions of this part;
(6) A description of other options that
the IEP Team considered and the
reasons why those options were
rejected; and
(7) A description of other factors that
are relevant to the agency’s proposal or
refusal.
(c) Notice in understandable
language. (1) The notice required under
paragraph (a) of this section must be—
(i) Written in language
understandable to the general public;
and
(ii) Provided in the native language of
the parent or other mode of
communication used by the parent,
unless it is clearly not feasible to do so.
(2) If the native language or other
mode of communication of the parent is
not a written language, the public
agency must take steps to ensure—
(i) That the notice is translated orally
or by other means to the parent in his
or her native language or other mode of
communication;
(ii) That the parent understands the
content of the notice; and
(iii) That there is written evidence
that the requirements in paragraphs
(c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section have been
met.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(3) and (4),
1415(c)(1), 1414(b)(1))
§ 300.503 Prior notice by the public
agency; content of notice.
§ 300.504
(a) Notice. Written notice that meets
the requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section must be given to the parents of
a child with a disability a reasonable
time before the public agency—
(1) Proposes to initiate or change the
identification, evaluation, or
educational placement of the child or
the provision of FAPE to the child; or
(2) Refuses to initiate or change the
identification, evaluation, or
educational placement of the child or
the provision of FAPE to the child.
(b) Content of notice. The notice
required under paragraph (a) of this
section must include—
(1) A description of the action
proposed or refused by the agency;
(2) An explanation of why the agency
proposes or refuses to take the action;
(3) A description of each evaluation
procedure, assessment, record, or report
the agency used as a basis for the
proposed or refused action;
(4) A statement that the parents of a
child with a disability have protection
(a) General. A copy of the procedural
safeguards available to the parents of a
child with a disability must be given to
the parents only one time a year, except
that a copy also must be given to the
parents—
(1) Upon initial referral or parent
request for evaluation;
(2) Upon receipt of the first State
complaint under §§ 300.151 through
300.153 or a due process complaint
under § 300.507 in that school year; and
(3) Upon request by a parent.
(b) Internet Web site. A public agency
may place a current copy of the
procedural safeguards notice on its
Internet Web site if a Web site exists.
(c) Contents. The procedural
safeguards notice must include a full
explanation of all of the procedural
safeguards available under § 300.148,
§§ 300.151 through 300.153, §§ 300.500
through 300.536, and §§ 300.610
through 300.627 relating to—
(1) Independent educational
evaluations;
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
Procedural safeguards notice.
21JNP2
35870
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) Prior written notice;
(3) Parental consent;
(4) Access to educational records;
(5) Opportunity to present and resolve
complaints through the due process
complaint or State complaint
procedures, including—
(i) The time period in which to file a
complaint;
(ii) The opportunity for the agency to
resolve the complaint; and
(iii) The difference between the due
process complaint and the State
complaint procedures, including the
jurisdiction of each procedure, what
issues may be raised, filing and
decisional timelines, and relevant
procedures;
(6) The availability of mediation;
(7) The child’s placement during
pendency of hearings on due process
complaints;
(8) Procedures for students who are
subject to placement in an interim
alternative educational setting;
(9) Requirements for unilateral
placement by parents of children in
private schools at public expense;
(10) Hearings on due process
complaints, including requirements for
disclosure of evaluation results and
recommendations;
(11) State-level appeals (if applicable
in that State);
(12) Civil actions, including the time
period in which to file those actions;
and
(13) Attorneys’ fees.
(d) Notice in understandable
language. The notice required under
paragraph (a) of this section must meet
the requirements of § 300.503(c).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(d)(1) and (2))
§ 300.505
Electronic mail.
A parent of a child with a disability
may elect to receive notices required by
§§ 300.503, 300.504, and 300.508 by an
electronic mail communication, if the
public agency makes that option
available.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(n))
§ 300.506
Mediation.
(a) General. Each public agency must
ensure that procedures are established
and implemented to allow parties to
disputes involving any matter under
this part, including matters arising prior
to the filing of a due process complaint,
to resolve disputes through a mediation
process.
(b) Requirements. The procedures
must meet the following requirements:
(1) The procedures must ensure that
the mediation process—
(i) Is voluntary on the part of the
parties;
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(ii) Is not used to deny or delay a
parent’s right to a hearing on the
parent’s due process complaint, or to
deny any other rights afforded under
Part B of the Act; and
(iii) Is conducted by a qualified and
impartial mediator who is trained in
effective mediation techniques.
(2) A public agency may establish
procedures to offer to parents and
schools that choose not to use the
mediation process, an opportunity to
meet, at a time and location convenient
to the parents, with a disinterested
party—
(i) Who is under contract with an
appropriate alternative dispute
resolution entity, or a parent training
and information center or community
parent resource center in the State
established under section 671 or 672 of
the Act; and
(ii) Who would explain the benefits
of, and encourage the use of, the
mediation process to the parents.
(3)(i) The State must maintain a list of
individuals who are qualified mediators
and knowledgeable in laws and
regulations relating to the provision of
special education and related services.
(ii) The SEA must select mediators on
a random, rotational, or other impartial
basis.
(4) The State must bear the cost of the
mediation process, including the costs
of meetings described in paragraph
(b)(2) of this section.
(5) Each session in the mediation
process must be scheduled in a timely
manner and must be held in a location
that is convenient to the parties to the
dispute.
(6) If the parties resolve a dispute
through the mediation process, the
parties must execute a legally binding
agreement that sets forth that resolution
and that—
(i) States that all discussions that
occurred during the mediation process
will remain confidential and may not be
used as evidence in any subsequent due
process hearing or civil proceeding
arising from that dispute; and
(ii) Is signed by both the parent and
a representative of the agency who has
the authority to bind such agency.
(7) A written, signed mediation
agreement under this paragraph is
enforceable in any State court of
competent jurisdiction or in a district
court of the United States.
(8) Discussions that occur during the
mediation process must be confidential
and may not be used as evidence in any
subsequent due process hearing or civil
proceedings arising from that dispute.
(9) The parties to mediation may be
required to sign a confidentiality pledge
prior to the commencement of the
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mediation to ensure that all discussions
that occur during mediation remain
confidential.
(c) Impartiality of mediator. (1) An
individual who serves as a mediator
under this part—
(i) May not be an employee of the SEA
or the LEA that is involved in the
education or care of the child; and
(ii) Must not have a personal or
professional interest that conflicts with
the person’s objectivity.
(2) A person who otherwise qualifies
as a mediator is not an employee of an
LEA or State agency described under
§ 300.228 solely because he or she is
paid by the agency to serve as a
mediator.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(e))
§ 300.507
Filing a due process complaint.
(a) General. (1) A parent or a public
agency may file a due process complaint
on any of the matters described in
§ 300.503(a)(1) and (2) (relating to the
identification, evaluation or educational
placement of a child with a disability,
or the provision of FAPE to the child).
(2) The due process complaint must
allege a violation that occurred not more
than two years before the date the
parent or public agency knew or should
have known about the alleged action
that forms the basis of the due process
complaint, or, if the State has an explicit
time limitation for filing a due process
complaint under this part, in the time
allowed by that State law, except that
the exceptions to the timeline described
in § 300.511(f) apply to the timeline in
this section.
(b) Information for parents. The
public agency must inform the parent of
any free or low-cost legal and other
relevant services available in the area
if—
(1) The parent requests the
information; or
(2) The parent or the agency requests
a hearing under this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(6))
§ 300.508
Due process complaint.
(a) General. (1) The public agency
must have procedures that require either
party, or the attorney representing a
party, to provide to the other party a due
process complaint (which must remain
confidential).
(2) The party filing a due process
complaint must forward a copy of the
due process complaint to the SEA.
(b) Content of complaint. The due
process complaint required in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section must include—
(1) The name of the child;
(2) The address of the residence of the
child;
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(3) The name of the school the child
is attending;
(4) In the case of a homeless child or
youth (within the meaning of section
725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)),
available contact information for the
child, and the name of the school the
child is attending;
(5) A description of the nature of the
problem of the child relating to the
proposed or refused initiation or
change, including facts relating to the
problem; and
(6) A proposed resolution of the
problem to the extent known and
available to the party at the time.
(c) Notice required before a hearing
on a due process complaint. A party
may not have a hearing on a due process
complaint or engage in a resolution
session until the party, or the attorney
representing the party, files a due
process complaint that meets the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section.
(d) Sufficiency of complaint. (1) The
due process complaint required by this
section must be deemed sufficient
unless the party receiving the due
process complaint notifies the hearing
officer and the other party in writing,
within 15 days of receipt of the due
process complaint, that the receiving
party believes the due process
complaint does not meet the
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(2) Within five days of receipt of
notification under paragraph (d)(1) of
this section, the hearing officer must
make a determination on the face of the
due process complaint of whether the
due process complaint meets the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section, and must immediately notify
the parties in writing of that
determination.
(3) A party may amend its due process
complaint only if—
(i) The other party consents in writing
to the amendment and is given the
opportunity to resolve the due process
complaint through a meeting held
pursuant to § 300.510; or
(ii) The hearing officer grants
permission, except that the hearing
officer may only grant permission to
amend at any time not later than five
days before the due process hearing
begins.
(4) If a party files an amended due
process complaint, the timelines for the
resolution meeting in § 300.510(a) and
the time period to resolve in
§ 300.510(b) begin again with the filing
of the amended due process complaint.
(e) LEA response to a due process
complaint. (1) If the LEA has not sent
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
a prior written notice under § 300.503 to
the parent regarding the subject matter
contained in the parent’s due process
complaint, the LEA must, within 10
days of receiving the due process
complaint, send to the parent a response
that includes—
(i) An explanation of why the agency
proposed or refused to take the action
raised in the due process complaint;
(ii) A description of other options that
the IEP Team considered and the
reasons why those options were
rejected;
(iii) A description of each evaluation
procedure, assessment, record, or report
the agency used as the basis for the
proposed or refused action; and
(iv) A description of the other factors
that are relevant to the agency’s
proposed or refused action.
(2) A response by an LEA under
paragraph (1) of this section shall not be
construed to preclude the LEA from
asserting that the parent’s due process
complaint was insufficient, where
appropriate.
(f) Other party response to a due
process complaint. Except as provided
in paragraph (e) of this section, the party
receiving a due process complaint must,
within 10 days of receiving the due
process complaint, send to the other
party a response that specifically
addresses the issues raised in the due
process complaint.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(7), 1415(c)(2))
§ 300.509
Model forms.
Each SEA must develop model forms
to assist parents in filing a due process
complaint in accordance with
§§ 300.507(a) and 300.508(a) through (c)
and in filing a State complaint under
§§ 300.151 through 300.153.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(8))
§ 300.510
Resolution process.
(a) Resolution meeting. (1) Within 15
days of receiving notice of the parents’
due process complaint, and prior to the
initiation of a due process hearing under
§ 300.511, the LEA must convene a
meeting with the parents and the
relevant member or members of the IEP
Team who have specific knowledge of
the facts identified in the due process
complaint that—
(i) Includes a representative of the
public agency who has decision-making
authority on behalf of that agency; and
(ii) May not include an attorney of the
LEA unless the parent is accompanied
by an attorney.
(2) The purpose of the meeting is for
the parents of the child to discuss their
due process complaint, and the facts
that form the basis of the due process
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35871
complaint, so that the LEA has the
opportunity to resolve the dispute that
is the basis for the due process
complaint.
(3) The meeting described in
paragraph (a)(1) and (2) of this section
need not be held if—
(i) The parents and the LEA agree in
writing to waive the meeting; or
(ii) The parents and the LEA agree to
use the mediation process described in
§ 300.506.
(4) The parents and the LEA
determine the relevant members of the
IEP Team to attend the meeting.
(b) Resolution period. (1) If the LEA
has not resolved the due process
complaint to the satisfaction of the
parents within 30 days of the receipt of
the due process complaint, the due
process hearing must occur.
(2) The timeline for issuing a final
decision under § 300.515 begins at the
expiration of this 30-day period.
(3) Except where the parties have
jointly agreed to waive the resolution
process or to use mediation,
notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) and
(2) of this section, the failure of a parent
filing a due process complaint to
participate in the resolution meeting
will delay the timelines for the
resolution process and due process
hearing until the meeting is held.
(c) Written settlement agreement. If a
resolution to the dispute is reached at
the meeting described in paragraphs
(a)(1) and (2) of this section, the parties
must execute a legally binding
agreement that is—
(1) Signed by both the parent and a
representative of the agency who has the
authority to bind the agency; and
(2) Enforceable in any State court of
competent jurisdiction or in a district
court of the United States.
(d) Agreement review period. If the
parties execute an agreement pursuant
to paragraph (c) of this section, a party
may void the agreement within 3
business days of the agreement’s
execution.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(1)(B))
§ 300.511
Impartial due process hearing.
(a) General. Whenever a due process
complaint is filed under § 300.507, the
parents or the LEA involved in the
dispute must have an opportunity for an
impartial due process hearing,
consistent with the procedures in
§§ 300.507 through 300.508, and
§ 300.510.
(b) Agency responsible for conducting
the due process hearing. The hearing
described in paragraph (a) of this
section must be conducted by the SEA
or the public agency directly
responsible for the education of the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35872
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
child, as determined under State statute,
State regulation, or a written policy of
the SEA.
(c) Impartial hearing officer. (1) At a
minimum, a hearing officer—
(i) Must not be—
(A) An employee of the SEA or the
LEA that is involved in the education or
care of the child; or
(B) A person having a personal or
professional interest that conflicts with
the person’s objectivity in the hearing;
(ii) Must possess knowledge of, and
the ability to understand, the provisions
of the Act, Federal and State regulations
pertaining to the Act, and legal
interpretations of the Act by Federal and
State courts;
(iii) Must possess the knowledge and
ability to conduct hearings in
accordance with appropriate, standard
legal practice; and
(iv) Must possess the knowledge and
ability to render and write decisions in
accordance with appropriate, standard
legal practice.
(2) A person who otherwise qualifies
to conduct a hearing under paragraph
(c)(1) of this section is not an employee
of the agency solely because he or she
is paid by the agency to serve as a
hearing officer.
(3) Each public agency must keep a
list of the persons who serve as hearing
officers. The list must include a
statement of the qualifications of each of
those persons.
(d) Subject matter of due process
hearings. The party requesting the due
process hearing may not raise issues at
the due process hearing that were not
raised in the due process complaint
filed under § 300.508(b), unless the
other party agrees otherwise.
(e) Timeline for requesting a hearing.
A parent or agency must request an
impartial hearing on their due process
complaint within two years of the date
the parent or agency knew or should
have known about the alleged action
that forms the basis of the due process
complaint, or if the State has an explicit
time limitation for requesting such a
due process hearing under this part, in
the time allowed by that State law.
(f) Exceptions to the timeline. The
timeline described in paragraph (e) of
this section does not apply to a parent
if the parent was prevented from filing
a due process complaint due to—
(1) Specific misrepresentations by the
LEA that it had resolved the problem
forming the basis of the due process
complaint; or
(2) The LEA’s withholding of
information from the parent that was
required under this part to be provided
to the parent.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(1)(A),
1415(f)(3)(A)–(D))
§ 300.512
Hearing rights.
(a) General. Any party to a hearing
conducted pursuant to §§ 300.507
through 300.513 or §§ 300.530 through
300.534, or an appeal conducted
pursuant to § 300.514, has the right to—
(1) Be accompanied and advised by
counsel and by individuals with special
knowledge or training with respect to
the problems of children with
disabilities;
(2) Present evidence and confront,
cross-examine, and compel the
attendance of witnesses;
(3) Prohibit the introduction of any
evidence at the hearing that has not
been disclosed to that party at least five
business days before the hearing;
(4) Obtain a written, or, at the option
of the parents, electronic, verbatim
record of the hearing; and
(5) Obtain written, or, at the option of
the parents, electronic findings of fact
and decisions.
(b) Additional disclosure of
information. (1) At least five business
days prior to a hearing conducted
pursuant to § 300.511(a), each party
must disclose to all other parties all
evaluations completed by that date and
recommendations based on the offering
party’s evaluations that the party
intends to use at the hearing.
(2) A hearing officer may bar any
party that fails to comply with
paragraph (b)(1) of this section from
introducing the relevant evaluation or
recommendation at the hearing without
the consent of the other party.
(c) Parental rights at hearings. Parents
involved in hearings must be given the
right to—
(1) Have the child who is the subject
of the hearing present;
(2) Open the hearing to the public;
and
(3) Have the record of the hearing and
the findings of fact and decisions
described in paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5)
of this section provided at no cost to
parents.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(2), 1415(h))
§ 300.513
Hearing decisions.
(a) Decision of hearing officer. (1)
Subject to paragraph (a)(2) of this
section, a hearing officer must make a
decision on substantive grounds based
on a determination of whether the child
received a FAPE.
(2) In matters alleging a procedural
violation, a hearing officer may find that
a child did not receive a FAPE only if
the procedural inadequacies—
(i) Impeded the child’s right to a
FAPE;
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) Significantly impeded the parents’
opportunity to participate in the
decision-making process regarding the
provision of a FAPE to the parents’
child; or
(iii) Caused a deprivation of
educational benefit.
(3) Nothing in paragraph (a) of this
section shall be construed to preclude a
hearing officer from ordering an LEA to
comply with procedural requirements
under §§ 300.500 through 300.536.
(b) Construction clause. Nothing in
§§ 300.507 through 300.513 shall be
construed to affect the right of a parent
to file an appeal of the due process
hearing decision with the SEA under
§ 300.514(b), if a State level appeal is
available.
(c) Separate request for a due process
hearing. Nothing in §§ 300.500 through
300.536 shall be construed to preclude
a parent from filing a separate due
process complaint on an issue separate
from a due process complaint already
filed.
(d) Findings and decision to advisory
panel and general public. The public
agency, after deleting any personally
identifiable information, must—
(1) Transmit the findings and
decisions referred to in § 300.512(a)(5)
to the State advisory panel established
under § 300.167; and
(2) Make those findings and decisions
available to the public.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(3)(E) and (F),
1415(h)(4), 1415(o))
§ 300.514 Finality of decision; appeal;
impartial review.
(a) Finality of hearing decision. A
decision made in a hearing conducted
pursuant to §§ 300.507 through 300.513
or §§ 300.530 through 300.534 is final,
except that any party involved in the
hearing may appeal the decision under
the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
section and § 300.516.
(b) Appeal of decisions; impartial
review. (1) If the hearing required by
§ 300.511 is conducted by a public
agency other than the SEA, any party
aggrieved by the findings and decision
in the hearing may appeal to the SEA.
(2) If there is an appeal, the SEA must
conduct an impartial review of the
findings and decision appealed. The
official conducting the review must—
(i) Examine the entire hearing record;
(ii) Ensure that the procedures at the
hearing were consistent with the
requirements of due process;
(iii) Seek additional evidence if
necessary. If a hearing is held to receive
additional evidence, the rights in
§ 300.512 apply;
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(iv) Afford the parties an opportunity
for oral or written argument, or both, at
the discretion of the reviewing official;
(v) Make an independent decision on
completion of the review; and
(vi) Give a copy of the written, or, at
the option of the parents, electronic
findings of fact and decisions to the
parties.
(c) Findings and decision to advisory
panel and general public. The SEA,
after deleting any personally identifiable
information, must—
(1) Transmit the findings and
decisions referred to in paragraph
(b)(2)(vi) of this section to the State
advisory panel established under
§ 300.167; and
(2) Make those findings and decisions
available to the public.
(d) Finality of review decision. The
decision made by the reviewing official
is final unless a party brings a civil
action under § 300.516.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(g) and (h)(4),
1415(i)(1)(A), 1415(i)(2))
§ 300.515 Timelines and convenience of
hearings and reviews.
(a) The public agency must ensure
that not later than 45 days after the
expiration of the 30 day period under
§ 300.510(b)—
(1) A final decision is reached in the
hearing; and
(2) A copy of the decision is mailed
to each of the parties.
(b) The SEA must ensure that not later
than 30 days after the receipt of a
request for a review—
(1) A final decision is reached in the
review; and
(2) A copy of the decision is mailed
to each of the parties.
(c) A hearing or reviewing officer may
grant specific extensions of time beyond
the periods set out in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section at the request of either
party.
(d) Each hearing and each review
involving oral arguments must be
conducted at a time and place that is
reasonably convenient to the parents
and child involved.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(f)(1)(B)(ii),
1415(g), 1415(i)(1))
§ 300.516
Civil action.
(a) General. Any party aggrieved by
the findings and decision made under
§§ 300.507 through 300.513 or
§§ 300.530 through 300.534 who does
not have the right to an appeal under
§ 300.514(b), and any party aggrieved by
the findings and decision under
§ 300.514(b), has the right to bring a
civil action with respect to the request
for a due process hearing under
§ 300.507 or §§ 300.530 through
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
300.532. The action may be brought in
any State court of competent
jurisdiction or in a district court of the
United States without regard to the
amount in controversy.
(b) Time limitation. The party
bringing the action shall have 90 days
from the date of the decision of the
hearing officer to file a civil action, or,
if the State has an explicit time
limitation for bringing civil actions
under Part B of the Act, in the time
allowed by that State law.
(c) Additional requirements. In any
action brought under paragraph (a) of
this section, the court—
(1) Receives the records of the
administrative proceedings;
(2) Hears additional evidence at the
request of a party; and
(3) Basing its decision on the
preponderance of the evidence, grants
the relief that the court determines to be
appropriate.
(d) Jurisdiction of district courts. The
district courts of the United States have
jurisdiction of actions brought under
section 615 of the Act without regard to
the amount in controversy.
(e) Rule of construction. Nothing in
this part restricts or limits the rights,
procedures, and remedies available
under the Constitution, the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990, title V of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or other
Federal laws protecting the rights of
children with disabilities, except that
before the filing of a civil action under
these laws seeking relief that is also
available under section 615 of the Act,
the procedures under §§ 300.507 and
300.514 must be exhausted to the same
extent as would be required had the
action been brought under section 615
of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(i)(2) and (3)(A),
1415(l))
§ 300.517
Attorneys’ fees.
(a) In general. (1) In any action or
proceeding brought under section 615 of
the Act, the court, in its discretion, may
award reasonable attorneys’ fees as part
of the costs to—
(i) The prevailing party who is the
parent of a child with a disability;
(ii) To a prevailing party who is an
SEA or LEA against the attorney of a
parent who files a complaint or
subsequent cause of action that is
frivolous, unreasonable, or without
foundation, or against the attorney of a
parent who continued to litigate after
the litigation clearly became frivolous,
unreasonable, or without foundation; or
(iii) To a prevailing SEA or LEA
against the attorney of a parent, or
against the parent, if the parent’s request
for a due process hearing or subsequent
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35873
cause of action was presented for any
improper purpose, such as to harass, to
cause unnecessary delay, or to
needlessly increase the cost of litigation.
(2) Nothing in this subsection shall be
construed to affect section 327 of the
District of Columbia Appropriations
Act, 2005.
(b) Prohibition on use of funds. (1)
Funds under Part B of the Act may not
be used to pay attorneys’ fees or costs
of a party related to any action or
proceeding under section 615 of the Act
and subpart E of this part.
(2) Paragraph (b)(1) of this section
does not preclude a public agency from
using funds under Part B of the Act for
conducting an action or proceeding
under section 615 of the Act.
(c) Award of fees. A court awards
reasonable attorneys’ fees under section
615(i)(3) of the Act consistent with the
following:
(1) Fees awarded under section
615(i)(3) of the Act must be based on
rates prevailing in the community in
which the action or proceeding arose for
the kind and quality of services
furnished. No bonus or multiplier may
be used in calculating the fees awarded
under this paragraph.
(2)(i) Attorneys’ fees may not be
awarded and related costs may not be
reimbursed in any action or proceeding
under section 615 of the Act for services
performed subsequent to the time of a
written offer of settlement to a parent
if—
(A) The offer is made within the time
prescribed by Rule 68 of the Federal
Rules of Civil Procedure or, in the case
of an administrative proceeding, at any
time more than 10 days before the
proceeding begins;
(B) The offer is not accepted within 10
days; and
(C) The court or administrative
hearing officer finds that the relief
finally obtained by the parents is not
more favorable to the parents than the
offer of settlement.
(ii) Attorneys’ fees may not be
awarded relating to any meeting of the
IEP Team unless the meeting is
convened as a result of an
administrative proceeding or judicial
action, or at the discretion of the State,
for a mediation described in § 300.506
that is conducted prior to the filing of
a request for due process under
§§ 300.507 through 300.513 or
§§ 300.530 through 300.534.
(iii) A meeting conducted pursuant to
§ 300.510 shall not be considered—
(A) A meeting convened as a result of
an administrative hearing or judicial
action; or
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35874
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(B) An administrative hearing or
judicial action for purposes of this
section.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)
of this section, an award of attorneys’
fees and related costs may be made to
a parent who is the prevailing party and
who was substantially justified in
rejecting the settlement offer.
(4) Except as provided in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section, the court reduces,
accordingly, the amount of the
attorneys’ fees awarded under section
615 of the Act, if the court finds that—
(i) The parent, or the parent’s
attorney, during the course of the action
or proceeding, unreasonably protracted
the final resolution of the controversy;
(ii) The amount of the attorneys’ fees
otherwise authorized to be awarded
unreasonably exceeds the hourly rate
prevailing in the community for similar
services by attorneys of reasonably
comparable skill, reputation, and
experience;
(iii) The time spent and legal services
furnished were excessive considering
the nature of the action or proceeding;
or
(iv) The attorney representing the
parent did not provide to the LEA the
appropriate information in the due
process request notice in accordance
with § 300.508.
(5) The provisions of paragraph (c)(4)
of this section do not apply in any
action or proceeding if the court finds
that the State or local agency
unreasonably protracted the final
resolution of the action or proceeding or
there was a violation of section 615 of
the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(i)(3)(B)–(G))
§ 300.518 Child’s status during
proceedings.
(a) Except as provided in § 300.533,
during the pendency of any
administrative or judicial proceeding
regarding a request for a due process
hearing under § 300.507, unless the
State or local agency and the parents of
the child agree otherwise, the child
involved in the complaint must remain
in his or her current educational
placement.
(b) If the complaint involves an
application for initial admission to
public school, the child, with the
consent of the parents, must be placed
in the public school until the
completion of all the proceedings.
(c) If the decision of a hearing officer
in a due process hearing conducted by
the SEA or a State review official in an
administrative appeal agrees with the
child’s parents that a change of
placement is appropriate, that
placement must be treated as an
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
agreement between the State or local
agency and the parents for purposes of
paragraph (a) of this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(j))
§ 300.519
Surrogate parents.
(a) General. Each public agency must
ensure that the rights of a child are
protected when—
(1) No parent (as defined in § 300.30)
can be identified;
(2) The public agency, after
reasonable efforts, cannot locate a
parent;
(3) The child is a ward of the State
under the laws of that State; or
(4) The child is an unaccompanied
homeless youth as defined in section
725(6) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(6)).
(b) Duties of public agency. The duties
of a public agency under paragraph (a)
of this section include the assignment of
an individual to act as a surrogate for
the parents. This must include a
method—
(1) For determining whether a child
needs a surrogate parent; and
(2) For assigning a surrogate parent to
the child.
(c) Wards of the State. In the case of
a child who is a ward of the State, the
surrogate parent alternatively may be
appointed by the judge overseeing the
child’s case, provided that the surrogate
meets the requirements in paragraphs
(d)(2)(i) and (e) of this section.
(d) Criteria for selection of surrogate
parents. (1) The public agency may
select a surrogate parent in any way
permitted under State law.
(2) Public agencies must ensure that a
person selected as a surrogate parent—
(i) Is not an employee of the SEA, the
LEA, or any other agency that is
involved in the education or care of the
child;
(ii) Has no personal or professional
interest that conflicts with the interest
of the child he or she represents; and
(iii) Has knowledge and skills that
ensure adequate representation of the
child.
(e) Non-employee requirement;
compensation. A person otherwise
qualified to be a surrogate parent under
paragraph (d) of this section is not an
employee of the agency solely because
he or she is paid by the agency to serve
as a surrogate parent.
(f) Unaccompanied homeless youth.
In the case of a child who is an
unaccompanied homeless youth,
appropriate staff of emergency shelters,
transitional shelters, independent living
programs, and street outreach programs
may be appointed as temporary
surrogates without regard to paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section, until a surrogate
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
can be appointed that meets all of the
requirements of paragraph (d) of this
section.
(g) Surrogate parent responsibilities.
The surrogate parent may represent the
child in all matters relating to—
(1) The identification, evaluation, and
educational placement of the child; and
(2) The provision of FAPE to the
child.
(h) SEA responsibility. The SEA must
make reasonable efforts to ensure the
assignment of a surrogate parent not
more than 30 days after a public agency
determines that the child needs a
surrogate.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(b)(2))
§ 300.520 Transfer of parental rights at age
of majority.
(a) General. A State may provide that,
when a child with a disability reaches
the age of majority under State law that
applies to all children (except for a
child with a disability who has been
determined to be incompetent under
State law)—
(1)(i) The public agency must provide
any notice required by this part to both
the individual and the parents; and
(ii) All other rights accorded to
parents under Part B of the Act transfer
to the child;
(2) All rights accorded to parents
under Part B of the Act transfer to
children who are incarcerated in an
adult or juvenile, State or local
correctional institution; and
(3) Whenever a State transfers rights
under this part pursuant to paragraph
(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, the agency
must notify the individual and the
parents of the transfer of rights.
(b) Special rule. If, under State law, a
State has a mechanism to determine that
a child with a disability who has
reached the age of majority under State
law that applies to all children and has
not been determined incompetent under
State law, does not have the ability to
provide informed consent with respect
to his or her educational program, the
State must establish procedures for
appointing the parent, or, if the parent
is not available another appropriate
individual, to represent the educational
interests of the student throughout the
student’s eligibility under Part B of the
Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(m))
§§ 300.521–300.529
[Reserved]
Discipline Procedures
§ 300.530
Authority of school personnel.
(a) Case-by-case determination.
School personnel may consider any
unique circumstances on a case-by-case
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
basis when determining whether a
change in placement, consistent with
the requirements of this section, is
appropriate for a child with a disability
who violates a code of student conduct.
(b) General. (1) School personnel
under this section may remove a child
with a disability who violates a code of
student conduct from their current
placement to an appropriate interim
alternative educational setting, another
setting, or suspension, for not more than
10 consecutive school days (to the
extent those alternatives are applied to
children without disabilities), and for
additional removals of not more than 10
consecutive school days in that same
school year for separate incidents of
misconduct (as long as those removals
do not constitute a change of placement
under § 300.536).
(2) After a child with a disability has
been removed from his or her current
placement for 10 school days in the
same school year, during any
subsequent days of removal the public
agency must provide services to the
extent required under paragraph (d) of
this section.
(c) Additional authority. For
disciplinary changes in placement that
would exceed 10 consecutive school
days, if the behavior that gave rise to the
violation of the school code is
determined not to be a manifestation of
the child’s disability pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section, school
personnel may apply the relevant
disciplinary procedures to children with
disabilities in the same manner and for
the same duration as the procedures
would be applied to children without
disabilities, except as provided in
paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) Services. (1) Except as provided in
paragraphs (d)(3) and (d)(4) of this
section, a child with a disability who is
removed from the child’s current
placement pursuant to paragraphs (b),
(c), or (g) of this section must—
(i) Continue to receive educational
services, so as to enable the child to
continue to participate in the general
education curriculum, although in
another setting, and to progress toward
meeting the goals set out in the child’s
IEP; and
(ii) Receive, as appropriate, a
functional behavioral assessment, and
behavioral intervention services and
modifications, that are designed to
address the behavior violation so that it
does not recur.
(2) The services required by paragraph
(d)(1) of this section may be provided in
an interim alternative educational
setting.
(3) A public agency need not provide
services during periods of removal
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
under paragraph (b) of this section to a
child with a disability who has been
removed from his or her current
placement for 10 school days or less in
that school year, if services are not
provided to a child without disabilities
who has been similarly removed.
(4) After a child with a disability has
been removed from his or her current
placement for 10 school days in the
same school year, if the current removal
is for not more than 10 consecutive
school days and is not a change of
placement under § 300.536, school
personnel, in consultation with at least
one of the child’s teachers, determine
the extent to which services are needed
under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, if
any, and the location in which services,
if any, will be provided.
(5) If the removal is for more than 10
consecutive school days or is a change
of placement under § 300.536, the
child’s IEP Team determines
appropriate services under paragraph
(d)(1) of this section and the location in
which services will be provided.
(e) Manifestation determination. (1)
Except for removals that will be for not
more than 10 consecutive school days
and will not constitute a change of
placement under § 300.536, within 10
school days of any decision to change
the placement of a child with a
disability because of a violation of a
code of student conduct, the LEA, the
parent, and relevant members of the
child’s IEP Team (as determined by the
parent and the LEA) must review all
relevant information in the student’s
file, including the child’s IEP, any
teacher observations, and any relevant
information provided by the parents to
determine—
(i) If the conduct in question was
caused by, or had a direct and
substantial relationship to, the child’s
disability; or
(ii) If the conduct in question was the
direct result of the LEA’s failure to
implement the IEP.
(2) The conduct must be determined
to be a manifestation of the child’s
disability if the LEA, the parent, and
relevant members of the child’s IEP
Team determine that a condition in
either paragraph (e)(1)(i) or (1)(ii) of this
section was met.
(f) Determination that behavior was a
manifestation. If the LEA, the parent,
and relevant members of the IEP Team
make the determination that the
conduct was a manifestation of the
child’s disability, the IEP Team must—
(1) Either—
(i) Conduct a functional behavioral
assessment, unless the LEA had
conducted a functional behavioral
assessment before the behavior that
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35875
resulted in the change of placement
occurred, and implement a behavioral
intervention plan for the child; or
(ii) If a behavioral intervention plan
already has been developed, review the
behavioral intervention plan, and
modify it, as necessary, to address the
behavior; and
(2) Except as provided in paragraph
(g) of this section, return the child to the
placement from which the child was
removed, unless the parent and the LEA
agree to a change of placement as part
of the modification of the behavioral
intervention plan.
(g) Special circumstances. School
personnel may remove a student to an
interim alternative educational setting
for not more than 45 school days
without regard to whether the behavior
is determined to be a manifestation of
the child’s disability, if the child—
(1) Carries a weapon to or possesses
a weapon at school, on school premises,
or to or at a school function under the
jurisdiction of an SEA or an LEA;
(2) Knowingly possesses or uses
illegal drugs, or sells or solicits the sale
of a controlled substance, while at
school, on school premises, or at a
school function under the jurisdiction of
an SEA or an LEA; or
(3) Has inflicted serious bodily injury
upon another person while at school, on
school premises, or at a school function
under the jurisdiction of an SEA or an
LEA.
(h) Notification. Not later than the
date on which the decision to take
disciplinary action is made, the LEA
must notify the parents of that decision,
and provide the parents the procedural
safeguards notice described in
§ 300.504.
(i) Definitions. For purposes of this
section, the following definitions apply:
(1) Controlled substance means a drug
or other substance identified under
schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in section
202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act
(21 U.S.C. 812(c)).
(2) Illegal drug means a controlled
substance; but does not include a
controlled substance that is legally
possessed or used under the supervision
of a licensed health-care professional or
that is legally possessed or used under
any other authority under that Act or
under any other provision of Federal
law.
(3) Serious bodily injury has the
meaning given the term ‘‘serious bodily
injury’’ under paragraph (3) of
subsection (h) of section 1365 of title 18,
United States Code.
(4) Weapon has the meaning given the
term ‘‘dangerous weapon’’ under
paragraph (2) of the first subsection (g)
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35876
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
of section 930 of title 18, United States
Code.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(1) and (7))
§ 300.531
Determination of setting.
The interim alternative educational
setting referred to in § 300.530(c) and (g)
is determined by the IEP Team.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(2))
§ 300.532
Appeal.
(a) General. The parent of a child with
a disability who disagrees with any
decision regarding placement under
§§ 300.530 and 300.531, or the
manifestation determination under
§ 300.530(e), or an LEA that believes
that maintaining the current placement
of the child is substantially likely to
result in injury to the child or others,
may request a hearing.
(b) Authority of hearing officer. (1) A
hearing officer under § 300.511 hears,
and makes a determination regarding,
an appeal requested under paragraph (a)
of this section.
(2) In making the determination under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
hearing officer may—
(i) Return the child with a disability
to the placement from which the child
was removed if the hearing officer
determines that the removal was a
violation of § 300.530 or that the child’s
behavior was a manifestation of the
child’s disability; or
(ii) Order a change of placement of the
child with a disability to an appropriate
interim alternative educational setting
for not more than 45 school days if the
hearing officer determines that
maintaining the current placement of
the child is substantially likely to result
in injury to the child or to others.
(3) The procedures under paragraphs
(a) and (b)(1) and (2) of this section may
be repeated, if the LEA believes the
child would be dangerous if returned to
the original placement.
(c) Expedited hearing. (1) Whenever a
hearing is requested under paragraph (a)
of this section, the parents or the LEA
involved in the dispute must have an
opportunity for an impartial due process
hearing consistent with the
requirements of §§ 300.510 through
300.514, except as provided in
paragraph (c)(2) through (5) of this
section.
(2) The SEA or LEA must arrange for
an expedited hearing, which must occur
within 20 school days of the date the
hearing is requested and must result in
a determination within 10 school days
after the hearing.
(3) Except as provided in
§ 300.510(a)(3)—
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(i) A resolution session meeting must
occur within seven days of the date the
hearing is requested, and
(ii) The hearing may proceed unless
the matter has been resolved to the
satisfaction of both parties within 15
days of receipt of the hearing request.
(4) For an expedited hearing, a State
may provide that the time periods
identified in § 300.512(a)(3) and (b) are
not less than two business days.
(5) A State may establish different
procedural rules for expedited hearings
under this section than it has
established for due process hearings
under §§ 300.511 through 300.513.
(6) The decisions on expedited due
process hearings are appealable
consistent with § 300.514.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(3) and (4)(B),
1415(f)(1)(A))
§ 300.533
Placement during appeals.
When an appeal under § 300.532 has
been requested by either the parent or
the LEA, the child must remain in the
interim alternative educational setting
pending the decision of the hearing
officer or until the expiration of the time
period provided for in § 300.530(c) or
(g), whichever occurs first, unless the
parent and the SEA or LEA agree
otherwise.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(4)(A))
§ 300.534 Protections for children not yet
eligible for special education and related
services.
(a) General. A child who has not been
determined to be eligible for special
education and related services under
this part and who has engaged in
behavior that violated a code of student
conduct, may assert any of the
protections provided for in this part if
the LEA had knowledge (as determined
in accordance with paragraph (b) of this
section) that the child was a child with
a disability before the behavior that
precipitated the disciplinary action
occurred.
(b) Basis of knowledge. An LEA must
be deemed to have knowledge that a
child is a child with a disability if
before the behavior that precipitated the
disciplinary action occurred—
(1) The parent of the child expressed
concern in writing to supervisory or
administrative personnel of the
appropriate educational agency, or a
teacher of the child, that the child is in
need of special education and related
services;
(2) The parent of the child requested
an evaluation of the child pursuant to
§§ 300.300 through 300.311; or
(3) The teacher of the child, or other
personnel of the LEA, expressed specific
concerns about a pattern of behavior
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
demonstrated by the child directly to
the director of special education of the
agency or to other supervisory
personnel of the agency in accordance
with the agency’s established child find
or special education referral system.
(c) Exception. A public agency would
not be deemed to have knowledge under
paragraph (b) of this section if—
(1) The parent of the child—
(i) Has not allowed an evaluation of
the child pursuant to §§ 300.300
through 300.311; or
(ii) Has refused services under this
part; or
(2) The child has been evaluated and
determined to not be a child with a
disability under this part.
(d) Conditions that apply if no basis
of knowledge. (1) If an LEA does not
have knowledge that a child is a child
with a disability (in accordance with
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section)
prior to taking disciplinary measures
against the child, the child may be
subjected to the disciplinary measures
applied to children without disabilities
who engaged in comparable behaviors
consistent with paragraph (d)(2) of this
section.
(2)(i) If a request is made for an
evaluation of a child during the time
period in which the child is subjected
to disciplinary measures under
§ 300.530, the evaluation must be
conducted in an expedited manner.
(ii) Until the evaluation is completed,
the child remains in the educational
placement determined by school
authorities, which can include
suspension or expulsion without
educational services.
(iii) If the child is determined to be a
child with a disability, taking into
consideration information from the
evaluation conducted by the agency and
information provided by the parents, the
agency must provide special education
and related services in accordance with
this part, including the requirements of
§§ 300.530 through 300.536 and section
612(a)(1)(A) of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(5))
§ 300.535 Referral to and action by law
enforcement and judicial authorities.
(a) Rule of construction. Nothing in
this part prohibits an agency from
reporting a crime committed by a child
with a disability to appropriate
authorities or prevents State law
enforcement and judicial authorities
from exercising their responsibilities
with regard to the application of Federal
and State law to crimes committed by a
child with a disability.
(b) Transmittal of records. (1) An
agency reporting a crime committed by
a child with a disability must ensure
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
that copies of the special education and
disciplinary records of the child are
transmitted for consideration by the
appropriate authorities to whom the
agency reports the crime.
(2) An agency reporting a crime under
this section may transmit copies of the
child’s special education and
disciplinary records only to the extent
that the transmission is permitted by the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act.
closely related to improving educational
results for children with disabilities.
(c) As a part of its responsibilities
under paragraph (a) of this section, the
State must use quantifiable indicators
and such qualitative indicators as are
needed to adequately measure
performance in the priority areas
identified in section 616(a)(3) of the Act,
and the indicators established by the
Secretary pursuant to State performance
plans.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k)(6))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(a))
§ 300.536 Change of placement because of
disciplinary removals.
§ 300.601 State performance plans and
data collection.
For purposes of removals of a child
with a disability from the child’s current
educational placement under §§ 300.530
through 300.535, a change of placement
occurs if—
(a) The removal is for more than 10
consecutive school days; or
(b) The child has been subjected to a
series of removals that constitute a
pattern—
(1) Because the series of removals
total more than 10 school days in a
school year;
(2) Because the child’s behavior is
substantially similar to the child’s
behavior in the incidents that resulted
in the series of removals, taken
cumulatively, is determined, under
§ 300.530(f), to have been a
manifestation of the child’s disability;
and
(3) Because of such additional factors
as the length of each removal, the total
amount of time the child has been
removed, and the proximity of the
removals to one another.
(a) General. Not later than December
3, 2005, each State must have in place
a performance plan that evaluates the
State’s efforts to implement the
requirements and purposes of Part B of
the Act, and describes how the State
will improve such implementation.
(1) Each State must submit the State’s
performance plan to the Secretary for
approval in accordance with the
approval process described in section
616(c) of the Act.
(2) Each State must review its State
performance plan at least once every six
years, and submit any amendments to
the Secretary.
(3) As part of the State performance
plan, each State must establish
measurable and rigorous targets for the
indicators established by the Secretary
under the priority areas described in
section 616(a)(3) of the Act.
(b) Data collection. (1) Each State
must collect valid and reliable
information as needed to report
annually to the Secretary on the
indicators established by the Secretary
for the State performance plans.
(2) Nothing in Part B of the Act shall
be construed to authorize the
development of a nationwide database
of personally identifiable information
on individuals involved in studies or
other collections of data under Part B of
the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1415(k))
§§ 300.537–300.599
[Reserved]
Subpart F—Monitoring-Enforcement,
Confidentiality, and Program
Information
Monitoring, Technical Assistance, and
Enforcement
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(b))
§ 300.600 State monitoring and
enforcement.
§ 300.602 State use of targets and
reporting.
(a) The State must monitor the
implementation of this part, enforce this
part in accordance with section 616(e)
of the Act, and annually report on
performance under this part.
(b) The primary focus of the State’s
monitoring activities must be on—
(1) Improving educational results and
functional outcomes for all children
with disabilities; and
(2) Ensuring that public agencies meet
the program requirements under Part B
of the Act, with a particular emphasis
on those requirements that are most
(a) General. Each State must use the
targets established in the State’s
performance plan under § 300.601 and
the priority areas described in section
616(a)(3) of the Act to analyze the
performance of each LEA.
(b) Public reporting and privacy.
(1) Public report. (i) Subject to
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, the
State must—
(A) Report annually to the public on
the performance of each LEA located in
the State on the targets in the State’s
performance plan; and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35877
(B) Make the State’s performance plan
available through public means,
including by posting on the Web site of
the SEA, distribution to the media, and
distribution through public agencies.
(ii) If the State, in meeting the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section, collects performance data
through State monitoring or sampling,
the State must include in its report the
most recently available performance
data on each LEA, and the date the data
were obtained.
(2) State performance report. The
State must report annually to the
Secretary on the performance of the
State under the State’s performance
plan.
(3) Privacy. The State must not report
to the public or the Secretary any
information on performance that would
result in the disclosure of personally
identifiable information about
individual children, or where the
available data are insufficient to yield
statistically reliable information.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(b)(2)(C))
§ 300.603 Secretary’s review and
determination regarding State performance.
(a) Review. The Secretary annually
reviews the State’s performance report
submitted pursuant to § 300.602(b)(2).
(b) Determination. (1) General. Based
on the information provided by the
State in the State’s annual performance
report, information obtained through
monitoring visits, and any other public
information made available, the
Secretary determines if the State—
(i) Meets the requirements and
purposes of Part B of the Act;
(ii) Needs assistance in implementing
the requirements of Part B of the Act;
(iii) Needs intervention in
implementing the requirements of Part
B of the Act; or
(iv) Needs substantial intervention in
implementing the requirements of Part
B of the Act.
(2) Notice and opportunity for a
hearing. (i) For determinations made
under paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and
(b)(1)(iv) of this section, the Secretary
provides reasonable notice and an
opportunity for a hearing on those
determinations.
(ii) The hearing described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section consists
of an opportunity to meet with the
Assistant Secretary for the Office of
Special Education and Rehabilitative
Services to demonstrate why the
Department should not make the
determination described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(d))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35878
§ 300.604
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Enforcement.
(a) Needs assistance. If the Secretary
determines, for two consecutive years,
that a State needs assistance under
§ 300.603(b)(1)(ii) in implementing the
requirements of Part B of the Act, the
Secretary takes one or more of the
following actions:
(1) Advise the State of available
sources of technical assistance that may
help the State address the areas in
which the State needs assistance, which
may include assistance from the Office
of Special Education Programs, other
offices of the Department of Education,
other Federal agencies, technical
assistance providers approved by the
Secretary, and other federally funded
nonprofit agencies, and require the State
to work with appropriate entities. Such
technical assistance may include—
(i) The provision of advice by experts
to address the areas in which the State
needs assistance, including explicit
plans for addressing the area for concern
within a specified period of time;
(ii) Assistance in identifying and
implementing professional
development, instructional strategies,
and methods of instruction that are
based on scientifically based research;
(iii) Designating and using
distinguished superintendents,
principals, special education
administrators, special education
teachers, and other teachers to provide
advice, technical assistance, and
support; and
(iv) Devising additional approaches to
providing technical assistance, such as
collaborating with institutions of higher
education, educational service agencies,
national centers of technical assistance
supported under part D of the Act, and
private providers of scientifically based
technical assistance.
(2) Direct the use of State-level funds
under section 611(e) of the Act on the
area or areas in which the State needs
assistance.
(3) Identify the State as a high-risk
grantee and impose special conditions
on the State’s grant under Part B of the
Act.
(b) Needs intervention. If the
Secretary determines, for three or more
consecutive years, that a State needs
intervention under § 300.603(b)(1)(iii) in
implementing the requirements of Part
B of the Act, the following shall apply:
(1) The Secretary may take any of the
actions described in paragraph (a) of
this section.
(2) The Secretary takes one or more of
the following actions:
(i) Requires the State to prepare a
corrective action plan or improvement
plan if the Secretary determines that the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
State should be able to correct the
problem within one year.
(ii) Requires the State to enter into a
compliance agreement under section
457 of the General Education Provisions
Act as amended, 20 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.
(GEPA), if the Secretary has reason to
believe that the State cannot correct the
problem within one year.
(iii) For each year of the
determination, withhold not less than
20 percent and not more than 50 percent
of the State’s funds under section 611(e)
of the Act, until the Secretary
determines the State has sufficiently
addressed the areas in which the State
needs intervention.
(iv) Seeks to recover funds under
section 452 of GEPA.
(v) Withholds, in whole or in part,
any further payments to the State under
Part B of the Act pursuant to paragraph
(d) of this section.
(vi) Refers the matter for appropriate
enforcement action, which may include
referral to the Department of Justice.
(c) Needs substantial intervention.
Notwithstanding paragraph (a) or (b) of
this section, at any time that the
Secretary determines that a State needs
substantial intervention in
implementing the requirements of Part
B of the Act or that there is a substantial
failure to comply with any condition of
an SEA’s or LEA’s eligibility under Part
B of the Act, the Secretary shall take one
or more of the following actions:
(1) Recover funds under section 452
of GEPA.
(2) Withhold, in whole or in part, any
further payments to the State under Part
B of the Act.
(3) Refer the case to the Office of the
Inspector General at the Department of
Education.
(4) Refer the matter for appropriate
enforcement action, which may include
referral to the Department of Justice.
(d) Report to Congress. The Secretary
reports to the Committee on Education
and the Workforce of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on
Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions
of the Senate within 30 days of taking
enforcement action pursuant to
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section,
on the specific action taken and the
reasons why enforcement action was
taken.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(e)(1)–(e)(3), (e)(5))
§ 300.605
Withholding funds.
(a) Opportunity for hearing. Prior to
withholding any funds under Part B of
the Act, the Secretary provides
reasonable notice and an opportunity
for a hearing to the SEA involved,
pursuant to the procedures in
§§ 300.180 through 300.183.
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(b) Suspension. Pending the outcome
of any hearing to withhold payments
under paragraph (a) of this section, the
Secretary may suspend payments to a
recipient, suspend the authority of the
recipient to obligate funds under Part B
of the Act, or both, after the recipient
has been given reasonable notice and an
opportunity to show cause why future
payments or authority to obligate funds
under Part B of the Act should not be
suspended.
(c) Nature of withholding. (1) If the
Secretary determines that it is
appropriate to withhold further
payments under section 616(e)(2) or
(e)(3) of the Act, the Secretary may
determine—
(i) That the withholding will be
limited to programs or projects, or
portions of programs or projects that
affected the Secretary’s determination
under § 300.603(b)(1); or
(ii) That the SEA must not make
further payments under Part B of the
Act to specified State agencies or LEAs
that caused or were involved in the
Secretary’s determination under
§ 300.603(b)(1).
(2) Withholding until rectified. Until
the Secretary is satisfied that the
condition that caused the initial
withholding has been substantially
rectified—
(i) Payments to the State under Part B
of the Act must be withheld in whole or
in part; and
(ii) Payments by the SEA under Part
B of the Act must be limited to State
agencies and LEAs whose actions did
not cause or were not involved in the
Secretary’s determination under
§ 300.603(b)(1), as the case may be.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(e)(4), (e)(6))
§ 300.606
Public attention.
Any State that has received notice
under §§ 300.603(b)(1)(ii) through (iv)
must, by means of a public notice, take
such measures as may be necessary to
bring the pendency of an action
pursuant to section 616(e) of the Act to
the attention of the public within the
State.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(e)(7))
§ 300.607 Divided State agency
responsibility.
For purposes of this subpart, if
responsibility for ensuring that the
requirements of Part B of the Act are
met with respect to children with
disabilities who are convicted as adults
under State law and incarcerated in
adult prisons is assigned to a public
agency other than the SEA pursuant to
section 612(a)(11)(C) of the Act, and if
the Secretary finds that the failure to
comply substantially with the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
provisions of Part B of the Act are
related to a failure by the public agency,
the Secretary takes appropriate
corrective action to ensure compliance
with Part B of the Act, except that—
(a) Any reduction or withholding of
payments to the State under § 300.604
must be proportionate to the total funds
allotted under section 611 of the Act to
the State as the number of eligible
children with disabilities in adult
prisons under the supervision of the
other public agency is proportionate to
the number of eligible individuals with
disabilities in the State under the
supervision of the SEA; and
(b) Any withholding of funds under
§ 300.604 must be limited to the specific
agency responsible for the failure to
comply with Part B of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(h))
§ 300.608
State enforcement.
If an SEA determines that an LEA is
not meeting the requirements of Part B
of the Act, including the targets in the
State’s performance plan, the SEA must
prohibit the LEA from reducing the
LEA’s maintenance of effort under
section 613(a)(2)(C) of the Act for any
fiscal year.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(f))
§ 300.609
Rule of construction.
Nothing in this subpart shall be
construed to restrict the Secretary from
utilizing any authority under GEPA to
monitor and enforce the requirements of
the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1416(g))
Confidentiality of Information
§ 300.610
Confidentiality.
The Secretary takes appropriate
action, in accordance with section 444
of GEPA, to ensure the protection of the
confidentiality of any personally
identifiable data, information, and
records collected or maintained by the
Secretary and by SEAs and LEAs
pursuant to Part B of the Act, and
consistent with §§ 300.611 through
300.628.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1417(c))
§ 300.611
Definitions.
As used in §§ 300.610 through
300.628—
(a) Destruction means physical
destruction or removal of personal
identifiers from information so that the
information is no longer personally
identifiable.
(b) Education records means the type
of records covered under the definition
of ‘‘education records’’ in 34 CFR part
99 (the regulations implementing the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)).
(c) Participating agency means any
agency or institution that collects,
maintains, or uses personally
identifiable information, or from which
information is obtained, under Part B of
the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1221e–3, 1412(a)(8),
1417(c))
§ 300.612
Notice to parents.
(a) The SEA must give notice that is
adequate to fully inform parents about
the requirements of § 300.121,
including—
(1) A description of the extent that the
notice is given in the native languages
of the various population groups in the
State;
(2) A description of the children on
whom personally identifiable
information is maintained, the types of
information sought, the methods the
State intends to use in gathering the
information (including the sources from
whom information is gathered), and the
uses to be made of the information;
(3) A summary of the policies and
procedures that participating agencies
must follow regarding storage,
disclosure to third parties, retention,
and destruction of personally
identifiable information; and
(4) A description of all of the rights of
parents and children regarding this
information, including the rights under
FERPA and implementing regulations in
34 CFR part 99.
(b) Before any major identification,
location, or evaluation activity, the
notice must be published or announced
in newspapers or other media, or both,
with circulation adequate to notify
parents throughout the State of the
activity.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.613
Access rights.
(a) Each participating agency must
permit parents to inspect and review
any education records relating to their
children that are collected, maintained,
or used by the agency under this part.
The agency must comply with a request
without unnecessary delay and before
any meeting regarding an IEP, or any
hearing pursuant to § 300.507 or
§§ 300.530 through 300.532, or
resolution session pursuant to
§ 300.510, and in no case more than 45
days after the request has been made.
(b) The right to inspect and review
education records under this section
includes—
(1) The right to a response from the
participating agency to reasonable
requests for explanations and
interpretations of the records;
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35879
(2) The right to request that the
agency provide copies of the records
containing the information if failure to
provide those copies would effectively
prevent the parent from exercising the
right to inspect and review the records;
and
(3) The right to have a representative
of the parent inspect and review the
records.
(c) An agency may presume that the
parent has authority to inspect and
review records relating to his or her
child unless the agency has been
advised that the parent does not have
the authority under applicable State law
governing such matters as guardianship,
separation, and divorce.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.614
Record of access.
Each participating agency must keep
a record of parties obtaining access to
education records collected,
maintained, or used under Part B of the
Act (except access by parents and
authorized employees of the
participating agency), including the
name of the party, the date access was
given, and the purpose for which the
party is authorized to use the records.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.615
Records on more than one child.
If any education record includes
information on more than one child, the
parents of those children have the right
to inspect and review only the
information relating to their child or to
be informed of that specific information.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.616 List of types and locations of
information.
Each participating agency must
provide parents on request a list of the
types and locations of education records
collected, maintained, or used by the
agency.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.617
Fees.
(a) Each participating agency may
charge a fee for copies of records that
are made for parents under this part if
the fee does not effectively prevent the
parents from exercising their right to
inspect and review those records.
(b) A participating agency may not
charge a fee to search for or to retrieve
information under this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.618 Amendment of records at
parent’s request.
(a) A parent who believes that
information in the education records
collected, maintained, or used under
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35880
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
this part is inaccurate or misleading or
violates the privacy or other rights of the
child may request the participating
agency that maintains the information to
amend the information.
(b) The agency must decide whether
to amend the information in accordance
with the request within a reasonable
period of time of receipt of the request.
(c) If the agency decides to refuse to
amend the information in accordance
with the request, it must inform the
parent of the refusal and advise the
parent of the right to a hearing under
§ 300.619.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.619
Opportunity for a hearing.
The agency must, on request, provide
an opportunity for a hearing to
challenge information in education
records to ensure that it is not
inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in
violation of the privacy or other rights
of the child.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.620
Result of hearing.
(a) If, as a result of the hearing, the
agency decides that the information is
inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in
violation of the privacy or other rights
of the child, it must amend the
information accordingly and so inform
the parent in writing.
(b) If, as a result of the hearing, the
agency decides that the information is
not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise
in violation of the privacy or other
rights of the child, it must inform the
parent of the right to place in the
records it maintains on the child a
statement commenting on the
information or setting forth any reasons
for disagreeing with the decision of the
agency.
(c) Any explanation placed in the
records of the child under this section
must—
(1) Be maintained by the agency as
part of the records of the child as long
as the record or contested portion is
maintained by the agency; and
(2) If the records of the child or the
contested portion is disclosed by the
agency to any party, the explanation
must also be disclosed to the party.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.621
Hearing procedures.
A hearing held under § 300.619 must
be conducted according to the
procedures under 34 CFR 99.22.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.622
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.623
Safeguards.
(a) Each participating agency must
protect the confidentiality of personally
identifiable information at collection,
storage, disclosure, and destruction
stages.
(b) One official at each participating
agency must assume responsibility for
ensuring the confidentiality of any
personally identifiable information.
(c) All persons collecting or using
personally identifiable information must
receive training or instruction regarding
the State’s policies and procedures
under § 300.121 and 34 CFR part 99.
(d) Each participating agency must
maintain, for public inspection, a
current listing of the names and
positions of those employees within the
agency who may have access to
personally identifiable information.
rights of privacy similar to those
afforded to parents, taking into
consideration the age of the child and
type or severity of disability.
(b) Under the regulations for FERPA
at 34 CFR 99.5(a), the rights of parents
regarding education records are
transferred to the student at age 18.
(c) If the rights accorded to parents
under Part B of the Act are transferred
to a student who reaches the age of
majority, consistent with § 300.520, the
rights regarding educational records in
§§ 300.613 through 300.624 must also be
transferred to the student. However, the
public agency must provide any notice
required under section 615 of the Act to
the student and the parents.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.626
Enforcement.
The SEA must have in effect the
policies and procedures, including
sanctions that the State uses to ensure
that its policies and procedures are
followed and that the requirements of
the Act and the regulations in this part
are met.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.627 Department use of personally
identifiable information.
If the Department or its authorized
representatives collect any personally
identifiable information regarding
children with disabilities that is not
subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, 5
U.S.C. 552a, the Secretary applies the
requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(1) and
(b)(2), 552a(b)(4) through (b)(11); 552a(c)
through 552a(e)(3)(B); 552a(e)(3)(D);
552a(e)(5) through (e)(10); 552a(h);
552a(m); and 552a(n); and the
regulations implementing those
provisions in 34 CFR part 5b.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.624
Reports—Program Information
Destruction of information.
(a) The public agency must inform
parents when personally identifiable
information collected, maintained, or
used under this part is no longer needed
to provide educational services to the
child.
(b) The information must be destroyed
at the request of the parents. However,
a permanent record of a student’s name,
address, and phone number, his or her
grades, attendance record, classes
attended, grade level completed, and
year completed may be maintained
without time limitation.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(a)(8); 1417(c))
§ 300.625
Consent.
(a) Except as to disclosures addressed
in § 300.535(b) for which parental
VerDate jul<14>2003
consent is not required by 34 CFR part
99, parental consent must be obtained
before personally identifiable
information is—
(1) Disclosed to anyone other than
officials of participating agencies
collecting or using the information
under this part, subject to paragraph (b)
of this section; or
(2) Used for any purpose other than
meeting a requirement of this part.
(b) An educational agency or
institution subject to 34 CFR part 99
may not release information from
education records to participating
agencies without parental consent
unless authorized to do so under 34 CFR
part 99.
(c) The SEA must provide policies
and procedures that are used in the
event that a parent refuses to provide
consent under this section.
Children’s rights.
(a) The SEA must have in effect
policies and procedures regarding the
extent to which children are afforded
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 300.640 Annual report of children
served—report requirement.
(a) The SEA must annually report to
the Secretary on the information
required by section 618 of the Act at the
times specified by the Secretary.
(b) The SEA must submit the report
on forms provided by the Secretary.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(a))
§ 300.641 Annual report of children
served—information required in the report.
(a) For purposes of the annual report
required by section 618 of the Act, the
State and the Secretary of the Interior
must count and report the number of
children with disabilities receiving
special education and related services
on any date between October 1 and
December 1 of each year.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(b) For the purpose of this reporting
provision, a child’s age is the child’s
actual age on the date of the child count.
(c) The SEA may not report a child
under more than one disability category.
(d) If a child with a disability has
more than one disability, the SEA must
report that child in accordance with the
following procedure:
(1) If a child has only two disabilities
and those disabilities are deafness and
blindness, and the child is not reported
as having a developmental delay, that
child must be reported under the
category ‘‘deaf-blindness.’’
(2) A child who has more than one
disability and is not reported as having
deaf-blindness or as having a
developmental delay must be reported
under the category ‘‘multiple
disabilities.’’
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(a), (b))
§ 300.642
Data reporting.
(a) Protection of identifiable data. The
data described in section 618(a) of the
Act and in § 300.641 must be publicly
reported by each State in a manner that
does not result in disclosure of data
identifiable to individual children.
(b) Sampling. The Secretary may
permit States and the Secretary of the
Interior to obtain data in section 618(a)
of the Act through sampling.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(b))
§ 300.643 Annual report of children
served—certification.
The SEA must include in its report a
certification signed by an authorized
official of the agency that the
information provided under § 300.640 is
an accurate and unduplicated count of
children with disabilities receiving
special education and related services
on the dates in question.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(a)(3))
§ 300.644 Annual report of children
served—criteria for counting children.
The SEA may include in its report
children with disabilities who are
enrolled in a school or program that is
operated or supported by a public
agency, and that—
(a) Provides them with both special
education and related services that meet
State standards;
(b) Provides them only with special
education, if a related service is not
required, that meets State standards; or
(c) In the case of children with
disabilities enrolled by their parents in
private schools, counts those children
who are eligible under the Act and
receive special education or related
services that meet State standards under
§§ 300.132 through 300.144.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(a))
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 300.645 Annual report of children
served—other responsibilities of the SEA.
In addition to meeting the other
requirements of §§ 300.640 through
300.644, the SEA must—
(a) Establish procedures to be used by
LEAs and other educational institutions
in counting the number of children with
disabilities receiving special education
and related services;
(b) Set dates by which those agencies
and institutions must report to the SEA
to ensure that the State complies with
§ 300.640(a);
(c) Obtain certification from each
agency and institution that an
unduplicated and accurate count has
been made;
(d) Aggregate the data from the count
obtained from each agency and
institution, and prepare the reports
required under §§ 300.640 through
300.644; and
(e) Ensure that documentation is
maintained that enables the State and
the Secretary to audit the accuracy of
the count.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(a))
§ 300.646
Disproportionality.
(a) General. Each State that receives
assistance under Part B of the Act, and
the Secretary of the Interior, must
provide for the collection and
examination of data to determine if
significant disproportionality based on
race and ethnicity is occurring in the
State and the LEAs of the State with
respect to—
(1) The identification of children as
children with disabilities, including the
identification of children as children
with disabilities in accordance with a
particular impairment described in
section 602(3) of the Act;
(2) The placement in particular
educational settings of these children;
and
(3) The incidence, duration, and type
of disciplinary actions, including
suspensions and expulsions.
(b) Review and revision of policies,
practices, and procedures. In the case of
a determination of significant
disproportionality with respect to the
identification of children as children
with disabilities, or the placement in
particular educational settings of these
children, in accordance with paragraph
(a) of this section, the State or the
Secretary of the Interior must—
(1) Provide for the review and, if
appropriate revision of the policies,
procedures, and practices used in the
identification or placement to ensure
that the policies, procedures, and
practices comply with the requirements
of the Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35881
(2) Require any LEA identified under
paragraph (a) of this section to reserve
the maximum amount of funds under
section 613(f) of the Act to provide
comprehensive coordinated early
intervening services to serve children in
the LEA, particularly, but not
exclusively, children in those groups
that were significantly overidentified
under paragraph (a) of this section; and
(3) Require the LEA to publicly report
on the revision of policies, practices,
and procedures described under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1418(d))
Subpart G—Authorization; Allotment;
Use of Funds; and Authorization of
Appropriations
§ 300.700
Grants to States.
(a) Purpose of grants. The Secretary
makes grants to States, outlying areas,
and freely associated States (as defined
in § 300.717), and provides funds to the
Secretary of the Interior, to assist them
to provide special education and related
services to children with disabilities in
accordance with Part B of the Act.
(b) Maximum amount. The maximum
amount of the grant a State may receive
under section 611 of the Act is—
(1) For fiscal years 2005 and 2006—
(i) The number of children with
disabilities in the State who are
receiving special education and related
services—
(A) Aged three through five, if the
State is eligible for a grant under section
619 of the Act; and
(B) Aged 6 through 21; multiplied
by—
(ii) Forty (40) percent of the average
per-pupil expenditure in public
elementary schools and secondary
schools in the United States (as defined
in § 300.717); and
(2) For fiscal year 2007 and
subsequent fiscal years—(i) The number
of children with disabilities in the
2004–2005 school year in the State who
received special education and related
services—
(A) Aged three through five if the
State is eligible for a grant under section
619 of the Act; and
(B) Aged 6 through 21; multiplied by
(ii) Forty (40) percent of the average
per-pupil expenditure in public
elementary schools and secondary
schools in the United States (as defined
in § 300.717);
(iii) Adjusted by the rate of annual
change in the sum of—
(A) Eighty-five (85) percent of the
State’s population of children aged 3
through 21 who are of the same age as
children with disabilities for whom the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35882
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
State ensures the availability of FAPE
under Part B of the Act; and
(B) Fifteen (15) percent of the State’s
population of children described in
paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of this section
who are living in poverty.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(a) and (d))
§ 300.701 Outlying areas and freely
associated States and the Secretary of the
Interior.
(a) Outlying areas and freely
associated States. (1) Funds reserved.
From the amount appropriated for any
fiscal year under section 611(i) of the
Act, the Secretary reserves not more
than one percent, which must be used—
(i) To provide assistance to the
outlying areas in accordance with their
respective populations of individuals
aged 3 through 21; and
(ii) To provide each freely associated
State a grant in the amount that the
freely associated State received for fiscal
year 2003 under Part B of the Act, but
only if the freely associated State—
(A) Meets the applicable requirements
of Part B of the Act, including—
(1) The requirements in section
612(a)(1), (3) through (9), (10)(B)
through (C), (11) through (12), (14)
through (16), (19), and (21) through (25)
of the Act (including monitoring and
evaluation activities);
(2) The requirements in section 612(b)
and (e) of the Act;
(3) The requirements in section
613(a)(1), (2)(A)(i), (7) through (9), and
section 613(i) of the Act;
(4) The requirements in section 616 of
the Act that apply to States; and
(5) The requirements of this part that
implement the sections of the Act listed
in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A)(1) through
(A)(4) of this section; and
(B) Meets the requirements in
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section.
(iii) Any freely associated State that
wishes to receive funds under Part B of
the Act must include, in its application
for assistance—
(A) Information demonstrating that it
will meet all conditions that apply to
States under Part B of the Act, including
the requirements described in paragraph
(a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section;
(B) An assurance that,
notwithstanding any other provision of
Part B of the Act, it will use those funds
only for the direct provision of special
education and related services to
children with disabilities and to
enhance its capacity to make FAPE
available to all children with
disabilities;
(C) The identity of the source and
amount of funds, in addition to funds
under Part B of the Act, that it will make
available to ensure that FAPE is
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
available to all children with disabilities
within its jurisdiction; and
(D) Such other information and
assurances as the Secretary may require.
(2) Special rule. The provisions of
Public Law 95–134, permitting the
consolidation of grants by the outlying
areas, do not apply to funds provided to
the outlying areas or to the freely
associated States under Part B of the
Act.
(b) Secretary of the Interior. From the
amount appropriated for any fiscal year
under section 611(i) of the Act, the
Secretary reserves 1.226 percent to
provide assistance to the Secretary of
the Interior in accordance with
§§ 300.707 through 300.716.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(b))
§ 300.702
Technical assistance.
(a) In general. The Secretary may
reserve not more than one-half of one
percent of the amounts appropriated
under Part B of the Act for each fiscal
year to support technical assistance
activities authorized under section
616(i) of the Act.
(b) Maximum amount. The maximum
amount the Secretary may reserve under
paragraph (a) of this section for any
fiscal year is $25,000,000, cumulatively
adjusted by the rate of inflation as
measured by the percentage increase, if
any, from the preceding fiscal year in
the Consumer Price Index For All Urban
Consumers, published by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics of the Department of
Labor.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(c))
§ 300.703
Allocations to States.
(a) General. After reserving funds for
technical assistance under § 300.702,
and for payments to the outlying areas,
the freely associated States, and the
Secretary of the Interior under § 300.701
(a) and (b) for a fiscal year, the Secretary
allocates the remaining amount among
the States in accordance with
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
section.
(b) Special rule for use of fiscal year
1999 amount. If a State received any
funds under section 611 of the Act for
fiscal year 1999 on the basis of children
aged three through five, but does not
make FAPE available to all children
with disabilities aged three through five
in the State in any subsequent fiscal
year, the Secretary computes the State’s
amount for fiscal year 1999, solely for
the purpose of calculating the State’s
allocation in that subsequent year under
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, by
subtracting the amount allocated to the
State for fiscal year 1999 on the basis of
those children.
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(c) Increase in funds. If the amount
available for allocations to States under
paragraph (a) of this section for a fiscal
year is equal to or greater than the
amount allocated to the States under
section 611 of the Act for the preceding
fiscal year, those allocations are
calculated as follows:
(1) Allocation of increase. (i) General.
Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)
of this section, the Secretary allocates
for the fiscal year—
(A) To each State the amount the State
received under this section for fiscal
year 1999;
(B) Eighty-five (85) percent of any
remaining funds to States on the basis
of the States’ relative populations of
children aged 3 through 21 who are of
the same age as children with
disabilities for whom the State ensures
the availability of FAPE under Part B of
the Act; and
(C) Fifteen (15) percent of those
remaining funds to States on the basis
of the States’ relative populations of
children described in paragraph (c)(1)(i)
(B) of this section who are living in
poverty.
(ii) Data. For the purpose of making
grants under this section, the Secretary
uses the most recent population data,
including data on children living in
poverty, that are available and
satisfactory to the Secretary.
(2) Limitations. Notwithstanding
paragraph (c)(1) of this section,
allocations under this section are
subject to the following:
(i) Preceding year allocation. No
State’s allocation may be less than its
allocation under section 611 of the Act
for the preceding fiscal year.
(ii) Minimum. No State’s allocation
may be less than the greatest of—
(A) The sum of—
(1) The amount the State received
under section 611 of the Act for fiscal
year 1999; and
(2) One third of one percent of the
amount by which the amount
appropriated under section 611(i) of the
Act for the fiscal year exceeds the
amount appropriated for section 611 of
the Act for fiscal year 1999;
(B) The sum of—
(1) The amount the State received
under section 611 of the Act for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(2) That amount multiplied by the
percentage by which the increase in the
funds appropriated for section 611 of
the Act from the preceding fiscal year
exceeds 1.5 percent; or
(C) The sum of—
(1) The amount the State received
under section 611 of the Act for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(2) That amount multiplied by 90
percent of the percentage increase in the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
amount appropriated for section 611 of
the Act from the preceding fiscal year.
(iii) Maximum. Notwithstanding
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, no
State’s allocation under paragraph (a) of
this section may exceed the sum of—
(A) The amount the State received
under section 611 of the Act for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(B) That amount multiplied by the
sum of 1.5 percent and the percentage
increase in the amount appropriated
under section 611 of the Act from the
preceding fiscal year.
(3) Ratable reduction. If the amount
available for allocations to States under
paragraph (c) of this section is
insufficient to pay those allocations in
full, those allocations are ratably
reduced, subject to paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section.
(d) Decrease in funds. If the amount
available for allocations to States under
paragraph (a) of this section for a fiscal
year is less than the amount allocated to
the States under section 611 of the Act
for the preceding fiscal year, those
allocations are calculated as follows:
(1) Amounts greater than fiscal year
1999 allocations. If the amount available
for allocations under paragraph (a) of
this section is greater than the amount
allocated to the States for fiscal year
1999, each State is allocated the sum
of—
(i) The amount the State received
under section 611 of the Act for fiscal
year 1999; and
(ii) An amount that bears the same
relation to any remaining funds as the
increase the State received under
section 611 of the Act for the preceding
fiscal year over fiscal year 1999 bears to
the total of all such increases for all
States.
(2) Amounts equal to or less than
fiscal year 1999 allocations. (i) General.
If the amount available for allocations
under paragraph (a) of this section is
equal to or less than the amount
allocated to the States for fiscal year
1999, each State is allocated the amount
it received for fiscal year 1999.
(ii) Ratable reduction. If the amount
available for allocations under
paragraph (d) of this section is
insufficient to make the allocations
described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section, those allocations are ratably
reduced.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(d))
§ 300.704
State-level activities.
(a) State administration. (1) For the
purpose of administering Part B of the
Act, including paragraph (c) of this
section, section 619 of the Act, and the
coordination of activities under Part B
of the Act with, and providing technical
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
assistance to, other programs that
provide services to children with
disabilities—
(i) Each State may reserve for each
fiscal year not more than the maximum
amount the State was eligible to reserve
for State administration under section
611 of the Act for fiscal year 2004 or
$800,000 (adjusted in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section),
whichever is greater; and
(ii) Each outlying area may reserve for
each fiscal year not more than five
percent of the amount the outlying area
receives under § 300.701(a) for the fiscal
year or $35,000, whichever is greater.
(2) For each fiscal year, beginning
with fiscal year 2005, the Secretary
cumulatively adjusts—
(i) The maximum amount the State
was eligible to reserve for State
administration under section 611 of the
Act for fiscal year 2004; and
(ii) $800,000, by the rate of inflation
as measured by the percentage increase,
if any, from the preceding fiscal year in
the Consumer Price Index For All Urban
Consumers, published by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics of the Department of
Labor.
(3) Prior to expenditure of funds
under paragraph (a) of this section, the
State must certify to the Secretary that
the arrangements to establish
responsibility for services pursuant to
section 612(a)(12)(A) of the Act are
current.
(4) Funds reserved under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section may be used for the
administration of Part C of the Act, if
the SEA is the lead agency for the State
under that Part.
(b) Other State-level activities. (1)
States may reserve a portion of their
allocations for other State-level
activities. The maximum amount that a
State may reserve for other State-level
activities is as follows:
(i) If the amount that the State sets
aside for State administration under
paragraph (a) of this section is greater
than $850,000 and the State opts to
finance a high cost fund under
paragraph (c) of this section:
(A) For fiscal years 2005 and 2006, 10
percent of the State’s allocation under
§ 300.703.
(B) For fiscal year 2007 and
subsequent fiscal years, an amount
equal to 10 percent of the State’s
allocation for fiscal year 2006 under
§ 300.703 adjusted cumulatively for
inflation.
(ii) If the amount that the State sets
aside for State administration under
paragraph (a) of this section is greater
than $850,000 and the State opts not to
finance a high cost fund under
paragraph (c) of this section—
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35883
(A) For fiscal years 2005 and 2006,
nine percent of the State’s allocation
under § 300.703.
(B) For fiscal year 2007 and
subsequent fiscal years, an amount
equal to nine percent of the State’s
allocation for fiscal year 2006 adjusted
cumulatively for inflation.
(iii) If the amount that the State sets
aside for State administration under
paragraph (a) of this section is less than
or equal to $850,000 and the State opts
to finance a high cost fund under
paragraph (c) of this section:
(A) For fiscal years 2005 and 2006,
10.5 percent of the State’s allocation
under § 300.703.
(B) For fiscal year 2007 and
subsequent fiscal years, an amount
equal to 10.5 percent of the State’s
allocation for fiscal year 2006 under
§ 300.703 adjusted cumulatively for
inflation.
(iv) If the amount that the State sets
aside for State administration under
paragraph (a) of this section is equal to
or less than $850,000 and the State opts
not to finance a high cost fund under
paragraph (c) of this section:
(A) For fiscal years 2005 and 2006,
nine and one-half percent of the State’s
allocation under § 300.703.
(B) For fiscal year 2007 and
subsequent fiscal years, an amount
equal to nine and one-half percent of the
State’s allocation for fiscal year 2006
under § 300.703 adjusted cumulatively
for inflation.
(2) The adjustment for inflation is the
rate of inflation as measured by the
percentage of increase, if any, from the
preceding fiscal year in the Consumer
Price Index for All Urban Consumers,
published by the Bureau of Labor
Statistics of the Department of Labor.
(3) Some portion of the funds reserved
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
must be used to carry out the following
activities:
(i) For monitoring, enforcement, and
complaint investigation; and
(ii) To establish and implement the
mediation process required by section
615(e) of the Act, including providing
for the costs of mediators and support
personnel;
(4) Funds reserved under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section may be used to
carry out the following activities:
(i) For support and direct services,
including technical assistance,
personnel preparation, and professional
development and training;
(ii) To support paperwork reduction
activities, including expanding the use
of technology in the IEP process;
(iii) To assist LEAs in providing
positive behavioral interventions and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35884
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
supports and mental health services for
children with disabilities;
(iv) To improve the use of technology
in the classroom by children with
disabilities to enhance learning;
(v) To support the use of technology,
including technology with universal
design principles and assistive
technology devices, to maximize
accessibility to the general education
curriculum for children with
disabilities;
(vi) Development and implementation
of transition programs, including
coordination of services with agencies
involved in supporting the transition of
students with disabilities to
postsecondary activities;
(vii) To assist LEAs in meeting
personnel shortages;
(viii) To support capacity building
activities and improve the delivery of
services by LEAs to improve results for
children with disabilities;
(ix) Alternative programming for
children with disabilities who have
been expelled from school, and services
for children with disabilities in
correctional facilities, children enrolled
in State-operated or State-supported
schools, and children with disabilities
in charter schools;
(x) To support the development and
provision of appropriate
accommodations for children with
disabilities, or the development and
provision of alternate assessments that
are valid and reliable for assessing the
performance of children with
disabilities, in accordance with sections
1111(b) and 6111 of the ESEA; and
(xi) To provide technical assistance to
schools and LEAs, and direct services,
including supplemental educational
services as defined in section 1116(e) of
the ESEA to children with disabilities,
in schools or LEAs identified for
improvement under section 1116 of the
ESEA on the sole basis of the
assessment results of the disaggregated
subgroup of children with disabilities,
including providing professional
development to special and regular
education teachers, who teach children
with disabilities, based on scientifically
based research to improve educational
instruction, in order to improve
academic achievement to meet or
exceed the objectives established by the
State under section 1111(b)(2)(G) of the
ESEA.
(c) Local educational agency high cost
fund. (1) In general—
(i) For the purpose of assisting LEAs
(including a charter school that is an
LEA or a consortium of LEAs) in
addressing the needs of high need
children with disabilities, each State has
the option to reserve for each fiscal year
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
10 percent of the amount of funds the
State reserves for other State-level
activities under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section—
(A) To finance and make
disbursements from the high cost fund
to LEAs in accordance with paragraph
(c) of this section during the first and
succeeding fiscal years of the high cost
fund; and
(B) To support innovative and
effective ways of cost sharing by the
State, by an LEA, or among a
consortium of LEAs, as determined by
the State in coordination with
representatives from LEAs, subject to
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
(ii) For purposes of paragraph (c) of
this section, local educational agency
includes a charter school that is an LEA,
or a consortium of LEAs.
(2) (i) A State must not use any of the
funds the State reserves pursuant to
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, which
are solely for disbursement to LEAs, for
costs associated with establishing,
supporting, and otherwise
administering the fund. The State may
use funds the State reserves under
paragraph (a) of this section for those
administrative costs.
(ii) A State must not use more than 5
percent of the funds the State reserves
pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
section for each fiscal year to support
innovative and effective ways of cost
sharing among consortia of LEAs.
(3) (i) The SEA must develop, not
later than 90 days after the State
reserves funds under paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this section, annually review, and
amend as necessary, a State plan for the
high cost fund. Such State plan must—
(A) Establish, in consultation and
coordination with representatives from
LEAs, a definition of a high need child
with a disability that, at a minimum—
(1) Addresses the financial impact a
high need child with a disability has on
the budget of the child’s LEA; and
(2) Ensures that the cost of the high
need child with a disability is greater
than 3 times the average per pupil
expenditure (as defined in section 9101
of the ESEA) in that State;
(B) Establish eligibility criteria for the
participation of an LEA that, at a
minimum, take into account the number
and percentage of high need children
with disabilities served by an LEA;
(C) Establish criteria to ensure that
placements supported by the fund are
consistent with the requirements of
§§ 300.114 through 300.118;
(D) Develop a funding mechanism
that provides distributions each fiscal
year to LEAs that meet the criteria
developed by the State under paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(B) of this section; and
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(E) Establish an annual schedule by
which the SEA must make its
distributions from the high cost fund
each fiscal year.
(ii) The State must make its final State
plan available to the public not less than
30 days before the beginning of the
school year, including dissemination of
such information on the State Web site.
(4)(i) Each SEA must make all annual
disbursements from the high cost fund
established under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of
this section in accordance with the State
plan published pursuant to paragraph
(c)(3) of this section.
(ii) The costs associated with
educating a high need child with a
disability, as defined under paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(A) of this section, are only those
costs associated with providing direct
special education and related services to
the child that are identified in that
child’s IEP, including the cost of room
and board for a residential placement
determined necessary, consistent with
§ 300.114, to implement a child’s IEP.
(iii) The funds in the high cost fund
remain under the control of the State
until disbursed to an LEA to support a
specific child who qualifies under the
State plan for the high cost funds or
distributed to LEAs, consistent with
paragraph (c)(9) of this section.
(5) The disbursements under
paragraph (c)(4) of this section must not
be used to support legal fees, court
costs, or other costs associated with a
cause of action brought on behalf of a
child with a disability to ensure FAPE
for such child.
(6) Nothing in paragraph (c) of this
section —
(i) Limits or conditions the right of a
child with a disability who is assisted
under Part B of the Act to receive FAPE
pursuant to section 612(a)(1) of the Act
in the least restrictive environment
pursuant to section 612(a)(5) of the Act;
or
(ii) Authorizes an SEA or LEA to
establish a limit on what may be spent
on the education of a child with a
disability.
(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this
section, a State may use funds reserved
pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
section for implementing a placement
neutral cost sharing and reimbursement
program of high need, low incidence,
catastrophic, or extraordinary aid to
LEAs that provides services to high
need students based on eligibility
criteria for such programs that were
created not later than January 1, 2004,
and are currently in operation, if such
program serves children that meet the
requirement of the definition of a high
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
need child with a disability as described
in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
(8) Disbursements provided under
paragraph (c) of this section must not be
used to pay costs that otherwise would
be reimbursed as medical assistance for
a child with a disability under the State
Medicaid program under Title XIX of
the Social Security Act.
(9) Funds reserved under paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section from the
appropriation for any fiscal year, but not
expended pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)
of this section before the beginning of
their last year of availability for
obligation, must be allocated to LEAs in
the same manner as other funds from
the appropriation for that fiscal year are
allocated to LEAs under § 300.705
during their final year of availability.
(d) Inapplicability of certain
prohibitions. A State may use funds the
State reserves under paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section without regard to—
(1) The prohibition on commingling
of funds in § 300.162(b).
(2) The prohibition on supplanting
other funds in § 300.162(c).
(e) Special rule for increasing funds.
A State may use funds the State reserves
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section as
a result of inflationary increases under
paragraph (a)(2) of this section to carry
out activities authorized under
paragraph (b)(4)(i), (iii), (vii), or (viii) of
this section.
(f) Flexibility in using funds for Part
C. Any State eligible to receive a grant
under section 619 of the Act may use
funds made available under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, § 300.705(c), or
§ 300.814(e) to develop and implement
a State policy jointly with the lead
agency under Part C of the Act and the
SEA to provide early intervention
services (which must include an
educational component that promotes
school readiness and incorporates
preliteracy, language, and numeracy
skills) in accordance with Part C of the
Act to children with disabilities who are
eligible for services under section 619 of
the Act and who previously received
services under Part C of the Act until
the children enter, or are eligible under
State law to enter, kindergarten, or
elementary school as appropriate.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(e))
§ 300.705 Subgrants to local educational
agencies.
(a) Subgrants required. Each State that
receives a grant under section 611 of the
Act for any fiscal year must distribute
any funds the State does not reserve
under § 300.704 to LEAs (including
public charter schools that operate as
LEAs) in the State that have established
their eligibility under section 613 of the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Act for use in accordance with Part B of
the Act.
(b) Allocations to LEAs. For each
fiscal year for which funds are allocated
to States under § 300.703, each State
shall allocate funds as follows:
(1) Base payments. The State first
must award each LEA described in
paragraph (a) of this section the amount
the LEA would have received under
section 611 of the Act for fiscal year
1999, if the State had distributed 75
percent of its grant for that year under
section 611(d) of the Act, as that section
was then in effect.
(2) Base payment adjustments. For
any fiscal year after 1999—
(i) If a new LEA is created, the State
must divide the base allocation
determined under paragraph (b)(1) of
this section for the LEAs that would
have been responsible for serving
children with disabilities now being
served by the new LEA, among the new
LEA and affected LEAs based on the
relative numbers of children with
disabilities ages 3 through 21, or ages 6
through 21 if a State has had its
payment reduced under § 300.703(b),
currently provided special education by
each of the LEAs;
(ii) If one or more LEAs are combined
into a single new LEA, the State must
combine the base allocations of the
merged LEAs; and
(iii) If, for two or more LEAs,
geographic boundaries or administrative
responsibility for providing services to
children with disabilities ages 3 through
21 change, the base allocations of
affected LEAs must be redistributed
among affected LEAs based on the
relative numbers of children with
disabilities ages 3 through 21, or ages 6
through 21 if a State has had its
payment reduced under § 300.703(b),
currently provided special education by
each affected LEA.
(3) Allocation of remaining funds.
After making allocations under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, as
adjusted by paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the State must—
(i) Allocate 85 percent of any
remaining funds to those LEAs on the
basis of the relative numbers of children
enrolled in public and private
elementary schools and secondary
schools within the LEA’s jurisdiction;
and
(ii) Allocate 15 percent of those
remaining funds to those LEAs in
accordance with their relative numbers
of children living in poverty, as
determined by the SEA.
(c) Reallocation of funds. If an SEA
determines that an LEA is adequately
providing FAPE to all children with
disabilities residing in the area served
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35885
by that agency with State and local
funds, the SEA may reallocate any
portion of the funds under this part that
are not needed by that LEA to provide
FAPE to other LEAs in the State that are
not adequately providing special
education and related services to all
children with disabilities residing in the
areas served by those other LEAs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(f))
§ 300.706 Allocation for State in which bypass is implemented for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
In determining the allocation under
§§ 300.700 through 300.703 for a State,
outlying area, or freely associated State
in which the Secretary will implement
a by-pass for parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities under
§§ 300.190 through 300.198, the
Secretary includes in the State’s child
count—
(a) For the first year of a by-pass, the
actual or estimated number of private
school children with disabilities (as
defined in §§ 300.8(a) and 300.130) in
the State, as of the preceding December
1; and
(b) For succeeding years of a by-pass,
the number of private school children
with disabilities who received special
education and related services under the
by-pass in the preceding year.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(2))
§ 300.707 Use of Amounts by Secretary of
the Interior.
(a) Definitions. For purposes of
§§ 300.707 through 300.716, the
following definitions apply:
(1) Reservation means Indian Country
as defined in 18 U.S.C. 1151.
(2) Tribal governing body of a school
means the body or bodies that are
recognized governing bodies of the
Indian tribe involved and that represent
at least 90 percent of the students served
by the school. 25 U.S.C. 2021(19) and 25
U.S.C. 2511(7).
(b) Provision of amounts for
assistance. The Secretary provides
amounts to the Secretary of the Interior
to meet the need for assistance for the
education of children with disabilities
on reservations aged 5 to 21, inclusive,
enrolled in elementary schools and
secondary schools for Indian children
operated or funded by the Secretary of
the Interior. The amount of the payment
for any fiscal year is equal to 80 percent
of the amount allotted under section
611(b)(2) of the Act for that fiscal year.
Of the amount described in the
preceding sentence, after the Secretary
of the Interior reserves funds for
administration under § 300.710, 80
percent must be allocated to such
schools by July 1 of that fiscal year and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35886
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
20 percent must be allocated to such
schools by September 30 of that fiscal
year.
(c) Additional requirement. With
respect to all other children aged 3 to
21, inclusive, on reservations, the SEA
must ensure that all of the requirements
of Part B of the Act are implemented.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(1))
§ 300.708
Submission of information.
The Secretary may provide the
Secretary of the Interior amounts under
§ 300.707 for a fiscal year only if the
Secretary of the Interior submits to the
Secretary information that—
(a) Meets the requirements of section
612(a)(1), (3) through (9), (10)(B)
through (C), (11) through (12), (14)
through (16), (19), and (21) through (25)
of the Act (including monitoring and
evaluation activities);
(b) Meets the requirements of section
612(b) and (e) of the Act;
(c) Meets the requirements of section
613(a)(1), (2)(A)(i), (7) through (9) and
section 613(i) of the Act (references to
LEAs in these sections must be read as
references to elementary schools and
secondary schools for Indian children
operated or funded by the Secretary of
the Interior);
(d) Meets the requirements of section
616 of the Act that apply to States
(references to LEAs in section 616 of the
Act must be read as references to
elementary schools and secondary
schools for Indian children operated or
funded by the Secretary of the Interior).
(e) Meets the requirements of this part
that implement the sections of the Act
listed in paragraphs (a) through (d) of
this section;
(f) Includes a description of how the
Secretary of the Interior will coordinate
the provision of services under Part B of
the Act with LEAs, tribes and tribal
organizations, and other private and
Federal service providers;
(g) Includes an assurance that there
are public hearings, adequate notice of
the hearings, and an opportunity for
comment afforded to members of tribes,
tribal governing bodies, and affected
local school boards before the adoption
of the policies, programs, and
procedures related to the requirements
described in paragraphs (a) through (d)
of this section;
(h) Includes an assurance that the
Secretary of the Interior provides the
information that the Secretary may
require to comply with section 618 of
the Act;
(i)(1) Includes an assurance that the
Secretary of the Interior and the
Secretary of Health and Human Services
have entered into a memorandum of
agreement, to be provided to the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Secretary, for the coordination of
services, resources, and personnel
between their respective Federal, State,
and local offices and with the SEAs and
LEAs and other entities to facilitate the
provision of services to Indian children
with disabilities residing on or near
reservations.
(2) The agreement must provide for
the apportionment of responsibilities
and costs, including child find,
evaluation, diagnosis, remediation or
therapeutic measures, and (where
appropriate) equipment and medical or
personal supplies, as needed for a child
with a disability to remain in a school
or program; and
(j) Includes an assurance that the
Department of the Interior will
cooperate with the Department in its
exercise of monitoring and oversight of
the requirements in this section and
§§ 300.709 through 300.711 and
§§ 300.713 through 300.716, and any
agreements entered into between the
Secretary of the Interior and other
entities under Part B of the Act, and will
fulfill its duties under Part B of the Act.
The Secretary withholds payments
under § 300.707 with respect to the
requirements described in this section
in the same manner as the Secretary
withholds payments under section
616(e)(6) of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(2) and (3))
§ 300.709
Public participation.
In fulfilling the requirements of
§ 300.708 the Secretary of the Interior
must provide for public participation
consistent with § 300.165.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h))
§ 300.710
Act.
Use of funds under Part B of the
(a) The Secretary of the Interior may
reserve five percent of its payment
under § 300.707(a) in any fiscal year, or
$500,000, whichever is greater, for
administrative costs in carrying out the
provisions of §§ 300.707 through
300.709, 300.711, and 300.713 through
300.716.
(b) Payments to the Secretary of the
Interior under § 300.712 must be used in
accordance with that section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411((h)(1)(A))
§ 300.711
Early intervening services.
(a) The Secretary of the Interior may
allow each elementary school and
secondary school for Indian children
operated or funded by the Secretary of
the Interior to use not more than 15
percent of the amount the school
receives under 34 CFR 300.707(a) for
any fiscal year, in combination with
other amounts (which may include
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
amounts other than education funds), to
develop and implement coordinated,
early intervening services, which may
include interagency financing
structures, for students in kindergarten
through grade 12 (with a particular
emphasis on students in kindergarten
through grade three) who have not been
identified as needing special education
or related services but who need
additional academic and behavioral
support to succeed in a general
education environment, in accordance
with section 613(f) of the Act.
(b) Each elementary school and
secondary school for Indian children
operated or funded by the Secretary of
the Interior that develops and maintains
coordinated early intervening services
in accordance with section 613(f) of the
Act and § 300.226 must annually report
to the Secretary of the Interior in
accordance with section 613(f) of the
Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h) and 1413(f))
§ 300.712 Payments for education and
services for Indian children with disabilities
aged three through five.
(a) General. With funds appropriated
under section 611(i) of the Act, the
Secretary makes payments to the
Secretary of the Interior to be
distributed to tribes or tribal
organizations (as defined under section
4 of the Indian Self-Determination and
Education Assistance Act) or consortia
of tribes or tribal organizations to
provide for the coordination of
assistance for special education and
related services for children with
disabilities aged three through five on
reservations served by elementary
schools and secondary schools for
Indian children operated or funded by
the Department of the Interior. The
amount of the payments under
paragraph (b) of this section for any
fiscal year is equal to 20 percent of the
amount allotted under § 300.701(b).
(b) Distribution of funds. The
Secretary of the Interior must distribute
the total amount of the payment under
paragraph (a) of this section by
allocating to each tribe, tribal
organization, or consortium an amount
based on the number of children with
disabilities aged three through five
residing on reservations as reported
annually, divided by the total of those
children served by all tribes or tribal
organizations.
(c) Submission of information. To
receive a payment under this section,
the tribe or tribal organization must
submit the figures to the Secretary of the
Interior as required to determine the
amounts to be allocated under
paragraph (b) of this section. This
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
information must be compiled and
submitted to the Secretary.
(d) Use of funds. (1) The funds
received by a tribe or tribal organization
must be used to assist in child find,
screening, and other procedures for the
early identification of children aged
three through five, parent training, and
the provision of direct services. These
activities may be carried out directly or
through contracts or cooperative
agreements with the BIA, LEAs, and
other public or private nonprofit
organizations. The tribe or tribal
organization is encouraged to involve
Indian parents in the development and
implementation of these activities.
(2) The tribe or tribal organization, as
appropriate, must make referrals to
local, State, or Federal entities for the
provision of services or further
diagnosis.
(e) Biennial report. To be eligible to
receive a grant pursuant to paragraph (a)
of this section, the tribe or tribal
organization must provide to the
Secretary of the Interior a biennial
report of activities undertaken under
this section, including the number of
contracts and cooperative agreements
entered into, the number of children
contacted and receiving services for
each year, and the estimated number of
children needing services during the
two years following the year in which
the report is made. The Secretary of the
Interior must include a summary of this
information on a biennial basis in the
report to the Secretary required under
section 611(h) of the Act. The Secretary
may require any additional information
from the Secretary of the Interior.
(f) Prohibitions. None of the funds
allocated under this section may be
used by the Secretary of the Interior for
administrative purposes, including
child count and the provision of
technical assistance.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(4))
§ 300.713
services.
Plan for coordination of
(a) The Secretary of the Interior must
develop and implement a plan for the
coordination of services for all Indian
children with disabilities residing on
reservations covered under Part B of the
Act.
(b) The plan must provide for the
coordination of services benefiting those
children from whatever source,
including tribes, the Indian Health
Service, other BIA divisions, and other
Federal agencies.
(c) In developing the plan, the
Secretary of the Interior must consult
with all interested and involved parties.
(d) The plan must be based on the
needs of the children and the system
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
best suited for meeting those needs, and
may involve the establishment of
cooperative agreements between the
BIA, other Federal agencies, and other
entities.
(e) The plan also must be distributed
upon request to States; to SEAs, LEAs,
and other agencies providing services to
infants, toddlers, and children with
disabilities; to tribes; and to other
interested parties.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(5))
§ 300.714
board.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(7))
§ 300.716
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(6))
Frm 00107
Annual reports.
(a) In general. The advisory board
established under § 300.714 must
prepare and submit to the Secretary of
the Interior and to Congress an annual
report containing a description of the
activities of the advisory board for the
preceding year.
(b) Availability. The Secretary of the
Interior must make available to the
Secretary the report described in
paragraph (a) of this section.
Establishment of advisory
(a) To meet the requirements of
section 612(a)(21) of the Act, the
Secretary of the Interior must establish,
under the BIA, an advisory board
composed of individuals involved in or
concerned with the education and
provision of services to Indian infants,
toddlers, children, and youth with
disabilities, including Indians with
disabilities, Indian parents or guardians
of such children, teachers, service
providers, State and local educational
officials, representatives of tribes or
tribal organizations, representatives
from State Interagency Coordinating
Councils under section 641 of the Act in
States having reservations, and other
members representing the various
divisions and entities of the BIA. The
chairperson must be selected by the
Secretary of the Interior.
(b) The advisory board must—
(1) Assist in the coordination of
services within the BIA and with other
local, State, and Federal agencies in the
provision of education for infants,
toddlers, and children with disabilities;
(2) Advise and assist the Secretary of
the Interior in the performance of the
Secretary of the Interior’s
responsibilities described in section
611(h) of the Act;
(3) Develop and recommend policies
concerning effective inter- and intraagency collaboration, including
modifications to regulations, and the
elimination of barriers to inter- and
intra-agency programs and activities;
(4) Provide assistance and
disseminate information on best
practices, effective program
coordination strategies, and
recommendations for improved early
intervention services or educational
programming for Indian infants,
toddlers, and children with disabilities;
and
(5) Provide assistance in the
preparation of information required
under § 300.708(h).
PO 00000
§ 300.715
35887
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Applicable regulations.
The Secretary of the Interior must
comply with the requirements of
§§ 300.103 through 300.108, 300.110
through 300.124, 300.145 through
300.154, 300.156 through 300.160,
300.165, 300.170 through 300.186,
300.226, 300.300 through 300.606,
300.610 through 300.646, and 300.707
through 300.716.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1411(h)(2)(A))
§ 300.717
Definitions.
As used in this subpart:
(a) Freely associated States means the
Republic of the Marshall Islands, the
Federated States of Micronesia, and the
Republic of Palau;
(b) Outlying areas means the United
States Virgin Islands, Guam, American
Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the
Northern Mariana Islands;
(c) State means each of the 50 States,
the District of Columbia, and the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and
(d) Average per-pupil expenditure in
public elementary schools and
secondary schools in the United States
means—
(1) Without regard to the source of
funds—
(i) The aggregate current
expenditures, during the second fiscal
year preceding the fiscal year for which
the determination is made (or, if
satisfactory data for that year are not
available, during the most recent
preceding fiscal year for which
satisfactory data are available) of all
LEAs in the 50 States and the District of
Columbia); plus
(ii) Any direct expenditures by the
State for the operation of those agencies;
divided by
(2) The aggregate number of children
in average daily attendance to whom
those agencies provided free public
education during that preceding year.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1401(22), 1411(b)(1)(C)
and (g))
§ 300.718 Acquisition of equipment and
construction or alteration of facilities.
(a) General. If the Secretary
determines that a program authorized
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35888
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
under Part B of the Act will be
improved by permitting program funds
to be used to acquire appropriate
equipment, or to construct new facilities
or alter existing facilities, the Secretary
may allow the use of those funds for
those purposes.
(b) Compliance with certain
regulations. Any construction of new
facilities or alteration of existing
facilities under paragraph (a) of this
section must comply with the
requirements of—
(1) Appendix A of part 36 of title 28,
Code of Federal Regulations (commonly
known as the ‘‘Americans with
Disabilities Accessibility Standards for
Buildings and Facilities’’); or
(2) Appendix A of subpart 101–19.6 of
title 41, Code of Federal Regulations
(commonly known as the ‘‘Uniform
Federal Accessibility Standards’’).
grant or enter into a contract or
cooperative agreement under subpart 2
or 3 of Part D of the Act that relates
exclusively to programs, projects, and
activities pertaining to children aged
three through five years, unless the State
is eligible to receive a grant under
section 619(b) of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1481(e))
§ 300.807
Allocations to States.
The Secretary allocates the amount
made available to carry out section 619
of the Act for a fiscal year among the
States in accordance with §§ 300.808
through 300.810.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(c)(1))
§ 300.808
Increase in funds.
As used in this subpart, State means
each of the 50 States, the District of
Columbia, and the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico.
If the amount available for allocation
to States under § 300.807 for a fiscal
year is equal to or greater than the
amount allocated to the States under
section 619 of the Act for the preceding
fiscal year, those allocations are
calculated as follows:
(a) Except as provided in § 300.809,
the Secretary—
(1) Allocates to each State the amount
the State received under section 619 of
the Act for fiscal year 1997;
(2) Allocates 85 percent of any
remaining funds to States on the basis
of the States’ relative populations of
children aged three through five; and
(3) Allocates 15 percent of those
remaining funds to States on the basis
of the States’ relative populations of all
children aged three through five who
are living in poverty.
(b) For the purpose of making grants
under this section, the Secretary uses
the most recent population data,
including data on children living in
poverty, that are available and
satisfactory to the Secretary.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(i))
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(c)(2)(A))
§ 300.804
§ 300.809
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1404)
Subpart H—Preschool Grants for
Children With Disabilities
§ 300.800
In general.
The Secretary provides grants under
section 619 of the Act to assist States to
provide special education and related
services in accordance with Part B of the
Act—
(a) To children with disabilities aged
three through five years; and
(b) At a State’s discretion, to two-yearold children with disabilities who will
turn three during the school year.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(a))
§§ 300.801–300.802
§ 300.803
[Reserved]
Definition of State.
Eligibility.
A State is eligible for a grant under
section 619 of the Act if the State—
(a) Is eligible under section 612 of the
Act to receive a grant under Part B of the
Act; and
(b) Makes FAPE available to all
children with disabilities, aged three
through five, residing in the State.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1820–
0030)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(b))
§ 300.805
[Reserved]
§ 300.806 Eligibility for financial
assistance.
No State or LEA, or other public
institution or agency, may receive a
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Limitations.
(a) Notwithstanding § 300.808,
allocations under that section are
subject to the following:
(1) No State’s allocation may be less
than its allocation under section 619 of
the Act for the preceding fiscal year.
(2) No State’s allocation may be less
than the greatest of—
(i) The sum of—
(A) The amount the State received
under section 619 of the Act for fiscal
year 1997; and
(B) One-third of one percent of the
amount by which the amount
appropriated under section 619(j) of the
Act for the fiscal year exceeds the
amount appropriated for section 619 of
the Act for fiscal year 1997;
(ii) The sum of—
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(A) The amount the State received
under section 619 of the Act for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(B) That amount multiplied by the
percentage by which the increase in the
funds appropriated under section 619 of
the Act from the preceding fiscal year
exceeds 1.5 percent; or
(iii) The sum of—
(A) The amount the State received
under section 619 of the Act for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(B) That amount multiplied by 90
percent of the percentage increase in the
amount appropriated under section 619
of the Act from the preceding fiscal
year.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2)
of this section, no State’s allocation
under § 300.808 may exceed the sum
of—
(1) The amount the State received
under section 619 of the Act for the
preceding fiscal year; and
(2) That amount multiplied by the
sum of 1.5 percent and the percentage
increase in the amount appropriated
under section 619 of the Act from the
preceding fiscal year.
(c) If the amount available for
allocation to States under § 300.808 and
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section is
insufficient to pay those allocations in
full, those allocations are ratably
reduced, subject to paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(c)(2)(B) and
(c)(2)(C))
§ 300.810
Decrease in funds.
If the amount available for allocations
to States under § 300.807 for a fiscal
year is less than the amount allocated to
the States under section 619 of the Act
for the preceding fiscal year, those
allocations are calculated as follows:
(a) If the amount available for
allocations is greater than the amount
allocated to the States for fiscal year
1997, each State is allocated the sum
of—
(1) The amount the State received
under section 619 of the Act for fiscal
year 1997; and
(2) An amount that bears the same
relation to any remaining funds as the
increase the State received under
section 619 of the Act for the preceding
fiscal year over fiscal year 1997 bears to
the total of all such increases for all
States.
(b) If the amount available for
allocations is equal to or less than the
amount allocated to the States for fiscal
year 1997, each State is allocated the
amount the State received for fiscal year
1997, ratably reduced, if necessary.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(c)(3))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 300.811 Allocation for State in which bypass is implemented for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities.
In determining the allocation under
§§ 300.808 through 300.810 for a State
in which the Secretary will implement
a by-pass for parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities under
§§ 300.190 through 300.198, the
Secretary includes in the State’s child
count—
(a) For the first year of a by-pass, the
actual or estimated number of private
school children aged three through five
years, with disabilities (as defined in
§§ 300.8(a) and 300.130) in the State, as
of the preceding December 1; and
(b) For succeeding years of a by-pass,
the number of private school children
with disabilities aged three through five
years, who received special education
and related services under the by-pass
in the preceding year.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1412(f)(2))
§ 300.812
Reservation for State activities.
(a) Each State may reserve not more
than the amount described in paragraph
(b) of this section for administration and
other State-level activities in accordance
with §§ 300.813 and 300.814.
(b) For each fiscal year, the Secretary
determines and reports to the SEA an
amount that is 25 percent of the amount
the State received under section 619 of
the Act for fiscal year 1997,
cumulatively adjusted by the Secretary
for each succeeding fiscal year by the
lesser of—
(1) The percentage increase, if any,
from the preceding fiscal year in the
State’s allocation under section 619 of
the Act; or
(2) The rate of inflation, as measured
by the percentage increase, if any, from
the preceding fiscal year in the
Consumer Price Index For All Urban
Consumers, published by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics of the Department of
Labor.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(d))
§ 300.813
State administration.
(a) For the purpose of administering
section 619 of the Act (including the
coordination of activities under Part B
of the Act with, and providing technical
assistance to, other programs that
provide services to children with
disabilities), a State may use not more
than 20 percent of the maximum
amount the State may reserve under
§ 300.812 for any fiscal year.
(b) Funds described in paragraph (a)
of this section may also be used for the
administration of Part C of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(e))
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
§ 300.814
Other State-level activities.
Each State must use any funds the
State reserves under § 300.812 and does
not use for administration under
§ 300.813:
(a) For support services (including
establishing and implementing the
mediation process required by section
615(e) of the Act), which may benefit
children with disabilities younger than
three or older than five as long as those
services also benefit children with
disabilities aged three through five.
(b) For direct services for children
eligible for services under section 619 of
the Act.
(c) For activities at the State and local
levels to meet the performance goals
established by the State under section
612(a)(15) of the Act.
(d) To supplement other funds used to
develop and implement a statewide
coordinated services system designed to
improve results for children and
families, including children with
disabilities and their families, but not
more than one percent of the amount
received by the State under section 619
of the Act for a fiscal year.
(e) To provide early intervention
services (which must include an
educational component that promotes
school readiness and incorporates
preliteracy, language, and numeracy
skills) in accordance with Part C of the
Act to children with disabilities who are
eligible for services under section 619 of
the Act and who previously received
services under Part C of the Act until
such children enter, or are eligible
under State law to enter, kindergarten;
or
(f) At the State’s discretion, to
continue service coordination or case
management for families who receive
services under Part C of the Act,
consistent with § 300.814(e).
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(f))
§ 300.815 Subgrants to local educational
agencies.
Each State that receives a grant under
section 619 of the Act for any fiscal year
must distribute all of the grant funds
that the State does not reserve under
§ 300.812 to LEAs in the State that have
established their eligibility under
section 613 of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(g)(1))
§ 300.816 Allocations to local educational
agencies.
(a) Base payments. The State must
first award each LEA described in
§ 300.815 the amount that agency would
have received under section 619 of the
Act for fiscal year 1997 if the State had
distributed 75 percent of its grant for
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35889
that year under section 619(c)(3), as
such section was then in effect.
(b) Base payment adjustments. For
fiscal year 1998 and beyond—
(1) If a new LEA is created, the State
must divide the base allocation
determined under paragraph (a) of this
section for the LEAs that would have
been responsible for serving children
with disabilities now being served by
the new LEA, among the new LEA and
affected LEAs based on the relative
numbers of children with disabilities
ages three through five currently
provided special education by each of
the LEAs;
(2) If one or more LEAs are combined
into a single new LEA, the State must
combine the base allocations of the
merged LEAs; and
(3) If for two or more LEAs,
geographic boundaries or administrative
responsibility for providing services to
children with disabilities ages three
through five changes, the base
allocations of affected LEAs must be
redistributed among affected LEAs
based on the relative numbers of
children with disabilities ages three
through five currently provided special
education by each affected LEA.
(c) Allocation of remaining funds.
After making allocations under
paragraph (a) of this section, the State
must—
(1) Allocate 85 percent of any
remaining funds to those LEAs on the
basis of the relative numbers of children
enrolled in public and private
elementary schools and secondary
schools within the LEA’s jurisdiction;
and
(2) Allocate 15 percent of those
remaining funds to those LEAs in
accordance with their relative numbers
of children living in poverty, as
determined by the SEA.
(3) For the purpose of making grants
under this section, States must apply on
a uniform basis across all LEAs the best
data that are available to them on the
numbers of children enrolled in public
and private elementary and secondary
schools and the numbers of children
living in poverty.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(g)(1))
§ 300.817 Reallocation of local educational
agency funds.
If an SEA determines that an LEA is
adequately providing FAPE to all
children with disabilities aged three
through five residing in the area served
by the LEA with State and local funds,
the SEA may reallocate any portion of
the funds under section 619 of the Act
that are not needed by that LEA to
provide FAPE to other LEAs in the State
that are not adequately providing
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35890
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
special education and related services to
all children with disabilities aged three
through five residing in the areas the
other LEAs serve.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(g)(2))
§ 300.818
Part C of the Act inapplicable.
Part C of the Act does not apply to
any child with a disability receiving
FAPE, in accordance with Part B of the
Act, with funds received under section
619 of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1419(h))
PART 301 [REMOVED]
2. Remove part 301.
3. Revise part 304 to read as follows:
PART 304–SERVICE OBLIGATIONS
UNDER SPECIAL EDUCATIONPERSONNEL DEVELOPMENT TO
IMPROVE SERVICES AND RESULTS
FOR CHILDREN WITH DISABILITIES
Subpart A—General
Sec.
304.1 Purpose.
304.3 Definitions.
Subpart B—Conditions That Must Be Met by
Grantee
304.21 Allowable costs.
304.22 Requirements for grantees in
disbursing scholarships.
304.23 Assurances that must be provided
by grantee.
Subpart C—Conditions That Must Be Met by
Scholar
304.30 Requirements for scholar.
304.31 Requirements for obtaining an
exception or deferral to performance or
repayment under an agreement.
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h), unless
otherwise noted.
Subpart A—General
§ 304.1
Purpose.
Individuals who receive scholarship
assistance from projects funded under
the Special Education—Personnel
Development to Improve Services and
Results for Children with Disabilities
program are required to complete a
service obligation, or repay all or part of
the costs of such assistance, in
accordance with section 662(h) of the
Act and the regulations of this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
§ 304.3
Definitions.
The following definitions apply to
this program:
(a) Academic year means—
(1) A full-time course of study—
(i) Taken for a period totaling at least
nine months; or
(ii) Taken for the equivalent of at least
two semesters, two trimesters, or three
quarters; or
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) For a part-time student, the
accumulation of periods of part-time
courses of study that is equivalent to an
‘‘academic year’’ under paragraph (a)(1)
of this definition.
(b) Act means the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act, as amended,
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.
(c) Early intervention services means
early intervention services as defined in
section 632(4) of the Act and includes
early intervention services to infants
and toddlers with disabilities, and as
applicable, to infants and toddlers at
risk for disabilities under sections
632(1) and 632(5)(b) of the Act.
(d) Full-time, for purposes of
determining whether an individual is
employed full-time in accordance with
§ 304.30 means a full-time position as
defined by the individual’s employer or
by the agencies served by the
individual.
(e) Related services means related
services as defined in section 602(26) of
the Act.
(f) Repayment means monetary
reimbursement of scholarship assistance
in lieu of completion of a service
obligation.
(g) Scholar means an individual who
is pursuing a degree, license,
endorsement, or certification related to
special education, related services, or
early intervention services and who
receives scholarship assistance under
section 662 of the Act.
(h) Scholarship means financial
assistance to a scholar for training under
the program and includes all
disbursements or credits for tuition,
fees, student stipends, books, and travel
in conjunction with training
assignments.
(i) Service obligation means a
scholar’s employment obligation, as
described in section 662(h) of the Act
and § 304.30.
(j) Special education means special
education as defined in section 602(29)
of the Act.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
Subpart B—Conditions That Must be
Met by Grantee
§ 304.21
Allowable costs.
In addition to the allowable costs
established in the Education
Department General Administrative
Regulations in 34 CFR 75.530 through
75.562, the following items are
allowable expenditures by projects
funded under the program:
(a) Cost of attendance, as defined in
Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 108711
(HEA), including the following:
(1) Tuition and fees.
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) An allowance for books, supplies,
transportation, and miscellaneous
personal expenses.
(3) An allowance for room and board.
(b) Student stipends.
(c) Travel in conjunction with training
assignments.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
§ 304.22 Requirements for grantees in
disbursing scholarships.
Before disbursement of scholarship
assistance to an individual, a grantee
must—
(a) Ensure that the scholar—
(1) Is a citizen or national of the
United States;
(2) Is a permanent resident of—
(i) Puerto Rico, the United States
Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa,
or the Commonwealth of the Northern
Mariana Islands; or
(ii) The Republic of the Marshall
Islands, the Federated States of
Micronesia, or the Republic of Palau
(during the period in which these
entities are eligible to receive an award
under the program); or
(3) Provides evidence from the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security that
the individual is—
(i) A lawful permanent resident of the
United States; or
(ii) In the United States for other than
a temporary purpose with the intention
of becoming a citizen or permanent
resident;
(b) Limit the cost of attendance
portion of the scholarship assistance (as
discussed in § 304.21(a)) to the amount
by which the individual’s cost of
attendance at the institution exceeds the
amount of grant assistance the scholar is
to receive for the same academic year
under title IV of the HEA; and
(c) Obtain a Certification of Eligibility
for Federal Assistance from each
scholar, as prescribed in 34 CFR 75.60,
75.61, and 75.62.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
§ 304.23 Assurances that must be
provided by grantee.
Before receiving an award, a grantee
that intends to grant scholarships under
the program must include in its
application an assurance that the
following requirements will be satisfied:
(a) Requirement for agreement. Prior
to granting a scholarship, the grantee
will require each scholar to enter into a
written agreement in which the scholar
agrees to the terms and conditions set
forth in § 304.30. This agreement must
explain the Secretary’s authority to
grant deferrals and exceptions to the
service obligation pursuant to § 304.31
and include the current Department
address for purposes of the scholar’s
compliance with § 304.30(i).
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(b) Standards for satisfactory
progress. The grantee must establish,
notify students of, and apply reasonable
standards for measuring whether a
scholar is maintaining satisfactory
progress in the scholar’s course of study.
(c) Exit certification. The grantee must
establish policies and procedures for
receiving and maintaining records of
written certification from scholars at the
time of exit from the program that
identifies—
(1) The number of years the scholar
needs to work to satisfy the work
requirements in § 304.30(d);
(2) The total amount of scholarship
assistance received subject to § 304.30;
(3) The time period, consistent with
§ 304.30(f)(1), during which the scholar
must satisfy the work requirements; and
(4) As applicable, all other obligations
of the scholar under § 304.30.
(d) Information. The grantee must
provide the Secretary information,
including records maintained under
paragraph (c) of this section, that is
necessary to carry out the Secretary’s
functions under section 662 of the Act
and this part.
(e) Notification to the Secretary. If the
grantee is aware that the scholar has
chosen not to fulfill or will be unable to
fulfill the obligation under § 304.30(d),
the grantee must notify the Secretary
when the scholar exits the program.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
Subpart C—Conditions That Must Be
Met by Scholar
§ 304.30
Requirements for scholar.
Individuals who receive scholarship
assistance from grantees funded under
section 662 of the Act must—
(a) Training. Receive the training at
the educational institution or agency
designated in the scholarship;
(b) Educational allowances. Not
accept payment of educational
allowances from any other entity if that
allowance conflicts with the scholar’s
obligation under section 662 of the Act
and this part;
(c) Satisfactory progress. Maintain
satisfactory progress toward the degree,
certificate, endorsement, or license as
determined by the grantee;
(d) Service obligation. Upon exiting
the training program under paragraph
(a) of this section, subsequently
maintain employment—
(1) On a full-time or full-time
equivalent basis; and
(2) For a period of at least two years
for every academic year for which
assistance was received;
(e) Eligible employment. In order to
meet the requirements of paragraph (d)
of this section for any project funded
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
under section 662 of the Act, be
employed in a position in which—
(1) A majority of the children to
whom the individual provides services
are receiving special education, related
services, or early intervention services
from the individual;
(2) The individual spends a majority
of his or her time providing special
education, related services, or early
intervention services;
(3) If the position is supervisory,
including in the capacity of a principal,
the individual spends a majority of his
or her time performing work related to
the individual’s preparation under
section 662 of the Act by providing one
or both of the following:
(i) Special education, related services,
or early intervention services.
(ii) Supervision to others on issues
directly related to special education,
related services, or early intervention
services.
(4) If the position is postsecondary
faculty, the individual spends a majority
of his or her time performing work
related to the individual’s preparation
under section 662 of the Act by
preparing special education teachers,
related services personnel, or early
intervention services personnel to
provide services; or
(5) If the position is in research, the
individual spends a majority of his or
her time performing research related to
the individual’s preparation under
section 662 of the Act that focuses on
special education, related services, or
early intervention services;
(f) Time period. Meet the service
obligation under paragraph (d) of this
section as follows:
(1) A scholar must complete the
service obligation within the period
ending not more than the sum of the
number of years required in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, as appropriate,
plus three additional years, from the
date the scholar completes the training
for which the scholarship assistance
was awarded.
(2) A scholar may begin eligible
employment subsequent to the
completion of one academic year of the
training for which the scholarship
assistance was received that otherwise
meets the requirements of paragraph (1);
(g) Part-time scholars. If the scholar is
a part-time student, meet the service
obligation in this section based on the
accumulated academic years of training
for which the scholarship is received;
(h) Information upon exit. Provide the
grantee all requested information
necessary for the grantee to meet the
exit certification requirements under
§ 304.23(c);
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35891
(i) Information after exit. Within 60
days after exiting the program, and as
necessary thereafter for any changes,
provide the Department, via U.S. mail,
all information that the Secretary needs
to monitor the scholar’s service
obligation under this section, including
social security number, address,
employment setting, and employment
status;
(j) Repayment. If not fulfilling the
requirements in this section, subject to
the provisions in § 304.31 regarding an
exception or deferral, repay any
scholarship received, plus interest, in an
amount proportional to the service
obligation not completed as follows:
(1) The Secretary charges the scholar
interest on the unpaid balance owed in
accordance with the Debt Collection Act
of 1982, as amended, 31 U.S.C. 3717.
(2)(i) Interest on the unpaid balance
accrues from the date the scholar is
determined to have entered repayment
status under paragraph (4) of this
section.
(ii) Any accrued interest is capitalized
at the time the scholar’s repayment
schedule is established.
(iii) No interest is charged for the
period of time during which repayment
has been deferred under § 304.31.
(3) Under the authority of the Debt
Collection Act of 1982, as amended, the
Secretary may impose reasonable
collection costs.
(4) A scholar enters repayment status
on the first day of the first calendar
month after the earliest of the following
dates, as applicable:
(i) The date the scholar informs the
grantee or the Secretary that the scholar
does not plan to fulfill the service
obligation under the agreement.
(ii) Any date when the scholar’s
failure to begin or maintain employment
makes it impossible for that individual
to complete the service obligation
within the number of years required in
§ 304.30(f).
(iii) Any date on which the scholar
discontinues enrollment in the course of
study under § 304.30(a).
(5) The scholar must make payments
to the Secretary that cover principal,
interest, and collection costs according
to a schedule established by the
Secretary.
(6) Any amount of the scholarship
that has not been repaid pursuant to
paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(5) of this
section will constitute a debt owed to
the United States that may be collected
by the Secretary in accordance with 34
CFR part 30.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
35892
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
§ 304.31 Requirements for obtaining an
exception or deferral to performance or
repayment under an agreement.
(a) Based upon sufficient evidence to
substantiate the grounds, the Secretary
may grant an exception to the
repayment requirement in § 304.30(j), in
whole or part, if the scholar—
(1) Is unable to continue the course of
study in § 304.30(j) or perform the
service obligation because of a
permanent disability; or
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:13 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) Has died.
(b) Based upon sufficient evidence to
substantiate the grounds, the Secretary
may grant a deferral of the repayment
requirement in § 304.30(j) during the
time the scholar—
(1) Is engaging in a full-time course of
study at an institution of higher
education;
(2) Is serving on active duty as a
member of the armed services of the
United States;
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(3) Is serving as a volunteer under the
Peace Corps Act; or
(4) Is serving as a full-time volunteer
under title I of the Domestic Volunteer
Service Act of 1973.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1462(h))
[FR Doc. 05–11804 Filed 6–14–05; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4001–01–P
E:\FR\FM\21JNP2.SGM
21JNP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 118 (Tuesday, June 21, 2005)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 35782-35892]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-11804]
[[Page 35781]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Education
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
34 CFR Parts 300, 301, and 304
Assistance to States for the Education of Children With Disabilities;
Preschool Grants for Children With Disabilities; and Service
Obligations Under Special Education--Personnel Development To Improve
Services and Results for Children With Disabilities; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 35782]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
34 CFR Parts 300, 301 and 304
RIN 1820-AB57
Assistance to States for the Education of Children With
Disabilities; Preschool Grants for Children With Disabilities; and
Service Obligations Under Special Education--Personnel Development To
Improve Services and Results for Children With Disabilities
AGENCY: Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,
Department of Education.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Secretary proposes to amend the regulations governing the
Assistance to States for Education of Children with Disabilities
Program, the Preschool Grants for Children With Disabilities Program,
and Service Obligations under Special Education Personnel Development
to Improve Services and Results for Children with Disabilities. These
amendments are needed to implement recently enacted changes made to the
Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004.
DATES: To be considered, comments must be received at one of the
addresses provided in the ADDRESSES section no later than 5 p.m.
Washington, DC Time on September 6, 2005. Comments received after this
time will not be considered.
We will hold public meetings about this NPRM. The dates and times
of the meetings and the cities in which the meetings will take place
are in Public Meetings under Invitation to Comment elsewhere in this
preamble.
ADDRESSES: Address all comments about these proposed regulations to
Troy R. Justesen, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue,
SW., Potomac Center Plaza, room 5126, Washington, DC 20202-2641. If you
prefer to send your comments through the Internet, you may address them
to us at the U.S. Government Web site: www.regulations.gov or you may
send your Internet comments to us at the following address:
IDEAComments@ed.gov.
You must include the term IDEA-Part B in the subject line of your
electronic message. Please submit your comments only one time, in order
to ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies.
If you want to comment on the information collection requirements,
you must send your comments to the Office of Management and Budget at
the address listed in the Paperwork Reduction Act section of this
preamble. You may also send a copy of those comments to the U.S.
Department of Education (Department) representative named in this
section.
All first-class and Priority mail sent to the Department is put
through an irradiation process, which can result in lengthy delays in
mail delivery. Please keep this in mind when sending your comments and
please consider using commercial delivery services or e-mail in order
to ensure timely delivery of your comments.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Troy R. Justesen. Telephone: (202)
245-7468.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), you may
call the Federal Relay System (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339.
Individuals with disabilities may obtain this document in an
alternative format (e.g., Braille, large print, audiotape, or computer
diskette) on request to the contact person listed under FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Invitation To Comment
We invite you to submit comments regarding these proposed
regulations. To ensure that your comments have maximum effect in
developing the final regulations, we urge you to identify clearly the
specific section or sections of the proposed regulations that each of
your comments addresses and to arrange your comments in the same order
as the proposed regulations.
We invite you to assist us in complying with the specific
requirements of Executive Order 12866 and its overall requirement of
reducing regulatory burden that might result from these proposed
regulations. Please let us know of any further opportunities we should
provide to reduce the potential costs or increase potential benefits
while preserving the effective and efficient administration of these
programs.
During and after the comment period, you may inspect all public
comments about these proposed regulations in room 5126, Potomac Center
Plaza, 550 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC, between the hours of 8:30
a.m. and 4 p.m., Eastern time, Monday through Friday of each week
except Federal holidays.
Assistance to Individuals With Disabilities in Reviewing the Rulemaking
Record
On request, we will supply an appropriate aid, such as a reader, or
print magnifier, to an individual with a disability who needs
assistance to review the comments or other documents in the public
rulemaking record for these proposed regulations. If you want to
schedule an appointment for this type of aid, please contact the person
listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.
Public Meetings
The dates and cities where the meetings about this NPRM will take
place are listed below. Each meeting will take place from 1 to 4 p.m.
and from 5 to 7 p.m.
Friday, June 17, 2005 in Nashville, TN;
Wednesday, June 22, 2005 in Sacramento, CA;
Friday, June 24, 2005 in Las Vegas, NV;
Monday, June 27, 2005 in New York, NY;
Wednesday, June 29, 2005 in Chicago, IL;
Thursday, July 7, 2005 in San Antonio, TX; and
Tuesday, July 12, 2005 in Washington, DC.
We provided more specific information on meeting locations in a
notice published in the Federal Register (70 FR 30917).
Assistance to Individuals With Disabilities at the Public Meetings
The meeting sites are accessible to individuals with disabilities,
and sign language interpreters will be available. If you need an
auxiliary aid or service other than a sign language interpreter (e.g.,
interpreting service such as oral, cued speech, or tactile interpreter,
assisted listening device, or materials in an alternative format),
notify the contact person listed in this NPRM at least two weeks before
the scheduled meeting date. Although we will attempt to meet a request
we receive after this date, we may not be able to make available the
requested auxiliary aid or service because of insufficient time to
arrange it.
Background
On December 3, 2004, the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Improvement Act of 2004 was enacted into law as Pub L. 108-446. The
statute, as passed by Congress and signed by the President,
reauthorizes and makes significant changes to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act.
The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (Act or
IDEA), is intended to help children with
[[Page 35783]]
disabilities achieve to high standards--by promoting accountability for
results, enhancing parental involvement, and using proven practices and
materials; and, also, by providing more flexibility and reducing
paperwork burdens for teachers, States, and local school districts.
Enactment of the new law provides an opportunity to consider
improvements in the current regulations that would strengthen the
Federal effort to ensure every child with a disability has available a
free appropriate public education that--(1) is of high quality, and (2)
is designed to achieve the high standards reflected in the Elementary
and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the No Child Left
Behind Act of 2001 (NCLB) and its implementing regulations.
Changes to the current Part B regulations (34 CFR parts 300 and
301) and Part D regulations (34 CFR part 304) are necessary in order
for the Department to appropriately and effectively address the
provisions of the new law and to assist State and local educational
agencies in implementing their responsibilities under the new law.
Changes to the current Part C regulations (part 303) also are necessary
in order for the Department to appropriately and effectively address
the provisions in Part C of the Act and to assist States in completing
their responsibilities under the new law. The NPRM for the Part C
regulations will be published soon.
On December 29, 2004, the Secretary published a notice in the
Federal Register requesting advice and recommendations from the public
on regulatory issues under the Act, and announcing a series of seven
public meetings during January and February of 2005 to seek further
input and suggestions from the public for developing regulations based
on the new statute.
Over 6000 public comments were received in response to the Federal
Register notice and at the seven public meetings, including letters
from parents and public agency personnel, and parent-advocate and
professional organizations. The comments addressed each major provision
of the new law (such as discipline procedures, provisions on personnel
qualifications and highly qualified teachers, provisions related to
evaluation of children and individualized education programs,
participation of private school children with disabilities, and
provisions on early intervening services). These comments were reviewed
and considered in developing this NPRM. The Secretary appreciates the
interest and thoughtful attention of the commenters responding to the
December 29, 2004 notice and participating in the seven public
meetings.
General Proposed Regulatory Plan and Structure
In developing this NPRM, we have elected to construct one
comprehensive, freestanding document that incorporates virtually all
requirements from the new law along with the applicable regulations,
rather than publishing a regulation that does not include statutory
provisions. The rationale for doing this is to create a single
reference document for parents, State personnel, school personnel, and
others to use, rather than being forced to shift between one document
for regulations and a separate document for the statute. This approach
was used in developing the current regulations. Although this approach
will result in a larger document, it is our impression that various
groups strongly support continuing this practice.
In addition, we have reorganized the regulations by following the
general order and structure of provisions in the statute, rather than
using the arrangement of the current regulations. We believe this
change in organization will be helpful to parents, State and local
educational agency personnel, and the public both in reading the
regulations, and in finding the direct link between a given statutory
requirement and the regulation related to that requirement. Thus, in
general, the requirements related to a given statutory section (e.g.,
State eligibility in section 612 of the Act) will be included in one
location (subpart B) and in the same general order as in the statute,
rather than being spread throughout four or more subparts, as the
statutory sections are in the current regulations.
As restructured in this NPRM, the proposed regulations are divided
into eight major subparts, each of which is directly linked to, and
comports with, the general order of provisions in a specific section of
the Act. For example, we have revised subpart G of the regulations to
include all provisions regarding the allotment and use of funds from
section 611 of the Act, rather than having those provisions dispersed
among several different subparts, as they are in the current
regulations.
In addition, we have removed part 301 (Preschool Grants for
Children with Disabilities) from title 34 and placed the Preschool
Grants provisions from section 619 of the Act into a new subpart H
under part 300. This restructuring and consolidation of the financial
requirements from both the statute and regulations into a specific
location in the regulations should be useful to State and local
administrators and others in finding the relevant statutory and
regulatory provisions regarding both the Assistance to States and
Preschool Grants programs.
In reviewing the current regulations, we considered their continued
necessity and relevance in light of a number of factors: Whether
statutory changes required changes to existing regulations; whether
changes in other laws, or the passage of time and changed conditions
rendered the regulations obsolete or unnecessary; whether less
burdensome alternatives or greater flexibility was appropriate; and
whether the regulation could be changed in light of section 607(b) of
the Act (section 607(b) of the Act provides that the Secretary may not
publish final regulations that would procedurally or substantively
lessen the protections provided to children with disabilities in the
regulations that were in effect on July 20, 1983, except to the extent
that such regulation reflects the clear and unequivocal intent of the
Congress in legislation). In the following discussion of proposed
regulatory changes, we identify the changes that would be made to
existing regulations after consideration of these factors.
Proposed Regulatory Changes
Subpart A--General
Purposes and Applicability
Proposed Sec. 300.1 would be revised only to add, consistent with
a change to section 601(d)(1)(A) of the Act, the words ``further
education'' in paragraph (a).
Except for the section heading, proposed Sec. 300.2 would be
unchanged from the existing provision.
Section 300.3 of the current regulations would be removed as
unnecessary, because the regulations listed in this section already
apply, by their own terms, to States and local agencies under Part B of
the Act.
Definitions Used in This Part
As in the current regulations, proposed Sec. 300.4 (Act) would
refer to the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended.
Proposed Sec. 300.5 (Assistive technology device) would retain the
current definition, and include the new language from section 602(1) of
the Act that the term does not include a medical device that is
surgically implanted, or the replacement of that device.
Proposed Sec. 300.6 (Assistive technology service) would be
consistent with the current regulatory definition of that term.
[[Page 35784]]
Proposed Sec. 300.7 (Charter school) would define the term to have
the meaning given that term in section 5210(1) of the Elementary and
Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended, 20 U.S.C 6301 et seq.
(ESEA).
Proposed Sec. 300.8 (Child with a disability) would make the
following changes to the current regulatory definition in Sec. 300.7:
In paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) cross-references to evaluation
procedures would be updated to reflect the placement of those
procedures in these proposed regulations. The parenthetical following
``serious emotional disturbance'' in paragraph (a)(1) would be revised
to read ``referred to in this part as emotional disturbance.'' The
cross-reference regarding related services in the definition of special
education in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) would be updated. In paragraph (b), a
parenthetical phrase would be added following the reference to children
aged three through nine to clarify that ``developmental delay'' could
be used for any subset of that age range, including children three
through five. This reflects a change in section 602(3)(B) of the Act.
Paragraph (c)(8) (Orthopedic impairment) would revise current Sec.
300.7(c)(8) by removing the parenthetical listing of examples, because
these examples are outdated.
Finally, in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of proposed Sec. 300.8, which
contains a definition of the term specific learning disability, the
word ``the'' would be substituted for ``an'' before the phrase
``imperfect ability to listen, think, * * *'' reflecting the addition
of ``the'' in section 602(30)(A) of the Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.9 would incorporate the regulatory definition of
Consent that appears in Sec. 300.500(b)(1) of the current regulations.
The current provision in Sec. 300.8 that cross-references the Sec.
300.500 definition of consent, would be removed.
Consistent with section 602(4) of the Act, proposed Sec. 300.10
would add the new definition of Core academic subjects as that term is
defined in section 9101 of the ESEA.
Proposed Sec. 300.11 would revise the definitions of Day; business
day; school day in current Sec. 300.9 only by updating the cross-
reference to the regulatory requirement in proposed Sec. 300.148(c)
concerning a limitation on reimbursement for private school placements.
The regulatory definition of Educational service agency currently
in Sec. 300.10 would be moved to proposed Sec. 300.12 and revised by
adding the word ``schools'' after ``public elementary'' in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section to conform with the language in section 602(5)
of the Act. In proposed paragraph (c), the provision concerning
entities that meet the definition of intermediate educational unit in
section 602(23) of the Act as in effect prior to June 4, 1997 would be
retained. There are entities still providing special education and
related services to preschool children with disabilities that meet the
definition of intermediate educational unit, but may not meet the
definition of educational service agency because they are not
responsible for the provision of special education and related services
provided within public elementary schools of the State.
Proposed Sec. 300.13 would reflect the definition of Elementary
school in section 602(6) of the Act, including the new language
specifying that the term includes a public elementary charter school.
Proposed Sec. 300.14 would reflect the current statutory
definition of Equipment and would be substantially the same as Sec.
300.11 of the current regulations.
Proposed Sec. 300.15 would incorporate the regulatory definition
of Evaluation that appears in the current regulations in Sec.
300.500(b)(2), with the cross-reference to the evaluation procedures
updated to reflect their placement in these proposed regulations and to
include the additional procedures regarding specific learning
disability. The current regulation, regarding evaluation in Sec.
300.12, which cross-references the definition in current Sec. 300.500,
would be removed as duplicative and unnecessary.
Proposed Sec. 300.16 (Excess costs), defined in the current
regulations in Sec. 300.184, would be revised consistent with changes
in section 602(8) of the Act. This provision is substantially the same
as the current definition in Sec. 300.184(b).
Proposed Sec. 300.17 (free appropriate public education or FAPE)
would incorporate the provisions of section 602(9) of the Act and be
the same as the definition in Sec. 300.13 of the current regulations,
except that Sec. 300.17(d) would be updated to add a cross-reference
to the individualized education program (IEP) requirements.
A new definition of highly qualified special education teacher
would be added in proposed Sec. 300.18, reflecting the addition of a
definition of this term to the statute in section 602(10) of the Act,
with the following modifications: Paragraph (a)(1) of this section
would specify that the term ``highly qualified'' applies only to public
elementary school and secondary school special education teachers,
consistent with the definition of that term in section 9101 of the
ESEA, which is incorporated into the Act and applied to special
education teachers in section 602(10) of the Act. We do not believe
that the ``highly qualified'' requirements of the ESEA, or, by
statutory cross-reference, the Act, were intended to apply to private
school teachers, even in situations where a child with a disability is
placed in, or referred to, a private school by a public agency in order
to carry out the public agency's responsibilities under this part,
consistent with section 612(a)(10)(B) of the Act and proposed Sec.
300.146. This issue also is addressed in proposed Sec. 300.156.
Proposed Sec. 300.18(b)(2) would specify that a teacher
participating in an alternate route to certification program would be
considered to be fully certified under certain circumstances. The
standard to be applied to an alternate route to certification program
would be the same as for those programs under the regulations
implementing title I of the ESEA in 34 CFR Sec. 200.56(a)(2)(ii). This
would provide for consistency in the interpretation and application of
the alternate route to certification provisions across these programs.
In proposed Sec. 300.18(b)(3), a provision would be added to
clarify that a public elementary or secondary school teacher who is not
teaching a core academic subject would be considered highly qualified
if the teacher meets the requirements of proposed Sec. 300.18(b)(1)
and (2). This provision would reflect note 21 in U.S. House of
Representatives Conference Report No. 108-779, (Conf. Rpt.) that
special education teachers who are only providing consultative services
to other teachers who are highly qualified to teach particular academic
subjects, could be highly qualified by meeting the special education
qualifications alone. Proposed Sec. 300.18(c)(2) would clarify that
all special education teachers who are exclusively teaching students
who are assessed based on alternate academic achievement standards, as
permitted under the regulations implementing title I of the ESEA, at a
minimum, have subject matter knowledge at the elementary level or
above, as determined by the State, needed to effectively teach to those
standards. Note 21 in the Conf. Rpt. calls for teachers exclusively
teaching students who are assessed based on alternate academic
achievement standards above the elementary level to have a high level
of competency in each of the core academic subjects taught.
The proposed regulation would not specifically address the use of a
separate ``high objective uniform State standard of evaluation''
(HOUSSE) for special
[[Page 35785]]
education teachers. However, note 21 in the Conf. Rpt. recognized that
some States have developed HOUSSE standards for special education
teachers, and indicated that those separate HOUSSE standards should be
permitted, including single HOUSSE evaluations that cover multiple
subjects, as long as those adaptations of a State's HOUSSE for use with
special education teachers would not establish a lesser standard for
the content knowledge requirements for special education teachers. We
request comment on whether additional regulatory action is needed on
this point. Proposed Sec. 300.18(g) would clarify that the
requirements in proposed Sec. 300.18 regarding highly qualified
special education teachers do not apply with respect to teachers hired
by private elementary and secondary schools.
Proposed Sec. 300.19 would reflect the definition of Homeless
children added to the statute in section 602(11) of the Act.
The definition of include in proposed Sec. 300.20 is substantively
unchanged from the current regulatory provision in Sec. 300.14.
The proposed definitions of Indian and Indian tribe in Sec. 300.21
would incorporate the definitions of those terms currently in Sec.
300.264 and reflect the language in sections 602(12) and 602(13) of the
Act. The Department of Education seeks comment on the definition of
Indian tribe because the current definition includes state tribes. The
Department of the Interior is only authorized to provide services to
Federally Recognized tribes, therefore, States should provide comments
on how they would provide these services to State recognized tribes.
Nothing in this definition is intended to require the BIA to provide
services or funding to a State Indian tribe for which BIA is not
responsible.
The definition of Individualized education program or IEP in
proposed Sec. 300.22 would incorporate the regulatory definition of
that term currently in Sec. 300.340(a), and would reflect the language
in section 602(14) of the Act. The current Sec. 300.15 cross-
referencing the Sec. 300.340 definition would be removed as
duplicative and unnecessary.
Proposed Sec. 300.23 (Individualized education program team) would
be the same as Sec. 300.16 of the current regulations. The definition
in proposed Sec. 300.24 of Individualized family service plan would be
the same as the current regulatory definition in Sec. 300.17, except
that proposed Sec. 300.24 would appropriately refer to the current
statutory definition of IFSP in section 636 of the Act and not to the
regulatory definition in 34 CFR 303.340(b).
Proposed Sec. 300.25 (Infant or toddler with a disability), Sec.
300.26 (Institution of higher education), and Sec. 300.27 (Limited
English proficient) would reflect statutory definitions of those terms
in sections 602(16), 602(17), and 602(18) of the Act, respectively.
Proposed Sec. 300.28 (Local educational agency or LEA) is
substantively unchanged from the current regulatory definition in Sec.
300.18, and would reflect the definition of that term in section
602(19) of the Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.29 (Native language) is substantively unchanged
from the current regulatory definition of that term in Sec. 300.19.
Proposed Sec. 300.30 (Parent) would revise the current regulatory
definition of that term in Sec. 300.20 to better reflect the revised
statutory definition of Parent in section 602(23) of the Act. Proposed
Sec. 300.30(a)(2) would reflect the provision regarding a State law
prohibition on when a foster parent can be considered a parent, but
would add language to recognize that similar restrictions may exist in
State regulations or in contractual agreements between a State or local
entity and the foster parent, and should be accorded similar deference.
Proposed Sec. 300.30(b)(1) would provide that the natural or adoptive
parent would be presumed to be the parent for purposes of the
regulations if that person were attempting to act as the parent under
proposed Sec. 300.30 and more than one person is qualified to act as a
parent, unless that person does not have legal authority to make
educational decisions for the child, or there is a judicial order or
decree specifying some other person to act as the parent under Part B
of the Act. Proposed Sec. 300.30(b)(2) would provide that if a person
or persons is specified in a judicial order or decree to act as the
parent for purposes of Sec. 300.30, that person would be the parent
under Part B of the Act. Proposed Sec. 300.30(b)(2) would, however,
exclude an agency involved in the education or care of the child from
serving as a parent, consistent with the statutory prohibition that
applies to surrogate parents in sections 615(b)(2) and 639(a)(5) of the
Act. The provisions in proposed Sec. 300.30(b) should assist schools
and public agencies in identifying the appropriate person to serve as
the parent under Part B of the Act, especially in those difficult
situations in which more than one individual wants to make educational
decisions.
Proposed Sec. 300.31 would add a new definition of Parent training
and information center reflecting section 602(25) of the Act. This term
would be used in proposed Sec. 300.506.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 300.32 (Personally identifiable) and 300.33
(Public agency) are substantively unchanged from current regulatory
definitions of these terms in Sec. 300.500(b)(3) and Sec. 300.22,
respectively. We note that throughout these proposed regulations,
public agency has been used to make clear where the requirements do not
apply only to States and LEAs.
The current regulatory definition of Qualified personnel in Sec.
300.23 would be removed, because personnel qualifications would be
adequately addressed in proposed Sec. 300.156.
Proposed Sec. 300.34 (Related services), reflecting changes in
section 602(26) of the Act, would amend the current regulatory
definition in Sec. 300.24 in the following ways: In proposed Sec.
300.34(a) ``interpreting services'' and ``school nurse services
designed to enable a child with a disability to receive a free
appropriate public education as described in the IEP of the child''
would be added. Proposed Sec. 300.34(b) would be added to address the
statutory limitation on surgically implanted medical devices. Paragraph
(b) also would specify that related services would not include the
costs of maximizing the functioning of a surgically implanted device or
the maintenance of a surgically implanted device. School districts
should not be required to bear these costs, which are integral to the
functioning of the implanted device. Proposed paragraph (c) would
include new definitions of Interpreting services and School nurse
services. The list is not intended to be exhaustive and other
therapies, as well as other services not listed, may be included in a
child's IEP if the IEP Team determines that a particular service is
needed for a child to benefit from special education. In all cases
concerning related services, the IEP Team's determination about
appropriate services must be reflected in the child's IEP and those
listed services must be provided in accordance with the IEP at public
expense and at no cost to the parents. Nothing in the Act or in the
definition of related services requires the provision of a related
service to a child unless the child's IEP Team has determined that the
service is required in order for the child to benefit from special
education and has included the service on the child's IEP.
Proposed Sec. 300.35 (Secondary school) would revise the current
regulatory definition of this term in Sec. 300.25 to add the new
statutory language specifying
[[Page 35786]]
that the term includes a public secondary charter school.
Proposed Sec. 300.36 (Services plan) would add a new definition
that would describe the content, development, and implementation of
plans for parentally-placed private school children with disabilities
who have been designated to receive services. The definition would
cross-reference the specific requirements for the provision of services
to parentally-placed private school children with disabilities in
proposed Sec. Sec. 300.132 and 300.137 through 300.139.
Proposed Sec. 300.37 (Secretary) would reflect the statutory
definition of that term in section 602(28) of the Act.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 300.38 (Special education), 300.39 (State), and
300.41 (Supplementary aids and services) would be substantively
unchanged from current regulatory provisions in Sec. Sec. 300.26,
300.27 and 300.28, respectively, except that State would be revised to
reference an exception when the term is used in subparts G and H of
these regulations. Proposed Sec. 300.38(b)(5) would revise the
definition of vocational education in current Sec. 300.26(b)(5) to
include the definition of vocational and technical education and the
definition of vocational and technical education in the Carl D. Perkins
Vocational and Applied Technology Act of 1988, as amended, 20 U.S.C.
2301, 2302(29) would be added in proposed Sec. 300.38(b)(6).
Proposed Sec. 300.42 (Transition services) would revise the
current regulatory definition of the term in Sec. 300.29, reflecting
new statutory language in section 602(34) of the Act.
New proposed definitions would be added in Sec. Sec. 300.43 and
300.44 reflecting the statutory definitions of Universal design and
Ward of the State, respectively. The definition of Ward of the State
underscores that the determination of whether a child is a ward of the
State is limited to applicable State law. Finally, the current list of
definitions found in the Education Department General Administrative
Regulations (EDGAR) in Sec. 300.30 would be removed as unnecessary, as
these definitions already apply by their own terms, except that the
definition of Secretary in proposed Sec. 300.37 and State educational
agency in proposed Sec. 300.40, which are included in the current
EDGAR list, would be included in the proposed regulation because they
also are defined in section 602(28) and (32) of the Act.
Subpart B--State Eligibility
General
Revised subpart B would incorporate current provisions from other
subparts that, under the current regulations, are cross-referenced in
subpart B. These changes would be consistent with the statutory
structure. Some of the provisions that are consolidated in proposed
subpart B would include: certain provisions related to FAPE, currently
in subpart C; provisions regarding private school children with
disabilities, currently in subpart D; the least restrictive environment
(LRE) provisions, currently in subpart E; and the State complaint
procedures, currently in subpart F.
Proposed Sec. 300.100 would revise current Sec. 300.110 to
provide for the submission of a plan that includes assurances related
to the conditions of eligibility for assistance. The requirement that
States submit copies of all State statutes, regulations, and other
documents would be removed from current Sec. 300.110, consistent with
the changes in Section 612(a) of the Act. Consistent with this
approach, these proposed regulations would eliminate from the current
regulations throughout subpart B all provisions requiring that policies
and procedures be on file with the Secretary.
FAPE Requirements
Proposed Sec. 300.101 would incorporate the current general FAPE
provision in Sec. 300.121(a), and would include a reference to the
SEA's obligation to make FAPE available to children who have been
suspended or expelled from school, consistent with proposed Sec.
300.530(d). Consistent with changes to the statute, the current
provisions in Sec. 300.121(b) regarding submission of State
documentation, such as statutes and court orders, would be removed. The
current provisions in Sec. 300.121(c), regarding FAPE beginning at age
three, generally would be retained. The current provisions in Sec.
300.121(e), regarding children advancing from grade to grade, also
would be retained. These provisions provide useful information on
appropriate implementation of public agency responsibilities under Part
B. Section 300.121(d) of the current regulations would not be retained
in these proposed regulations. Instead, the obligation to ensure the
right to FAPE for children who have been suspended or expelled from
school would be addressed in proposed Sec. 300.530(d) in subpart E.
Proposed Sec. 300.102 would retain the current exceptions to FAPE
in Sec. 300.122. For consistency with the statute, references to
``students'' would be changed to ``children.'' The proposed regulation
would contain a new provision regarding children who are eligible for
services under section 619 of the Act, but who are receiving early
intervention services under Part C, consistent with the statutory
language in section 612(a)(1)(c) of the Act. Proposed Sec. 300.102(b)
also would include a new provision that would require that information
regarding exceptions to FAPE be current and accurate. This information
is necessary for the Department to allocate funds accurately among the
States.
Other FAPE Requirements
Proposed Sec. Sec. 300.103, 300.104, and 300.105(b), regarding
methods and payments; residential placement; and proper functioning of
hearing aids would retain the provisions from Sec. Sec. 300.301
through 300.303 of the current regulations, respectively. Proposed
Sec. 300.105(a), regarding assistive technology, would retain the
provisions in current Sec. 300.308.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 300.106 through 300.108, regarding extended
school year services, nonacademic services, and physical education,
would retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.309, Sec. 300.306,
and Sec. 300.307, respectively. Proposed Sec. 300.109, regarding a
full educational opportunity goal, generally would retain the current
provisions in Sec. Sec. 300.123 and 300.124, but would combine them,
consistent with section 612(a)(2) of the Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.110, regarding program options, would retain the
current provisions in Sec. 300.305.
Proposed Sec. 300.111, regarding child find, generally would
retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.125 and, consistent with
changes in section 612(a)(3) of the Act, would specifically reference
children who are homeless or are wards of the State. In addition,
proposed Sec. 300.111(b) would incorporate the provisions related to
developmental delay currently in Sec. 300.313(a). The proposed
regulation would remove the current provisions in Sec. 300.313(b)
regarding use of individual disability categories and Sec. 300.313(c)
regarding a common definition of developmental delay as they are
unnecessary. States have the option of using developmental delay and
other eligibility categories for children with disabilities aged three
through nine and subsets of that age range and of using a common
developmental delay definition for Parts B and C of the Act. The
proposed regulations generally would retain the current provisions in
Sec. 300.125(a)(2) and (d), regarding other children included in
[[Page 35787]]
child find and the construction of Part B of the Act as not requiring
that children be classified by their disability, as long as each child
who needs special education and related services is regarded as having
a disability under the Act. Consistent with other changes in these
regulations to remove eligibility documentation requirements, the
proposed regulation would remove the provision in Sec. 300.125(b) of
the current regulations that the State must have policies and
procedures on file with the Secretary. The proposed regulation also
would remove the provision in Sec. 300.125(c) of the current
regulations, regarding child find for children from birth through age
two when the SEA is the lead agency for the Part C program, because
this is a clarification that does not need to be in the regulations.
The child find requirement under these regulations has traditionally
been interpreted to mean identifying and evaluating children from
birth. While child find under Part C of the Act overlaps, in part, with
Part B of the Act, the coordination of child find activities under Part
B and Part C is an implementation matter that would be best left to
each State. Nothing in the Act prohibits the Part C lead agency's
participation, with the agreement of the SEA, in the actual
implementation of child find activities for infants and toddlers with
disabilities.
Proposed Sec. 300.112, regarding individualized education programs
(IEPs), would revise the current provisions in Sec. 300.128 by adding
an exception that references the requirement in proposed Sec.
300.300(b)(3)(ii). That exception would provide that if the parent of a
child with a disability refuses to consent to the initial provision of
special education and related services, or the parent fails to respond
to a request to provide consent for the initial provision of special
education and related services, the public agency is not required to
convene an IEP meeting to develop an IEP for the child for which the
public agency requests such consent. Consistent with other changes in
these proposed regulations, the proposed regulation would remove Sec.
300.128(b), which requires the State to have policies and procedures on
file with the Secretary.
Least Restrictive Environment
Proposed Sec. 300.114, regarding LRE, generally would retain the
current provisions in Sec. 300.550(b). The proposed regulation would
remove the documentation requirements of Sec. 300.130(a) and Sec.
300.550(a) and (b), consistent with other changes in these proposed
regulations. The current provision related to an assurance regarding a
State's funding mechanism in Sec. 300.130(b)(2) would be retained in
proposed Sec. 300.114(b)(1). This section would provide that a State
funding mechanism must not result in placements that violate the LRE
provisions and that the State must not use a funding mechanism that
distributes funds on the basis of the type of setting in which a child
is served that will result in the failure to provide a child with a
disability FAPE according to the unique needs of the child, as
described in the child's IEP. This change is consistent with language
in section 612(a)(5)(B)(i) of the Act.
With regard to section 612(a)(5)(B)(i) of the Act, note 89 in the
Conf. Rpt. states that some States continue to use funding mechanisms
that provide financial incentives for, and disincentives against,
certain placements and these new provisions in the statute were added
to prohibit States from maintaining funding mechanisms that violate
appropriate placement decisions, not to require States to change
funding mechanisms that support appropriate placement decisions. Note
89 of the Conf. Rpt. indicates that it is the intent of the changes to
section 612(a)(5)(B) of the Act to prevent State funding mechanisms
from affecting appropriate placement decisions for children with
disabilities. As also set out in note 89, the law requires that each
public agency ensure that a continuum of alternative placements
(instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, home
instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions) is
available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special
education and related services. The note further explains that State
funding mechanisms must be in place to ensure funding is available to
support the requirements of this provision, not to provide an incentive
or disincentive for placement and that the LRE principle is intended to
ensure that a child with a disability is served in a setting where the
child can be educated successfully in the least restrictive setting.
Proposed paragraph (b)(2) would replace Sec. 300.130(b)(2) and require
a State that does not have policies and procedures to this effect to
provide an assurance as soon as feasible to ensure that the mechanism
does not result in placements that violate the LRE principle. The other
provisions regarding LRE would be retained with appropriate updating of
cross-references, as described in the following paragraphs.
Proposed Sec. 300.115, regarding continuum of placements, would
retain the language currently in Sec. 300.551. Proposed Sec. 300.116,
regarding placements, would retain the language currently in Sec.
300.552, except that paragraph (b)(3) would be revised to clarify that
a child's placement must be as close as possible to the child's home
unless the parent agrees otherwise. Finally, Sec. 300.116(c) would be
revised to require that each public agency ensure that, unless the IEP
of a child with a disability requires some other arrangement, the child
is educated in the school he or she would attend if not disabled,
unless the parent agrees otherwise. This additional language, ``unless
the parent agrees otherwise,'' in paragraphs (b)(3) and (c) would
clarify that parents can choose to send their child to a charter
school, magnet school, or other specialized school without causing a
violation of the LRE mandate.
Proposed Sec. 300.117, regarding nonacademic settings, would
retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.553. Proposed Sec. 300.118,
regarding children in public or private institutions, would retain the
current provisions in Sec. 300.554.
Proposed Sec. 300.119, regarding technical assistance and
training, would retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.555.
Proposed Sec. 300.120, regarding LRE monitoring activities, would
retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.556.
Additional Eligibility Requirements
Proposed Sec. 300.121, regarding procedural safeguards, would
retain the current provision in Sec. 300.129(a), but would remove the
provision in Sec. 300.129(b) regarding having the safeguards on file
with the Secretary, consistent with statutory changes eliminating
requirements that States file documentation with the Secretary.
Proposed Sec. 300.122 would remove the current requirement in
Sec. 300.126 that evaluation policies and procedures be on file with
the Secretary, consistent with statutory changes discussed previously.
Consistent with the provision in section 612(a)(7) of the Act, proposed
Sec. 300.122 would require that children with disabilities be
evaluated consistent with the requirements in subpart D of these
proposed regulations. The relevant requirements are addressed elsewhere
in this preamble in the discussion of subpart D.
Proposed Sec. 300.123 would remove the current requirement in
Sec. 300.127 that policies and procedures related to confidentiality
be on file with the Secretary and the criteria the Secretary uses to
evaluate those policies and
[[Page 35788]]
procedures, consistent with statutory changes discussed previously.
Instead, the proposed regulation would require that public agencies
comply with subpart F of these regulations relating to the
confidentiality of records and information. The relevant requirements
are addressed elsewhere in this preamble in the discussion of subpart
F.
Proposed Sec. 300.124, regarding the transition of children from
the Part C program to preschool programs under Part B, would remove the
current requirement in Sec. 300.132 that policies and procedures
related to confidentiality be on file with the Secretary, as discussed
previously. The proposed regulation generally would retain the other
provisions of Sec. 300.132. Proposed Sec. 300.124(c) would clarify
that only affected LEAs must participate in transition planning
conferences arranged by the designated lead agency under Part C of the
Act.
Children in Private Schools
Proposed Sec. 300.129, concerning State responsibilities regarding
children in private schools, would revise the current requirements in
Sec. 300.133, by removing the requirement that a State must have on
file with the Secretary policies and procedures that ensure that the
requirements of current Sec. Sec. 300.400 through 300.403 and current
Sec. Sec. 300.460 through 300.462 are met. Proposed Sec. 300.129
would make clear that the State must have in effect policies and
procedures that ensure that LEAs and, if appropriate, the SEA, meet the
private school requirements in proposed Sec. Sec. 300.130 through
300.148.
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private Schools
Proposed Sec. 300.130, regarding the definition of parentally-
placed private school children with disabilities, would incorporate the
current provisions in Sec. 300.450.
Proposed Sec. 300.131, regarding child find for parentally-placed
private school children with disabilities, generally would retain the
current requirements in Sec. 300.451, but would clarify, consistent
with the changes in proposed Sec. Sec. 300.132 and 300.133, that the
provisions governing parentally-placed private school children with
disabilities apply to children who are enrolled in private schools
located in the school district served by the LEA. The new statutory
requirements in section 612(a)(10)(A)(ii) of the Act should ensure that
parentally-placed private school children will not be denied the
opportunity to receive services that would otherwise be available to
them because of practical obstacles posed when they attend a private
school located outside their district of residence.
Proposed regulations in Sec. 300.131(b) through (e) also would
include new provisions that incorporate the new requirements in section
612(a)(10)(A)(ii) of the Act, designed to ensure that child find for
parentally-placed private school children suspected of having
disabilities is comparable to child find for public school children
suspected of having disabilities. Proposed Sec. 300.131 would require
that the participation in child find for parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities be equitable, the counts be accurate,
the activities undertaken be similar to child find activities for
public school children with disabilities, and the period for completion
of the child find process be comparable to the period for completion
for public school children with disabilities when a parent consents to
the evaluation. Similar to the current provision in Sec. 300.453(c),
and consistent with section 612(a)(10)(A)(ii)(IV) of the Act, proposed
Sec. 300.131(d) would provide that the costs of carrying out the child
find requirements for parentally-placed private school children with
disabilities, including individual evaluations, may not be considered
in determining whether an LEA has met its obligations under proposed
Sec. 300.133.
The proposed regulation would remove current Sec. 300.453(d),
regarding the permissibility of additional services, as it merely
provides clarification for which a regulation is not necessary. Nothing
in the Act prohibits SEAs and LEAs from providing other services to
parentally-placed private school children with disabilities in addition
to the services that are required under Part B of the Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.132(a), regarding the provision of services for
parentally-placed private school children with disabilities, would
revise current Sec. 300.452(a) in light of changes in section
612(a)(10)(A) of the Act, which refers to children ``enrolled in
private elementary schools and secondary schools in the school district
served by a local educational agency.'' Therefore, proposed Sec.
300.132(a) would clarify that the provision of services under the
proposed regulations refers only to children with disabilities enrolled
by their parents in private schools located in the school district
served by the LEA. The proposed regulation also would add a reference
to the by-pass provisions in proposed Sec. Sec. 300.190 through
300.198. Proposed Sec. 300.132(b) generally would retain current Sec.
300.452(b), regarding a services plan for each private school child
with a disability designated to receive special education and related
services under Part B. Proposed Sec. 300.132(c) would require each LEA
to maintain and provide to the SEA records on the number of private
school children with disabilities evaluated, the number determined to
be children with disabilities, and the number of private school
children with disabilities served, consistent with section
612(a)(10)(A)(i)(V) of the Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.133, regarding expenditures for providing
special education and related services to parentally-placed private
school children with disabilities, would revise current Sec.
300.453(a), regarding the formula used in determining the proportionate
amount of expenditures, in light of changes in section
612(a)(10)(A)(i)(II) of the Act. Proposed Sec. 300.133(a) would
provide that the calculation of the proportionate amount of funds
allocated for services for parentally-placed private school children be
based on the count of parentally-placed private school children
attending private schools located in the LEA. The proposed regulation
would establish the formula as the number of children with
disabilities, ages 3 through 21, who are enrolled by their parents in
private schools located in the school district served by the LEA,
divided by the total number of children with disabilities, ages 3
through 21, in the LEA's jurisdiction. Proposed Sec. 300.133(b) would
incorporate the provision in section 612(a)(10)(A)(i)(II) of the Act
regarding a thorough and complete child find process. Proposed Sec.
300.133(c), regarding child count, generally would retain the current
provision in Sec. 300.453(b), but for clarity, would use the term
parentally-placed private school children with disabilities. The
existing provision in Sec. 300.453(c) would be removed, as similar
content would be more fully addressed in proposed Sec. 300.131(d).
Proposed Sec. 300.133(d) would incorporate the statutory provision
regarding supplementing not supplanting in section 612(a)(10)(A)(i)(IV)
of the Act.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 300.134 and 300.135 would incorporate new
provisions in section 612(a)(10)(A)(iii) and (iv) of the Act, regarding
timely and meaningful consultation with private school representatives
and representatives of parents of parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities, including a discussion of: How parentally-
placed children identified through the child find process can
meaningfully participate; how, where, and by whom special education and
related services will be provided; and
[[Page 35789]]
how, if the LEA disagrees with the views of the private school
officials and the services to be provided, the LEA will provide a
written explanation of why the LEA chose not to provide services
directly or through a contract. Proposed Sec. 300.135 would require,
in accordance with section 612(a)(10)(A)(iv) of the Act, a written
affirmation signed by the representatives of the participating private
schools that timely and meaningful consultation has occurred. The
current provisions in Sec. 300.454(b)(1) through (3), regarding the
consultation process, would be removed because they were superceded by
new statutory requirements related to consultation in section
612(a)(10)(A)(v) of the Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.136, regarding the right of a private school
official to submit to the SEA a complaint related to the LEA's
compliance with the timely and meaningful consultation requirements,
would incorporate the new provisions in section 612(a)(10)(A)(v) of the
Act.
Proposed Sec. 300.137(b) and (c), regarding determination of
services to parentally-placed private school children with
disabilities, generally would retain the current provisions in Sec.
300.454(a), (b)(4), and (c). Proposed Sec. 300.137(a) also would
include language from current Sec. 300.455(a)(3), providing that a
parentally-placed private school child with a disability has no
individual entitlement to receive some or all of the special education
and related services that the child would receive if enrolled in a
public school. This is an important clarification of the different
responsibilities that public schools have for providing special
education and related services to parentally-placed private school
children with disabilities. Under the Act, LEAs have an obligation to
provide the group of parentally-placed private school children with
disabilities with equitable participation in the services funded with
Federal IDEA funds. Because Federal funding constitutes only a portion
of the excess costs of providing special education and related services
to a child with disabilities, LEAs, in consultation with
representatives of the private schools, will have to make decisions
about how best to use the available Federal funds to address the needs
of the parentally-placed private school children with disabilities as a
group. In some LEAs, geography, school location, and the needs of the
parentally-placed private school children with disabilities may make it
possible for most, or even all of those children to receive some
services under section 612(a)(10)(A) of the Act. In other cases, the
Federal funds available may not be sufficient to provide all of these
children with special education and related services. Decisions about
how best to use the available Federal funds to ensure equitable
participation of the group of parentally-placed private school children
with disabilities are left to LEA personnel, in consultation with the
private school representatives, who understand what is feasible and
appropriate in particular situations.
Proposed Sec. 300.138, regarding equitable services provided to
parentally-placed private school children with disabilities, would
retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.455(a)(1) and (2), and (b),
regarding standards for personnel who provide services to parentally-
placed private school children, different amounts of services that may
be provided to parentally-placed private school children as compared
with those provided to children in public schools, and the provision of
services for each parentally-placed private school child who has been
designated to receive services in accordance with a services plan. The
proposed regulation also would include language from section
612(a)(10)(A)(vi) of the Act, which provides that the special education
and related services be provided directly by employees of the public
agency or through contract and that special education and related
services, including materials and equipment, be secular, neutral and
nonideological.
Proposed Sec. 300.139, regarding the location of services and
transportation, generally would retain the current provisions in Sec.
300.456 that clarify that LEAs may provide special education and
related services funded under Part B of the Act on site at the private,
including religious, schools to the extent consistent with law. It
should be noted that LEAs should provide such services for parentally-
placed private school children with disabilities on site at their
school, unless there is a compelling rationale for these services to be
provided off site.
Proposed Sec. 300.140, regarding the unavailability of due process
complaints, except for child find and the availability of State
complaints, would retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.457.
Proposed Sec. 300.140(b) would clarify that the State complaint
procedures would be used to address complaints about the implementation
of the consultation process in proposed Sec. 300.134. Proposed Sec.
300.141, regarding the requirement that funds not benefit a private
school, would retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.459. Proposed
Sec. 300.142 would combine the requirements of current Sec. Sec.
300.460 and 300.461 regarding the use of public school personnel and
private school personnel. Proposed Sec. 300.143, regarding the
prohibition of separate classes, would retain the requirements in
current Sec. 300.458.
Proposed Sec. 300.144 would incorporate provisions in section
612(a)(10)(A)(vii) of the Act regarding property, equipment, and
supplies for the benefit of private school children with disabilities
and would replace the current provisions in Sec. 300.462(a). The
proposed regulation would retain the current provisions in Sec.
300.462(b) through (e).
Children With Disabilities in Private Schools Placed or Referred by
Public Agencies
Proposed Sec. Sec. 300.145, 300.146, and 300.147, regarding
children with disabilities placed in or referred to private schools by
public agencies, generally would retain the current provisions in
Sec. Sec. 300.400, 300.401, and 300.402, which provide that children
so placed or referred receive special education and related services in
conformity with an IEP at no cost to the parents. This would be
consistent with the requirement in section 612(a)(10)(B)(ii) of the
Act, which provides that the SEA determine whether such private schools
meet the standards that apply to the SEA and LEAs and that children
served have all the rights the children would have if served by these
agencies. Proposed Sec. 300.146(b) would continue to provide that
publicly-placed children with disabilities be provided an education
that meets the standards that apply to education provided by the SEA
and LEAs, including the requirements of part 300, except for the
requirements of Sec. Sec. 300.18 and 300.156(c). This provision is
intended to ensure that children with disabilities who are publicly-
placed in or referred to a private school or facility as a means of
providing these children with special education and related services
would continue to retain the same right to FAPE that they would have if
served directly by a public agency. However, because of statutory
language in the ESEA that the requirements regarding highly qualified
teachers apply only to public school teachers, as well as related
language in section 602(10) of the Act and proposed Sec. 300.18, we do
not read proposed Sec. 300.146(b) as requiring teachers of children
with disabilities who are placed in or referred to private schools by a
public agency to meet either the
[[Page 35790]]
``highly qualified teacher'' standard in the ESEA or the ``highly
qualified special education teacher'' standard in the Act. Proposed
Sec. 300.147, regarding implementation by the SEA, would incorporate,
without change, the provisions in current Sec. 300.402.
Children With Disabilities Enrolled by Their Parents in Private Schools
When FAPE Is at Issue
Proposed Sec. 300.148, relating to placement of children with
disabilities in private schools when the provision of FAPE is at issue,
generally would retain the current provisions in Sec. 300.403(a), (c),
and (d). Proposed Sec. 300.148 would remove, as unnecessary, language
currently in Sec. 300.403(b), which provides that disagreements
regarding the availability of an appropriate program for the child and
the question of financial responsibility are subject to due process
procedures. Disputes about these matters would be subject to the due
process procedures even without this provision, because the central
issue in such disputes is whether the public agency has made FAPE
available to the child. Consistent with statutory language, proposed
Sec. 300.148(b) would include the term ``school'' after
``elementary.'' Proposed Sec. 300.148(d) would modify current Sec.
300.403(e), based on the specific provisions in section
612(a)(10)(C)(IV) of the Act.
The current provision on documentation of SEA responsibility for
general supervision in Sec. 300.141(a) and (b) would be removed
consistent with statutory changes regarding documentation. Proposed
Sec. 300.149, regarding SEA responsibility for general supervision,
would replace current Sec. 300.600(a) and incorporate language in
section 612(a)(11) of the Act to include a new provision referencing
the requirements of subtitle B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento
Homeless Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 11431. We also are adding a phrase
to Sec. 300.149(a)(2) to clarify that the SEA is not responsible for
exercising general supervision for education programs for children with
disabilities in elementary schools and secondary schools for Indian
children operated or funded by the Secretary of the Interior. Current
Sec. 300.600(b) also would be removed as a result of statutory changes
regarding submission of State information.
New language referencing the State monitoring and enforcement
responsibilities in proposed Sec. Sec. 300.602 and 300.606 through
300.608 would be added in Sec. 300.149(b) because State monitoring and
enforcement are central to the SEA's exercise of general supervision.
Proposed Sec. 300.149(c) and (d) respectively, would incorporate
current Sec. 300.600(c), clarifying that Part B does not limit the
responsibility of agencies other than educational agencies to provide
or pay for some or all of the cost of FAPE and Sec. 300.600(d),
regarding the ability of a Governor or other individual to assign to a
public agency, other than the SEA, responsibility for ensuring that the
requirements of Part B are met for students with disabilities convicted
as adults and incarcerated in adult prisons. As a general matter, for
educational purposes, students who had been enrolled in a BIA funded
school and are subsequently convicted as an adult and incarcerated in
an adult prison are the responsibility of the State where the adult
prison is located. The Secretary is seeking comment on whether further
clarification on this issue is warranted.
Proposed Sec. 300.150 would incorporate language from current
Sec. 300.143 regarding SEA implementati